INGERSOLL RAND CO
10-K, 1999-03-30
GENERAL INDUSTRIAL MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT
Previous: INDIANA BELL TELEPHONE CO INC, 10-K, 1999-03-30
Next: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORP, 424B3, 1999-03-30




   UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                     Washington, D.C. 20549
                           FORM 10-K

 X   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
     SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

          For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998
                               or
     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
     SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
         For the transition period from       to

                   Commission File No. 1-985
                     INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY
     (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                New Jersey                        13-5156640
     (State or other jurisdiction of           (I.R.S. Employer
     incorporation or organization)           Identification No.)

         Woodcliff Lake, New Jersey                 07675
  (Address of principal executive offices)        (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:(201)573-0123
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                        Name of each exchange
     Title of each class                 on which registered
   Series A Preference
     Stock Purchase Rights         New York, London and Amsterdam
   Common Stock, $2 par value      New York, London and Amsterdam
   Income PRIDES                             New York
   Growth PRIDES                             New York
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all
reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.
YES  X     NO

  Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein,
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge,
in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K [  ]

The aggregate market value of common stock held by nonaffiliates
on February 27, 1999 was $7,838,722,194 based on the closing
price of such stock on the New York Stock Exchange.  This
includes the shares owned by the Registrant's Leveraged Employee
Stock Ownership Plan.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of February
27,1999 was 164,889,619.

              DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
  Annual Report to Shareholders for fiscal year ended December
31, 1998.  With the exception of those portions which are
incorporated by reference into Parts I, II and IV of this Form
10-K Annual Report, the 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders is not
to be deemed filed as part of this report.
  Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held
on May 5, 1999.  See Part III of this Form 10-K Annual Report for
portions incorporated by reference.  (A definitive proxy
statement has been filed with the Commission since the close of
the fiscal year).

                             PART I
Item 1.   BUSINESS

Ingersoll-Rand Company (the company) was organized in 1905 under
the laws of the State of New Jersey as a consolidation of
Ingersoll-Sergeant Drill Company and the Rand Drill Company,
whose businesses were established in the early 1870's.  Over the
years, the company has supplemented its original business, which
consisted primarily of the manufacture and sale of rock drilling
equipment, with additional products which have been developed
internally or obtained through acquisition.

The following acquisitions have been accounted for as purchases
and, accordingly, each purchase price was allocated to the
acquired assets and assumed liabilities based on their estimated
fair values.  The results of operations since the dates of
acquisition are included in the consolidated financial
statements.

o In the first quarter of 1998, the company acquired for
  approximately $15.4 million in cash, substantially all the
  assets of Johnstone Pump Company (Johnstone).  Johnstone
  manufactures industrial piston pumps, automated dispensing
  systems and related products for use primarily in the
  automotive industry.  The company also acquired for
  approximately $18 million in cash, the door hardware technology
  and intellectual property relating to residential door locksets
  from the Master Lock unit of Fortune Brands, Inc.  The Master
  Lock transaction covers patents and certain manufacturing
  assets used to produce residential locks, excluding padlocks.
  In the third quarter of 1998, the company acquired full
  ownership of GHH-RAND Schraubenkompressoren GmbH & Co. KG (GHH-
  RAND), a manufacturer of air ends for air compressors.  The
  company previously owned 50 percent of GHH-RAND.

o On October 31, 1997, the company acquired Thermo King
  Corporation (Thermo King) from Westinghouse Electric
  Corporation, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately
  $2.56 billion in cash. Thermo King designs, manufactures and
  distributes transport temperature control systems and service
  parts for a variety of mobile applications, including trailers,
  truck bodies, seagoing containers, buses and light-rail cars.

o In April 1997, the company completed the acquisition of Newman
  Tonks Group PLC (Newman Tonks), a United Kingdom-based
  producer of architectural hardware products headquartered in
  Birmingham, England.  Newman Tonks is a leading manufacturer,
  specifier and supplier of branded architectural hardware
  products.

o On August 27, 1996, the company acquired for $34.3 million in
  cash and the assumption of certain liabilities, substantially
  all of the assets of Zimmerman International Corp. (Zimmerman).
  Zimmerman manufactures equipment and systems that assist in
  handling or lifting tools, components and materials for a
  variety of industrial operations.

o On January 31, 1996, the company acquired for $95.4 million in
  cash and the assumption of certain liabilities, the Steelcraft
  Division of MascoTech, Inc.  Steelcraft manufactures a wide
  range of cold-rolled and galvanized steel doors for use
  primarily in nonresidential construction.

Dispositions that the company has made in recent years are as
follows:

o In the first quarter of 1998, the company completed the sale of
  Ing. G. Klemm Bohrtechnik GmbH.  Also in 1998, the company sold
  certain assets of Ingersoll-Rand Architectural Hardware Group
  Limited (formerly Newman Tonks Group Limited).  Sales proceeds
  approximated the book value of these assets. In the third
  quarter of 1998 the company sold the Spra-Coupe product line
  which was reported as part of the Specialty Vehicle Segment.
  The sale price of approximately $35 million resulted in a $9
  million gain.

o On February 14, 1997, the company sold Clark-Hurth Components
  Group (Clark-Hurth) to Dana Corporation for approximately
  $241.5 million of net cash.  This group's 1997 results,
  inclusive of the sale transaction, produced operating income
  for the first quarter of approximately $2.7 million, but on an
  after-tax basis, reduced net earnings by approximately $3.6
  million.

o During 1996, the company sold the Process Systems Group in two
  separate transactions at a price of approximately $180.3
  million.  The company recorded a pretax gain of $55 million.

Products

The company manufactures and sells primarily nonelectrical
machinery and equipment.  Principal products include the
following:

  Air balancers
  Air compressors & accessories
  Air dryers
  Air logic controls
  Air motors
  Air and electric tools
  Architectural hardware trim
  Asphalt compactors
  Asphalt pavers
  Automated dispensing systems
  Automated production systems
  Automotive components
  Ball bearings
  Blasthole drills
  Blowers
  Centrifugal pumps
  Compact hydraulic excavators
  Construction equipment
  Diaphragm pumps
  Door closers
  Door control hardware
  Door locks, latches & locksets
  Doors and door frames (steel)
  Drilling equipment and accessories
  Electrical security systems
  Engineered pumps
  Engine-starting systems
  Exit devices
  Extrusion pump systems
  Fastener-tightening systems
  Fluid-handling equipment
  Foundation drills
  Golf cars
  Hoists
  Hydraulic breakers
  Lubrication equipment
  Material handling equipment
  Mining equipment
  Multistage pumps
  Needle roller bearings
  Parts-washing systems
  Paving equipment
  Piston pumps
  Pneumatic breakers
  Pneumatic cylinders
  Pneumatic valves
  Portable compressors
  Portable generators
  Portable light towers
  Reciprocating pumps
  Road-building machinery
  Rock drills
  Rock stabilizers                   
  Roller bearings                  
  Rotary drills                      
  Rotary pumps                       
  Rough-terrain forklifts             
  Skid-steer loaders                  
  Soil compactors                     
  Spray-coating systems               
  Submersible pumps
  Transport temperature control systems
  Utility vehicles
  Vacuum pumps
  Vertical turbine pumps
  Waterjet-cutting systems
  Water-well drills
  Winches

These products are sold primarily under the company's name and
also under other names including ABG, Blaw-Knox, Bobcat, Charles
Maire, Club Car, Dixie-Pacific, Dor-O-Matic, Ecoair, Fafnir,
Falcon, Glynn-Johnson, Ingersoll-Dresser Pumps, Johnstone, LCN,
Legge, Monarch, Montabert, Normbau, Schlage, Steelcraft, Thermo
King, Torrington, Von Duprin and Zimmerman.

During the past three years, the division of the company's sales
between capital goods and expendables has been in the approximate
ratio of 63 percent and 37 percent, respectively. The company
generally defines as expendables those products which are not
capitalized by the ultimate user.  Examples of such products are
parts sold for replacement purposes, power tools and needle
bearings.

Additional information on the company's business and financial
information about industry segments is presented in Note 17 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the company's
Annual Report to Shareholders for 1998, incorporated by reference
in this Form 10-K Annual Report.

Distribution

The company's products are distributed by a number of methods
which the company believes are appropriate to the type of
product.  Sales are made domestically through branch sales
offices and through distributorships and dealers across the
United States.  International sales are made through
approximately 75 subsidiary sales and service companies with a
supporting chain of distributors in over 100 countries.

Working Capital

The working capital requirements of the company vary with respect
to the many products and industries in which it is involved.  In
general, the requirements of its Engineered Products Segment,
which manufactures machinery for specialized customer needs,
involve a relatively long lead time and, at times, more
significant company investment with respect to the particular
product or order.  Historically, these orders are generally
covered by progress payments, which reduce the company's
investment in the amount of inventory maintained by this segment.
The products manufactured by the company's Specialty Vehicles,
Air & Temperature Control and Hardware and Tools segments are
more in the nature of standard equipment.  Consequently, a wider
variety of such products must usually be more readily available
to meet rapid delivery requirements.  Such working capital
requirements are not, however, in the opinion of management,
materially different from those experienced by the company's
major competitors.

Customers

No material part of the company's business is dependent upon a
single customer or very few customers, the loss of any one of
which would have a material adverse effect on the company's
operations.

Competitive Conditions

The company's products are sold in highly competitive markets
throughout the world against products produced by both foreign
and domestic corporations.  The principal methods of competition
in these markets relate to price, quality and service.  The
company believes that it is one of the leading manufacturers in
the world of a broad line of air compression systems, anti-
friction bearings, construction equipment, transport temperature
control products, air tools, pumps, golf cars and utility
vehicles.  In addition, the company believes it is a leading
supplier in domestic markets for locks, other door hardware
products, skid-steer loaders and asphalt paving equipment.

International Operations

Sales to customers outside the United States accounted for
approximately 38 percent of the consolidated net sales in 1998.
Sales outside of the United States are made in more than 100
countries; therefore, the attendant risks of manufacturing or
selling in a particular country, such as nationalization and
establishment of common markets, would not have a significant
effect on the company's international operations.

Raw Materials

The company manufactures many of the components included in its
products.  The principal raw materials required for the
manufacture of the company's products are purchased from numerous
suppliers, and the company believes that available sources of
supply will generally be sufficient for its needs for the
foreseeable future.

Backlog

The company's approximate backlog of orders at December 31, 1998,
believed by it to be firm, was $248 million for the Specialty
Vehicles Segment, $304 million for the Air & Temperature Control
Segment, $189 million for the Hardware & Tools Segment and $743
million for the Engineered Products Segment as compared to $247
million, $323 million, $192 million and $783 million,
respectively, at December 31, 1997.  These backlog figures are
based on orders received.  While the major portion of the
company's products are built in advance of order and either
shipped or assembled from stock, orders for specialized machinery
or specific customer application are submitted with extensive
lead time and are often subject to revision, deferral,
cancellation or termination.  The company estimates that
approximately 90 percent of the backlog will be shipped during
the next twelve months.

Research, Engineering and Development

The company maintains extensive research, engineering and
development facilities for experimenting, testing and developing
high quality products.  The company employs approximately 1,821
professional employees for its research, engineering and
development activities.  The company spent $259 million in 1998,
$216 million in 1997 and $209 million in 1996 on research,
engineering and development.

Patents and Licenses

The company owns numerous patents and patent applications and is
licensed under others.  While it considers that in the aggregate
its patents and licenses are valuable, it does not believe that
its business is materially dependent on its patents or licenses
or any group of them.  In the company's opinion, engineering and
production skills, and experience are more responsible for its
market position than patents or licenses.

Environmental Matters

The company has been and continues to be dedicated to an
environmental program to reduce the utilization and generation of
hazardous materials during the manufacturing process and to
remediate identified environmental concerns.  As to the latter,
the company currently is engaged in site investigations and
remedial activities to address environmental cleanup from past
operations at current and former manufacturing facilities.

During 1998, the company spent approximately $8 million on
capital projects for pollution abatement and control and an
additional $6 million for environmental remediation expenditures
at sites presently or formerly owned or leased by the company.
It should be noted that these amounts are difficult to estimate
because environmental improvement costs are generally a part of
the overall improvement costs at a particular plant, and the
accurate estimate of which portion of an improvement or a capital
expenditure relates to an environmental improvement is difficult
to ascertain.  The company believes that these expenditure levels
will continue and may increase over time.  Given the evolving
nature of environmental laws, regulations and technology, the
ultimate cost of future compliance is uncertain.

The company is a party to environmental lawsuits and claims, and
has received notices of potential violations of environmental
laws and regulations from the Environmental Protection Agency and
similar state authorities.  It is identified as a potentially
responsible party (PRP) for cleanup costs associated with off-
site waste disposal at approximately 32 federal Superfund and
state remediations sites, excluding sites as to which the
company's records disclose no involvement or as to which the
company's liability has been fully determined.  For all sites
there are other PRPs and in most instances, the company's site
involvement is minimal.  In estimating its liability, the company
has assumed it will not bear the entire cost of remediation of
any site to the exclusion of other PRPs who may be jointly and
severally liable.  The ability of other PRPs to participate has
been taken into account, based generally on the parties'
financial condition and probable contribution on a per site
basis.  Additional lawsuits and claims involving environmental
matters are likely to arise from time to time in the future.

Although uncertainties regarding environmental technology, state
and federal laws and regulations and individual site information
make estimating the liability difficult, management believes that
the total liability for the cost of remediation and environmental
lawsuits and claims will not have a material effect on the
financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or cash
flows of the company for any year.  It should be noted that when
the company estimates its liability for environmental matters,
such estimates are based on current technologies and the company
does not discount its liability or assume any insurance
recoveries.

Employees

There are approximately 46,500 employees of the company
throughout the world, of whom approximately 29,000 work in the
United States and 17,500 in foreign countries.  Approximately 38%
percent of the company's United States production and maintenance
employees, who work in 14 plants, are represented by 8 unions.
The company believes relations with its employees are good.

Item 2.   PROPERTIES

The company's executive offices are located at Woodcliff Lake,
New Jersey.  Manufacturing and assembly operations are conducted
in 60 plants in the United States; 5 plants in Canada; 39 plants
in Europe; 11 plants in Asia, and 7 plants in Latin America.  The
company also maintains various warehouses, offices and repair
centers in the United States, Canada and abroad.

Substantially all plant facilities are owned by the company and
the remainder are under long-term lease.  The company believes
that its plants and equipment have been well-maintained and are
generally in good condition.  The company has several closed
facilities that it is actively marketing with the intent of
selling them at their net realizable value.

The reportable segments for which the facilities are primarily
used are as described below. Facilities under long-term lease are
included below and are not significant to each operating
segment's total number of plants or square footage.

Specialty Vehicles

The Specialty Vehicle Segment designs, manufactures and markets
powered vehicles that play a niche role in such fields as
infrastructure development, commercial construction and material
movement.  This segment's products include machinery regularly
used in general manufacturing and in industries such as mining
and construction.  This segment's branded products include Bobcat
skid-steer loaders and compact hydraulic excavators; Club Car
golf cars; Blaw-Knox pavers; and Ingersoll-Rand compactors,
drilling equipment and rough-terrain material handlers.  The
segment's manufacturing locations are as follows:


                                               Approximate
                          Number of Plants    Square Footage

        Domestic                    7            2,299,000
        International               3              547,000

                Total              10            2,846,000

Air & Temperature Control

The Air and Temperature Control Segment focuses on markets
requiring air and refrigerant gas compression technology and
services. This segment's branded products include Thermo King
Transport Temperature-Control equipment, and Ingersoll-Rand air
compressors.  The segment's manufacturing facilities are as
follows:

                                               Approximate
                          Number of Plants    Square Footage

        Domestic                   10            2,479,000
        International              16            2,256,000

                Total              26            4,735,000

Hardware and Tools

The Hardware and Tool Segment concentrates on manufacturing,
marketing, and managing the distribution channels required to
reach end user customers seeking products that enhance
productivity and security in the industrial, construction, and do-
it-yourself markets.  This segment includes architectural
hardware products, such as Schlage locks, Von Duprin exit
devices, door-control hardware, steel doors, power operated doors
and architectural columns, and tools and related industrial-
production equipment.  The segment's manufacturing facilities are
as follows:

                                               Approximate
                          Number of Plants    Square Footage

        Domestic                   20            3,495,000
        International              20            1,542,000

                Total              40            5,037,000

Engineered Products

The Engineered Products Segment is comprised of highly engineered
application products that are sold on a specific contract design
basis.  This segment's products include Torrington and Fafnir
bearings and components, and pumps used in industrial, commercial
and municipal applications.  The segment's manufacturing
facilities are as follows:

                                               Approximate
                          Number of Plants    Square Footage

        Domestic                   23            5,251,000
        International              23            3,456,000

                Total              46            8,707,000


Item 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the normal course of business, the company is involved in a
variety of lawsuits, claims and legal proceedings, including
proceedings for off-site waste disposal cleanup of approximately
32 sites under federal Superfund and similar state laws.  In the
opinion of the company, pending legal matters, including the one
discussed below, are not expected to have a material adverse
effect on the results of operations, financial condition,
liquidity or cash flows.

By letter dated February 4, 1999, the Michigan Department of
Environmental Quality ("DEQ") assessed a civil penalty in the
amount of $113,750 on the Company for an alleged violation of a
DEQ Administrative Order on Consent ("AOC").  The AOC governs the
Company's environmental investigation and cleanup obligations
related to the McCoy Creek Industrial Park, Buchanan, Michigan.
The Company contests the penalty and has invoked the dispute
resolution provisions of the AOC to resolve the matter.

See also the discussion under Item 1 - Environmental Matters.

Item 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of the company's security
holders during the last quarter of its fiscal year ended December
31, 1998.

The following information is included in accordance with the
provision of Part III, Item 10.

                        Date of
                       Service as    Principal Occupation and
                      an Executive   Other Information
Name and Age            Officer      for Past Five Years

James E. Perrella(63)     5/4/77     Chairman of the Board,
                                       President and Chief
                                       Executive Officer,
                                       Director
Brian D. Jellison(53)     2/7/96     Executive Vice President,
                                       (Vice President and
                                       President of the
                                       Architectural Hardware
                                       Group, 1995 - 1998;
                                       President of the Door
                                       Hardware Group, 1994 - 1995)
Steven T. Martin(58)      5/2/96     Executive Vice President
                                       (Vice President and
                                       President of Production
                                       Equipment Group,1996 - 1998;
                                       President of Production
                                       Equipment Group 1995 - 1996,
                                       Vice President and General
                                       Manager Fafnir Bearings
                                       Division of Torrington,
                                       1986-1995)
David W. Devonshire(53)  1/12/98     Senior Vice President and
                                       Chief Financial Officer,
                                       (Senior Vice President and
                                       Chief Financial Officer,
                                       Owens Corning 1993 - 1997)
Patricia Nachtigal(52)   11/2/88     Vice President and General
                                       Counsel
Nicholas J. Pishotti(58) 4/10/95     Vice President - Strategic
                                       Technologies (General
                                       Manager, Aircraft Engine
                                       Sourcing Department,
                                       General Electric Company,
                                       1988 - 1995)
Steven R. Shawley(46)     6/1/98     Controller (Thermo King
                                       Business Unit Controller
                                       1994-1998; Controller -
                                       Power Generation Projects
                                       Division of Westinghouse
                                       Electric Corporation 1993
                                       -1994)

No family relationship exists between any of the above-listed
executive officers of the company.  All officers are elected to
hold office for one year or until their successors are elected
and qualify.

                            PART II

Item 5.   MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
          STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information regarding the principal market for the company's
common stock and related stockholder matters are as follows:

Quarterly share prices and dividends for the common stock are
shown in the following tabulation.  The common shares are listed
on the New York Stock Exchange and also on the London and
Amsterdam exchanges.

                                        Common Stock
                             High            Low       Dividend
1998
First quarter              49 1/4         36 1/2         $0.150
Second quarter                 54             41          0.150
Third quarter              47 5/8         34 7/8          0.150
Fourth quarter             52 1/8             34          0.150

1997
First quarter             $32 7/8       $28 9/16         $0.137
Second quarter             41 3/4       27 13/16          0.137
Third quarter             45 9/16         37 1/2          0.150
Fourth quarter             46 1/4       34 11/16          0.150

The Bank of New York (Church Street Station, P.O. Box 11258, New
York, NY 10286-1258, (800)524-4458) is the transfer agent,
registrar and dividend reinvestment agent.

There are no significant restrictions on the payment of
dividends.  The approximate number of record holders of common
stock as of February 27, 1999 was 11,190.

Item 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Selected financial data for the five years ended December 31,
1998, is as follows (in millions except per share amounts):

December 31          1998       1997        1996         1995        1994

Net sales        $8,291.5   $7,103.3    $6,702.9     $5,729.0    $4,507.5

Net earnings        509.1      380.5       358.0        270.3       211.1

Total assets      8,309.3    8,415.6     5,621.6      5,563.3     3,596.9

Long-term debt    2,166.0    2,528.0     1,163.8      1,304.4       315.9

Shareholders'
 equity           2,707.5    2,341.4     2,090.8      1,795.5     1,531.3

Basic earnings
 per common share   $3.11      $2.33       $2.22        $1.70       $1.33

Diluted earning
 per common share    3.08       2.31        2.21         1.69        1.33

Dividends per
 common share        0.60       0.57        0.52         0.49        0.48

Item 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
          CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

1998 Compared to 1997

The company reported a fifth consecutive year of record sales and
earnings for 1998.  These financial achievements were the result
of a strong domestic economy, moderate economic growth in
selected international markets, and continued success of the
company's asset-management, strategic-sourcing and productivity-
improvement programs, despite depressed results in the company's
Asian markets.

Sales for 1998 totalled $8.3 billion, which generated $1,044.4
million of operating income and $509.1 million of net earnings
($3.08 diluted earnings per share).  The company's results for
1998 included a full year's benefit from the October 31, 1997,
acquisition of Thermo King Corporation (Thermo King).  Thermo
King reported 1998 sales of $1.2 billion with an operating
income contribution of $159.3 million and net earnings of $24.0
million or 15 cents diluted earnings per share after the
allocation of acquisition interest expense and the related tax
benefit.

The company's reported results for 1997 were sales of $7.1
billion, which generated $760.3 million of operating income and
produced net earnings for the year of $380.5 million ($2.31
diluted earnings per share).  The 1997 noncomparable items
include the following:

o Thermo King's activity for the last two months of the year
  generated $176.9 million of sales and produced an operating
  loss of $0.2 million, after goodwill amortization and the
  effect of estimated purchase accounting adjustments.  Thermo
  King's net loss for the two months ended December 31, 1997, was
  $11.3 million (seven cents diluted earnings per share) after
  the allocation of acquisition interest expense of $27.3
  million.

o The equity in earnings of partially-owned affiliates in 1997
  included a restructuring charge recorded by one of the
  company's partially-owned affiliates.  This charge reduced the
  company's pretax earnings by $13.9 million and its after-tax
  results by $11.6 million (seven cents diluted earnings per
  share).

o During the fourth quarter of 1997, a consolidated (51-percent
  owned) joint venture of the company recorded a $24 million
  charge to operating income for costs to close and consolidate
  underperforming operations.  The effect of the restructure
  charge, after taxes and minority interest, was $8.1 million
  (five cents diluted earnings per share).

After considering the items listed above, adjusted 1997 net
sales, operating income and net earnings were approximately $6.9
billion, $784 million and $412 million ($2.50 diluted earnings
per share), respectively.

On an adjusted basis, 1998 sales increased modestly, with a 12.8-
percent increase in operating income resulting in a significant
increase of 18 percent in net earnings for 1998 over the adjusted
1997 results.

A comparison of key financial data between 1998 and 1997 follows:

o Net sales in 1998 established a record at $8.3 billion,
  reflecting a 16.7-percent improvement over the 1997 total of
  $7.1 billion.  Excluding noncomparable units from both years,
  adjusted sales for 1998 increased by 2.3 percent over the 1997
  adjusted total.

o Cost of goods sold in 1998 was 72.9 percent of sales, compared
  to 74.1 percent in 1997.  There were no partial liquidations of
  LIFO (last-in, first-out) inventory during 1998, but such
  liquidations lowered 1997 costs by $4.1 million.  Excluding the
  effects of the LIFO liquidations, the 1997 cost of goods sold
  relationship to sales would have been 74.2 percent versus 72.9
  percent for 1998. Excluding noncomparable items from both
  years, the adjusted ratio of cost of goods sold to sales
  reflected a marked improvement in 1998, compared to 1997.

o Administrative, selling and service engineering expenses were
  14.5 percent of sales in 1998, compared to 15.2 percent for
  1997. This decrease is primarily attributable to the inclusion
  of Thermo King, which traditionally had a ratio of selling and
  administrative expenses to sales lower than the company's
  historical lines of business.

o Operating income for the year totalled $1,044.4 million, a
  37.4-percent increase over 1997 operating income of $760.3
  million. The ratio of operating income to sales in 1998 was
  12.6 percent, compared to 10.7 percent for the prior year.
  After excluding the noncomparable items (previously
  discussed) from both years, adjusted 1998 operating income
  still reflects a double-digit improvement over the adjusted
  1997 results.  This improvement was the combined effect of
  the company's aggressive productivity-improvement and
  procurement programs, and the continued stability of domestic
  markets.

o Interest expense for the year totalled $225.8 million versus
  $136.6 million for 1997.  Interest expense associated with the
  debt incurred for the Thermo King acquisition totalled
  approximately $129.3 million in 1998 (excluding costs related
  to the company's equity-linked securities) and $27.3 million
  for the last two months of 1997.

o Other income (expense), net, is the sum of foreign exchange
  activities and other miscellaneous income and expense items.
  In 1998, these activities resulted in a net expense of $22.0
  million, an unfavorable change of $0.5 million compared to the
  1997 net other expense of $21.5 million.  This change was
  caused by higher foreign exchange losses of $10.2 million in
  1998, offset by lower net miscellaneous income and expense
  items.

o The company's equity in earnings of partially-owned affiliates
  includes its interest in several affiliates that operate in
  similar lines of business and includes the company's 49-percent
  interest in Dresser-Rand Company (Dresser-Rand). The combined
  equity earnings for 1998 totalled $46.8 million compared to
  $28.8 million for 1997. The year-over-year increase of $18.0
  million reflects a $23.6 million improvement in the results
  from Dresser-Rand. The Dresser-Rand improvement resulted from a
  combination of stronger operating results in 1998 and a
  nonrecurring charge of $11.6 million in 1997, which was
  partially offset by lower earnings from the company's partially-
  owned affiliates operating in Asian markets.

o The company's charges for minority interests are composed of
  two items: (1) interests of minority owners (less than 50
  percent) in a consolidated unit of the company which totalled
  $34.5 million in 1998 and $17.3 million in 1997, and (2) $19.7
  million of charges associated with the company's equity-linked
  securities issued during the first quarter of 1998 as a
  financing component of the Thermo King acquisition. The largest
  minority interest relates to Ingersoll-Dresser Pump Company
  (IDP), which represented $30.7 million of the 1998 balance,
  compared to $13.7 million in 1997.  IDP's change is due to
  stronger operating results in 1998 and the 1997 pretax
  restructuring charge of $24 million (discussed previously).
  The remaining charges for minority interests during the two
  periods were comparable.

o The company's effective tax rate for 1998 was 35.5 percent,
  which improved from the 38.0 percent reported for the prior year
  due to a full-year favorable tax benefit associated with the
  Thermo King acquisition.  The variance from the 35.0 percent
  statutory rate primarily was due to the higher tax rates
  associated with foreign earnings, the effect of state and local
  taxes, the nondeductibility of a portion of the goodwill
  associated with acquisitions and favorable tax benefits
  associated with the Thermo King acquisition.

At December 31, 1998, employment totalled 46,525.  This
represents a slight decrease from last year's level of 46,567.

Outlook

The company's outlook for 1999 is for steady improvement in
operating results based on continued stability and growth in
domestic markets, with no further deterioration in Asian
markets and some strengthening in European markets. These
expectations will be supported by aggressive asset-management,
strategic-sourcing and productivity-improvement programs.

Review of Business Segments

Specialty Vehicles
Specialty Vehicles Segment sales were $2.2 billion, an increase
of 8.4 percent over the $2.0 billion reported for 1997.
Operating income for 1998 totalled $333.3 million, representing
an increase of 47.0 percent over last year's total of $226.7
million.  All major product lines reported improvements in sales,
operating income and operating margins for the year.

Air and Temperature Control
The Air and Temperature Control Segment reported sales and
operating income of $2.2 billion and $262.5 million,
respectively, compared with $1.3 billion and $133.7 million,
respectively, in 1997.  The results for 1997 include only two
months of Thermo King, while the full year of 1998 produced
sales of $1.2 billion and operating income of $159.3 million.
Air compressor sales decreased by 4.3 percent, while
operating income decreased by 22.9 percent.  This decline was
caused by continued weakness in the company's Asian markets.

Hardware and Tools
The Hardware and Tools Segment sales increased by 4.4 percent to
$1.7 billion.  Operating income increased $33.5 million from
$254.8 million in 1997.  Architectural hardware products reported
increases of 13.9 percent in sales and 26.9 percent in operating
income.  Modest decreases in sales and operating income for
industrial-production equipment were attributable to continued
weakness in the automated production systems business.

Engineered Products
In 1998, the Engineered Products Segment reported a 1.5 percent
decrease in sales and a 9.4 percent increase in operating income
compared to 1997.  The lower sales reflect weakness in the Fafnir
industrial bearings business.  IDP's sales were up 4.9 percent
from 1997, and operating income increased $37.2 million, largely
due to the $24 million restructuring charge recorded in 1997.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

During 1998, the company made significant progress in improving
its liquidity and capital resources by (1) completing the
financing of the Thermo King acquisition with the issuance of
$402.5 million of equity-linked securities during the first
quarter of the year, and (2) reducing the company's debt by an
additional $570.9 million, which was generated from the company's
strong cash flow during the year. The proceeds from the equity-
linked securities were used to reduce the company's short-term
borrowings, which were originally issued to satisfy a portion of
the cash requirements for the acquisition of Thermo King on
October 31, 1997. These actions primarily contributed to the
company's reduction in its debt-to-total capital ratio from 58
percent at the end of last year to 43 percent at December 31,
1998.

The following table contains several key measures which the
company's management uses to gauge the company's financial
performance:

                                       1998       1997      1996
Working capital (in millions)          $579       $217    $1,245
Current ratio                           1.3        1.1       2.0
Debt-to-total capital ratio              43%        58%       37%
Average working capital
  to net sales                          4.8%      10.3%     16.9%
Average days outstanding
  in receivables                       50.9       54.5      56.1
Average months' supply
  of inventory                          2.4        2.5       3.0

The company maintains significant operations in foreign
countries; therefore, the movement of the U.S. dollar against
foreign currencies has an impact on the company's financial
position.  Generally, the functional currency of the company's
foreign subsidiaries is their local currency, the currency in
which they transact their business.  The company manages exposure
to changes in foreign currency exchange rates through its normal
operating and financing activities, as well as through the use of
forward exchange contracts.  The company attempts, through its
hedging activities, to mitigate the impact on income of changes
in foreign exchange rates.  Additionally, the company maintains
operations in countries where the company transacts business in
U.S. dollars.  The functional currency of these operations is the
U.S. dollar.  (Additional information on the company's use of
financial instruments can be found in Note 7 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.)

The following points highlight the financial results and
financial condition of the company's operations, with the impact
of foreign currency translation where appropriate:

o Cash and cash equivalents totalled $71.9 million at December
  31, 1998, a $33.0 million reduction from the prior year-end
  balance of $104.9 million.  In evaluating the net change in
  cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operating, investing
  and financing activities, and the effect of exchange rate
  changes should be considered.  Cash flows from operating
  activities provided $899.0 million, investing activities used
  $183.4 million and financing activities used $752.4 million.
  Exchange rate changes during 1998 increased cash and cash
  equivalents by $3.8 million.

o Marketable securities totalled $5.7 million at the end of 1998,
  $1.2 million below the balance at December 31, 1997.  The net
  reduction was due to maturities and exchange rate changes.

o Receivables totalled $1,177.1 million at December 31, 1998,
  compared to $1,281.5 million at the prior year end, a net
  decrease of $104.4 million. The decrease is attributable to
  improved cash collections and reductions from dispositions.
  The company focuses on decreasing its receivables base through
  its asset-management program, which produced a reduction in the
  average days outstanding in receivables to 50.9 days from the
  1997 level of 54.5 days.

o Inventories amounted to $940.8 million at December 31, 1998, an
  increase of $86.0 million from last year's level of $854.8
  million. Inventory increases at year end in anticipation of
  early 1999 shipments, were the primary reason for the increase.
  The company's emphasis on inventory control was demonstrated by
  the reduction of the average months' supply of inventory to 2.4
  months at December 31, 1998, compared to 2.5 months at the
  prior year end.

o Prepaid expenses totalled $88.7 million at the end of the year,
  $47.3 million lower than the balance at December 31, 1997.
  Dispositions associated with assets held for sale are the
  primary reason for the reduction in the account balance.

o Deferred income taxes (current) of $143.4 million at December
  31, 1998, represented the deferred tax benefit of the
  difference between the book and tax values of various current
  assets and liabilities. The components of the balance are
  included in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

o Investments in and advances with partially-owned equity
  affiliates at December 31, 1998, totalled $344.7 million, $16.7
  million above the 1997 balance of $328.0 million. This category
  includes the company's 49-percent investment in Dresser-Rand
  Company, as well as its investments in other partially-owned
  equity affiliates. The investment in Dresser-Rand increased by
  approximately $33 million during the year, reflecting the
  company's portion of Dresser-Rand's 1998 results. The effects
  of translation offset the reduction in the advance account
  between the company and Dresser-Rand. Income and dividends from
  the investments in all of the other partially-owned equity
  affiliates were $13.8 million and $6.7 million, respectively.
  Amounts due from these units decreased $13.6 million from
  December 31, 1997. Currency movements and capital infusions
  were the primary cause of the remaining change in the account
  balance.

o Net property, plant and equipment increased by $64.4 million in
  1998 to a year-end balance of $1,347.6 million.  Capital
  expenditures in 1998 totalled $221.0 million, and acquisitions
  (net of dispositions) added $13.0 million.  Foreign exchange
  fluctuations increased net fixed assets by approximately $4.6
  million.  The remaining net decrease was the result of
  depreciation, and sales and retirements.

o Intangible assets, net, totalled $3,774.3 million at December
  31, 1998, as compared to $3,833.0 million at December 31, 1997,
  for a net decrease of $58.7 million.  The amortization expense
  for the current year was $110.5 million.  Acquisition activity
  and the effects of foreign currency translation accounted for
  the balance of the change.

o Deferred income taxes (noncurrent) totalled $235.9 million at
  December 31, 1998, which was $21.0 million higher than the 1997
  balance.  The components comprising the balance at December 31,
  1998, can be found in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial
  Statements.

o Other assets totalled $179.4 million at year end, a decrease of
  $32.2 million from the December 31, 1997, balance of $211.6
  million.  Other assets decreased by approximately $25 million
  due to a decrease in prepaid pensions and a general reduction
  in other noncurrent assets accounted for the balance of the
  reductions.  Foreign exchange activity in 1998 had a minimal
  effect on the account balance during the year.

o Accounts payable and accruals totalled $1,488.6 million at
  December 31, 1998, an increase of $118.1 million from last
  year's balance of $1,370.5 million.  Increased inventory levels
  at year end and acquisitions, net of dispositions, along with
  the timing of payrolls and benefits account for the increase in
  1998.

o Loans payable were $318.7 million at the end of 1998, which
  reflects a $606.4 million reduction from the $925.1 million
  level at December 31, 1997.  Proceeds of $389.6 million from
  the issuance of the company's equity-linked securities, were
  used to reduce short-term debt during the year. In addition, as
  a result of the company's aggressive asset management policies,
  the company also repaid an additional $468.4 million of short-
  term debt during 1998. Current maturities of long-term debt
  increased the account balance by an additional $251.8 million.
  The effect of translation accounted for the remaining change in
  the account balance from the previous year end.

o Long-term debt, excluding current maturities, totalled $2,166.0
  million, a reduction of approximately $362.0 million from the
  prior year's balance of $2,528.0 million.  Reductions to long-
  term debt of $251.8 million represent the reclassification of
  the current maturities of long-term debt to loans payable.  In
  addition, the company also repaid $110.0 million of long-term
  debt with accelerated payments during the year.  Foreign
  exchange activity had a minimal effect on the account balance
  during the year.

o Postemployment liabilities at December 31, 1998, totalled
  $897.1 million, a decrease of $40.0 million from the December
  31, 1997, balance.  Postemployment liabilities include medical
  and life insurance postretirement benefits, long-term pension
  and other noncurrent postemployment accruals. (See Notes 15 and
  16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
  information.)

o Minority interest liabilities at December 31, 1998, totalled
  $133.6 million, which represents a net increase of $5.7 million
  over the balance at the end of the prior year.  This liability
  represents the ownership interests of other entities in
  selected consolidated subsidiaries of the company, the largest
  being the 49-percent interest in IDP. IDP's minority interest
  at December 31, 1997, was $104.3 million. This balance
  increased by $30.7 million, based on IDP's 1998 earnings and
  was reduced by $35.0 million, which represented increases in
  advances to the minority partner and the effect of translation.
  The liability for all other minority interests totalled $23.6
  million at December 31, 1997, and increased to $33.6 million
  during 1998 due to earnings, advances and changes in ownership
  participation.

o Other liabilities (noncurrent) at December 31, 1998, totalled
  $154.0 million, which approximated the balance at December 31,
  1997. These obligations are not expected to be paid in the next
  year. Generally, these accruals cover environmental, insurance,
  legal and other contractual obligations.

Other information concerning the company's financial resources,
commitments and plans is as follows:

The average amount of short-term borrowings outstanding,
excluding current maturities of long-term debt, was $315.8
million in 1998, compared to $380.0 million in 1997.  The
weighted average interest rate during 1998 was 6.3%, compared to
6.2% during the previous year.  The maximum amounts outstanding
during 1998 and 1997, were $796.2 million and $2,434.1 million,
respectively.

The company had $1.0 billion in domestic short-term credit lines
at December 31, 1998, and $454.2 million of foreign credit lines
available for working capital purposes, $1.4 billion of which was
unused at the end of the year.  These facilities exceed projected
requirements for 1999 and provide direct support for commercial
paper and indirect support for other financial instruments, such
as letters of credit and comfort letters.

In 1998, foreign currency translation adjustments increased
shareholders' equity by $3.3 million.  This change was due to the
minor weakening of the U.S. dollar against other currencies in
countries where the company has significant operations and the
local currencies are the functional currencies.  Currency changes
in France, Germany, and Japan accounted for nearly all of the
change.

During 1997, the company established two wholly-owned special
purpose subsidiaries to purchase accounts and notes receivable at
a discount from the company on a continuous basis.  These special
purpose subsidiaries simultaneously sell an undivided interest in
these accounts and notes receivable to a financial institution up
to a maximum of $170 million.  The agreements between the special
purpose corporations and the financial institution will expire in
one-year periods.  The company intends to renew these agreements
at their expiration dates with either the current or another
financial institution.  The company is retained as the servicer
of the pooled receivables.  Prior to 1997, the company had sold
an undivided interest in the accounts and notes receivable
directly to financial institutions.  At December 31, 1998 and
1997, $170 million and $150 million, respectively, of such
receivables remained uncollected.

Capital expenditures were $221.0 million and $186.0 million in
1998 and 1997, respectively.  The company continues investing to
improve manufacturing productivity, reduce costs and provide
environmental enhancements, and advanced technologies for
existing facilities.  The capital expenditure program for 1999 is
estimated at approximately $220 million, including amounts
approved in prior periods.  There are no planned projects, either
individually or in the aggregate, that represent a material
commitment for the company.  Many of these projects are subject
to review and cancellation at the option of the company without
incurring substantial charges.

Equity-linked Securities

In March 1998, the company, together with a statutory business
trust of the company (Finance Trust) issued an aggregate of (a)
16,100,000 equity-linked securities, and (b) 1,610,000 Finance
Trust 6.22% capital securities, each with a stated liquidation
amount.  The equity-linked securities consisted of (a) 14,490,000
income equity-linked securities, and (b) 1,610,000 growth equity-
linked securities.  Additional details about these equity-linked
securities are included in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.

Financial Market Risk

The company generates foreign currency exposures in the normal
course of business.  To mitigate the risk from foreign currency
exchange rate fluctuations, the company will generally enter into
forward currency exchange contracts for the purchase or sale of a
currency in accordance with authorized levels pursuant to the
company's policies and procedures. The company applies
sensitivity analysis and value at risk (VAR) techniques when
measuring the company's exposure to currency fluctuations.  VAR
is a measurement of the estimated loss in fair value until
currency positions can be neutralized, recessed or liquidated and
assumes a 95-percent confidence level with normal market
conditions.  The potential one day loss, as of December 31, 1998,
was $2.8 million and it is considered insignificant in relation
to the company's results of operations and shareholders' equity.

With regard to interest rate risk, the effect of a hypothetical
one-percentage point increase in interest rates, across all
maturities, would increase the estimated fair value of the
company's long-term debt at December 31, 1998 from its carrying
value of $2,166.0 million to $2,188.8 million.

Year 2000

The company has in place a year 2000 compliance program to
address the issues raised by computer date programs using the
last two digits of a year.  Pursuant to its year 2000 program,
the company reviewed its computer information systems, computer
hardware and embedded technology used in the company's products
and processes.  This review was designed to identify which
computer systems and embedded technology might fail to correctly
process the year 2000. Based upon this review, which is now
complete, the company is replacing, modifying and/or upgrading
certain computer systems and embedded technology with the
objective being that no significant systems or devices will
malfunction as the result of failing to correctly process the
year 2000.  The company, through the use of both internal
resources and outside consultants, has actively engaged in this
replacement, modification and upgrading and had substantially
completed its remediation program and testing by the end of 1998.
The review of company products revealed that all products
currently being produced are year 2000 compliant.

The total estimated cost of the year 2000 compliance program is
approximately $60 million.  Management estimates that as of
December 31, 1998, total costs incurred to date have been
approximately $55 million.  Approximately 45 percent of these
expenses were internal costs of the company.  Although the
company has incurred expenses prior to 1997, these costs were not
separately identified. The company will continue to fund the cost
of the year 2000 compliance program through operating cash flow.

In addition to its internal review process, the company has
contacted suppliers and distributors on the year 2000 issue to
minimize problems in its supply and distribution chains.  Most
major suppliers have given assurances that their ability to
supply the company will not be affected by the year 2000 issue;
however, the company cannot assure timely compliance of third
parties and may be adversely affected by failure of a significant
third party to become year 2000 compliant.

The company believes that the costs to address the issues raised
by the year 2000 problem will not have a material impact on the
company's financial condition, results of operations, liquidity
or cash flows for any year.  The schedule for successful
completion of the year 2000 program and the estimated costs are
based upon certain assumptions by management on future events,
including the continued availability of qualified resources to
implement the program and current costs for such resources.

If the company fails to successfully complete a significant
portion of its year 2000 compliance program, such failure may
have a material adverse impact on the company's financial
condition.  Currently management does not consider the
possibility of such a failure to be reasonably likely; however,
in the event management's assessment changes an appropriate
contingency plan will be developed.

Euro Conversion

On January 1, 1999, eleven of the fifteen member countries of
the European Union established fixed conversion rates between
their existing sovereign currencies and the euro.  The
participating countries agreed to adopt the euro as their
common legal currency on that date.

The company continues to identify and address all euro conversion
compliance issues.  At this time, the company has not experienced
significant difficulties, but cannot predict the impact of the
euro conversion because of the numerous uncertainties associated
with noncompliance by third parties and the effect in the market
place on pricing due to currency transparency.

Environmental Matters

The company has been and continues to be dedicated to an
environmental program to reduce the utilization and generation of
hazardous materials during the manufacturing process and to
remediate identified environmental concerns.  As to the latter,
the company currently is engaged in site investigations and
remedial activities to address environmental cleanup from past
operations at current and former manufacturing facilities.

During 1998, the company spent approximately $8 million on
capital projects for pollution abatement and control, and an
additional $6 million for environmental remediation expenditures
at sites presently or formerly owned or leased by the company. It
should be noted that these amounts are difficult to estimate
because environmental improvement costs are generally a part of
the overall improvement costs at a particular plant. Therefore,
the accurate estimate of which portion of an improvement or a
capital expenditure relates to an environmental improvement is
difficult to ascertain.  The company believes that these
expenditure levels will continue and may increase over time.
Given the evolving nature of environmental laws, regulations and
technology, the ultimate cost of future compliance is uncertain.

The company is a party to environmental lawsuits and claims, and
has received notices of potential violations of environmental
laws and regulations from the Environmental Protection Agency and
similar state authorities. It is identified as a potentially
responsible party (PRP) for cleanup costs associated with off-
site waste disposal at approximately 32 federal Superfund and
state remediation sites, excluding sites as to which the
company's records disclose no involvement or as to which the
company's liability has been fully determined.  For all sites
there are other PRPs and in most instances, the company's site
involvement is minimal. In estimating its liability, the company
has not assumed it will bear the entire cost of remediation of
any site to the exclusion of other PRPs who may be jointly and
severally liable.  The ability of other PRPs to participate has
been taken into account, based generally on the parties'
financial condition and probable contributions on a per site
basis.  Additional lawsuits and claims involving environmental
matters are likely to arise from time to time in the future.

Although uncertainties regarding environmental technology, state
and federal laws and regulations and individual site information
make estimating the liability difficult, management believes that
the total liability for the cost of remediation and environmental
lawsuits and claims will not have a material effect on the
financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or cash
flows of the company for any year.  It should be noted that when
the company estimates its liability for environmental matters,
such estimates are based on current technologies, and the company
does not discount its liability or assume any insurance
recoveries.

Forward-looking Statements

Information provided by the company in this 1998 Annual Report on
Form 10-K, in periodic reports on Form 10-Q, in press releases
and in statements made by employees in oral discussions may
constitute or contain "forward-looking statements" as that term
is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995 or by the Securities and Exchange Commission in its rules,
regulations and releases.  Forward-looking statements represent
the company's expectations concerning future events and, by their
nature, involve risk and uncertainty.

The company cautions investors that forward-looking statements
are not guarantees of future performance.  A variety of factors
could cause business conditions and actual results to differ
materially from expected results contained in forward-looking
statements.  The company includes among those factors the
following: changes in the rate of economic growth in the United
States and in other major international economies; impacts of
unusual items resulting from ongoing evaluations of
organizational structures, business strategies and acquisitions
and dispositions; significant changes in trade, monetary and
fiscal policies worldwide; currency fluctuations among the U.S.
dollar and other currencies; demand for company products;
distributor inventory levels; performance issues with key
suppliers and subcontractors; impact of the year 2000; failure to
achieve the company's productivity targets; costs and effects of
unanticipated legal and administrative proceedings; and,
competitor actions, such as unanticipated pricing actions or cost
reduction strategies and entry into direct product line
competition.

1997 Compared to 1996

Sales for 1997 totalled $7.1 billion, which generated $760.3
million of operating income and $380.5 million of net earnings
($2.33 basic earnings per share).

The company's results for 1997 reflect a more impressive increase
over 1996, considering the following noncomparable items:

o On October 31, 1997, the company completed its acquisition of
  Thermo King Corporation (Thermo King) from Westinghouse
  Electric Corporation.  For the last two months of 1997, Thermo
  King generated $176.9 million of sales and produced an
  operating loss of approximately $0.2 million, after goodwill
  amortization and the effect of estimated purchase accounting
  adjustments.  Thermo King's net loss for the two months ended
  December 31, 1997, was approximately $11.3 million (seven cents
  per share) after the allocation of acquisition interest expense
  of approximately $27.3 million.

o At the beginning of April 1997, the company completed its
  acquisition of Newman Tonks Group PLC (Newman Tonks).  Since
  its acquisition, Newman Tonks has generated approximately $230
  million of sales, and produced approximately $15 million of
  operating income, after the effect of goodwill amortization,
  estimated purchase accounting adjustments and synergistic
  benefits from group operations.  Newman Tonks essentially
  operated at the break-even level for 1997 after considering the
  allocation of approximately $17.0 million of acquisition
  interest expense and its related tax benefit.

o Dresser-Rand Company (Dresser-Rand) is a partnership that
  manufactures reciprocating compressor and turbomachinery
  products, in which the company owns a 49-percent interest.  The
  company accounts for its interest in Dresser-Rand under the
  equity accounting method in which the company only records its
  related ownership interest in the results of Dresser-Rand.
  During the fourth quarter of 1997, Dresser-Rand recorded a $36
  million restructuring charge to reduce its headcount and to
  close underperforming operations.  This charge reduced the
  company's pretax earnings by $13.9 million and its after tax
  results by $11.6 million (seven cents per share).  Prior to the
  restructuring charge, Dresser-Rand generated approximately $47.5
  million of net earnings (after tax costs for international
  subsidiaries) for 1997.

o Ingersoll-Dresser Pump Company (IDP) is a joint venture, in
  which the company owns a 51-percent interest and, therefore,
  it is consolidated into the company's financial statements.
  During the fourth quarter of 1997, IDP recorded a $24 million
  charge to operating income for costs to close and consolidate
  underperforming operations.  The effect of the restructure
  charge, after taxes and minority interest, was $8.1 million.

After considering the items listed above, adjusted 1997 net
sales, operating income and net earnings were approximately $6.7
billion, $770 million and $412 million ($2.52 basic earnings per
share), respectively.

The company reported sales of $6.7 billion in 1996, which
generated $683.5 million of operating income and $358.0 million
of net earnings ($2.22 basic earnings per share).  The company's
1996 results also included the following noncomparable items:

o During 1996, the company sold the Process Systems Group in two
  transactions, which generated a combined pretax gain of $55.0
  million and benefitted net earnings by $34.7 million (21 cents
  per share).

o Other noncomparable items in 1996, which caused a net reduction
  to the company's operating income, were a $37 million
  restructure charge (principally for European operations) and a
  $5.4 million charge for the closure of a foundry at IDP.  These
  charges were reduced by a gain on the sale of an investment
  during the 1996 first quarter of $4.8 million, which was
  recorded as other income. The after-tax effect of these items
  reduced net earnings by $22.5 million (14 cents per share).

After considering the effect of these items, adjusted 1996 net
sales, operating income and net earnings were $6.7 billion,
$670.9 million and $345.8 million ($2.15 basic earnings per
share), respectively.

A comparison of key financial data between 1997 and 1996 follows:

o Net sales in 1997 established a record at $7.1 billion,
  reflecting a six-percent improvement over the 1996 total of
  $6.7 billion.  Excluding noncomparable units from both years,
  adjusted sales for 1997 increased by a comparable percent over
  the 1996 adjusted total.

o Cost of goods sold in 1997 was 74.1 percent of sales, compared
  to 75.0 percent in 1996.  Partial liquidations of LIFO (last-
  in, first-out) inventory lowered 1997 costs by $4.1 million as
  compared to a $4.8 million liquidation in 1996.  Excluding the
  effects of the LIFO liquidations, the 1997 cost of goods sold
  relationship to sales would have been 74.2 percent versus 75.1
  percent for 1996.  Excluding noncomparable items from both
  years, the adjusted ratio of cost of goods sold to sales
  reflected a marked improvement in 1997, compared to 1996.

o Administrative, selling and service engineering expenses were
  15.2 percent of sales in 1997, compared to 14.8 percent for
  1996. This increase is primarily attributable to the inclusion
  of Newman Tonks, which traditionally had a ratio of selling and
  administrative expenses to sales higher than the company's
  historical lines and the divestment of Clark-Hurth, which had a
  lower ratio than that of the overall company.

o Operating income for the year totalled $760.3 million, an
  11.2-percent increase over 1996 operating income of $683.5
  million. The ratio of operating income to sales in 1997 was
  10.7 percent, as compared to 10.2 percent for the prior year.
  After excluding the noncomparable items (previously
  discussed) from both years, adjusted 1997 operating income
  reflects a significant improvement over the adjusted 1996
  results.  This improvement was the combined effect of the
  company's aggressive productivity-improvement and procurement
  programs and the continued stability of domestic markets.

o Interest expense for 1997 totalled $136.6 million versus $119.9
  million for 1996.  Interest expense associated with the debt
  incurred for the Thermo King acquisition totalled approximately
  $27.3 million.

o Other income (expense), net, is the sum of foreign exchange
  activities, and other miscellaneous income and expense items.
  In 1997, these activities resulted in a net expense of $21.5
  million, an unfavorable change of $2.7 million compared to the
  1996 net other expense of $18.8 million.  This change was
  caused by lower foreign exchange losses of approximately $4.6
  million in 1997, the absence of the 1996 gain of $4.8 million
  from the sale of an investment and higher net miscellaneous
  expense items of approximately $2.5 million.

o The company's equity in earnings of partially-owned affiliates,
  including Dresser-Rand results, for 1997 was $28.8 million as
  compared to $42.4 million in 1996. This decrease is mainly due
  to the Dresser-Rand restructuring charges, previously discussed.

o The company's charges for minority interests totalled $17.3
  million in 1997 versus $18.9 million in 1996.  These charges
  represent the interests of minority owners (less than 50
  percent) in a consolidated unit of the company.  The largest
  minority interest relates to IDP, which represents $13.7
  million of the 1997 balance, compared to $17.3 million in 1996.
  IDP's change is due to the 1997 pretax restructuring charge of
  $24 million (discussed previously). The remaining charges
  represent minority interests in the company's operations
  principally located in India and China.

o The company's effective tax rate for 1997 was 38.0 percent,
  which represented a slight increase over the 37.0 percent
  reported for the prior year.  The variance from the 35.0
  percent statutory rate primarily was due to the higher tax
  rates associated with foreign earnings, the effect of state and
  local taxes, the nondeductibility of a portion of the goodwill
  associated with acquisitions and favorable tax benefits
  associated with the Thermo King acquisition.

At December 31, 1997, employment totalled 46,567.  This
represents a net increase of 4,693 employees over the 1996 level
of 41,874. This increase principally results from 1997
acquisition activity, partially offset by a reduction resulting
from the Clark-Hurth disposition.

The most significant event affecting the company's liquidity
during 1997 was the acquisition of Thermo King on October
31,1997.  The total purchase price paid for Thermo King was
approximately $2.56 billion in cash, which was financed mainly by
the issuance of both long-term and short-term debt.  The effects
of this transaction are discussed throughout this report,
including in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following points highlight the financial results and
financial condition of the company's operations, with the impact
of currency variations where appropriate:

o Cash and cash equivalents totalled $104.9 million at December
  31, 1997, a $79.2 million reduction from the prior year-end
  balance of $184.1 million.  These funds were used to reduce a
  portion of the company's outstanding short-term debt incurred
  in connection with the Thermo King acquisition.  In evaluating
  the net change in cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from
  operating, investing and financing activities, and the effect
  of exchange rate changes should be considered.  Cash flows from
  operating activities provided $703.5 million, investing
  activities used $2.7 billion and financing activities provided
  approximately $2.0 billion.  Exchange rate changes during 1997
  increased cash and cash equivalents by $1.6 million.

o Marketable securities totalled $6.9 million at the end of 1997,
  $1.1 million below the balance at December 31, 1996.  The net
  reduction was due mainly to exchange rate changes.

o Receivables totalled $1,281.5 million at December 31, 1997,
  compared to $1,066.2 million at the prior year end, a net
  increase of $215.3 million.  The increase is attributable to
  the acquisitions of Thermo King and Newman Tonks, which added
  approximately $228.2 million.  This increase was partially
  offset by currency translation, dispositions and
  reclassifications to assets held for sale, which caused net
  reductions of $34.5 million. The timing of the company's strong
  fourth quarter sales also increased the year-end receivables
  balance.  The company focuses on decreasing its receivables
  base through its asset-management program, which produced a
  reduction in the average days outstanding in receivables to
  54.5 days from the 1996 level of 56.1 days.

o Inventories amounted to $854.8 million at December 31, 1997, an
  increase of $79.7 million from the prior year's level of $775.1
  million.  The acquisitions of Thermo King and Newman Tonks
  accounted for increases of approximately $185.6 million, while
  dispositions, reclassifications to assets held for sale and the
  effects of currency fluctuations reduced inventories by $57.2
  million.  The company's emphasis on inventory control was
  demonstrated by the reduction of the average months' supply of
  inventory to 2.5 months at December 31, 1997, compared to 3.0
  months at the prior year end.

o Prepaid expenses, including assets held for sale, totalled
  $136.0 million at the end of the year, $203.8 million lower
  than the balance at December 31, 1996.  Assets held for sale
  totalled $46.5 million at December 31, 1997, and principally
  represented the net book value of selected operations from the
  Newman Tonks acquisition that did not meet the company's long-
  term objectives and certain European assets of the Specialty
  Vehicles Segment.  Assets held for sale at December 31, 1996,
  comprised the net assets of Clark-Hurth, which were sold on
  February 14, 1997.  Foreign exchange activity had a minimal
  effect on the remaining prepaid expenses, while acquisitions
  accounted for $14.2 million of the increase.

o Deferred income taxes (current) of $160.8 million at December
  31, 1997, represented the deferred tax benefit of the
  difference between the book and tax values of various current
  assets and liabilities. The components of the balance are
  included in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

o Investments in partially-owned equity affiliates at December
  31, 1997, totalled $328.0 million, $48.2 million below the 1996
  balance of $376.2 million. Included in this account is the
  investment in Dresser-Rand, which totalled $115.0 million at
  December 31, 1997.  Dresser-Rand's investment decreased  $37.6
  million from the 1996 balance of $152.6 million.  The
  components of the Dresser-Rand change for 1997 consisted of
  income for the year of $9.4 million, a $42.9 million change in
  the company's advance account and a $4.1 million reduction due
  to foreign currency movements. Income and dividends from other
  investments in partially-owned equity affiliates were $19.2
  million and $8.7 million, respectively. Amounts due from
  partially-owned affiliates excluding Dresser-Rand decreased
  from $18.3 million to $13.5 million at December 31, 1997.
  Currency movements were the primary cause of the remaining
  $16.3 million reduction.

o Net property, plant and equipment increased by $137.8 million in
  1997 to a December 31, 1997, balance of $1,283.2 million.  Fixed
  assets from acquisitions added $186.6 million. Capital
  expenditures in 1997 totalled $186.0 million. Business
  dispositions and reclassifications to assets held for sale
  reduced the balance by $20.9 million. In addition, foreign
  exchange fluctuations decreased net fixed assets by
  approximately $24.5 million.  The remaining net decrease was the
  result of depreciation and sales and retirements.

o Intangible assets, net, totalled $3,833.0 million at December
  31, 1997, as compared to $1,178.0 million at December 31, 1996,
  for a net increase of approximately $2.7 billion.  Goodwill
  from the Thermo King and Newman Tonks acquisitions, net of
  amortization expense of $54.7 million during 1997 accounted for
  the change.

o Deferred income taxes (noncurrent) totalled $214.9 million at
  December 31, 1997, which was $52.3 million higher than the 1996
  balance.  The components comprising the balance at December 31,
  1997, can be found in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial
  Statements.

o Other assets totalled $211.6 million at December 31, 1997, a
  decrease of $12.2 million from the December 31, 1996, balance
  of $223.8 million.  Other assets decreased by approximately $20
  million due to prepaid pensions, an amount that was partially
  offset by increases due to acquisitions.  Foreign exchange
  activity in 1997 had a minimal effect on the account balance
  during the year.

o Accounts payable and accruals totalled $1,370.5 million at
  December 31, 1997, an increase of $275.1 million from the 1996
  balance of $1,095.4 million.  Acquisition activity during 1997
  accounted for $259.4 million of the increase, while
  dispositions and currency fluctuations decreased accounts
  payable and accruals by $36.3 million.  Additionally, accruals
  increased by $17 million due to IDP's restructure charge.

o Loans payable were $925.1 million at the end of 1997, which
  reflects a $762.8 million increase over the $162.3 million at
  December 31, 1996.  Short-term debt assumed from companies
  acquired during 1997 added $69.4 million and current maturities
  of long-term debt increased the balance by an additional $145.4
  million.  The effects of translation, dispositions and
  reclassifications to assets held for sale caused a $4.4 million
  reduction.  The remaining increase is primarily due to higher
  short-term borrowings to finance Thermo King and other
  acquisitions.

o Long-term debt, excluding current maturities, totalled $2,528.0
  million, an increase of approximately $1.4 billion over the
  prior year's balance of $1,163.8 million.  Proceeds from the
  issuance of long-term debt of $1,508.6 million were primarily
  used for the Thermo King acquisition.  Reductions to long-term
  debt of $145.4 million represent the reclassification of the
  current maturities of long-term debt to loans payable.  Foreign
  exchange activity had a minimal effect on the account balance
  during the year.

o Postemployment liabilities at December 31, 1997, totalled
  $937.1 million, an increase of $122.4 million from the December
  31, 1996, balance.  Postemployment liabilities include medical
  and life insurance postretirement benefits, long-term pension
  and other noncurrent postemployment accruals.  The increase in
  the liability during 1997 is almost exclusively related to the
  acquisitions of Thermo King and Newman Tonks.  (See Notes 15
  and 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
  information.)

o Minority interest liabilities at December 31, 1997, totalled
  $127.9 million, which also represented the balance at the end
  of the prior year.  This liability represents the ownership
  interests of other entities in selected consolidated
  subsidiaries of the company, the largest being Dresser
  Industries' 49-percent interest in IDP.  The other minority
  interests relate primarily to joint ventures in India and
  China. IDP's minority interest at December 31, 1996, was $113.4
  million. It increased by $13.7 million, based on IDP's 1997
  earnings and was reduced by $22.7 million, which represented
  increases in advances to Dresser Industries and the effect of
  translation.  The liability for all other minority interests
  totalled $14.5 million at December 31, 1996, and increased to
  $23.5 million during 1997 due to earnings, acquisitions and
  advances.

o Other liabilities (noncurrent) at December 31, 1997, totalled
  $153.4 million, which were $19.2 million higher than the
  balance at December 31, 1996.  The net increase is primarily
  related to the Thermo King acquisition.  These obligations are
  not expected to be paid in the next year.  Generally, these
  accruals cover environmental, insurance, legal and other
  contractual obligations.

Other information concerning the company's financial resources,
commitments and plans is as follows:

The average amount of short-term borrowings outstanding,
excluding current maturities of long-term debt, was $380 million
in 1997, compared to $58.0 million in 1996.  The weighted average
interest rate during 1997 was 6.2%, compared to 7.8% during 1996.
The maximum amounts outstanding during 1997 and 1996, were $2.4
billion and $181.7 million, respectively.

The company had $1.5 billion in domestic short-term credit lines
at December 31, 1997, and $509.4 million of foreign credit lines
available for working capital purposes, $2.0 billion of which was
unused at the end of the year.  These facilities provide direct
support for commercial paper and indirect support for other
financial instruments, such as letters of credit and comfort
letters.

At December 31, 1997, the debt-to-total capital ratio was 58
percent, as compared to 37 percent at the prior year end.  This
substantial increase resulted from debt issued in connection with
the Thermo King acquisition.

In 1997, foreign currency translation adjustments decreased
shareholders' equity by $80.6 million.  This change was due to
the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against other currencies in
countries where the company has significant operations and the
local currencies are the functional currencies.  Currency changes
in Australia, Canada, Belgium, France, Germany, India, Italy,
Japan, the Netherlands, Singapore and Spain accounted for nearly
all of the change.

Stock Split

In August 1997, the board of directors declared a three-for-two
stock split on the company's common stock.  The stock split was
made in the form of a stock dividend, and was paid on September
2, 1997, to shareholders of record on August 19, 1997.  All prior
year per share amounts have been restated to reflect the stock
split.

Item 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET
          RISK

The information required by Item 7A is provided under the caption
"Financial Market Risk" in Item 7, Management's Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Item 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The following financial statements and supplementary financial
information included in the accompanying Annual Report to
Shareholders for 1998 are incorporated by reference in this Form
10-K Annual Report:

(a)  The consolidated financial statements and the report thereon
of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP dated February 2, 1999, are
included as Exhibit 13 - the Annual Report to Shareholders for
1998.

(b)  The unaudited quarterly financial data for the two-year
period ended December 31, 1998, is as follows (in millions except
per share amounts):
                      Net      Cost of   Operating         Net
1998                sales   goods sold      income    earnings
First quarter    $2,002.9     $1,484.1    $  213.6      $ 99.1
Second quarter    2,186.2      1,596.7       286.3       140.9
Third quarter     2,020.0      1,484.1       250.2       119.4
Fourth quarter    2,082.4      1,481.7       294.3       149.7
  Year 1998      $8,291.5     $6,046.6    $1,044.4      $509.1

                      Net      Cost of   Operating         Net
1997                sales   goods sold      income    earnings
First quarter    $1,639.4     $1,228.4      $166.6      $ 77.8
Second quarter    1,837.4      1,355.5       209.6       111.6
Third quarter     1,694.0      1,250.8       179.7        97.1
Fourth quarter    1,932.5      1,429.0       204.4        94.0
  Year 1997      $7,103.3     $5,263.7      $760.3      $380.5

                        1998                       1997
                  Basic       Diluted        Basic       Diluted
               earnings      earnings     earnings      earnings
                    per           per          per           per
                 common        common       common        common
                  share         share        share         share

First quarter     $0.60        $0.60         $0.48         $0.48
Second quarter     0.86         0.85          0.68          0.68
Third quarter      0.73         0.72          0.60          0.58
Fourth quarter     0.92         0.91          0.57          0.57
  Year            $3.11        $3.08         $2.33         $2.31


Item 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH INDEPENDENT
          ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
  None.

                            PART III

Item 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information required by Item 10 is (i) incorporated by
reference in this Form 10-K Annual Report from pages 1 through 5,
17 and 18 of the company's definitive proxy statement for the
Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 5, 1999, and
(ii) included after Item 4 in Part I of this Form 10-K Annual
Report.

Item 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information on executive compensation is incorporated by
reference in this Form 10-K Annual Report from pages 7 through 17
of the company's definitive proxy statement for the Annual
Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 5, 1999.

Item 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
          MANAGEMENT

Information on security ownership of directors and nominees,
directors and officers as a group and certain beneficial owners
is incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K Annual Report on
pages 4 and 5 of the company's definitive proxy statement for the
Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 5, 1999.

Item 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference in
this Form 10-K Annual Report from page 17 of the company's
definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
to be held on May 5, 1999.

                            PART IV

Item 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON
          FORM 8-K

(a) 1. and 2.    Financial statements and financial statement
                 schedules
                 The financial statements, together with the
                 report thereon of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
                 dated February 2, 1999, included as Exhibit 13
                 and the unaudited quarterly financial data
                 included in Part II Item 8(b) are incorporated
                 by reference in this Form 10-K Annual Report.
                 The financial statement schedule listed in the
                 accompanying index should be read in conjunction
                 with the financial statements in such Annual
                 Report to Shareholders for 1998.

                 Separate financial statements for all 50 percent
                 or less owned companies, accounted for by the
                 equity method have been omitted because no
                 individual entity constitutes a significant
                 subsidiary.

          3.     Exhibits
                 The exhibits listed on the accompanying index to
                 exhibits are filed as part of this Form 10-K
                 Annual Report.

(b)              Reports on Form 8-K

                 A Current Report on Form 8-K (Item 5) dated
                 November 4, 1998 reporting on the adoption of
                 a Shareholder Rights Plane effective December
                 22, 1998.

                 A Current Report on Form 8-K/A (Item 5) dated
                 November 4, 1998 amending the reporting on the
                 Shareholer Rights Plan.
           
                     INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

                 INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
               AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
                     (Item 14 (a) 1 and 2)

                                                          Form
                                                          10-K
Consolidated Financial Statements:
  Report of independent accountants                          *
  Consolidated balance sheet at
    December 31, 1998 and 1997                               *
  For the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997
    and 1996:
    Consolidated statement of income                         *
    Consolidated statement of shareholders'
      equity                                                 *
    Consolidated statement of cash flows                     *
  Notes to consolidated financial statements                 *
Selected unaudited quarterly financial data                 **

Financial Statement Schedule:
  Report of independent accountants on
    financial statement schedule                    See below
  Consolidated schedule for the years ended
    December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996:
    Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying
      Accounts                                      See below

*   See Exhibit 13 - Ingersoll-Rand Company Annual Report to
    Shareholders for 1998.

**  See Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Financial statement schedules not included in this Form 10-K
Annual Report have been omitted because they are not applicable
or the required information is shown in the financial statements
or notes thereto.

Financial statements of the company's 50 percent or less owned
companies, are omitted because individually they do not meet the
significant subsidiary test of Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X.

              REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS ON
                  FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

To the Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand Company:

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to
in our report dated February 2, 1999, which is included as part
of Exhibit 13 - the Annual Report to Shareholders for 1998 of
Ingersoll-Rand Company, (which report and consolidated financial
statements are incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K), also included an audit of the Financial Statement
Schedule listed in Item 14(a) of this Form 10-K.  In our opinion,
this Financial Statement Schedule presents fairly, in all
material respects, the information set forth therein when read in
conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

/S/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
Florham Park, New Jersey
February 2, 1999


               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the
Prospectus constituting part of the Registration Statements on
Form S-3 (No. 333-38367, No. 333-37019, and No. 333-34029) and to
the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on
Form S-8 (No. 333-42133, No. 333-19445, No. 333-67257, No. 333-
00829, No. 33-35229, and No. 2-98258) of Ingersoll-Rand Company
of our report dated February 2, 1999, which is included as part
of Exhibit 13 - the Annual Report to Shareholders for 1998, which
is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  We also
consent to the incorporation by reference of our report on the
Financial Statement Schedule, which appears on this page.

/S/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
Florham Park, New Jersey
March 26, 1999

                                                 SCHEDULE II

                     INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

               VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

      FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                     (Amounts in millions)

                                 Additions
                                charged to
                    Balance at   costs and               Balance
                     beginning    expenses  Deductions    at end
Description            of year         (*)        (**)   of year

1998
Doubtful accounts        $33.9       $13.3       $ 5.2     $42.0

1997
Doubtful accounts        $34.3       $11.7       $12.1     $33.9

1996
Doubtful accounts        $38.3       $ 8.6       $12.6     $34.3

(*)    "Additions" include foreign currency translation.

(**)   "Deductions" include accounts and advances written off,
       less recoveries.

                     INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY
                       INDEX TO EXHIBITS
                          (Item 14(a))
Description

3 (i) Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ingersoll-Rand
Company, as amended through May 28, 1992. Incorporated by
reference to Form 10-K of Ingersoll-Rand Company for the year
ended December 31, 1993, filed March 30, 1994.

3 (ii) Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
Ingersoll-Rand Company filed May 28, 1992.  Incorporated by
reference to Form 10-K of Ingersoll-Rand Company for the year
ended December 31, 1993, filed March 30, 1994.

3 (iii) Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
Ingersoll-Rand Company filed August 20, 1997.  Incorporated by
reference to Form S-3 filed October 2, 1997.

3 (iv) By-Laws of Ingersoll-Rand Company, as amended through
January 5, 1999. Filed herewith.

4 (i) Rights Agreement, dated as of November 9, 1998.
Incorporated by reference from Form 8-A/A of Ingersoll-
Rand Company filed on November 13, 1998.

4 (ii) Indenture, dated as of August 1, 1986 between Ingersoll-
Rand Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, as
supplemented.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 4.1, 4.2 and
4.3 of the company's Form S-3 Registration Statement
No. 33-39474.

4(iii) Purchase Contract Agreement dated as of March 23, 1998
between Ingersoll-Rand Company and The Bank of New York, as
Purchase Contract Agent. Filed herewith.

4(iv) Pledge Agreement dated as of March 23, 1998 between
Ingersoll-Rand Company and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as
Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary.
Filed herewith.

4(v) Indenture dated as of March 23, 1998 between Ingersoll-Rand
Company and The Bank of New York, as trustee. Filed herewith.

4(vi) First Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 23, 1998
between Ingersoll-Rand Company and The Bank of New York, as
trustee. Filed herewith.

4(vii) Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust for Ingersoll-
Rand Financing I, a Delaware statutory business trust, dated
March 23, 1998. Filed herewith.

4(viii) Guarantee Agreement dated as of March 23, 1998, between
Ingersoll-Rand Company and The First National Bank of Chicago, as
trustee. Filed herewith.

4 (ix) (a) Ingersoll-Rand Company is a party to several long-term
debt instruments under which in each case the total amount of
securities authorized does not exceed 10% of the total assets of
Ingersoll-Rand Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis.  Pursuant to paragraph 4(iii)(A) of Item 601(b) of
Regulation S-K, Ingersoll-Rand Company agrees to furnish a copy
of such instruments to the Securities and Exchange Commission
upon request.

10 (iii) The following exhibits constitute management contracts
or compensatory plans or arrangements required by Item 601 of
Regulation S-K.

10 (iii) (a) Management Incentive Unit Plan of Ingersoll- Rand
Company.  Amendment to the Management Incentive Unit Plan,
effective January 1, 1982.   Amendment to the Management
Incentive Unit Plan, effective January 1, 1987. Amendment to the
Management Incentive Unit Plan, effective June 3, 1987.
Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K of Ingersoll-Rand Company
for the year ended December 31, 1993, filed March 30, 1994.

10 (iii) (b) Ingersoll-Rand Company Directors Deferred
Compensation and Stock Award Plan. Incorporated by reference to
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, filed March 26,
1997.

10 (iii) (c) Forms of Contingent Compensation Agreements with
Vice Presidents and/or Group Presidents of Ingersoll-Rand
Company. Filed herewith.

10 (iii) (d) Description of Bonus Arrangements for Executive Vice
President of Ingersoll-Rand Company. Filed herewith.

10 (iii) (e) Description of Bonus Arrangements for Chairman,
President and Staff Officers. Incorporated by reference to Form
10-K of Ingersoll-Rand Company for the year ended December 31,
1993, filed March 30, 1994.

10 (iii) (f) Amended and Restated Form of Change of Control
Agreement as of March 1, 1999 with Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of Ingersoll-Rand Company.  Filed herewith.

10 (iii) (g) Amended and Restated Form of Change of Control
Agreement as of March 1, 1999, with selected executive officers
other than Chairman of Ingersoll-Rand Company.  Filed herewith.

10 (iii) (h) Executive Supplementary Retirement Agreement for
selected executive officers. Incorporated by reference to Form 10-
K of Ingersoll-Rand Company for the year ended December 31, 1993,
filed March 30, 1994.

10 (iii) (i) Executive Supplementary Retirement Agreement for
selected executive officers. Incorporated by reference to Form 10-
K for the year ended December 31, 1996, filed March 26, 1997.

10 (iii) (j) Incentive Stock Plan of 1985 of Ingersoll-Rand
Company.  Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K of Ingersoll-
Rand Company for the year ended December 31, 1993, filed March
30, 1994.

10 (iii) (k) Forms of insurance and related letter agreements
with certain executive officers.  Incorporated by reference to
Form 10-K of Ingersoll-Rand Company for the year ended December
31, 1993, filed March 30, 1994.

10 (iii) (l) Incentive Stock Plan of 1990 of Ingersoll-Rand
Company.  Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K of Ingersoll-
Rand Company for the year ended December 31, 1993, filed March
30, 1994.

10 (iii) (m) Restated Supplemental Pension Plan. Incorporated
by reference to Form 10-K of Ingersoll-Rand Company for the year
ended December 31, 1995, filed March 29, 1996.

10 (iii) (n) Supplemental Stock and Savings Investment Plan
effective as of January 1, 1989.  Incorporated by reference to
Form 10-K of Ingersoll-Rand Company for the year ended December
31, 1993, filed March 30, 1994.

10 (iii) (o) Supplemental Retirement Account Plan effective
as of January 1, 1989.  Incorporated by reference to Form
10-K of Ingersoll-Rand Company for the year ended December 31,
1993, filed March 30, 1994.

10 (iii) (p) Incentive Stock Plan of 1995 of Ingersoll-Rand
Company.  Incorporated by reference to the Notice of 1995 Annual
Meeting of Shareholders and Proxy Statement dated March 15, 1995.
See Appendix A of the Proxy Statement dated March 15, 1995.
                                
10 (iii) (q) Senior Executive Performance Plan. Incorporated
by reference to the Notice of 1995 Annual Meeting of Shareholders
and Proxy Statement dated March 15, 1995.  See Appendix B of the
Proxy Statement dated March 15, 1995.

10 (iii) (r) Amended and Restated Elected Officers Supplemental
Plan. Filed herewith.

10 (iii) (s) Selected Executive Officer Employment Agreement.
Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K of Ingersoll-Rand
Company for the year ended December 31, 1995, filed
March 29, 1996.

10 (iii) (t) Executive Deferred Compensation and Stock Award
Plan.  Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1996, filed March 26, 1997.

10 (iii) (u) Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer Employment Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Form
10-k for the year ended December 31, 1997, filed March 6, 1998.

10 (iii) (v) Incentive Stock Plan of 1998 of Ingersoll-Rand
Company.  Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Notice
of 1998 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Proxy Statement dated
March 17, 1998.

11 Computation of Earnings Per Share.  Filed herewith.

12 Computations of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
Filed herewith.

13 Ingersoll-Rand Company Annual Report to Shareholders
for 1998.  Not deemed to be filed as part of this report
except to the extent incorporated by reference. Filed herewith.

21 List of Subsidiaries of Ingersoll-Rand Company.
Filed herewith.

27 Financial Data Schedule.

                           SIGNATURES

   Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized.

                                        INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY
                                                  (Registrant)

                                   By   /S/ David W. Devonshire


                                   Date    March  29,  1999


    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on
the dates indicated.

      Signature                   Title                 Date

                           Chairman, President,
                         Chief Executive Officer
                         and Director (Principal
/S/ James E. Perrella     Executive Officer)      March  29, 1999
 (James E. Perrella)

                         Senior Vice President
                         Chief Financial Officer
                          (Principal Financial
/S/ David W. Devonshire  and Accounting Officer)  March  29, 1999
 (David W. Devonshire)

                         Controller (Principal
/S/ Steven R. Shawley     Accounting Officer)     March  29, 1999
 (Steven R. Shawley)

/S/ Joseph P. Flannery          Director          March  29, 1999
 (Joseph P. Flannery)

/S/ Peter C. Godsoe             Director          March  29, 1999
 (Peter C. Godsoe)

/S/ Constance J. Horner         Director          March  29, 1999
 (Constance J. Horner)

/S/ H. William Lichtenberger    Director          March  29, 1999
 (H. William Lichtenberger)

/S/ Theodore E. Martin          Director          March  29, 1999
 (Theodore E. Martin)

/S/ Orin R. Smith               Director          March  29, 1999
 (Orin R. Smith)

/S/ Richard J. Swift            Director          March  29, 1999
 (Richard J. Swift)

/S/ Tony L. White               Director          March  29, 1999
 (Tony L. White)



                           
                             BY-LAWS
                                
                               of
                                
                     INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY
                     
               As amended through January 5, 1999



                           ARTICLE I.

                     STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS

Section 1.  Annual Meeting:  The annual meeting of the
Stockholders of the Company shall be held on the fourth Thursday
of April, in each year, or such other date as the Board of
Directors may determine, at such hour and at such place within or
without the State of New Jersey as may be fixed by the Board of
Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, for the
election of Directors of the Company and for the transaction of
such other business as may come before it in accordance with the
provisions of these By-Laws.

At any such annual meeting of Stockholders, only such business
shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting
(a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (b) by
any Stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting who complies
with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.  Any Stockholder
entitled to vote at such meeting may propose business to be
included in the agenda of such meeting only if written notice of
such Stockholder's intent is given to the Secretary of the
Company, either by personal delivery or by United States mail,
postage prepaid, not later than 90 days in advance of the
anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting or if the
date of the annual meeting of Stockholders occurs more than 30
days before or 60 days after the anniversary of such immediately
preceding annual meeting, not later than the close of business on
the seventh day following the date on which notice of such
meeting is given to Stockholders.  A Stockholder's notice to the
Secretary shall set forth in writing as to each matter such
Stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a
brief description of the business desired to be brought before
the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business
at the annual meeting, (b) the name and address, as they appear
on the Company's books, of the Stockholder proposing such
business, (c) the class and number of shares of the Company which
are beneficially owned by the Stockholder and (d) any material
interest of the Stockholder in such business.  Notwithstanding
anything in these By-Laws to the contrary, no business shall be
conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the
procedures set forth in this Section 1.  The officer of the
Company or other person presiding at the annual meeting shall, if
the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that
business was not properly brought before the meeting in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 1, and, if such
officer or other person should so determine, he or she shall so
declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought
before the meeting shall not be transacted.

Section 2.    Special Meetings: Special meetings of the
Stockholders may be held at the principal office of the Company
in the State of New Jersey or at such other place within or
without said State as may from time to time be designated by the
Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting,
whenever called in writing by the Chairman of the Board, the
Vice-Chairman or the President or by vote of a majority of the
Board of Directors.  At any special meeting of the Stockholders,
only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought
before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors and such business shall be confined to the object or
objects stated in the notice thereof.

Section 3.  Quorum:  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate
of Incorporation of this Company or by statute, the presence in
person or by proxy of the holders of record of the shares
entitled to cast a majority of the votes at any meeting of the
Stockholders shall constitute a quorum at such meeting.  Whenever
the holders of any class or series of shares are entitled to vote
separately on a specified item of business, the presence in
person or by proxy of the holders of record of the shares of such
class or series entitled to cast a majority of the votes thereon
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of such specified
item of business.  If the holders of the amount of stock
necessary to constitute a quorum shall fail to attend in person
or by proxy at the time and place fixed by these By-Laws for an
annual meeting, or as fixed by notice, as above provided for a
special meeting, a majority in interest of the Stockholders
present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn from time to time
without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the
holders of the amount of stock requisite to constitute a quorum
shall attend.  At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum
shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have
been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 4.  Organization:  The Chairman of the Board shall call
meetings of the Stockholders to order and shall act as Chairman
of such meetings.  In the absence of the Chairman of the Board,
the Vice-Chairman or the President, or in his absence an
Executive Vice President shall preside:  and in the absence of
any of the foregoing officers, the Stockholders present, or
the Board of Directors, may appoint any Stockholder to act as
Chairman of any meeting.

The Secretary of the Company shall act as Secretary of all
meetings of the Stockholders.  In the absence of the Secretary at
any meeting of the Stockholders, the presiding officer may
appoint any person to act as Secretary of the Meeting.

Section 5.  Voting:  At each meeting of the Stockholders, every
Stockholder shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy
appointed by instrument in writing subscribed by such Stockholder
or by his duly authorized attorney and delivered to the
inspectors at the meeting.  The votes for Directors and, upon
demand of any Stockholder, the votes upon any question before the
meeting shall be by ballot.

Section 6.  Inspectors:  At each annual stated meeting of the
Stockholders for the election of Directors, the presiding officer
of such meeting shall appoint two persons to act as inspectors,
who shall be sworn to perform their duties in accordance with the
laws of the State of New Jersey, and who shall return a formal
certificate.

Section 7.    Nominations of Directors: Nominations for the
election of Directors may be made by the Board of Directors or
any Stockholder entitled to vote for the election of Directors.
Any Stockholder entitled to vote for the election of Directors at
a meeting or to express a consent in writing without a meeting
may nominate a person or persons for election as a Director only
if written notice of such Stockholder's intent to make such
nomination is given to the Secretary of the Company, either by
personal delivery or United States mail, postage prepaid, not
later than (a) with respect to an election to be held at an
annual meeting of Stockholders, 90 days in advance of the
anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting or if the
date of the annual meeting of Stockholders occurs more than 30
days before or 60 days after the anniversary of such immediately
preceding annual meeting, not later than the close of business on
the seventh day following the date on which notice of such
meeting is given to Stockholders and (b) in the case of any
Stockholder who wishes to nominate a person or persons for
election as a Director pursuant to consents in writing by
Stockholders without a meeting (to the extent election by such
consents is permitted under applicable law and the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation), 60 days in advance of the date on
which materials soliciting such consents are first mailed to
Stockholders or, if no such materials are required to be mailed
under applicable law, 60 days in advance of the date on which the
first such consent in writing is executed.  Each such notice
shall set forth the name and address of the Stockholder who
intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be
nominated for election as a Director, a representation that the
Stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Company
entitled to vote at such meeting or to express such consent in
writing and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the
meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice
or to execute such a consent in writing to elect such person or
persons as a Director, a description of all arrangements or
understandings between the Stockholder and each nominee and any
other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant
to which the nomination or nominations for election as a Director
are to be made by the Stockholder, such other information
regarding each nominee proposed by such Stockholder as would have
been required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant
to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission if
such nominee had been nominated, or was intended to be nominated,
for election as a Director by the Board of Directors, and the
consent of each nominee to serve as a Director of the Company if
so elected.  The Board of Directors may refuse to acknowledge the
nomination of any person not made in compliance with the
foregoing procedures.

                          ARTICLE II.

                      BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number and Election:  The business and property of the
Company shall be managed by a Board of nine Directors.  The
number of Directors may be altered from time to time by the
alteration of these By-Laws, provided that, as required by the
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board shall never
consist of less than eight members.

As provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the
Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes, each
consisting of three Directors.  At each annual election, the
successors to the Directors of the class whose terms shall expire
in that year shall be elected to hold office for a term of three
years, so that the term of office of one class of Directors shall
expire in each year.  Each Director shall serve for the term for
which such Director shall have been elected and until such
Director's successor shall have been duly elected.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1, if
and as long as the Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides
for the election of additional Directors by class or classes of
stock, such additional Directors shall be elected in the manner
and for the term provided in the Restated Certificate of
Incorporation.

Section 2.  Vacancies:  Subject to any requirements of the
Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the filling of
vacancies among additional Directors elected by a class or
classes of stock, if the office of any Director becomes vacant,
the remaining Directors may, by a majority vote, elect a
successor who shall hold office until the next succeeding annual
meeting of the Stockholders and until his successor shall have
been elected and qualified.

Section 3.  Place of Meetings:  The Directors may hold their
meetings and may have an office and keep the books of the Company
(except as otherwise may be provided for by law) in such place or
places in the State of New Jersey or outside of the State of New
Jersey as the Board from time to time may determine.

Section 4.  Regular Meetings:  Regular meetings of the Board of
Directors shall be held at such times and intervals as the Board
may from time to time determine.  It shall be the duty of the
Secretary to send a notice to each of the Directors at his
address as it appears on the books of the Company at least two
(2) days before the holding of each regular meeting, but a
failure of the Secretary to send such notice shall not invalidate
any proceedings of the said Board.

Section 5.  Special Meetings:  Special meetings of the Board of
Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the
Board or the Vice-Chairman or the President, or by one-third
(1/3) of the Directors for the time being in office.

The Secretary shall give notice of each special meeting by
mailing the same at least two (2) days before the meeting, or by
telegraphing the same at least one (1) day before the meeting to
each Director, but such notice may be waived by any Director.  At
any meeting at which every Director shall be present, even
without notice, any business may be transacted.

Section 6.  Quorum:  Six (6) members of the Board of Directors,
but not less than one-third (1/3) of the entire Board, shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; but if at
any meeting of the Board there be less than a quorum present,
those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time.  At
meetings of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted
in such order as from time to time the Board may determine.

Section 7.  Director Emeritus:  The Board of Directors may
appoint a person who has served with distinction and who has
retired from the Board upon reaching mandatory retirement as
provided herein to the position of Director Emeritus.  A Director
Emeritus shall be invited to attend all meetings of the Board and
shall receive the same compensation as that paid to outside
Directors.  While serving as a Director Emeritus, he shall not be
considered a retired director for pension benefit purposes;
however, any pension benefits to which he may be entitled will
commence upon his cessation of service as a Director Emeritus.
He shall be appointed by the Board for a one-year term and may be
reappointed from time to time by action of the Board.  While the
presence of a Director Emeritus at a Board meeting will not be
considered for quorum or voting purposes, nevertheless, his
advice and counsel on all matters to come before the Board is
invited.

                        ARTICLE III.

                         COMMITTEES

The Board of Directors may appoint from their number such
standing committees as they deem best and to the extent permitted
by statute may invest them with such of their own powers as they
may deem advisable, subject to such conditions as they may
prescribe.
 
                         ARTICLE IV.

                          OFFICERS

Section 1.  Officers:  The executive officers of the Company
shall include a Chairman of the Board of Directors, President,
Treasurer and Secretary and may also include one or more
Vice-Chairmen, Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents,
Vice Presidents, and such other officers as the Board of
Directors shall deem necessary or otherwise appropriate to elect.
The Chief Executive Officer may hold the title of Chairman of the
Board, or President, or both titles.

The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and
advisory boards as they shall deem necessary, who shall have such
authority and who shall perform such duties as from time to time
may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Any executive officer elected by the Board of Directors may be
removed at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote
of two-thirds (2/3) of the entire Board of Directors.

Any other appointed or elected officer, agent, employee or member
of an advisory board may be removed at any time with or without
cause by affirmative vote of the Directors or by the Committee or
superior officer upon whom such power of removal may be
conferred.

Section 2.  Powers and Duties:  The Chairman of the Board shall
preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and
Stockholders.  Subject to designation by the Board of Directors
he shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and he
shall have responsibility for the active management of the
business of the Company.  He may sign and execute contracts and
agreements authorized by the Board, delegate other officers to do
so and may, from time to time, require from other officers and
from employees of the Company opinions, reports or information
upon any matter specified by him or generally upon the interests
or affairs of the Company under the supervision of such officers
or employees respectively.  He may appoint and remove assistant
officers and other employees and agents.  He may exercise any
other powers conferred upon him by the Board of Directors.

Other officers shall have all the usual and customary powers and
shall perform all the usual and customary duties incident to
their respective offices and, in addition thereto and to any
duties specifically prescribed by any subsequent provisions of
these By-Laws, they shall respectively perform such other general
or special duties as may from time to time be assigned to them by
the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

The Board of Directors may appoint an officer to act as Chief
Financial Officer of the Company, who shall have responsibility
for the financial affairs of the Company.  He will be responsible
for the preparation of the financial statements of the Company,
and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him
by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.  The
Board of Directors may appoint an officer to act as General
Counsel of the Company, who shall have responsibility for the
legal affairs of the Company.  The Board of Directors may appoint
the Comptroller to be the principal accounting and financial
control officer of the Company.

Securities of other corporations or interests in other entities
held by the Company may be voted by the Chairman of the Board or
by any other person designated by the Board of Directors or Chief
Executive Officer.

Section 3.  Term:  The executive officers elected by the Board of
Directors shall hold office for one year or until their
successors are elected and qualify.  The Chairman, and any
Vice-Chairman, shall be elected by the Directors from among their
own number.  One person may hold more than one office.

                        ARTICLE V.

                 BILLS, NOTES, AND CHECKS

All bills, notes, checks or other negotiable instruments of the
Company shall be made in the name of the Company and shall be
signed by two executive officers or by any two persons duly
authorized by the Board of Directors.  No officers or agents of
the Company, either singly or together shall have power to make
any bill, note or check or other negotiable instrument in the
name of the Company to bind the Company thereby, except as in
this Article prescribed and provided.

No officer or agent of this Company shall have power to endorse
in the name, for or in behalf of the Company, any note, bill of
exchange, draft, check or other written instrument for the
payment of money, save only for purposes of the discount or the
collection of the said instrument, unless thereunto duly and
specially authorized by the vote of the Directors of this Company
entered on the minutes of said Board.

                        ARTICLE VI.

                      CAPITAL STOCK

Section 1.  Certificates for Shares:  The certificates for shares
of the capital stock of the Company shall be in such form not
inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation as shall be
prepared or be approved by the Board of Directors.  The
certificates shall be signed by or bear thereon the facsimile
signature of the Chairman, the Vice-Chairman, President, or an
Executive Vice President, or a Vice President, and also be signed
by or bear thereon the facsimile signature of the Treasurer or an
Assistant Treasurer.  The certificates shall be consecutively
numbered.  The name of the person owning the shares represented
thereby, with the number of such shares and the date of issue,
shall be entered in the Company's books.

Section 2.  Transfers:  Shares of the capital stock of the
Company shall be transferred only on the books of the Company by
the holder thereof in person or by his attorney, upon surrender
of the certificate or certificates properly endorsed.  The Board
of Directors shall have power and authority to make all such
rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the
issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of
the capital stock of the Company.  The Board of Directors may
appoint Transfer Agents and Stock Registrars and may require all
stock certificates to bear the signatures of such a Transfer
Agent and of such a Registrar of Transfers, or any of them.

The stock transfer books may be closed for such period next
preceding any Stockholders' meeting, or the payment of dividends
as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, and
during such period no stock shall be transferable.

The Board of Directors may also fix in advance a date not more
than 60 nor less than 10 days preceding the date of any meeting
of Stockholders, nor more than 60 days preceding the date for the
payment of any dividend on the Common Stock or any series of
Preference Stock, or the date for allotment of rights, or the
date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock
shall go into effect, as a record date for the determination of
the Stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any such
meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend, or
any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in
respect to any such change, conversion or exchange of capital
stock.  In such cases only Stockholders of record on the date so
fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and vote at such
meeting, or to receive payment of such dividend, or allotment of
rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case may be, and
notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the
Company after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.

Section 3.  Lost Stock Certificates:  In case any stock
certificate shall be lost, the Board of Directors may order a new
certificate to be issued in its place upon receiving such proof
of loss and such security therefor as may be satisfactory to it.

                         ARTICLE VII.

                     THE CORPORATE SEAL

The Corporate Seal of the Company shall consist of a circle
formed by the words "Ingersoll-Rand Company" and the letters "N.
J." with the words "Corporate Seal" and the figures "1905" in the
center.

The Seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary or
the Assistant Secretary or of the Treasurer or the Assistant
Treasurer.

When authorized by the Board of Directors, the Secretary shall
affix the Seal, or cause it to be affixed, to all documents
executed on behalf of the Company.  The Board of Directors may
also specifically or generally authorize other persons to affix
the Seal.

                        ARTICLE VIII.

                     REACQUIRED SHARES

When shares of the Company are reacquired by the Company by
purchase, by redemption or by their conversion into other shares
of the Company, such shares shall be treated by the Company as
treasury shares, unless and to the extent the Board of Directors
determines at any time that any such shares shall be cancelled.

                       ARTICLE IX.

   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND OTHERS

Section 1.  Right to Indemnification:  Each person who was or is
made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is
involved in any pending, threatened or completed civil, criminal,
administrative or arbitrative action, suit or proceeding, or any
appeal therein or any inquiry or investigation which could lead
to such action, suit or proceeding ("proceeding"), by reason of
his or her being or having been a Director or officer of the
Company or of any constituent corporation absorbed by the Company
in a consolidation or merger, or by reason of his or her being or
having been a Director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of
any other corporation (domestic or foreign) or of any
partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee
benefit plan or other enterprise (whether or not for profit),
serving as such at the request of the Company or of any such
constituent corporation, or the legal representative of any
such Director, officer, trustee, employee or agent, shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest
extent permitted by the New Jersey Business Corporation Act, as
the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of
any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment
permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights
than said Act permitted prior to such amendment), from and
against any and all reasonable costs, disbursements and
attorneys' fees, and any and all amounts paid or incurred in
satisfaction of settlements, judgments, fines and penalties,
incurred or suffered in connection with any such proceeding, and
such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased
to be a Director, officer, trustee, employee or agent and shall
inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors,
administrators and assigns; provided, however, that there shall
be no indemnification hereunder with respect to any settlement or
other nonadjudicated disposition of any proceeding unless the
Company has given its prior consent to such settlement or
disposition.  The right to indemnification conferred in this
Section 1 shall be a contract right and shall include the right
to be paid by the Company the expenses incurred in connection
with any proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such
proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors; provided,
however, that, if the New Jersey Business Corporation Act so
requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a Director or
officer in his or her capacity as a Director or officer in
advance of the final disposition of a proceeding shall be made
only upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking, by or on
behalf of such Director or officer, to repay all amounts so
advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director
or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 1
or otherwise.  The Company may, by action of its Board of
Directors, provide for indemnification and advancement of
expenses to employees and agents of the Company with the same
scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of Directors
and officers.

Section 2.  Right of Claimant to Bring Suit:  If a claim under
Section 1 of this Article IX is not paid in full by the Company
within thirty days after a written request has been received by
the Company, the claimant may at any time thereafter apply to a
court for an award of indemnification by the Company for the
unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful on the merits or
otherwise in connection with any proceeding, or in the defense of
any claim, issue or matter therein, the claimant shall be
entitled also to be paid by the Company any and all expenses
incurred or suffered in connection with such proceeding.  It
shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action
brought to enforce a claim for the advancement of expenses
incurred in connection with any proceeding where the required
undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the Company) that the
claimant has not met the standard of conduct which makes it
permissible under the New Jersey Business Corporation Act for the
Company to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the
burden of proving such defense shall be on the Company.  Neither
the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors,
independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such proceeding that
indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances
because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set
forth in the New Jersey Business Corporation Act, nor an actual
determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors,
independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant
has not met such applicable standard of conduct, nor the
termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement,
conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,
shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the
claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 3.  Non-Exclusivity of Rights:  The right to
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or
granted pursuant to this Article IX shall not exclude or be
exclusive of any other rights, including the right to be
indemnified against any and all reasonable costs, disbursements
and attorneys' fees, and any and all amounts paid or incurred in
satisfaction of settlements, judgments, fines and penalties
incurred or suffered in proceedings by or in the right of the
Company, to which any person may be entitled under a certificate
of incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders, or
otherwise, provided that no indemnification shall be made to or
on behalf of any person if a judgment or other final adjudication
adverse to such person establishes that such person has
not met the applicable standard of conduct required to be met
under the New Jersey Business Corporation Act.

                          ARTICLE X.

                          AMENDMENTS

The Board of Directors may, by a majority vote of the entire
Board, make By-Laws and from time to time alter, amend or repeal
any By-Law, but any By-Law made by the Board of Directors may be
altered or repealed by the Stockholders at any annual or special
meeting.  Notice of such proposed alteration, amendment or repeal
of any By-Law shall be included in the notice of the meeting of
the Directors or Stockholders.

                        ARTICLE XI.

                         AUDITORS

The Board of Directors may appoint a firm of certified public
accountants to audit the books and accounts of the Company for
the calendar year in which such appointment is made.





                     INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

                   (a New Jersey Corporation)

                   INGERSOLL-RAND FINANCING I

                  (a Delaware Business Trust)


                    14,000,000 FELINE PRIDES

                              and

                  1,400,000 Capital Securities


                     UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                      
                                
Dated:  March 17, 1998


                     Ingersoll-Rand Company
                   (a New Jersey Corporation)
                                
                   INGERSOLL-RAND FINANCING I
                   (a Delaware Business Trust)
                                
                   14,000,000 FELINE PRIDESSM
            (Stated Amount of $25 per FELINE PRIDES),
                                
                          consisting of
                                
                   12,600,000 Income PRIDESsm
                       each consisting of
   a Purchase Contract of Ingersoll-Rand Company Requiring the
     Purchase on May 16, 2001 (or earlier) of certain Shares
            of Common Stock of Ingersoll-Rand Company
                               and
     a 6.22% Capital Security of Ingersoll-Rand Financing I
                                
                               and
                                
                    1,400,000 Growth PRIDESSM
                       each consisting of
   a Purchase Contract of Ingersoll-Rand Company Requiring the
     Purchase on May 16, 2001 (or earlier) of certain Shares
            of Common Stock of Ingersoll-Rand Company
                               and
   a 1/40 Undivided Beneficial Interest in a Zero-Coupon U.S.
        Treasury Security Having a Principal Amount Equal
             to $1,000 and maturing on May 15, 2001;
                                
                               and
                                
              1,400,000 6.22% Capital Securities of
     Ingersoll-Rand Financing I (Liquidation Amount $25 per
                        Capital Security)
                                
                     UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                             March 17, 1998


MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
            INCORPORATED
c/o Merrill Lynch & Co.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Merrill Lynch World Headquarters
World Financial Center
North Tower
New York, New York  10281-12091
Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Ingersoll-Rand Company, a New Jersey corporation (the
"Company"), and Ingersoll-Rand Financing I, a Delaware statutory
business trust (the "Trust" and, together with the Company, the
"Offerors"), confirm their agreement with Merrill Lynch & Co.,
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (the "Under
writer"), with respect to the sale to the Underwriter of
14,000,000 FELINE PRIDES and 1,400,000 6.22% Capital Securities
(the "Capital Securities" and, together with the FELINE PRIDES,
the "Initial Securities") of the Trust.  The FELINE PRIDES will
initially consist of (A) 12,600,000 units (referred to as "Income
PRIDES") with a Stated Amount, per Income PRIDES, of $25 (the
"Stated Amount") and (B) at least 1,400,000 units (referred to as
"Growth PRIDES") with a face amount, per Growth PRIDES, equal to
the Stated Amount.  Each Income PRIDES will initially consist of
a unit comprised of (a) a stock purchase contract (a "Purchase
Contract") under which (i) the holder will purchase from the
Company on May 16, 2001 (the "Purchase Contract Settlement
Date"), for an amount of cash equal to the Stated Amount, a
number of newly issued shares of common stock, $2 par value per
share (the "Shares"), of the Company equal to the Settlement Rate
described herein, and (ii) the Company will pay the holder
unsecured contract adjustment payments ("Contract Adjustment
Payments") at the rate of 6.22% of the Stated Amount per annum
and (b) beneficial ownership of a Capital Security.  Each Growth
PRIDES will initially consist of a unit comprised of (a) a
Purchase Contract under which (i) the holder will purchase from
the Company on the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, for an
amount in cash equal to the Stated Amount, the number of Shares
of Common Stock of the Company, equal to the Settlement Rate, and
(ii) the Company will pay the holder Contract Adjustment
Payments, at the rate of 6.22% of the Stated Amount per annum, and
(b) a 1/40 undivided beneficial interest in a zero-coupon U.S.
Treasury Security (CUSIP No. 912820 BAY) in an amount equal to
$1,000 payable on May 15, 2001 (the "Treasury Securities").  The
Company and the Trust also propose to grant to the Underwriter
options to purchase up to 1,890,000 additional Income PRIDES
210,000 additional Growth PRIDES and 210,000 additional Capital
Securities (the "Option Securities" and together with the Initial
Securities, the "Securities") as described in Section 2(b)
hereof.  In accordance with the terms of the Purchase Contract
Agreement (as defined below), to be dated as of March 23, 1998,
between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Purchase
Contract Agent (the "Purchase Contract Agent"), the Capital
Securities constituting a part of the Income PRIDES, and the
Treasury Securities constituting a part of the Growth PRIDES,
will be pledged by the Purchase Contract Agent, on behalf of the
holders of the Securities, to the Chase Manhattan Bank, as Collateral
Agent, pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, to be dated as of
March 23, 1998 (the "Pledge Agreement"), among the Company, the
Purchase Contract Agent and the Collateral Agent, to secure the
holders' obligation to purchase Common Stock under the Purchase
Contracts.  The rights and obligations of a holder of Securities
in respect of Capital Securities, subject to the pledge thereof,
and Purchase Contracts will be evidenced by Security Certificates
(the "Security Certificates") to be issued pursuant to the
Purchase Contract Agreement.

     The Capital Securities and Common Securities (as defined
below) will be guaranteed by the Company with respect to
distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and
otherwise (the "Guarantee") pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement,
to be dated as of March 23, 1998 (the "Guarantee Agreement"),
executed and delivered by the Company and The First National Bank of
Chicago, as trustee (the "Guarantee Trustee"), for the benefit of
the holders from time to time of the Capital Securities and the
Common Securities, and certain back-up undertakings of the
Company.  All of the net proceeds from the sale of the Capital
Securities will be combined with the entire net proceeds from the
sale by the Trust to the Company of its common securities (the
"Common Securities" and, together with the Capital Securities,
the "Trust Securities") will be used by the Trust to purchase the
% Debentures due May 16, 2003 (the "Debentures") of the Company.
The Trust Securities will be issued pursuant to the amended and
restated declaration of trust of the Trust, dated as of March 23,
1998 (the "Declaration"), among the Company, as Sponsor, Ronald
G. Heller, Nancy Casablanca and Patricia Nachtigal (the "Regular
Trustees"), and The First National Bank of Chicago, as the
institutional trustee (the "Institutional Trustee") and First Chicago
Delaware, Inc., as the Delaware trustee (the "Delaware Trustee"
and, together with the Institutional Trustee and the Regular
Trustees, the "Trustees"), and the holders from time to time of
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust.  The
Debentures will be issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of
March 17, 1998 (the "Base Indenture"), between the Company and
The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the "Debt Trustee"), as supple
mented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated March 23, 1998
(the Base Indenture, as supplemented and amended, being referred
to as the "Indenture").  Capitalized terms used
herein without definition shall be used as defined in the
Prospectus.
     
     Prior to the purchase and public offering of the Securities
by the Underwriter, the Offerors and the Underwriter shall enter
into an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto
(the "Pricing Agreement").  The Pricing Agreement may take the
form of an exchange of any standard form of written communication
between the Offerors and the Underwriter and shall specify such
applicable information as is indicated in Exhibit A hereto.  The
offering of the Securities will be governed by this Agreement, as
supplemented by the Pricing Agreement.  From and after the date
of the execution and delivery of the Pricing Agreement, this
Agreement shall be deemed to incorporate the Pricing Agreement.

     Pursuant to a remarketing agreement (the "Remarketing
Agreement") to be dated as of March 23, 1998, among the Company,
the Trust, the Purchase Contract Agent and a nationally recognized
investment banking firm chosen by the Company, the Capital
Securities may be remarketed, subject to certain terms and
conditions.
     
     The Company and the Trust have filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement
on Form S-3 (No. 333-38367) and pre-effective amendment no. 1
thereto covering the registration of securities of the Company
and the Trust, including the Securities and the Purchase Contracts
and Capital Securities included in, and Shares underlying,
the Securities, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"1933 Act"), including the related preliminary prospectus or
prospectuses, and the offering thereof from time to time in
accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission under
the 1933 Act (the "1933 Act Regulations") and the Company has
filed such post-effective amendments thereto as may be required
prior to the execution of the Pricing Agreement.  Such registration
statement, as so amended, has been declared effective by the
Commission.  Such registration statement, as so amended, including
the exhibits and schedules thereto, if any, and the information,
if any, deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to Rule
430A(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations (the "Rule 430A Information")
or Rule 434(d) of the 1933 Act Regulations (the "Rule 434
Information"), is referred to herein as the "Registration Statement";
and the final prospectus relating to the offering of the Securities,
in the form first furnished to the Underwriter by the Company for
use in connection with the offering of the Securities, are collectively
referred to herein as the "Prospectus"; provided, however, that all
references to the "Registration Statement" and the "Prospectus"
shall be deemed to include all documents incorporated therein by
reference pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "1934 Act"), prior to the execution of the applicable Pricing
Agreement;provided, further, that if the Offerors file a registration
statement with the Commission pursuant to Section 462(b) of the
1933 Act Regulations (the "Rule 462(b) Registration Statement"),
then after such filing, all references to "Registration Statement"
shall be deemed to include the Rule 462(b) Registration
Statement; and provided, further, that if the Offerors elect to
rely upon Rule 434 of the 1933 Act Regulations, then all references
to "Prospectus" shall be deemed to include the final or
preliminary prospectus and the applicable term sheet or abbreviated
term sheet (the "Term Sheet"), as the case may be, in the form first
furnished to the Underwriter by the Company in reliance upon Rule
434 of the 1933 Act Regulations, and all references in this
Underwriting Agreement to the date of the Prospectus shall mean
the date of the Term Sheet. A "preliminary prospectus" shall be
deemed to refer to any prospectus used before the registration
statement became effective and any prospectus that omitted, as
applicable, the Rule 430A Information, the Rule 434 Information
or other information to be included upon pricing in a form of
prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of
the 1933 Act Regulations, that was used after such effectiveness
and prior to the execution and delivery of the applicable Pricing
Agreement.  For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the
Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus
or any Term Sheet or any amendment or supplement to any of the
foregoing shall be deemed to include the electronically transmitted
copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic
Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system ("EDGAR").
     
     All references in this Agreement to financial statements and
schedules and other information which is "contained," "included"
or "stated" in the Registration Statement, any preliminary
prospectus or the Prospectus (or other references of like import)
shall be deemed to mean and include all such financial statements
and schedules and other information which is incorporated by
reference in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus
or the Prospectus, as the case may be; and all references in
this Agreement to amendments or supplements to the Registration
Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus shall be
deemed to mean and include the filing of any document under the
1934 Act which is incorporated by reference in the Registration
Statement, such preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, as the
case may be.

     The Offerors understand that the Underwriter proposes to
make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Under
writer deems advisable after the Pricing Agreement has been
executed and delivered and the Declaration, the Indenture and the
Guarantee Agreement have been qualified under the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939, as amended (the "1939 Act").

     SECTION 1.  Representations and Warranties.

     (a)  The Offerors represent and warrant to each Underwriter
as of the date hereof, as of the date of the Pricing Agreement
and as of each Date of Delivery (as defined) (such later date
being hereinafter referred to as the "Representation Date") that:

          (i)  No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement has been issued and no proceeding for that
purpose has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Offerors,
threatened by the Commission.

          (ii)  The Company and the Trust meet, and at the
respective times of the commencement and consummation of the
offering of the Securities will meet, the requirements for the
use of Form S-3 under the 1933 Act.  Each of the Registration
Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has become
effective under the 1933 Act.  At the respective times the
Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement
and any post-effective amendments thereto became effective and at
each Representation Date, the Registration Statement, any Rule
462 Registration Statement and any amendments or supplements
thereto complied and will comply in all material respects with
the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and
the 1939 Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
under the 1939 Act (the "1939 Act Regulations") and did not and
will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.  At
the date of the Prospectus and at the Closing Time (as defined
herein), the Prospectus and any amendments and supplements thereto
did not and will not include an untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading.  If the Offerors elect to rely
upon Rule 434 of the 1933 Act Regulations, the Offerors will
comply with the requirements of Rule 434.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the representations and warranties in this subsection
shall not apply to (A) statements in or omissions from the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus made in reliance upon
and in conformity with information furnished to the Offerors in
writing by the Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus or (B) the part of the Registration
Statement which shall constitute the Statement of Eligibility
(Form T-1) under the 1939 Act.

                Each preliminary prospectus and prospectus filed as
part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part
of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the
1933 Act, complied as so filed in all material respects with the
1933 Act Regulations and, if applicable, each preliminary prospectus
and the Prospectus delivered to the Underwriter for use in connection
with the offering of the Securities will, at the time of such delivery,
be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed
with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted
by Regulation S-T.

          (iii)  The documents incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus, at the time they were or hereafter are filed or last
amended, as the case may be, with the Commission, complied and
will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the
1934 Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission there
under (the "1934 Act Regulations"), and at the time of filing or
as of the time of any subsequent amendment, did not contain an
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which
they were or are made, not misleading; and any additional documents
deemed to be incorporated by reference in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus will, if and when such documents are
filed with the Commission, or when amended, as appropriate,
comply in all material respects to the requirements of the 1934
Act and the 1934 Act Regulations and will not contain an untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation
and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in
reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing
to the Offerors by the Underwriter expressly for use in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

          (iv)  The accountants who certified the financial statements
and supporting schedules included or incorporated by reference in
the Registration Statement and the Prospectus are independent public
accountants as required by the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations.

          (v)  The financial statements of the Company included
or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes,
present fairly the financial position of the Company and its
consolidated subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the
results of their operations for the periods specified in all
material respects.  Such financial statements have been prepared
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods
involved.  The supporting schedules, if any, included or
incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus present fairly in accordance with GAAP the information
required to be stated therein in all material respects.  The
ratio of earnings to fixed charges included in the Prospectus has
been calculated in compliance with Item 503(d) of Regulation S-K
of the Commission.  The selected financial information and the
summary financial data included in the Prospectus present fairly
in all material respects the information shown therein and have
been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited
financial statements included in the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus.  The pro forma financial statements and the
related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the
information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with
the Commission's rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma
financial statements and have been properly compiled on the bases
described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation
thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are
appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances
referred to therein.

          (vi)  Since the respective dates as of which information
is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and
except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no material
adverse change and no development which could reasonably be expected
to result in a material adverse change in the condition, financial
or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs of the Company and
its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise whether or not arising
in the ordinary course of business (a "Material Adverse Effect"),
(B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or
any of its subsidiaries, other than those arising in the ordinary
course of business, which are material with respect to the Company
and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, (C) except for
regular dividends on the Common Stock in amounts per share that are
consistent with past practice or the applicable charter document or
supplement thereto, respectively, there has been no dividend or
distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on
any class of its capital stock.

          (vii)  The Company has been incorporated, is validly
existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws
of the State of New Jersey, has the corporate power and authority
to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its
business as presently conducted and as described in the Prospectus
and to enter into and perform its obligations under, or as
contemplated under, this Agreement, the Pricing Agreement, the
Remarketing Agreement, the Purchase Contract Agreement, the
Pledge Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement.  The Company is
qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in
good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is
required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of
property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to
so qualify or be in good standing would not have a Material
Adverse Effect.

          (viii)  Other than the Trust, each "Significant Subsidiary"
(as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X of the 1933 Act) of the
Company is set forth on Schedule I hereto, has been incorporated and
is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws
of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and
authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its
business as presently conducted and as described in the Prospectus,
and is qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is
in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is
required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or
the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify or be
in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as
otherwise stated in the Registration Statement and the Prospec-
tus, all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of
each subsidiary of the Company have been authorized and validly
issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and all such shares are
owned by the Company, directly or through its subsidiaries, free
and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien,
encumbrance, claim or equity.  None of the outstanding shares of
capital stock of the subsidiaries was issued in violation of
preemptive or other similar rights arising by operation of law,
under the charter or by-laws of any subsidiary or under any
agreement to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party, or
otherwise.

          (ix)  The authorized, issued and outstanding capital
stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectus; since the
date indicated in the Prospectus there has been no change in the
consolidated capitalization of the Company and its subsidiaries
(other than changes in outstanding Common Stock resulting from em-
ployee benefit plan or dividend reinvestment and stock purchase
plan transactions); and all of the issued and outstanding capital
stock of the Company has been authorized and validly issued, is
fully paid and non-assessable and conforms to the descriptions
thereof contained in the Prospectus.

          (x)  The Trust has been created and is validly existing
in good standing as a business trust under the Delaware Business
Trust Act (the "Delaware Act") with the power and authority to
own property and to conduct its business as described in the
Registration Statement and Prospectus and to enter into and
perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Pricing Agree-
ment, the Remarketing Agreement, the Capital Securities and the
Declaration; the Trust is qualified to transact business as a
foreign company and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in
which such qualification is necessary, except where the failure
to so qualify or be in good standing would not have a Material
Adverse Effect on the Trust; the Trust is not a party to or
otherwise bound by any agreement other than those described in
the Prospectus; the Trust is and will, under current law, be
classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a
grantor trust and not as an association taxable as a corporation.

          (xi)  The Purchase Contract Agreement has been autho-
rized by the Company and, at the Closing Time, when validly
executed and delivered by the Company and assuming due authoriza-
tion, execution and delivery of the Purchase Contract Agreement
by the Purchase Contract Agent, will constitute a legal, valid
and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the
Company in accordance with its terms except to the extent that
enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or
affecting creditors' rights generally, or by general equitable
principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at
law) (the "Bankruptcy Exceptions"), and will conform in all
material respects to the description thereof contained in the
Prospectus.

          (xii)  The Pledge Agreement has been authorized by the
Company and, at the Closing Time, when validly executed and
delivered by the Company and assuming due authorization, execu-
tion and delivery of the Pledge Agreement by the Collateral Agent
and the Purchase Contract Agent, will constitute a legal, valid
and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the
Company in accordance with its terms except to the extent that
enforcement thereof may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exceptions,
and will conform in all material respects to the description
thereof contained in the Prospectus.

          (xiii)  The Common Securities have been authorized by
the Declaration and, when issued and delivered by the Trust to
the Company against payment therefor as described in the Regis-
tration Statement and Prospectus, will be validly issued, will
represent undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the
Trust and will conform in all material respects to the descrip-
tion thereof contained in the Prospectus; the issuance of the
Common Securities is not subject to preemptive or other similar
rights; and at the Closing Time all of the issued and outstanding
Common Securities of the Trust will be directly owned by the
Company free and clear of any security interest, mortgage,
pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equitable right.

          (xiv)  The Declaration has been authorized by the
Company and, at the Closing Time, will have been executed and
delivered by the Company and the Trustees, and assuming due
authorization, execution and delivery of the Declaration by the
Institutional Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, the Declaration
will, at the Closing Time, be a legal, valid and binding obliga-
tion of the Company and the Regular Trustees, enforceable against
the Company and the Regular Trustees in accordance with its
terms, except to the extent that enforcement thereof may be
limited by the Bankruptcy Exceptions, and will conform in all
material respects to the description thereof contained in the
Prospectus; and at the Closing Time, the Declaration will have
been duly qualified under the 1939 Act.

          (xv)  The Guarantee Agreement has been authorized by
the Company and, when validly executed and delivered by the
Company, and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery
by the Guarantee Trustee, will constitute a legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the
Company in accordance with its terms except to the extent that
enforcement thereof may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exceptions,
and the Guarantee and the Guarantee Agreement will conform in all
material respects to the description thereof contained in the
Prospectus; and at the Closing Time, the Guarantee Agreement will
have been duly qualified under the 1939 Act.

          (xvi)  The Securities have been authorized for issuance
and sale to the Underwriter and, when issued and delivered
against payment therefor as provided herein, will be validly
issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform in all
material respects to the description thereof contained in the
Prospectus; the issuance of the Securities is not subject to
preemptive or other similar rights.

          (xvii)  The Shares, when issued and delivered in accor
dance with the provisions of the Purchase Contract Agreement and
the Pledge Agreement, will be authorized, validly issued and
fully paid and non-assessable and will conform in all material
respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus;
and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to preemptive
or other similar rights.

          (xviii)  The Indenture has been authorized by the
Company and qualified under the 1939 Act and, at the Closing
Time, will have been executed and delivered and will constitute a
legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable
against the Company in accordance with its terms except to the
extent that enforcement thereof may be limited by the Bankruptcy
Exceptions; the Indenture will conform in all material respects
to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus.

          (xix)  The Debentures have been authorized by the
Company and, at the Closing Time, will have been executed by the
Company and, when authenticated in the manner provided for in the
Indenture and delivered against payment therefor as described in
the Prospectus, will constitute legal, valid and binding obliga-
tions of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accor
dance with their terms except to the extent that enforcement
thereof may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exceptions, and will be
in the form contemplated by, and entitled to the benefits of, the
Indenture and will conform in all material respects to the
description thereof contained in the Prospectus.

          (xx)  Each of the Regular Trustees of the Trust is an
employee of the Company and has been authorized by the Company to
execute and deliver the Declaration.

          (xxi)  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries
is in violation of its articles of incorporation or by-laws.  The
Trust is not in violation of the Declaration or its certificate
of trust filed with the State of Delaware on August 18, 1997 (the
"Certificate of Trust"); none of the Company, any of its subsid
iaries or the Trust is in default in the performance or obser-
vance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition con-
tained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, note, lease, loan or
credit agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which
the Company, any of its subsidiaries or the Trust is a party or
by which any of them may be bound, or to which any of the proper-
ty or assets of the Company, any subsidiary or the Trust is sub-
ject, or in violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation
or any judgment, order or decree of any government, governmental
instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdic-
tion over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their
respective properties or assets, which violation or default
would, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse
Effect.

          (xxii)  The entry into the Purchase Contracts underly-
ing the Securities by the Company, the offer of the Securities as
contemplated herein and in the Prospectus, the issue of the
Shares and the sale of the Shares by the Company pursuant to the
Purchase Contracts, the execution, delivery and performance of
this Agreement, the Pricing Agreement, the Remarketing Agreement,
the Purchase Contracts, the Purchase Contract Agreement, the
Pledge Agreement, the Declaration, the Capital Securities, the
Common Securities, the Indenture, the Debentures, the Guarantee
Agreement and the Guarantees, and the consummation of the transac-
tions contemplated herein, therein and the Registration Statement
(including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of
proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described in the
prospectus under the caption "Use of Proceeds") and compliance by
the Offerors with their obligations hereunder and thereunder have
been authorized by all necessary action (corporate or otherwise)
and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of
notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a
breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a
default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in
the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance
upon any property or assets of the Company, any subsidiary or the
Trust pursuant to any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of
trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or any other
agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Trust or any
subsidiary is a party or by which any of them may be bound, or to
which any of the Property of any of them is subject (the
"Agreements and Instruments") (except for such conflicts,
breaches or defaults or liens, charges or encumbrances that would
not result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action
result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or
by-laws of the Company or any subsidiary or the Declaration or
Certificate of Trust or any applicable law, statute, rule,
regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government,
government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having
jurisdiction over the Company, any subsidiary or the Trust or any
of their assets, properties or operations.  As used herein, a
"Repayment Event" means any event or condition which gives the
holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness
(or any person acting on such holder's behalf) the right to
require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a
portion of such indebtedness by the Company, any subsidiary or
the Trust.

          (xxiii)  There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry
or investigation before or by any court or governmental agency or
body, domestic or foreign, now pending or to the knowledge of the
Company threatened against or affecting the Trust, the Company or
any of its subsidiaries which is required to be disclosed in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus (other than as stated
therein), or which might reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect, or which might be reasonably expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect on the assets, properties or opera-
tions thereof or the consummation of this Agreement, the Pricing
Agreement, the Remarketing Agreement, the Purchase Contracts, the
Purchase Contract Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Guarantee
Agreement, the Indenture or the transactions contemplated herein
or therein.

          (xxiv)  The Company and its subsidiaries have good and
marketable title to all material real and personal property owned
by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances
and defects except such as are described in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus or such as do not materially affect
the value of such property and do not materially interfere with
the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the
Company and its subsidiaries; and any material real property and
buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries
are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases
with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially
interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such
property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries; the
Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, franchises,
permits, certificates, authorizations, approvals, consents and
orders of all governmental authorities or agencies which are
necessary for the ownership or lease of the material properties
owned or leased by each of them and for the operation of the
business now operated by each of them with such exceptions which,
singly or in the aggregate, are not material and do not material-
ly interfere with the conduct of the business of the Company and
its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise; all such licens-
es, franchises, permits, certificates, orders, authorizations,
approvals and consents are in full force and effect and contain
no unduly burdensome provisions that would interfere with the
conduct of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries,
considered as one enterprise and, except as otherwise set forth
in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, there are no
legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened that
would result in a material modification, suspension or revocation
thereof.

          (xxv)  No authorization, approval, consent, order,
registration or qualification of or with any court or governmen-
tal authority or agency is required for the entry into the Pur
chase Contracts underlying the Securities, in connection with the
issuance and sale of the Common Securities, the offering of the
Securities and the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company
pursuant to such Purchase Contracts, except such as have been
obtained and made under the federal securities laws and such as
may be required under state or foreign securities or Blue Sky
laws.
    
          (xxvi)  This Agreement, the Remarketing Agreement and
the Pricing Agreement have been authorized, executed and deliv-
ered by each of the Offerors.

          (xxvii)  None of the Trust nor the Company or any of
its subsidiaries is, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securi-
ties as herein contemplated and the application of the net
proceeds therefrom as described in the Prospectus will not be, an
"investment company" or an entity "controlled" by an "investment
company" as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act
of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act").

          (xxviii)  None of the Company, its subsidiaries or any
of their respective directors, officers or controlling persons,
has taken, directly or indirectly, any action resulting in a
violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act, or designed to
cause or result in, or that has constituted or that reasonably
might be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipula-
tion of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate
the sale or resale of the Securities or the Common Stock.

          (xxix)  No "forward looking statement" (as defined in
Rule 175 under the 1933 Act) contained in the Registration
Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus was made
or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or was disclosed other
than in good faith.

          (b)  Any certificate signed by any officer of the
Company or a Trustee of the Trust and delivered to the Underwrit-
er or to counsel for the Underwriter shall be deemed a repre-
sentation and warranty by the Company or the Trust, as the case
may be, to the Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

     SECTION 2.  Sale and Delivery to Underwriter; Closing.

     (a)  On the basis of the representations and warranties
herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein
set forth, the Offerors agree to sell to the Underwriter, and the
Underwriter agrees to purchase from the Offerors, at the price
per security set forth in the Pricing Agreement, 14,000,000
Initial Securities.

          (1)  If the Offerors have elected not to rely upon Rule
430A of the 1933 Act Regulations, the initial public offering
price per Security and the purchase price per Security to be paid
by the Underwriter for the Securities have each been determined
and set forth in the Pricing Agreement, dated the date hereof,
and any necessary amendments to the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus will be filed before the Registration Statement
becomes effective.

          (2)  If the Offerors have elected to rely upon Rule
430A of the 1933 Act Regulations, the purchase price per Security
to be paid by the Underwriter shall be an amount equal to the
initial public offering price per Security, less an amount per
Security to be determined by agreement between the Underwriter
and the Offerors.  The initial public offering price per Security
shall be a fixed price to be determined by agreement between the
Underwriter and the Offerors.  The initial public offering price
and the purchase price, when so determined, shall be set forth in
the Pricing Agreement.  In the event that such prices have not
been agreed upon and the Pricing Agreement has not been executed
and delivered by all parties thereto by the close of business on
the fourth business day following the date of this Agreement,
this Agreement shall terminate forthwith, without liability of
any party to any other party, unless otherwise agreed to by the
Offerors and the Underwriter.

     (b)  In addition, on the basis of the representations and
warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and condi-
tions herein set forth, the Offerors hereby grant to the Under
writer the right to purchase at its election up to 1,890,000
Income PRIDES, 210,000 Growth PRIDES and 210,000 Capital Securi-
ties at the price per share set forth in the Pricing Agreement;
provided, that, pursuant to such options, the Underwriter shall
purchase, proportionately, at least as many Capital Securities as
Growth PRIDES and shall purchase proportionately, at least as
many Growth PRIDES as Income PRIDES.  The option hereby granted
will expire automatically at the close of business on the 30th
calendar day after (i) the later of the date the Registration
Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement becomes
effective, if the Offerors have elected not to rely upon
Rule 430A under the 1933 Act Regulations, or (ii) the Representa-
tion Date, if the Offerors have elected to rely upon Rule 430A
under the 1933 Act Regulations, and may be exercised in whole or
in part from time to time only for the purpose of covering over-
allotments which may be made in connection with the offering and
distribution of the Initial Securities upon notice by the Under
writer to the Offerors setting forth the aggregate number of
additional Optional Securities to be purchased and the time and
date of delivery for the related Option Securities.  Any such
time and date of delivery (a "Date of Delivery") shall be deter
mined by the Underwriter but shall not be later than seven full
business days after the exercise of such option, nor in any event
before the Closing Time, unless otherwise agreed upon by the
Underwriter and the Offerors.

     (c)  The Capital Securities and Treasury Securities underly-
ing the Securities will be pledged with the Collateral Agent to
secure the holders' obligations to purchase Common Stock under
the Purchase Contracts.  Such pledge shall be effected by the
transfer to the Collateral Agent of the Capital Securities and
Treasury Securities to be pledged at the Closing Time and appro-
priate Date of Delivery, if any, in accordance with the Pledge
Agreement.

     (d)  Delivery of certificates for the Initial Securities and
the Option Securities (if the option provided for in Section 2(b)
hereof shall have been exercised on or before the first business
day prior to the Closing Time) shall be made at the offices of
the Underwriter in New York, against the delivery to the Collat-
eral Agent of the Capital Securities and Treasury Securities
relating to such Securities by such Underwriter or on its behalf,
and payment of the purchase price for such Securities shall be
made at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP,
919 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022 or at such other place
as shall be agreed upon by the Underwriter and the Offerors, at
9:00 a.m. (New York time) on the third business day after the
date the Registration Statement becomes effective (or, if the
Offerors have elected to rely upon Rule 430A, the third full
business day after execution of the Pricing Agreement (or, if
pricing of the Securities occurs after 4:30 p.m., Eastern time,
on the fourth full business day thereafter)), or such other time
not later than ten business days after such date as shall be
agreed upon by the Underwriter and the Offerors (such time and
date of payment and delivery being referred to herein as the
"Closing Time").  Payment for the Securities purchased by the
Underwriter shall be made by wire transfer of immediately avail-
able funds, payable to the Company, against delivery to the
account of the Underwriter of the Securities to be purchased by
it.  Delivery of, and payment for, the Securities shall be made
through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company.  In
addition, if the Underwriter purchase any or all of the Option
Securities, payment of the purchase price and delivery of certif-
icates for such Option Securities shall be made at the offices of
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP set forth above, or at
such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Underwriter and
the Offerors, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the
relevant notice from the Underwriter to the Offerors.

         Certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option
Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered
in such names as the Underwriter may request in writing at least
two full business days before the Closing Time or any Date of
Delivery, as the case may be.  The certificates for the Initial
Securities and the Option Securities, if any, will be made
available for examination by the Underwriter no later than
10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the last business day prior to
the Closing Time or the Date of Delivery, as the case may be.

     (e)  If settlement for the Option Securities occurs after
the Closing Time, the Offerors will deliver to the Underwriter on
the relevant Date of Delivery, and the obligations of the Under
writer to purchase the Option Securities shall be conditioned
upon the receipt of, supplemental opinions, certificates and
letters confirming as of such date the opinions, certificates and
letters delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(k)
hereof.

     SECTION 3.  Covenants of the Offerors.  The Offerors agree
with the Underwriter as follows:

     (a)  Promptly following the execution of this Agreement, the
Offerors will cause the Prospectus to be filed with the Commis-
sion pursuant to Rule 424 of the 1933 Act Regulations and the
Offerors will promptly advise the Underwriter when such filing
has been made.  Prior to the filing, the Offerors will cooperate
with the Underwriter in the preparation of such Prospectus to
assure that the Underwriter has no reasonable objection to the
form or content thereof when filed or mailed.

     (b)  The Offerors will comply with the requirements of Rule
430A of the 1933 Act Regulations and/or Rule 434 of the 1933 Act
Regulations if and as applicable, and will notify the Underwriter
immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) of the
effectiveness of any post-effective amendment to the Registration
Statement or the filing of any supplement or amendment to the
Prospectus, (ii) the receipt of any comments from the Commission,
(iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the
Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the
Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by
the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of
the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings
for that purpose and (v) of the issuance by any state securities
commission or other regulatory authority of any order suspending
the qualification or the exemption from qualification of the
Securities or the Shares under state securities or Blue Sky laws
or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such
purpose.  The Offerors will make every reasonable effort to
prevent the issuance of any stop order and, if any stop order is
issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible
moment.

     (c)  The Offerors will give the Underwriter notice of their
intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration
Statement (including any post-effective amendment and any filing
under Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations), any Term Sheet or
any amendment, supplement or revision to either the prospectus
included in the Registration Statement at the time it became
effective or to the Prospectus, whether pursuant to the 1933 Act,
the 1934 Act or otherwise; will furnish the Underwriter with
copies of any such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, Term
Sheet, amendment, supplement or revision a reasonable amount of
time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be;
and will not file any such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement,
Term Sheet, amendment, supplement or revision to which the
Underwriter or counsel for the Underwriter shall object.

     (d)  The Company will deliver to the Underwriter and counsel
for the Underwriter, without charge, signed copies of the Regis-
tration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment
thereto (including exhibits filed therewith or incorporated by
reference therein and documents incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference therein) and signed copies of all
consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to
the Underwriter, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registra-
tion Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto
(without exhibits).  If applicable, the copies of the Registra-
tion Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the
Underwriter will be identical to the electronically transmitted
copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR,
except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

     (e)  The Company has delivered to the Underwriter, without
charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as the
Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents
to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act.
The Company will furnish to the Underwriter, without charge,
during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered
under the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act, such number of copies of the
Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as the Underwriter may
reasonably request.  If applicable, the Prospectus and any
amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriter
will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies
thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to
the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

     (f)  The Offerors will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933
Act Regulations and the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations so
as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities
as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration State-
ment and the Prospectus.  If at any time when the Prospectus is
required by the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act to be delivered in
connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or
condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in
the opinion of counsel for the Underwriter or for the Offerors,
to amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registra-
tion Statement will not contain an untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not mislead-
ing or to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the
Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make
the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circum-
stances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or
if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any
such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supple-
ment the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of
the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Offerors will
promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section
3(c), such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct
such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement
or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Offerors
will furnish to the Underwriter, without charge, such number of
copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriter may
reasonably request.

     (g)  The Offerors will use their best efforts, in coopera-
tion with the Underwriter, to qualify the Securities for offering
and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and
other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Underwriter may
designate; provided, however, that the Company shall not be
obligated to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction
in which it is not so qualified or subject itself to taxation in
respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not
otherwise so subject.  In each jurisdiction in which the Securi
ties have been so qualified, the Offerors will file such state-
ments and reports as may be required by the laws of such juris-
diction to continue such qualification in effect for so long as
may be required in connection with distribution of the Securities
and the Shares.

     (h)  The Company will make generally available to its
securityholders as soon as practicable, but not later than 45
days (or 90 days, in the case of a period that is also the
Company's fiscal year) after the close of the period covered
thereby, an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiar-
ies (in form complying with the provisions of Rule 158 of the
1933 Act Regulations).

     (i)  The Company will use the net proceeds received by it
from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the
Prospectus under "Use of Proceeds".

     (j)  If, at the time that the Registration Statement became
(or in the case of a post-effective amendment becomes) effective,
any information shall have been omitted therefrom in reliance
upon Rule 430A or Rule 434 of the 1933 Act Regulations, then
immediately following the execution of the Pricing Agreement, the
Offerors will prepare, and file or transmit for filing with the
Commission in accordance with such Rule 430A or Rule 434 and Rule
424(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations, copies of an amended Prospec
tus, or Term Sheet, or, if required by such Rule 430A, a
post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement (including
an amended Prospectus), containing all information so omitted.

     (k)  If the Offerors elect to rely upon Rule 462(b), the
Offerors shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the
Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) and pay the applicable
fees in accordance with Rule 111 of the 1933 Act Regulations by
the earlier of (i) 10:00 p.m. Eastern time on the date of the
Pricing Agreement and (ii) the time confirmations are sent or
given, as specified by Rule 462(b)(2).

     (l)  The Offerors, during the period when the Prospectus is
required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all
documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to
Section 13, 14 or 15 of the 1934 Act within the time periods
required by the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations.

     (m)  The Offerors will use their best efforts to effect the
listing of the Income PRIDES and the Growth PRIDES on the New
York Stock Exchange and to cause the Securities to be registered
under the 1934 Act.

     (n)  During a period of 90 days from the date of the Pricing
Agreement, neither the Trust nor the Company will, without the
prior written consent of the Underwriter, directly or indirectly,
sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or other-
wise dispose of, or enter into any agreement to sell, any Income
PRIDES, Growth PRIDES, Purchase Contracts, Capital Securities or
Common Stock, as the case may be, or any securities of the
Company similar to the Income PRIDES, Growth PRIDES, Purchase
Contracts, Capital Securities or Common Stock or any security
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Income
PRIDES, Growth PRIDES, Purchase Contracts, Capital Securities or
Common Stock other than shares of Common Stock or options for
shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to or sold in connection
with any employee benefit, dividend reinvestment and stock option
and stock purchase plans of the Company and its subsidiaries and
other than the Growth PRIDES or Income PRIDES to be created or
recreated upon substitution of Pledged Securities, or shares of
Common Stock issuable upon early settlement of the Income PRIDES
or Growth PRIDES or upon exercise of stock options, or (B) enter
into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that
transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the
economic consequence of ownership of the Securities, any security
convertible into or exchangeable into or exercisable for the
Securities substantially similar to equity securities substantial-
ly similar to the Securities, whether any such swap or
transaction is to be settled by delivery of Securities, or other
securities, in cash or otherwise.

     (o)  For a period of three years from the Closing Time, the
Company will furnish to the Underwriter copies of all annual
reports, quarterly reports and current reports filed with the
Commission on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, or such similar forms as
may be designated by the Commission, and such other documents,
reports and information as shall be furnished by the Company to
its stockholders or securityholders generally, provided, however,
that the Company shall not be required to provide the Underwriter
with any such reports or similar forms that have been filed with
the Commission by electronic transmission pursuant to EDGAR.

     (p)  The Company will reserve and keep available at all
times, free of preemptive or other similar rights and liens and
adverse claims, sufficient shares of Common Stock to satisfy any
obligations to issue Shares upon settlement of the Purchase
Contracts and shall take all actions necessary to keep effective
the Registration Statement with respect to the Shares.

     (q)  None of the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their
respective directors, officers or controlling persons, will take,
directly or indirectly, any action resulting in a violation of
Regulation M under the 1934 Act, or designed to cause or result
in, or that reasonably might be expected to constitute, the
stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the
Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or the
Common Stock.

     SECTION 4.  Payment of Expenses.  The Company will pay all
expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under
this Agreement, the Pricing Agreement, the Purchase Contracts,
the Purchase Contract Agreement and the Pledge Agreement, includ-
ing, without limitation, expenses related to the following, if
incurred: (i) the preparation, delivery, printing and filing of
the Registration Statement and Prospectus as originally filed
(including financial statements and exhibits) and of each amend-
ment thereto; (ii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the
certificates for the Securities and the Shares; (iii) the fees
and disbursements of the Company's counsel, accountants and other
advisors or agents (including the transfer agents and regis
trars), as well as fees and disbursements of the Trustees, the
Purchase Contract Agent, the Collateral Agent and any Depositary,
and their respective counsel (except as provided for in the
Prospectus); (iv) the qualification of the Securities and the
Shares under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of
Section 3(g), including filing fees and the fees and disburse
ments of counsel for the Underwriter in connection therewith and
in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey; (v)
the printing and delivery to the Underwriter of copies of the
Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment
thereto, of each preliminary prospectus, any Term Sheet and of
the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto;
(vi) any fees payable in connection with the rating of the
Securities by nationally recognized statistical rating organiza-
tions; and (vii)  any fees payable or expenses incurred pursuant
to any Uniform Commercial Code related filings; and (viii) the
fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the
Income PRIDES, the Growth PRIDES and the Shares on the New York
Stock Exchange.

          If this Agreement is terminated by the Underwriter in
accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or Section 9(a)(i)
hereof with respect to the Initial Securities or the Option
Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall reimburse the
Underwriter for all of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred in connection with the Initial Securities or Option
Securities, as the case may be, including the fees and disburse-
ments of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for
the Underwriter.

     SECTION 5.  Conditions of Underwriter's Obligations.  The
obligations of the Underwriter to purchase and pay for the
Securities pursuant to this Agreement are subject to the accuracy
of the representations and warranties of the Offerors herein
contained or in certificates of any officer of the Company or any
subsidiary or the trustees of the Trust delivered pursuant to the
provisions hereof, to the performance by the Offerors of their
obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

     (a)  The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement, shall have become effective under the
1933 Act not later than 5:30 p.m., New York City time, on the
date hereof, and on the date hereof and at the Closing Time and
any Date of Delivery, no stop order suspending the effectiveness
of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been
issued under the 1933 Act or proceedings therefor initiated or
threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part of the
Commission for additional information shall have been complied
with to the satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriter.  A
prospectus containing information relating to the description of
the Securities, the specific method of distribution and similar
matters shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance
with Rule 424(b)(1), (2), (3), (4) or (5), as applicable (or any
required post-effective amendment providing such information
shall have been filed and declared effective in accordance with
the requirements of Rule 430A), or, if the Company has elected to
rely upon Rule 434 of the 1933 Act Regulations, a Term Sheet in-
cluding the Rule 434 Information shall have been filed with the
Commission in accordance with Rule 424(b)(7).

     (b)  At the Closing Time the Underwriter shall have re
ceived:

          (1)  The favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing
Time, of Patricia Nachtigal, Esq., Vice President and General
Counsel of the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfac-
tory to counsel for the Underwriter, to the effect that:

                 (i) The Company has been incorporated, is valid-
     ly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under
     the laws of the State of New Jersey.

                (ii) The Company has corporate power and author
     ity to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct
     its business as described in the Prospectus.

               (iii) The Company is qualified as a foreign
     corporation to transact business and is in good standing in
     each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required,
     except where such failure to qualify or be in good standing
     would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

                (iv) The authorized, issued and outstanding
     capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospec-
     tus (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to
     incentive compensation plan, employee benefit plan or divi-
     dend reinvestment and stock purchase plan transactions), and
     the shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of the
     Company have been authorized and validly issued and are
     fully paid and non-assessable.

                 (v) Except for the Trust, each Significant
     Subsidiary of the Company has been incorporated and is
     validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the
     laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation; to such
     counsel's knowledge, each subsidiary of the Company has the
     corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its
     properties and to conduct its business as presently con
     ducted and as described in the Prospectus, and is qualified
     as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good
     standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is
     required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of
     property or the conduct of business, except where the fail-
     ure to so qualify or be in good standing would not have a
     Material Adverse Effect; and to such Counsel's knowledge all
     of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each subsid-
     iary of the Company has been authorized and validly issued,
     is fully paid and non-assessable and all shares owned by the
     Company, directly or through its subsidiaries, are owned
     free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge,
     lien, encumbrance, claim or equity.

                (vi) The Declaration has been authorized, exe
     cuted and delivered by the Company and the Trustees and is a
     legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforce-
     able against the Company and each of the Regular Trustees in
     accordance with its terms, except as enforcement thereof may
     be limited by the Bankruptcy Exceptions; and the Declaration
     has been duly qualified under the 1939 Act.

               (vii) All legally required proceedings in connec-
     tion with the authorization, issuance and validity of the
     Securities and the sale of the Securities in accordance with
     this Agreement have been taken and all legally required
     orders, consents or other authorizations or approvals of any
     other public boards or bodies in connection with the autho-
     rization, issuance and validity of the Securities and the
     sale of the Securities in accordance with this Agreement
     (other than in connection with or in compliance with the
     provisions of the securities or Blue Sky laws of any juris
     dictions, as to which no opinion need be expressed) have
     been obtained and are in full force and effect.

               (viii)    The Registration Statement is effective
     under the 1933 Act and, to the best knowledge of such coun-
     sel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
     Registration Statement has been issued under the 1933 Act,
     and no proceedings therefor have been initiated or threat
     ened by the Commission.

               (ix) Each of the documents incorporated by
     reference in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus at
     the time they were filed or last amended (other than the
     financial statements and the notes thereto, the financial
     schedules, and any other financial data included or incorpo
     rated by reference therein, as to which such counsel need
     express no belief), complied as to form in all material
     respects with the requirements of the 1934 Act and the 1934
     Act Regulations, as applicable; and such counsel has no
     reason to believe that any of such documents, when such
     documents became effective or were so filed, as the case may
     be, contained, in the case of a registration statement which
     became effective under the 1933 Act, an untrue statement of
     a material fact, or omitted to state a material fact re-
     quired to be stated therein or necessary to make the state-
     ments therein not misleading, and, in the case of other
     documents which were filed under the 1934 Act with the
     Commission, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit-
     ted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
     statements therein not misleading.

                (x) The Company and the Trust meet the regis-
     trant requirements for use of Form S-3 under the 1933 Act
     Regulations.

                (xi) The Income PRIDES and Growth PRIDES have
     been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company,
     and (assuming due execution by the Purchase Contract Agent
     as attorney-in-fact of the holders thereof and due authenti-
     cation by the Purchase Contract Agent) and upon payment
     therefore as set forth herein, will be duly and validly
     issued and outstanding, and will constitute valid and bind-
     ing obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of
     the Purchase Contract Agreement and enforceable against the
     Company in accordance with its terms, except to the extent
     that enforcement thereof may be limited by the Bankruptcy
     Exceptions.  The Shares and the Securities are each regis
     tered under the 1934 Act, and the Income PRIDES issuable at
     the Closing Time and the Shares issuable by the Company
     pursuant to the Purchase Contracts have been authorized for
     listing on the New York Stock Exchange, upon official notice
     of issuance.

               (xii) The Shares subject to the Purchase Contract
     Agreement have been validly authorized and reserved for
     issuance and, when issued and delivered by the Company in
     accordance with the provisions of the Purchase Contract
     Agreement, the Purchase Contracts and the Pledge Agreement,
     will be fully paid and non-assessable; the issuance of such
     Shares will not be subject to preemptive or other similar
     rights arising by law or, to the best of such counsel's
     knowledge, otherwise.

               (xiii)    The issuance of the Securities is not
     subject to preemptive or other similar rights arising by law
     or, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, otherwise.

               (xiv) All of the issued and outstanding Common
     Securities of the Trust are directly owned by the Company
     free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge,
     lien, encumbrance, claim or equitable right.

               (xv) This Agreement, the Remarketing Agreement
     and the Pricing Agreement have been duly authorized, exe
     cuted and delivered by each of the Company and the Trust.

               (xvi) The Purchase Contract Agreement has been
     duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and,
     assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the
     Purchase Contract Agent, constitutes a valid and binding
     agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in
     accordance with its terms except to the extent that enforce-
     ment thereof may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exceptions.

               (xvii)    The Pledge Agreement has been duly autho-
     rized, executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming
     due authorization, execution and delivery by the Collateral
     Agent and the Purchase Contract Agent, constitutes a legal,
     valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable
     against the Company in accordance with its terms except to
     the extent that enforcement thereof may be limited by the
     Bankruptcy Exceptions.

               (xviii)   The Guarantee Agreement has been duly
     authorized, executed and delivered by the Company; the
     Guarantee Agreement, assuming it is duly authorized, exe-
     cuted, and delivered by the Guarantee Trustee, constitutes a
     valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable
     against the Company in accordance with its terms, except to
     the extent that enforcement thereof may be limited by Bank-
     ruptcy Exceptions.

               (xix) The Indenture has been executed and deliv-
     ered by the Company and, assuming authorization, execution,
     and delivery thereof by the Debt Trustee, is a valid and
     binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the
     Company in accordance with its terms, except to the extent
     that enforcement thereof may be limited by the Bankruptcy
     Exceptions.

               (xx) The Debentures are in the form contemplated
     by the Indenture, have been duly authorized, executed and
     delivered by the Company and, when authenticated by the Debt
     Trustee in the manner provided for in the Indenture and
     delivered against payment therefor by the Trust, will con-
     stitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, en-
     forceable against the Company in accordance with their
     terms, except to the extent that enforcement thereof may be
     limited by the Bankruptcy Exceptions.

               (xxi) The entry into the Purchase Contracts
     underlying the Securities by the Company, the offer of the
     Securities as contemplated herein and in the Prospectus, the
     issuance of the Shares and the sale of the Shares by the
     Company pursuant to the Purchase Contracts, the execution,
     delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Pricing
     Agreement, the Remarketing Agreement, the Purchase Con-
     tracts, the Purchase Contract Agreement, the Pledge Agree-
     ment, the Declaration, the Capital Securities, the Common
     Securities, the Indenture, the Debentures, the Guarantee
     Agreement and the Guarantees, and the consummation of the
     transactions contemplated herein, therein and the Registra-
     tion Statement (including the issuance and sale of the
     Securities and the use of proceeds from the sale of the
     Securities as described in the prospectus under the caption
     "Use of Proceeds") and compliance by the Offerors with their
     obligations hereunder and thereunder have been authorized by
     all necessary action (corporate or otherwise) and do not and
     will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or
     passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a
     breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a
     default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or
     result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or
     encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company, any
     subsidiary or the Trust pursuant to, the Agreements and
     Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches or defaults
     or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not result in a
     Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any
     violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws of the
     Company or any Significant Subsidiary or the Declaration or
     Certificate of Trust or any applicable law, statute, rule,
     regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any govern-
     ment, government instrumentality or court, domestic or
     foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company, any subsid-
     iary or the Trust or any of their assets, properties or
     operations.  As used herein, a "Repayment Event" means any
     event or condition which gives the holder of any note,
     debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person
     acting on such holder's behalf) the right to require the
     repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of
     such indebtedness by the Company, any subsidiary or the
     Trust.

               (xxii)    All conditions precedent provided for in
     the Purchase Contract Agreement relating to the authentica-
     tion and delivery of the Security Certificates have been
     complied with and the Company is duly entitled to the au-
     thentication and delivery of the Security Certificates in
     accordance with the terms of the Purchase Contract Agree-
     ment; the Security Certificates are in a form contemplated
     by the Purchase Contract Agreement and comply with all
     applicable statutory requirements and with the requirements
     of the New York Stock Exchange.

               (xxiii)   There are no actions, suits or proceed-
     ings before or by any court or governmental agency or body,
     domestic or foreign, now pending or, to the best of such
     counsel's knowledge, threatened, which are required to be
     disclosed in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus,
     other than those disclosed therein.

               (xxiv)    The information in the Prospectus under
     the caption "Description of the Common Stock," to the extent
     that it involves matters of law, summaries of legal matters,
     documents or proceedings, or legal conclusions, has been
     reviewed by such counsel and is correct in all material re
     spects.

               (xxv) To the best of such counsel's knowledge and
     information, there are no contracts, indentures, mortgages,
     agreements, notes, leases or other instruments required to
     be described or referred to or incorporated by reference in
     the Registration Statement or to be filed as exhibits there
     to other than those described or referred to or incorporated
     by reference therein or filed as exhibits thereto; the
     descriptions thereof or references thereto are true and
     correct in all material respects, and no default exists in
     the due performance or observance of any material obliga-
     tion, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any
     contract, indenture, mortgage, agreement, note, lease or
     other instrument so described, referred to, filed or incor-
     porated by reference which would result in a Material Ad
     verse Effect.

               (xxvi)    No authorization, approval, consent,
     order, registration or qualification of or with any court or
     federal or state governmental authority or agency is re-
     quired for the issuance and sale of the Securities by the
     Offerors to the Underwriter or the performance by the Trust
     and the Company of their respective obligations in this
     Agreement, the Remarketing Agreement, the Pricing Agreement,
     the Purchase Contract Agreement, the Purchase Contracts, the
     Pledge Agreement, the Indenture, the Debentures, the
     Guarantee Agreement, the Declaration and the Securities
     except such as has been obtained and made under the federal
     securities laws or such as may be required under state or
     foreign securities or Blue Sky laws.

               (xxvii)   The Company and its subsidiaries possess
     all licenses, franchises, permits, certificates, authoriza-
     tions, approvals, consents and orders of all governmental
     authorities or agencies necessary for the ownership or lease
     of the material properties owned or leased by each of them
     and for the operation of the business carried on by each of
     them as described in the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus with such exceptions as are not material and do
     not materially interfere with the conduct of the business of
     the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one enter-
     prise; all such licenses, franchises, permits, certificates,
     authorizations, approvals, consents and orders are in full
     force and effect and, except as otherwise set forth in the
     Registration Statement or the Prospectus, there are no legal
     or governmental proceedings pending or, to such counsel's
     knowledge, threatened that would result in a material modi-
     fication, suspension or revocation thereof.

     Moreover, such counsel shall confirm that nothing has come
     to such counsel's attention that would lead such counsel to
     believe that the Registration Statement, including any
     information provided pursuant to Rule 430A or Rule 434
     (except for financial statements and the notes thereto, the
     financial schedules and any other financial data included or
     incorporated by reference therein, as to which counsel need
     express no opinion), at the time it became effective or at
     the Representation Date, contained an untrue statement of a
     material fact or omitted to state a material fact required
     to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
     therein not misleading or that the Prospectus (except for
     financial statements and the notes thereto, the financial
     schedules, and any other financial data included or incorpo
     rated by reference therein, as to which counsel need express
     no opinion), at the Representation Date (unless the term
     "Prospectus" refers to a prospectus which has been provided
     to the Underwriter by the Company for use in connection with
     the offering of the Securities which differs from the Pro-
     spectus on file at the Commission at the time the Regis-
     tration Statement became effective, in which case at the
     time it is first provided to the Underwriter for such use)
     or at the Closing Time, included (or includes) an untrue
     statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a
     material fact necessary in order to make the statements
     therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
     were made, not misleading.

          In giving such opinion, such counsel may rely, as to
matters of Delaware law, upon the opinion of Richards, Layton &
Finger, P.A., special Delaware counsel to the Offerors, in which
case the opinion shall state that such counsel believes that you
and such counsel are entitled to so rely.

          (2)  The favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing
Time, of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett, special counsel to the Offer-
ors, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the
Underwriter and subject to the qualifications and assumptions
stated therein, to the effect that:

                 (i) The Registration Statement has become
     effective under the 1993 Act and the Prospectus was filed on
     March 19, 1998 pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the 1933 Act
     Regulations and, to our knowledge, no stop order suspending
     the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been
     issued or proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or
     threatened by the Commission.

                (ii) The Registration Statement, as of its
     effective date, and the Prospectus, as of its issue date
     complied as to form in all material respects with the re
     quirements of the 1933 Act, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
     as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"), and the applicable
     rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, except
     that in each case we express no opinion with respect to the
     financial statements or other financial data contained or
     incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement or
     the Prospectus.

               (iii) The statements made in Prospectus under the
     captions "Description of the FELINE PRIDES," "Description of
     the Purchase Contracts," "Certain Provisions of the Purchase
     Contract Agreement and the Pledge Agreement," "Description
     of the Guarantee," "Description of the Debentures," and
     "Effect of Obligations Under the Debentures and the Guaran-
     tee," insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of the
     certain terms of the documents referred to therein, consti-
     tute accurate summaries of the terms of such documents in
     all material respects.

                (iv) The Purchase Contract Agreement and the
     Pledge Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and
     delivered by the Company and (assuming due execution and
     delivery by the Purchase Contract Agent) constitute valid
     and binding agreements of the Company enforceable against
     the Company in accordance with their respective terms,
     subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent
     conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar
     laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally,
     general equitable principles (whether considered in a pro-
     ceeding in equity or at law); provided, however, that upon
     the occurrence of a Termination Event, Section 365(e)(1) of
     the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C.  101-1330, as amended)
     should not invalidate or nulify the provisions of Sections
     3.15 and 5.8 of the Purchase Contract Agreement and of
     Section 4.3 of the Pledge Agreement that require termination
     of the Purchase Contracts and release of the Collateral
     Agent's security interest in the Capital Securities, the
     Debentures, the Applicable Ownership Interest in the Trea-
     sury Portfolio or the Treasury Securities; provided, fur-
     ther, that the automatic stay under Section 362 of the
     Bankruptcy Code may preclude such termination for a period
     of time and the procedures for obtaining relief from such
     stay may delay exercise of such termination rights.

                 (v) The Income PRIDES and the Growth PRIDES have
     each been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
     Company and (assuming due execution by the Purchase Contract
     Agent as attorney-in-fact of the holders thereof and due
     authentication by the Purchase Contract Agent) and upon
     payment therefor as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement,
     will be duly and validly issued and outstanding, and will
     constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company
     entitled to the benefits of the Purchase Contract Agreement
     and enforceable against the Company in accordance with their
     terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency,
     fraudulent conveyance, reorganizations, moratorium and other
     similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights
     generally, and general equitable principles (whether
     considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an
     implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

                (vi) The provisions of the Pledge Agreement are
     effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the
     benefit of the Company, a valid and perfected security
     interest under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on
     the date of such opinion in the State of New York in the
     Pledged Capital Securities, Pledged Debentures, Applicable
     Ownership Interests (as specified in clause (A) of the
     definition thereof in the Declaration) of the Treasury
     Portfolio and the Pledged Treasury Securities from time to
     time credited to the Collateral Account.

               (vii) The Guarantee Agreement has been duly
     authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and duly
     qualified under the Trust Indenture Act and (assuming due
     execution and delivery by the Guarantee Trustee) constitutes
     a valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable
     against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to
     the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent convey-
     ance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws
     relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally, gen-
     eral equitable principles (whether considered in a proceed-
     ing in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good
     faith and fair dealing.

               (viii)    The Indenture has been duly authorized,
     executed and delivered by the Company and duly qualified
     under the Trust Indenture Act, and (assuming due authentica-
     tion, execution and delivery by the Debt Trustee) consti-
     tutes valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable
     against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to
     the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance,
     reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating
     to or affecting creditors' rights generally, and general
     equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in
     equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and
     fair dealing.

                (ix) The Debentures have been duly authorized,
     executed and delivered by the Company and (assuming due
     authentication by the Debt Trustee) and upon payment there
     for as set forth herein, will constitute valid and binding
     obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of the
     Indenture and enforceable in accordance with their terms,
     subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent
     conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar
     laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally,
     general equitable principles (whether considered in a pro-
     ceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good
     faith and fair dealing.

                 (x) The issuance and sale of the Income PRIDES
     and Growth PRIDES in accordance with this Agreement do not
     contravene the Commodity Exchange Act or the regulations of
     the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

                (xi) None of the Trust nor the Company is, and
     upon the issuance and sale of the Income PRIDES and Growth
     PRIDES as herein contemplated and the application of the net
     proceeds therefrom as described in the Prospectus will not
     be, an "investment company" or an entity "controlled" by an
     "investment company" as such terms are defined within the
     meaning of and subject to registration under the Investment
     Company Act of 1940, as amended.

               (xii) Based upon current law and the assumptions
     stated or referred to therein, under current United States
     Federal income tax law:  (i) the Trust will be classified as
     a grantor trust and not as an association taxable as a
     corporation; (ii) the Debentures will be classified as
     indebtedness of the Company and (iii) the discussion in the
     Prospectus unde the caption "Certain Federal Income Tax
     Consequences" is a fair and accurate summary of the matters
     addressed therein.

          Moreover, such counsel shall confirm that based upon
     their examination of the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus and their investigations made in connection with
     the preparation of the Registration Statement and the Pro-
     spectus (excluding any documents incorporated therein) and
     their participations in conferences with certain officers
     and employees of the Company, with representatives of Price
     Waterhouse LLP and counsel to the Company such counsel has
     no reason to believe that the Registration Statement, as of
     its effective date (including any documents incorporated
     therein on file with Commission on such effective date),
     contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted
     to state any material fact required to be stated therein or
     necessary in order to make the statements therein not mis
     leading or that the Prospectus as of its date or as of the
     Date of Delivery (including the documents incorporated
     therein by reference) contains any untrue statement of a
     material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary
     in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
     circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,
     except that in each case such counsel need express no belief
     with respect to the financial statements or other financial
     data contained or incorporated by reference in the Registra-
     tion Statement, the Prospectus or the documents incorporated
     therein.

          In giving such opinion, such counsel may rely, as to
matters of New Jersey law, upon the opinion of Patricia
Nachtigal, Esq. Vice President and General Counsel of the Com
pany.

          (3)  The favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing
Time, of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., special Delaware
counsel to the Offerors, in form and substance satisfactory to
counsel for the Underwriter, to the effect that:

                 (i) The Trust has been created and is validly
     existing in good standing as a business trust under the
     Delaware Act, and has the trust power and authority to
     conduct its business as described in the Prospectus.

                (ii) The Declaration constitutes a legal, valid
     and binding obligation of the Company and is enforceable
     against the Company in accordance with its terms, except
     that to the extent enforceability thereof may be limited by
     the (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, receivership,
     reorganization, liquidation, fraudulent conveyance and
     transfer, and other similar laws relating to or affecting
     the rights and remedies of creditors generally, (ii) princi-
     ples of equity, including applicable law relating to fidu-
     ciary duties (regardless of whether considered and applied
     in a proceeding in equity or at law), and (iii) the effect
     of applicable public policy on the enforcement of provisions
     related to indemnification.

               (iii) Under the Delaware Act and the Declaration,
     the Trust has the trust power and authority to (i) execute
     and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, this
     Agreement and the Pricing Agreement and (ii) issue, and
     perform its obligations under, the Trust Securities.

                (iv) Under the Delaware Act and the Declaration,
     the execution and delivery by the Trust of this Agreement
     and the Pricing Agreement, and the performance by the Trust
     of its obligations hereunder and under the Pricing Agree-
     ment, have been authorized by all necessary trust action on
     the part of the Trust.

                 (v) The Capital Securities have been authorized
     by the Declaration and, when executed by the Trust and
     authenticated by the Institutional Trustee in accordance
     with the Declaration and delivered against payment therefor
     in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be
     validly issued and, subject to qualifications hereinafter
     expressed, fully paid and nonassessable undivided beneficial
     interests in the assets of the Trust; the Holders of the
     Capital Securities, as beneficial owners of the Trust, will
     be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability ex
     tended to stockholders of private corporations for profit
     organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of
     Delaware; said counsel may note that the holders of the
     Capital Securities may be obligated to make payments as set
     forth in the Declaration.

                (vi) The Common Securities have been authorized
     by the Declaration and, when issued, executed and authenti-
     cated in accordance with the terms of the Declaration, and
     delivered and paid for as set forth in the Prospectus, will
     be validly issued, undivided beneficial interests in the
     assets of the Trust.

               (vii) Under the Delaware Act and the Declaration,
     the issuance of the Trust Securities is not subject to
     preemptive or other similar rights.

               (viii)    None of the execution and delivery by
     the Trust of, or the performance by the Trust of its
     obligations under, this Agreement, the issuance and sale of
     the Capital Securities by the Trust in accordance with the
     terms of this Agreement and the Pricing Agreement, or the
     consummation by the Trust of the other transactions
     contemplated thereby, will contravene any provisions of
     applicable Delaware law or Delaware administrative
     regulations or the Certificate of Trust or the Declaration.

                (ix) No authorization, approval, consent, order,
     registration or qualification of or with any Delaware state
     governmental authority or Delaware state agency is required
     for the entry into the Purchase Contracts underlying the
     Securities, the issuance and sale by the Trust of the Capi-
     tal Securities to the Underwriter, or the performance by the
     Company and the Trust of their respective obligations under
     this Agreement, the Pricing Agreement, the Purchase Con-
     tracts, the Purchase Contract Agreement, the Pledge Agree-
     ment, the Indenture, the Debentures, the Capital Securities
     Guarantee Agreement, the Capital Securities Guarantee, the
     Declaration and the Trust Securities, except such counsel
     need not express any opinion regarding any securities laws.

          (4)  The favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing
Pepper Hamilton LLP, counsel to First National Bank of Chicago,
as Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, and Guarantee
Trustee under the Guarantee Agreement, and to First Chicago
Delaware Inc., as Delaware Trustee, in form and substance
satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriter, to the effect that:

                 (i) The Institutional Trustee is a national
     banking association with trust powers, duly organized,
     validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
     United States with all necessary corporate power and author-
     ity to execute, deliver, and to carry out and perform its
     obligations under the terms of, the Declaration and the
     Guarantee.

                (ii) The Delaware Trustee is a Delaware corpora-
     tion, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing,
     with full corporate power and authority to execute and
     deliver, and to carry out and perform its obligations under
     the terms of, the Declaration.

               (iii) The execution, delivery and performance by
     each of the Institutional Trustee and the Delaware Trustee
     of the Declaration, and the execution, delivery and perfor-
     mance by Guarantee Trustee of the Guarantee, have been duly
     authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of
     the Institutional Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, respec-
     tively, in the case of the Declaration, and by the Guarantee
     Trustee, in the case of the Guarantee.  The Declaration and
     the Guarantee have been duly executed and delivered by the
     Institutional Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, respec-
     tively, in the case of the Declaration, and by the Guarantee
     Trustee, in the case of the Guarantee, and constitute the
     legal, valid and binding obligation of the Institutional
     Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, in the case of the Decla-
     ration, and of the Guarantee Trustee, in the case of the
     Guarantee, enforceable against the Institutional Trustee and
     the Delaware Trustee in the case of the Declaration, and
     against the Guarantee Trustee, in the case of the Guarantee,
     in accordance with their terms.  Such opinions may be lim-
     ited by (i) public policy considerations; (ii) applicable
     bankruptcy, solvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent
     conveyance or other laws affecting the enforcement of credi-
     tors' rights generally, as well as awards by courts of
     relief in lieu of the remedy of specific performance of
     contractual provisions; and (iii) general principles of
     equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is consid-
     ered a proceeding in equity or at law) as a court having
     jurisdiction may impose.

                (iv) The execution, delivery and performance by
     each of the Institutional Trustee and the Delaware Trustee
     of the Declaration, and the execution, delivery and perfor-
     mance by the Guarantee Trustee of the Guarantee, do not
     conflict with, or constitute a breach of, the Institutional
     Trustee's, the Delaware Trustee's or the Guarantee Trustee's
     respective charter or bylaws.

          (5) The favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing
Time, of Emmet, Marvin & Martin, counsel to The Bank of New York,
as Purchase Contract Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to
counsel for the Underwriter, to the effect that:

               (i)  The Bank of New York, is duly incorporated
     and is validly existing as a banking corporation with trust
     powers under the laws of the United States with all neces-
     sary power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its
     obligations under the Purchase Contract Agreement and the
     Pledge Agreement.

               (ii) The execution, delivery and performance by
     the Purchase Contract Agent of the Purchase Contract Agree-
     ment and the Pledge Agreement, and the authentication and
     delivery of the Securities have been duly authorized by all
     necessary corporate action on the part of the Purchase
     Contract Agent.  The Purchase Contract Agreement and the
     Pledge Agreement have been duly executed and delivered by
     the Purchase Contract Agent, and constitute the legal, valid
     and binding obligations of the Purchase Contract Agent,
     enforceable against the Purchase Contract Agent in accor
     dance with its terms, except to the extent that enforcement
     thereof may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exceptions.

               (iii) the execution, delivery and performance of
     the Purchase Contract Agreement and the Pledge Agreement by
     the Purchase Contract Agent does not conflict with or con-
     stitute a breach of the charter or by-laws of the Purchase
     Contract Agent.

               (iv) No consent, approval or authorization of, or
     registration with or notice to, any New York or federal gov-
     ernmental authority or agency is required for the execution,
     delivery or performance by the Purchase Contract Agent of
     the Purchase Contract Agreement and the Pledge Agreement.

          (6)  The favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing
Time, of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for
the Underwriter, in form and substance satisfactory to the Under
writer, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities,
and other related matters as the Underwriter may reasonably
require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel
such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them
to pass upon such matters.

          (c)  Between the date of this Agreement and prior to
the Closing Time, no material adverse change shall have occurred
in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings,
business affairs or business prospects of the Trust or the
Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise,
whether or not in the ordinary course of business.

         (d)  At the Closing Time, the Underwriter shall have re-
ceived a certificate of the President or a Vice-President of the
Company and of the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting
Officer of the Company and a certificate of a Regular Trustee of
the Trust, and dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that
(i) there has been no material adverse change in the condition,
financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or
business prospects of the Trust or the Company and its subsidiar-
ies considered as one enterprise, whether or not in the ordinary
course of business, (ii) the representations and warranties in
Section 1 hereof are true and correct as though expressly made at
and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company and the Trust have
complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on
their part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the
Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness
of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings
for that purpose have been initiated or threatened by the Commis-
sion.

       (e)  At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the
Underwriter shall have received from Price Waterhouse LLP a
letter dated such date in form and substance satisfactory to the
Underwriter, to the effect set forth below and as to such other
matters as the Underwriter may reasonably request, that:

          (i)  They are independent accountants with respect to
     the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable
     published rules and regulations thereunder.

          (ii)  In their opinion, the consolidated financial
     statements audited by them and incorporated by reference in
     the Registration Statement comply as to form in all material
     respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the
     1933 Act and the 1934 Act and the published rules and regu-
     lations thereunder with respect to registration statements
     on Form S-3.

          (iii)  They have not audited any financial statements
     of the Company as of any date or for any period subsequent
     to December 31, 1997. Therefore, they are unable to and do
     not express any opinion on the financial position, results
     of operations or cash flows as of any date or for any period
     subsequent to December 31, 1997.

          (iv)  For purposes of such letter, they have read the
     minutes of the 1998 meetings of the Board of Directors and
     the Board Committees (Compensation and Nominating, Corporate
     Affairs, Audit and Finance) of the Company as set forth in
     the minute books at March 13, 1998, officials of the Company
     having advised them that the minutes of all such meetings
     through that date were set forth therein (except for the
     minutes of the February 3, 1998 Audit Committee meeting, the
     March 3, 1998 Finance Committee meeting and the March 3,
     1998 Corporate Affairs Committee meeting which were not
     approved in final form, for which drafts were provided to
     them; and except for the February 3, 1998 Compensation and
     Nominating Committee meeting and the March 4, 1998 Board of
     Directors meeting for which no minutes were available and
     for which an agenda for the meeting was provided to them;
     the officials of the Company have represented that such
     drafts and agenda include all substantive actions taken at
     such meetings), and have carried out other procedures to
     March 13, 1998 (their work did not extend to the period from
     March 14, 1998 to March 17, 1998, inclusive), as follows:

               a.  With respect to the period from January 1,
          1998 to February 28, 1998 they have:

                    (1)  read the unaudited consolidated finan-
               cial data of the Company and subsidiaries for
               January of both 1997 and 1998 furnished them by
               the Company, officials of the Company having ad-
               vised them that no such financial data as of any
               date or for any period subsequent to January 31,
               1998 were available; and

                    (2)  inquired of certain officials of the
               Company who have responsibility for financial and
               accounting matters as to whether the unaudited
               financial data referred to in 4.a.(1) above are
               stated on a basis substantially consistent with
               that of the audited financial statements included
               in the Registration Statement.

     The foregoing procedures do not constitute an audit made in
     accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Also,
     they would not necessarily reveal matters of significance
     with respect to the comments in the following paragraph.
     Accordingly, they make no representations as to the suffi-
     ciency of the foregoing procedures for the Underwriter's
     purposes.

          (v)  Nothing came to their attention as a result of the
     foregoing procedures, however, that caused them to believe
     that:

               a.  (i)  At January 31, 1998 there was any change
          in the capital stock (except for any increases in the
          capital stock in connection with any employee benefit,
          dividend reinvestment or stock purchase plan of the
          Company), increase in long-term debt or any decreases
          in consolidated net current assets (working capital) or
          shareholders' equity of the Company and consolidated
          subsidiaries as compared with amounts shown in the
          December 31, 1997 audited consolidated balance sheet
          incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement
          or (ii) for the period from January 1, 1998 to January
          31, 1998, there were any decreases, as compared with
          the corresponding period in the preceding year, in
          consolidated net sales or in the total or per share
          amounts of net income, except in all instances for
          changes, increases, or decreases that the Registration
          Statement discloses have occurred or may occur.

          (vi)  As mentioned under (iv)a, Company officials have
     advised them that no consolidated financial data as of any
     date or for any period subsequent to February 28, 1998 are
     available; accordingly, the procedures carried out by them
     with respect to changes in financial statement items after
     February 28, 1998 have been, of necessity, even more limited
     than those with respect to the period referred to in (iv).
     They have made inquiries of certain officials of the Company
     who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters
     as to whether there was any increase in long-term debt or
     any decrease in shareholders' equity of the Company and
     consolidated subsidiaries at March 13, 1998 as compared with
     amounts shown on the December 31, 1997 audited consolidated
     balance sheet incorporated by reference in the Registration
     Statement. On the basis of these inquiries and their reading
     of the minutes as described in (iv), nothing came to their
     attention that caused them to believe that there was any
     such change, increase or decrease, except in all instances
     for increases or decreases which the Registration Statement
     discloses have occurred or may occur.

          (vii)  For purposes of such letter, they have also read
     the items identified by the Underwriter on the Form 10-K
     forming part of the Registration Statement incorporated by
     reference thereto and have performed the procedures de
     scribed in such letter.

          (viii)  Their audit of the consolidated financial
     statements for the period referred to in the introductory
     paragraph of such letter comprised audit tests and proce-
     dures deemed necessary for the purpose of expressing an
     opinion on such consolidated financial statements taken as a
     whole. For neither the periods referred to therein nor any
     other period did they perform audit tests for the purpose of
     expressing an opinion on individual balances of accounts or
     summaries of selected transactions such as those enumerated
     in such letter and, accordingly, they express no opinion
     thereon.

          (ix) They have:

               a.  Read the unaudited pro forma condensed consol-
          idated statement of income for the year ended December
          31, 1997, incorporated by reference in the Registration
          Statement.

               b.  Inquired of certain officials of the Company
          who have responsibility for financial and accounting
          matters about:

                    (1   The basis for their determination of the
               pro forma adjustments, and

                    (2   Whether the unaudited pro forma con-
               densed consolidated financial statement referred
               to in 9.a. complies as to form in all material
               respects with the applicable accounting require-
               ments of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X.

               c.  Proved the arithmetic accuracy of the applica-
          tion of the pro forma adjustments to the historical
          amounts in the unaudited pro forma condensed consoli
          dated financial statement.

     The foregoing procedures are substantially less in scope
     than an examination, the objective of which is the expres-
     sion of an opinion on management's assumptions, the pro
     forma adjustments, and the application of those adjustments
     to historical financial information. Accordingly, they do
     not express such an opinion. The foregoing procedures would
     not necessarily reveal matters of significance with respect
     to the comments in the following paragraph. Accordingly,
     they make no representation about the sufficiency of such
     procedures for the Underwriter's purposes.

          (x)  Nothing came to their attention as a result of the
     procedures specified in paragraph (ix), however, that caused
     them to believe that the unaudited pro forma condensed
     consolidated financial statement referred to in (ix)a.
     incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement does
     not comply as to form in all material respects with the
     applicable accounting requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regula-
     tion S-X and that the pro forma adjustments have not been
     properly applied to the historical amounts in the compila-
     tion of those statements. Had they performed additional
     procedures or had they made an examination of the condensed
     consolidated pro forma financial statement, other matters
     might have come to their attention that would have been
     reported to the Underwriter.

     (f   at the time of the execution of this Agreement, the
Underwriter shall have received from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
independent certified public accountants to Thermo King Corpora-
tion ("Thermo King"), a letter dated such date in form and
substance satisfactory to the Underwriter, to the effect set
forth below and as to such other matters as the Underwriter may
reasonably request, that:

          (i)  They are independent certified public accountants
     with respect to Thermo King within the meaning of the Act
     and the applicable published rules and regulations thereun-
     der.

          (ii)  In their opinion, the combined financial state-
     ments audited by them and incorporated by reference in the
     Registration Statement comply as to form in all material
     respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the
     1933 Act and the related published rules and regulations
     thereunder with respect to a registration statement on Form
     S-3.

          (iii)  They have not audited any financial statements
     of Thermo King as of any date or for any period subsequent
     to December 31, 1996; although they have conducted an audit
     for the year ended December 31, 1996, the purpose (and
     therefore the scope) of the audit was to enable them to
     express their opinion on the combined financial statements
     as of December 31, 1996, and for the year then ended, but
     not on the financial statement for any interim period within
     that year.  Therefore, they are unable to and do not express
     any opinion on the unaudited combined balance sheet as of
     September 30, 1997 and 1996, and the unaudited combined
     statements of income and cash flows for the nine-month
     periods ended September 30, 1996 and 1997, incorporated by
     reference in the registration statement, or on the financial
     position or results of operations as of any date or for any
     period subsequent to December 31, 1996.

          (iv)  Thermo King was acquired by the Company effective
     October 31, 1997.  They have performed no procedures since
     that date.  For purposes of such letter they have read the
     minutes of the meetings of the Board of Directors of Thermo
     King as set forth in the minute books at October 31, 1997,
     officials of Thermo King having advised them that the min-
     utes of all such meetings through that date were set forth
     therein; they have carried out other procedures to October
     31, 1997, as follows (their work did not extend to the
     period from November 1, 1997, to March 17, 1998, inclusive:

               a.  With respect to the nine-month period ended
          September 30, 1997 they have:

                    (1   Performed the procedures specified by
               the American Institute of Certified Public Accoun-
               tants for a review of interim financial informa-
               tion as described in SAS No. 71, Interim Financial
               Information, on the unaudited combined balance
               sheet as of September 30, 1997, and the unaudited
               combined statement of income and cash flows for
               the nine-month period ended September 30, 1997,
               incorporated by reference in the Registration
               Statement.

                    (2   Inquired of certain officials of Thermo
               King who have responsibility for financial sand
               accounting matters whether the unaudited combined
               financials statements referred to in 4.a.(i) com-
               ply as to form in all material respects with the
               applicable accounting requirements of the Act and
               the related published rules and regulations.

          The foregoing procedures do not constitute an audit
          conducted in accordance with generally accepted audit-
          ing standards.  Also, they would not necessarily reveal
          matters of significance with respect to the comments in
          the following paragraph.  Accordingly, they make no
          representations regarding the sufficiency of the fore
          going procedures of the Underwriter's purposes.

          (v)  Nothing came to their attention as  a result of
     the foregoing procedures, however, that caused them to
     believe that:

               a.  (1)  Any material modifications should be made
          to the unaudited combined financial statements de-
          scribed in 4.a.(i), incorporated by reference in the
          registration statement, for them to be in conformity
          with generally accepted accounting principles.

          (vi)  The Company was acquired by Ingersoll-Rand Com-
     pany effective October 31, 1997.  They have performed no
     procedures since that date.  They have inquired of certain
     officials of Thermo King who have responsibility for finan-
     cial and accounting matters whether (a) at October 31, 1997,
     there was any increase in long-term debt or any decreases in
     combined net current assets of the combined companies as
     compared with amounts shown on the September 30, 1997,
     unaudited combined balance sheet incorporated by reference
     in the registration statement and (b) for the period from
     October 1, 1997, to October 31, 1997, there were any de-
     creases, as compared with the corresponding period in the
     preceding year, in combined net sales or in the amount of
     income before interest and taxes.  On the basis of these
     inquiries and their reading of the minutes as described in
     4, nothing came to their attention that caused them to
     believe that there was any such change, increase, or de-
     crease, except in all instances for increases, or decreases
     that the Registration Statement discloses have occurred or
     may occur.

     (g   At the Closing Time, the Underwriter shall have re-
ceived from Price Waterhouse, LLP a letter, dated as of the
Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements
made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (e) of this
Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a
date not more than five days prior to the Closing Time.

     (h   At the Closing Time, and at each Date of Delivery, if
any, counsel for the Underwriter shall have been furnished with
such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose
of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the
Securities as herein contemplated and related proceedings, or in
order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or
warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions herein
contained; and all proceedings taken by the Offerors in connec-
tion with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein
contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the
Underwriter and counsel for the Underwriter.

     (i   At the Closing Time, (i) the Securities shall be rated
Investment Grade by any nationally recognized statistical rating
agency, and the Offerors shall have delivered to the Underwriter
a letter, from such nationally recognized statistical rating
agency, or other evidence satisfactory to the Underwriter,
confirming that the  Securities have Investment Grade ratings;
(ii) there shall not have occurred any decrease in the rating
assigned to the Securities or any other securities of the Company
or of the financial condition of the Company by any "nationally
recognized statistical rating organization," as defined for
purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act Regulations, and
(iii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it
has under surveillance or review its rating of the Securities or
any other securities of the Company or of the financial condition
of the Company.

     (j   At the Closing Time, the Income PRIDES, the Growth
PRIDES and the Shares shall have been approved for listing on the
New York Stock Exchange upon notice of issuance.

     (k   In the event that the Underwriter exercises the options
provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of
the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the
Offerors contained herein and the statements in any certificates
furnished by the Offerors hereunder shall be true and correct as
of, and as if made on, each Date of Delivery, and at the relevant
Date of Delivery, the Underwriter shall have received:

          (1   A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the
     President or a Vice-President of the Company and the Chief
     Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of the Company
     and a certificate of a Regular Trustee of the Trust confirm-
     ing that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursu-
     ant to Section 5(d) hereof is true and correct as of, and as
     if made on, such Date of Delivery.

          (2   The favorable opinion of Patricia Nachtigal, Esq.,
     Vice President and General Counsel for the Company, in form
     and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriter,
     dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securi-
     ties and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion re-
     quired by Section 5(b)(1) hereof.

          (3   The favorable opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bart-
     lett, special counsel and special tax counsel for the Offer-
     ors, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the
     Underwriter, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the
     Option Securities and otherwise to the same effect as the
     opinion required by Sections 5(b)(2) and 5(b)(6) hereof.

          (4   The favorable opinion of Richards, Layton & Fin-
     ger, P.A., special Delaware counsel for the Offerors, in
     form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Under
     writer, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option
     Securities and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion
     required by Section 5(b)(3) hereof.

          (5   The favorable opinion of Pepper Hamilton LLP coun-
     sel to The First National Bank of Chicago, in form and sub-
     stance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriter, dated
     such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities and
     otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by
     Section 5(b)(4) hereof.

          (6   The favorable opinion of Emmet, Marvin and Martin,
     counsel to The Bank of New York, as Purchase Contract Agent,
     in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Under
     writer, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option
     Securities and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion
     required by Section 5(b)(5) hereof.

          (7   The favorable opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate,
     Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Underwriter, dated such
     Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities and
     otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by
     Section 5(b)(7) hereof.

          (8   A letter from Price Waterhouse LLP in form and sub
     stance satisfactory to the Underwriter and dated such Date
     of Delivery, substantially the same in form and substance as
     the letter furnished to the Underwriter pursuant to Sec-
     tion 5(e) hereof, except that the "specified date" in the
     letter furnished pursuant to this Section shall be a date
     not more than five days prior to such Date of Delivery.

          (9   At such Date of Delivery, (i) the Securities shall
     be rated Investment Grade by any nationally recognized
     statistical rating agency, and the Offerors shall have
     delivered to the Underwriter a letter from such nationally
     recognized statistical rating agency, or other evidence
     satisfactory to the Underwriter, confirming that the Securi-
     ties have Investment Grade ratings; (ii) there shall not
     have occurred any decrease in the rating assigned to the
     Securities or any other securities of the Company or of the
     financial condition of the Company by any "nationally recog-
     nized statistical rating organization," as defined for
     purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act Regulations,
     and (iii) no such organization shall have publicly announced
     that it has under surveillance or review its rating of the
     Securities or any other securities of the Company or of the
     financial condition of the Company.

     If any condition specified in this Section 5 shall not have
been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agree-
ment, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option
Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time,
the obligations of the Underwriter to purchase the relevant
Option Securities may be terminated by the Underwriter by notice
to the Company at any time at or prior to the Closing Time, or
such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination
shall be without liability of any party to any other party except
as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8
shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and
effect.

     SECTION 6.  Indemnification.

     (a   The Offerors agree to jointly and severally indemnify
and hold harmless the Underwriter and each person, if any, who
controls the Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the
1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

                 (i)     against any and all loss, liability,
     claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising
     out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
     material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or
     any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information
     and the Rule 434 Information deemed to be part thereof, if
     applicable, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of
     a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
     to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out
     of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
     material fact included in any preliminary prospectus or the
     Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the
     omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact
     necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the
     light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
     misleading;

                (ii)     against any and all loss, liability,
     claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the
     extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any
     litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any gov-
     ernmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any
     claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or
     omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission,
     provided, that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such
     settlement is effected with the written consent of the
     Offerors; and

               (iii)     against any and all expense whatsoever,
     as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel
     chosen by the Underwriter), reasonably incurred in inves-
     tigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or
     any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency
     or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever
     based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any
     such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent
     that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement shall
not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the
extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged
untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in confor-
mity with written information furnished to the Offerors by the
Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or
any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and
the Rule 434 Information deemed to be a part thereof, if applica-
ble, or any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any
amendment or supplement thereto).

     (b   The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the
Registration Statement, the Trust and each of its Trustees who-
signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who
controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933
Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss,
liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity
contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but
only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged
untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration State-
ment (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Informa-
tion and the Rule 434 Information deemed to be a part thereof, if
applicable, or any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or
any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Offerors by
the Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement
(or any amendment thereto) or such preliminary prospectus or the
Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

     (c   Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as
reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action
commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought
hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall
not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder
to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof
and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it
may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement.
In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a)
above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by
the Underwriter, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant
to section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall
be selected by the Company.  An indemnifying party may partici-
pate at its own expense in the defense of any such action;
provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall
not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be
counsel to the indemnified party.  In no event shall the indemni-
fying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one
counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their
own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any
one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same
jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or
circumstances.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior
written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise
or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any
litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmen-
tal agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatso-
ever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be
sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not
the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto),
unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an
unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liabili-
ty arising out of such litigation investigation, proceeding or
claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission
of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any
indemnified party.

     (d   If at any time an indemnified party shall have request-
ed an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for
fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that
it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated
by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if
(i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after
receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request,
(ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the
terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settle-
ment being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall
not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with
such request prior to the date of such settlement.

     SECTION 7.  Contribution. If the indemnification provided
for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or
insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of
any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to
therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the
aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and
expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative bene-
fits received by the Offerors on the one hand, and the Underwrit-
er, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities
pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by
clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion
as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits
referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of
the Offerors on the one hand, and the Underwriter, on the other
hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which
resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expens-
es, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

     The relative benefits received by Offerors on the one hand,
and the Underwriter, on the other hand, in connection with the
offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be
deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net
proceeds from the offering of such Securities (before deducting
expenses) received by the Offerors and the total underwriting
discount received by the Underwriter, in each case as set forth
on the cover of the Prospectus, or, if Rule 434 is used, the
corresponding location on the Term Sheet bear to the aggregate
initial public offering price of such Securities as set forth on
such cover.

     The relative fault of the Offerors, on the one hand, and the
Underwriter, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference
to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission
to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Offerors or by the Underwriter and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or
prevent such statement or omission.

     The Offerors and the Underwriter agree that it would not be
just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7
were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of
allocation which does not take account of the equitable consider-
ations referred to above in this Section 7.  The aggregate amount
of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by
an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7
shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or
defending against any litigation, or any investigation or pro-
ceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threat-
ened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, the Under
writer shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess
of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities
underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to
the public exceeds the amount of any damages which the Under
writer has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such
untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omis-
sion.

     No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the
meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudu-
lent misrepresentation.

     For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who
controls the Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the
1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights
to contribution as the Underwriter, and each director of the
Company, each officer of the Company and each Trustee of the
Trust who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if-
any, who controls the Company and the Trust within the meaning of
Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall
have the same rights to contribution as the Offerors.

     SECTION 8.  Representations, Warranties and Agreements to
Survive Delivery.  All representations, warranties and agreements
contained in this Agreement and the Pricing Agreement, or con-
tained in certificates of officers of the Company or trustees of
the Trust submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and
in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by
or on behalf of the Underwriter or controlling person, or by or
on behalf of the Company, and shall survive delivery of and
payment for the Securities to the Underwriter.

     SECTION 9.  Termination of Agreement.

     (a   The Underwriter may terminate this Agreement, by notice
to the Company at any time at or prior to the Closing Time, if
(i) there has been, since the date of this Agreement or since the
respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospec-
tus, any material adverse change or any development which could
reasonably be expected to result in a prospective material
adverse change, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings,
business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its
subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising
in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) there has occurred
any material adverse change in the financial markets in the
United States or any outbreak of hostilities or escalation of
hostilities or other calamity or crisis, or any change or devel-
opment involving a prospective change in national or interna-
tional political, financial or economic conditions the effect of
which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Underwriter
impracticable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts
for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in the Common
Stock or any other security of the Company has been suspended or
limited by the Commission, NASD or the New York Stock Exchange,
or if trading generally on either the American Stock Exchange,
the New York Stock Exchange or in the over-the-counter market has
been suspended or limited, or minimum or maximum prices for
trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securi-
ties have been required, by either of said exchanges or by such
system or by order of the Commission, NASD or any other govern-
mental authority, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been
declared by either Federal, New York or New Jersey authorities.

     (b   If this Agreement and the Pricing Agreement are termi-
nated pursuant to this Section 9, such termination shall be
without liability of any party to any other party except as
provided in Section 4, and provided, further, that Sections 1, 6,
7 and 8 shall survive such termination and remain in full force
and effect.

     SECTION 10.  Notices.  All notices and other communications
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been
duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of
telecommunication.  Notices to the Underwriter shall be directed
to the Underwriter c/o Merrill Lynch at Merrill Lynch World Head
quarters,  World Financial Center, North Tower, New York, New
York 10281, Attention of Huston McCollough, Managing Director,
with a copy to Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Atten-
tion of John Osborn, Esq.; notices to the Offerors shall be
directed to it at Ingersoll-Rand Company, 200 Chestnut Ridge
Road, Woodcliff Lake, New Jersey  07675, Attention of Patricia
Nachtigal, Esq., Vice President and General Counsel.

     SECTION 11.  Parties.  This Agreement and the Pricing Agree-
ment shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
Offerors and the Underwriter and their respective successors.
Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement or the Pricing
Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person,
firm or corporation, other than the Underwriter and the Offerors
and their respective successors and the controlling persons and
officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their
heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or the
Pricing Agreement or any provision herein or therein contained.
This Agreement and the Pricing Agreement and all conditions and
provisions hereof and thereof are intended to be for the sole and
exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and thereto and their
respective successors and legal representatives, and said con-
trolling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and
legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person,
firm or corporation.  No purchaser of Securities from the Under
writer shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such
purchase.

     SECTION 12.  GOVERNING LAW AND TIME.  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE
PRICING AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORD
ANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  SPECIFIED TIMES OF
DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

     SECTION 13.  Effect of Headings.  The Article and Section
headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the
construction hereof.

          If the foregoing is in accordance with your under-
standing of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company
a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all
counterparts, shall become a binding agreement among the Company,
the Trust and the Underwriter in accordance with its terms.

                         Very truly yours,

                         INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

                         By:
                            Name:
                            Title:


                         INGERSOLL-RAND FINANCING I

                         By: INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY
                             as Depositor

                            By:
                            Name:
                            Title:


CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
  as of the date first above written:

MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
  INCORPORATED

By:  MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
       INCORPORATED
By:
     Name:
     Authorized Signatory:

                           Schedule I
                                
                    Significant Subsidiaries

Clark Equipment Company
Thermo King Corporation
The Torrington Company
Schlage Lock Company

                     Ingersoll-Rand Company
                   (a New Jersey Corporation)

                   Ingersoll-Rand Financing I
                  (a Delaware Business Trust)
                                   
                   14,000,000 FELINE PRIDES_
              (Stated Amount of $25 per Security)

                          Consisting of
                                
                    12,600,000 Income PRIDES_
                       each consisting of
   a Purchase Contract of Ingersoll-Rand Company Requiring the
Purchase on May 16, 2001 (or earlier) of certain Shares of Common
                 Stock of Ingersoll-Rand Company
                              and
     a 6.22% Capital Security of Ingersoll-Rand Financing I

                               and

                    1,400,000 Growth PRIDES_
                       each consisting of
   a Purchase Contract of Ingersoll-Rand Company Requiring the
Purchase on May 16, 2001 (or earlier) of certain shares of Common
                 Stock of Ingersoll-Rand Company
                               and
   a 1/40 Undivided Beneficial Interest in a Zero-Coupon U.S.
 Treasury Security having a Principal Amount equal to $1,000 and
                    maturing on May 15, 2001
                                
                               and
                                
1,400,000 6.22% Capital Securities of Ingersoll-Rand Financing I
          (Liquidation Amount $25 per Capital Security)

                       PRICING AGREEMENT

_____________________
          
          "FELINE PRIDES," "Income PRIDES" and "Growth PRIDES"
are service marks of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.
                                                   March 17, 1998


MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
     INCORPORATED,
Merrill Lynch World Headquarters
World Financial Center
North Tower
New York, New York 10281

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement, dated
March 17, 1998 (the "Underwriting Agreement"), relating to the
purchase by the Underwriter named therein of the above Income
PRIDES (the "Income PRIDES"), Growth PRIDES (The "Growth PRIDES")
and Capital Securities (the "Capital Securities" and, together
with the Income PRIDES and Growth PRIDES, the "Securities") of
Ingersoll-Rand Company (the "Company"), and Ingersoll-Rand
Financing I (the "Trust").  The Securities are being issued and
sold by the Company and the Trust to the Underwritier on the
terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

          Pursuant to Section 2 of the Underwriting Agreement,
the Company and the Trust agree with the Underwriter as follows:

          1.  The initial public offering price, and the aggre
     gate interest rate to be paid by the Offerors, per security
     for the Securities, determined as provided in said Section
     2, shall be (a) in the case of each Income PRIDES, $25.00
     and 6.75%, (b) in the case of each Growth PRIDES, $21.13 and
     .78% and (c) in the case of each separately offered Capital
     Security, $25.00 and 6.22%.

          2.  The respective purchase prices per security for the
     Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be
     equal to the initial public offering prices set forth in
     paragraph 1. above.  The Company shall pay a commission to
     the Underwriters equal, in the case of the Initial Securi
     ties, to $10,500,000 and, with respect to the Option Securi
     ties, $.75 per security in the case of Income PRIDES, $.575
     per security in the case of Growth PRIDES and $.175 per
     security in the case of separately offered Capital Securi
     ties.

          If the foregoing is in accordance with your under
standing of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company
a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all
counterparts, shall become a binding agreement among the Company,
the Trust and the Underwriter in accordance with its terms.

                         Very truly yours,

                         INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

                         By:
                            Name:
                            Title:

                         INGERSOLL-RAND FINANCING I

                         By: INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY
                             as Depositor

                            By:
                            Name:
                            Title:


CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
  as of the date first above written:

MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
  INCORPORATED

By:  MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
       INCORPORATED

By:
     Name:
     Authorized Signatory:








                INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY,


                 THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
          as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent
               and Securities Intermediary

                          AND

                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
               as Purchase Contract Agent


                    PLEDGE AGREEMENT


               Dated as of March 23, 1998




                   TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                     Page

RECITALS                                               1

Section 1.  Definitions                                3

Section 2.  Pledge; Control and Perfection             8

     Section 2.1.   The Pledge                         8
     Section 2.2.   Control and Perfectio             10

Section 3.  Distributions on Pledged Collateral       12

Section 4.  Substitution, Release, Repledge and
            Settlement of Capital Securities          14
     
     Section 4.1.   Substitution for Capital
                    Securities and the Creation
                    of Growth PRIDES                  14
     Section 4.2.   Substitution of Treasury
                    Securities and the Creation
                    of Income PRIDES                  15
     Section 4.3.   Termination Event                 16
     Section 4.4.   Cash Settlement                   17
     Section 4.5.   Early Settlement                  19
     Section 4.6.   Application of Proceeds
                    Settlement                        19

Section 5.  Voting Rights -- Capital Securities       22

Section 6.  Rights and Remedies; Distribution
            of the Debentures; Tax Event
            Redemption                                23
     
     Section 6.1.   Rights and Remedies of the
                    Collateral Agent                  23
     Section 6.2.   Distribution of the Debentures;
                    Tax Event Redemption              25
     Section 6.3.   Substitutions                     26

Section 7.  Representations and Warranties;
            Covenants                                 26

     Section 7.1.   Representations and Warranties    26
     Section 7.2.   Covenants                         27

Section 8.  The Collateral Agent                      28
     
     Section 8.1.   Appointment, Powers and
                    Immunities                        28
     Section 8.2.   Instructions of the Company       29
     Section 8.3.   Reliance by Collateral Agent      30
     Section 8.4.   Rights in Other Capacities        30
     Section 8.5.   Non-Reliance on Collateral Agent  31
     Section 8.6.   Compensation and Indemnity        31
     Section 8.7.   Failure to Act                    31
     Section 8.8.   Resignation of Collateral
                    Agent                             32
     Section 8.9.   Right to Appoint Agent or
                    Advisor                           34
     Section 8.10.  Survival                          34
     Section 8.11.  Exculpation                       34

Section 9.  Amendment                                 34

     Section 9.1.   Amendment Without Consent
                    of Holders                        34
     Section 9.2.   Amendment with Consent of
                    Holders                           35
     Section 9.3.   Execution of Amendments           36
     Section 9.4.   Effect of Amendments              36
     Section 9.5.   Reference to Amendments           36

Section 10. Miscellaneous                             37

     Section 10.1.  No Waiver                         37
     Section 10.2.  Governing Law                     37
     Section 10.3.  Notices                           38
     Section 10.4.  Successors and Assigns            38
     Section 10.5.  Counterparts                      38
     Section 10.6.  Severability                      38
     Section 10.7.  Expenses, etc.                    39
     Section 10.8.  Security Interest Absolute        39

EXHIBIT A        INSTRUCTION TO COLLATERAL AGENT
EXHIBIT B        INSTRUCTION TO PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT
EXHIBIT C        INSTRUCTION TO CUSTODIAL AGENT REGARDING
            REMARKETING
EXHIBIT D        INSTRUCTION TO CUSTODIAL AGENT REGARDING
            WITHDRAWAL FROM REMARKETING

                    PLEDGE AGREEMENT
     
     PLEDGE AGREEMENT, dated as of March 23, 1998 (this
"Agreement"), among Ingersoll-Rand Company, a New Jersey
corporation (the "Company"), The Chase Manhattan Bank, a New York
banking corporation, not individually but solely as collateral
agent (in such capacity, together with its successors in such
capacity, the "Collateral Agent") as custodial agent (in such
capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the
"Custodial Agent") and in its capacity as a "securities
intermediary" as defined in Section 8-102(a)(14) of the Code (as
defined herein) (in such capacity, together with its successors
in such capacity, the "Securities Intermediary"), and The Bank of
New York, not individually but solely as purchase contract agent
and as attorney-in-fact of the Holders (as defined in the
Purchase Contract Agreement) from time to time of the Securities
(as hereinafter defined) (in such capacity, together with its
successors in such capacity, the "Purchase Contract Agent") under
the Purchase Contract Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

                        RECITALS

     The Company and the Purchase Contract Agent are parties to
the Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as
modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time, the
"Purchase Contract Agreement"), pursuant to which there may be
issued up to 16,100,000 FELINE PRIDES of the Company, having a
stated amount of $25 (the "Stated Amount") per FELINE PRIDES.

     The FELINE PRIDES will initially consist of (A) 14,490,000
units (referred to as "Income PRIDES") with a face amount, per
Income PRIDES, equal to the Stated Amount and (B)1,610,000 units
(referred to as "Growth PRIDES" and, together with the Income
PRIDES, the "Securities") with a face amount, per Growth PRIDES,
equal to the Stated Amount.  Each Income PRIDES will initially be
comprised of (a) a stock purchase contract (a "Purchase
Contract") under which (i) the holder will purchase from the
Company on May 16, 2001 (the "Purchase Contract Settlement
Date"), for an amount of cash equal to the Stated Amount, a
number of newly issued shares of common stock, $2.00 par value
per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Company equal to the
Settlement Rate (as defined below) and (ii) the Company will pay
the Holder Contract Adjustment Payments (as defined below) at the
rate of .53% of the Stated Amount per annum and (b) either bene
ficial ownership of a Capital Security (as defined below) or upon
the occurrence of a Tax Event Redemption the Applicable Ownership
Interest of the Treasury Portfolio.  Each Growth PRIDES will
initially be comprised of (a) a Purchase Contract under which (i)
the holder will purchase from the Company on the Purchase
Contract Settlement Date, for an amount in cash equal to the
Stated Amount, a number of newly issued shares of Common Stock of
the Company, equal to the Settlement Rate, and (ii) the Company
will pay the Holder Contract Adjustment Payments, at the rate of
 .78% of the Stated Amount per annum, and (b) a 1/40 undivided
beneficial interest in a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury Security
(CUSIP No. 912820BA4) having a principal amount equal to $1,000
and maturing on May 15, 2001 (the "Treasury Securities").

     Pursuant to the terms of the Declaration (as defined below),
Ingersoll-Rand Financing I, a statutory business trust formed
under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Trust") will issue
16,100,000 6.22% Capital Securities (the "Capital Securities")
having a stated liquidation value equal to the Stated Amount.

     Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Contract Agreement and
the Purchase Contracts, the Holders, from time to time, of the
Securities have irrevocably authorized the Purchase Contract
Agent, as attorney-in-fact of such Holders, among other things,
to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Holders
and to grant the pledge provided hereby of the Capital
Securities, any Applicable Ownership Interest in the Treasury
Portfolio and any Treasury Securities delivered in exchange there
for to secure each Holder's obligations under the related
Purchase Contract, as provided herein and subject to the terms
hereof.  Upon such pledge, the Capital Securities will be
beneficially owned by the Holders but will be owned of record by
the Purchase Contract Agent subject to the Pledge hereunder.
     Accordingly, the Company, the Collateral Agent, the
Securities Intermediary, the Custodial Agent and the Purchase
Contract Agent, on its own behalf and as attorney-in-fact of the
Holders from time to time of the Securities, agree as follows:

     Section 1.  Definitions.  For all purposes of this
Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the
context otherwise requires:

          (a) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings
     assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as
     well as the singular;

          (b) the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and
     other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a
     whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other
     subdivision;

          (c)  the following terms have the meanings assigned to
     them in the Purchase Contract Agreement:  (i) Act, (ii)
     Agent, (iii) Board Resolution, (iv) Cash Settlement, (v)
     Certificate, (vi) Contract Adjustment Payments, (vii)
     Debentures, (viii) Early Settlement, (ix) Early Settlement
     Amount, (x) Early Settlement Date, (xi) Failed Remarketing,
     (xii) Holder, (xiii) Opinion of Counsel, (xiv) Outstanding
     Securities, (xv) Purchase Agreement, (xvi) Purchase
     Contract, (xvii) Purchase Contract Settlement Date, (xviii)
     Remarketing Agent, (xix) Remarketing Agreement, (xx)
     Remarketing Underwriting Agreement, (xxi) Settlement Rate,
     and (xxii) Termination Event; and

          (d) the following terms have the meanings assigned to
     them in the Declaration:  (i) Applicable Ownership Interest
     (ii) Applicable Principal Amount, (iii) Institutional
     Trustee, (iv) Investment Company Event,(v) Primary Treasury
     Dealer, (vi) Quotation Agent, (vii) Redemption Amount,
     (viii) Redemption Price, (ix) Tax Event, (x) Tax Event
     Redemption, (xi) Tax Event Redemption Date, (xii) Treasury
     Portfolio, (xiii) Treasury Portfolio Purchase Price.

     "Agreement" means this instrument as originally executed or
as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or
more agreements supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the
applicable provisions hereof.

     "Bankruptcy Code" means title 11 of the United States Code,
or any other law of the United States that from time to time
provides a uniform system of bankruptcy laws.

     "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday
or any other day on which banking institutions in The City of New
York (in the State of New York) are permitted or required by any
applicable law to close.

     "Capital Securities" has the meaning specified in the
Recitals.

     "Cash" means any coin or currency of the United States as at
the time shall be legal tender for payment of public and private
debts.

     "Code" has the meaning specified in Section 6.1 hereof.

     "Collateral" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1
hereof.

     "Collateral Account" means the securities account (number
C27328) maintained at The Chase Manhattan Bank in the name "The
Bank of New York, as Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of the
holders of certain securities of Ingersoll-Rand Financing I,
Collateral Account subject to the security interest of The Chase
Manhattan Bank, as Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Ingersoll-
Rand Company, as pledgee" and any successor account.

     "Collateral Agent" has the meaning specified in the first
paragraph of this instrument.

     "Common Stock" has the meaning specified in the Recitals.

     "Company" means the Person named as the "Company" in the
first paragraph of this instrument until a successor shall have
become such, and thereafter "Company" shall mean such successor.

     "Custodial Agent" has the meaning specified in the Recitals.

     "Debenture Trustee" means The Bank of New York, as trustee
under the Indenture until a successor is appointed thereunder,
and thereafter means such successor trustee.

     "Declaration" means the Amended and Restated Declaration of
Trust, dated as of March 23, 1998, among the Company as sponsor,
the trustees named therein and the holders from time to time of
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust.

     "Intermediary" means any entity that in the ordinary course
of its business maintains securities accounts for others and is
acting in that capacity.

     "Permitted Investments" means any one of the following which
shall mature not later than the next succeeding Business Day (i)
any evidence of indebtedness with an original maturity of 365
days or less issued, or directly and fully guaranteed or insured,
by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality
thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United
States of America is pledged in support thereof or such indebt
edness constitutes a general obligation of it); (ii) deposits,
certificates of deposit or acceptances with an original maturity
of 365 days or less of any institution which is a member of the
Federal Reserve System having combined capital and surplus and
undivided profits of not less than US$ 200.0 million at the time
of deposit; (iii) investments with an original maturity of 365
days or less of any Person that is fully and unconditionally
guaranteed by a bank referred to in clause (ii); (iv) investments
in commercial paper, other than commercial paper issued by the
Company or its affiliates, of any corporation incorporated under
the laws of the United States or any State thereof, which
commercial paper has a rating at the time of purchase at least
equal to "A-1" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P") or
at least equal to "P-1" by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
("Moody's"); and (v) investments in money market funds registered
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, rated in
the highest applicable rating category by S&P or Moody's.

     "Person" means any individual, corporation, limited
liability company, partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

     "Pledge" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 hereof.

     "Pledged Capital Securities" has the meaning specified in
Section 2.1 hereof.

     "Pledged Treasury Securities" has the meaning specified in
Section 2.1 hereof.

     "Proceeds" means all interest, dividends, cash, instruments,
securities, financial assets (as defined in  8-102(a)(9) of the
Code) and other property from time to time received, receivable
or otherwise distributed upon the sale, exchange, collection or
disposition of the Collateral or any proceeds thereof.

     "Purchase Contract" has the meaning specified in the
Recitals.

     "Purchase Contract Agent" has the meaning specified in the
first paragraph of this Agreement.

     "Purchase Contract Agreement" has the meaning specified in
the Recitals.

     "Securities" has the meaning specified in the Recitals.

     "Securities Intermediary" has the meaning specified in the
first paragraph of this Agreement.
     
     "Security Entitlement" has the meaning set forth in Section
8-102(a)(17) of the Code.

     "Separate Capital Securities" means any Capital Securities
that are not Pledged Capital Securities.

     "Stated Amount" has the meaning specified in the Recitals.

     "TRADES" means the Treasury/Reserve Automated Debt Entry
System maintained by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
pursuant to the TRADES Regulations.

     "TRADES Regulations" means the regulations of the United
States Department of the Treasury, published at 31 C.F.R. Part
357, as amended from time to time.  Unless otherwise defined
herein, all terms defined in the TRADES Regulations are used
herein as therein defined.

     "Transfer" means, with respect to the Collateral and in
accordance with the instructions of the Collateral Agent, the
Purchase Contract Agent or the Holder, as applicable:

     (i)   in the case of Collateral consisting of securities
           which cannot be delivered by book-entry or which the
           parties agree are to be delivered in physical form,
           delivery in appropriate physical form to the
           recipient accompanied by any duly executed
           instruments of transfer, assignments in blank,
           transfer tax stamps and any other documents necessary
           to constitute a legally valid transfer to the
           recipient;

     (ii)  in the case of Collateral consisting of securities
           maintained in book-entry form by causing a
           "securities intermediary" (as defined in Section
           8-102(a)(14) of the Code) to (i) credit a "security
           entitlement" (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of
           the Code) with respect to such securities to a
           "securities account" (as defined in Section 8-501(a)
           of the Code) maintained by or on behalf of the
           recipient and (ii) to issue a confirmation to the
           recipient with respect to such credit.  In the case
           of Collateral to be delivered to the Collateral
           Agent, the Securities Intermediary shall be the
           Securities Intermediary and the securities account
           shall be the Collateral Account.

     "Treasury Security" means a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury
Security (Cusip Number 912820 BA 4) which are the principal
strips of the U.S. Treasury Securities which mature on May 15,
2001.

     "Trust" has the meaning specified in the Recitals.

     "Value" with respect to any item of Collateral on any date
means, as to (i) a Capital Security, the Stated Amount, (ii)
Cash, the face amount thereof and (iii) Treasury Securities, the
aggregate principal amount thereof at maturity.

     Section 2.  Pledge; Control and Perfection.

     Section 2.1.  The Pledge.  The Holders from time to time
acting through the Purchase Contract Agent, as their attorney-in-
fact, hereby pledge and grant to the Collateral Agent, for the
benefit of the Company, as collateral security for the
performance when due by such Holders of their respective
obligations under the related Purchase Contracts, a security
interest in (i) all of the right, title and interest of such
Holders (a) in the Capital Securities and Treasury Securities
constituting a part of the Securities and any Treasury Securities
delivered in exchange for any Capital Securities, and any Capital
Securities delivered in exchange for any Treasury Securities, in
accordance with Section 4 hereof, in each case that have been
Transferred to or received by the Collateral Agent and not
released by the Collateral Agent to such Holders under the
provisions of this Agreement; (b) in payments made by Holders
pursuant to Section 4.4; (c) in the Collateral Account and all
securities, financial assets, Cash and other property credited
thereto and all Security Entitlements related thereto; (d) in any
Debentures delivered to the Collateral Agent upon the occurrence
of an Investment Company Event or a liquidation of the Trust as
provided in Section 6.2; (e) in the Treasury Portfolio purchased
on behalf of the Holders of Income PRIDES by the Collateral Agent
upon the occurrence of a Tax Event Redemption as provided in
Section 6.2 and (f) all Proceeds of the foregoing (all of the
foregoing, collectively, the "Collateral").  Prior to or concur
rently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
Purchase Contract Agent, on behalf of the initial Holders of the
Securities, shall cause the Capital Securities comprising a part
of the Income PRIDES, and the Treasury Securities comprising a
part of the Growth PRIDES, to be Transferred to the Collateral
Agent for the benefit of the Company.  Such Capital Securities
shall be Transferred by physically delivering such Securities to
the Securities Intermediary endorsed in blank and causing the
Securities Intermediary to credit the Collateral Account with
such Securities and sending the Collateral Agent a confirmation
of the deposit of such Securities.  In the event a Holder of
Income PRIDES so elects, such Holder may Transfer Treasury
Securities to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Company
in exchange for the release by the Collateral Agent on behalf of
the Company of Capital Securities or the appropriate Applicable
Ownership Interest of the Treasury Portfolio, as the case may be,
with an aggregate stated liquidation amount equal to the
aggregate principal amount of the Treasury Securities so
Transferred, in the case of Capital Securities, or with an
appropriate Applicable Ownership Interest (as specified in clause
(A) of the definition of such term) of the Treasury Portfolio
equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Treasury
Securities so transferred, in the event that a Tax Event
Redemption has occurred, to the Purchase Contract Agent on behalf
of such Holder.  Treasury Securities and the Treasury Portfolio,
as applicable, shall be Transferred to the Collateral Account
maintained by the Collateral Agent at the Securities Intermediary
by book-entry transfer to the Collateral Account in accordance
with the TRADES Regulations and other applicable law and by the
notation by the Securities Intermediary on its books that a
Security Entitlement with respect to such Treasury Securities or
Treasury Portfolio, has been credited to the Collateral Account.
For purposes of perfecting the Pledge under applicable law,
including, to the extent applicable, the TRADES Regulations or
the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in effect in any
applicable jurisdiction, the Collateral Agent shall be the agent
of the Company as provided herein.  The pledge provided in this
Section 2.1 is herein referred to as the "Pledge" and the Capital
Securities (or the Debentures that are delivered pursuant to
Section 6.2 hereof) or Treasury Securities subject to the Pledge,
excluding any Capital Securities (or the Debentures that are
delivered pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof) or Treasury Securities
released from the Pledge as provided in Section 4 hereof, are
hereinafter referred to as "Pledged Capital Securities" or the
"Pledged Treasury Securities," respectively.  Subject to the
Pledge and the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof, the Holders from
time to time shall have full beneficial ownership of the
Collateral.  Whenever directed by the Collateral Agent acting on
behalf of the Company, the Securities Intermediary shall have the
right to reregister the Capital Securities or any other
Securities held in physical form in its name.

     Except as may be required in order to release Capital
Securities in connection with a Holder's election to convert its
investment from an Income PRIDES to a Growth PRIDES, or except as
otherwise required to release Securities as specified herein,
neither the Collateral Agent nor the Securities Intermediary
shall relinquish physical possession of any certificate
evidencing a Capital Security prior to the termination of this
Agreement.  If it becomes necessary for the Securities
Intermediary to relinquish physical possession of a certificate
in order to release a portion of the Capital Securities evidenced
thereby from the Pledge, the Securities Intermediary shall use
its best efforts to obtain physical possession of a replacement
certificate evidencing any Capital Securities remaining subject
to the Pledge hereunder registered to it or endorsed in blank
within fifteen days of the date it relinquished possession.  The
Securities Intermediary shall promptly notify the Company and the
Collateral Agent of the Securities Intermediary's failure to
obtain possession of any such replacement certificate as required
hereby.

     Section 2.2.  Control and Perfection.  (a) In connection
with the Pledge granted in Section 2.1, and subject to the other
provisions of this Agreement, the Holders from time to time
acting through the Purchase Contract Agent, as their attorney-in-
fact, hereby authorize and direct the Securities Intermediary
(without the necessity of obtaining the further consent of the
Purchase Contract Agent or any of the Holders), and the
Securities Intermediary agrees, to comply with and follow any
instructions and entitlement orders (as defined in Section 8-
102(a)(8) of the Code) that the Collateral Agent on behalf of the
Company may give in writing with respect to the Collateral
Account, the Collateral credited thereto and any security
entitlements with respect to any thereof.  Such instructions and
entitlement orders may, without limitation, direct the Securities
Intermediary to transfer, redeem, sell, liquidate, assign,
deliver or otherwise dispose of the Capital Securities, the
Treasury Securities, the Treasury Portfolio, and any Security
Entitlements with respect thereto and to pay and deliver any
income, proceeds or other funds derived therefrom to the Company.
The Holders from time to time acting through the Purchase
Contract Agent hereby further authorize and direct the Collateral
Agent, as Agent of the Company, to itself issue instructions and
entitlement orders, and to otherwise take action, with respect to
the Collateral Account, the Collateral credited thereto and any
security entitlements with respect thereto, pursuant to the terms
and provisions hereof, all without the necessity of obtaining the
further consent of the Purchase Contract Agent or any of the
Holders.  The Collateral Agent shall be the Agent of the Company
and shall act as directed in writing by the Company.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent
shall issue entitlement orders to the Securities Intermediary
when and as directed by the Company.

     (b) The Securities Intermediary hereby confirms and agrees
that: (i) all securities or other property underlying any
financial assets credited to the Collateral Account shall be
registered in the name of the Securities Intermediary, indorsed
to the Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another
Collateral Account maintained in the name of the Securities
Intermediary and in no case will any financial asset credited to
the Collateral Account be registered in the name of the Purchase
Contract Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Company or any Holder,
payable to the order of, or specially indorsed to, the Purchase
Contract Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Company or any Holder
except to the extent the foregoing have been specially indorsed
to the Securities Intermediary or in blank; (ii) all property
delivered to the Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Pledge
Agreement (including, without limitation, any Capital Securities,
the Treasury Portfolio or Treasury Securities) will be promptly
credited to the Collateral Account; (iii) the Collateral Account
is an account to which financial assets are or may be credited,
and the Securities Intermediary shall, subject to the terms of
this Agreement, treat the Purchase Contract Agent as entitled to
exercise the rights of any financial asset credited to the
Collateral Account; (iv)  the Securities Intermediary has not
entered into, and until the termination of the this Agreement
will not enter into, any agreement with any other person relating
the Collateral Account and/or any financial assets credited
thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with entitle
ment orders (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the Code) of
such other person; and (v) the Securities Intermediary has not
entered into, and until the termination of this Agreement will
not enter into, any agreement with the debtor or the secured
party purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the
Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set
forth in this Section 2.2 hereof.

     (c)  The Securities Intermediary hereby agrees that each
item of property (whether investment property, financial asset,
security, instrument or cash) credited to the Collateral Account
shall be treated as a "financial asset" within the meaning of
Section 8-102(a)(9) of the Code.

     (d)  In the event of any conflict between this Agreement (or
any portion thereof) and any other agreement now existing or
hereafter entered into, the terms of this Agreement shall
prevail.

     Section 3.  Distributions on Pledged Collateral.   So long
as the Purchase Contract Agent is the registered owner of the
Pledged Capital Securities, it shall receive all payments
thereon.  If the Pledged Capital Securities are reregistered,
such that the Collateral Agent becomes the registered holder, all
payments of the Stated Amount or, if applicable, the appropriate
Applicable Ownership Interest (as specified in clause (A) of the
definition of such term) of the Treasury Portfolio, or cash
distributions on, the Pledged Capital Securities or on the appro
priate Applicable Ownership Interest (as specified in clause (B)
of the definition of such term) of the Treasury Portfolio, as the
case may be, and all payments of the principal of, or cash
distributions on, any Pledged Treasury Securities received by the
Collateral Agent that are properly payable hereunder shall be
paid by the Collateral Agent by wire transfer in same day funds:

          (i)  In the case of (A) cash distributions with respect
     to the Pledged Capital Securities or the appropriate
     Applicable Ownership Interest (as specified in clause (B) of
     the definition of such term) of the Treasury Portfolio, as
     the case may be, and (B) any payments of the Stated Amount
     or, if applicable, the appropriate Applicable Ownership
     Interest (as specified in clause (A) of the definition of
     such term) of the Treasury Portfolio with respect to any
     Capital Securities or the appropriate Applicable Ownership
     Interest of the Treasury Portfolio, as the case may be, that
     have been released from the Pledge pursuant to Section 4.3
     hereof, to the Purchase Contract Agent, for the benefit of
     the relevant Holders of Securities, to the account
     designated by the Purchase Contract Agent for such purpose,
     no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business
     Day such payment is received by the Collateral Agent
     (provided that in the event such payment is received by the
     Collateral Agent on a day that is not a Business Day or
     after 12:30 p.m., New York City time, on a Business Day,
     then such payment shall be made no later than 10:30 a.m.,
     New York City time, on the next succeeding Business Day);

          (ii)  In the case of any principal payments with
     respect to any Treasury Securities that have been released
     from the Pledge pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof, to the
     Holders of the Growth PRIDES to the accounts designated by
     them in writing for such purpose no later than 2:00 p.m.,
     New York City time, on the Business Day such payment is
     received by the Collateral Agent (provided that in the event
     such payment is received by the Collateral Agent on a day
     that is not a Business Day or after 12:30 p.m., New York
     City time, on a Business Day, then such payment shall be
     made no later than 10:30 a.m., New York City time, on the
     next succeeding Business Day); and

          (iii)  In the case of payments of the Stated Amount of
     any Pledged Capital Securities or the appropriate Applicable
     Ownership Interest (as specified in clause (A) of the
     definition of such term) of the Treasury Portfolio, as the
     case may be, or the principal of any Pledged Treasury
     Securities, to the Company on the Purchase Contract
     Settlement Date in accordance with the procedure set forth
     in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b) hereof, in full satisfaction of
     the respective obligations of the Holders under the related
     Purchase Contracts.

All payments received by the Purchase Contract Agent as provided
herein shall be applied by the Purchase Contract Agent pursuant
to the provisions of the Purchase Contract Agreement.  If,
notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchase Contract Agent shall
receive any payments of the Stated Amount or, if applicable, the
appropriate Applicable Ownership Interest (as specified in clause
(A) of the definition of such term) on account of any Capital
Security or the appropriate Applicable Ownership Interest of the
Treasury Portfolio, as applicable that, at the time of such
payment, is a Pledged Capital Security or the appropriate
Applicable Ownership Interest of the Treasury Portfolio, as the
case may be, or a Holder of a Growth PRIDES shall receive any
payments of principal on account of any Treasury Securities that,
at the time of such payment, are Pledged Treasury Securities, the
Purchase Contract Agent or such Holder shall hold the same as
trustee of an express trust for the benefit of the Company (and
promptly deliver the same over to the Company) for application to
the obligations of the Holders under the related Purchase
Contracts, and the Holders shall acquire no right, title or
interest in any such payments of Stated Amount or principal so
received.

     Section 4.  Substitution, Release, Repledge and Settlement
of Capital Securities.

     Section 4.1.  Substitution for Capital Securities and the
Creation of Growth PRIDES.  At any time on or prior to the fifth
Business Day immediately preceding the Purchase Contract
Settlement Date (unless a Tax Event Redemption has occurred), a
Holder of Income PRIDES shall have the right to substitute
Treasury Securities for the Pledged Capital Securities securing
such Holder's obligations under the Purchase Contract(s)
comprising a part of its Income PRIDES in integral multiples of
40 Income PRIDES by (a) Transferring to the Collateral Agent Trea
sury Securities having a Value equal to the Stated Amount of the
Pledged Capital Securities to be released and (b)(i) in the event
that Contract Adjustment Payments are at a higher rate for Growth
PRIDES than for Income PRIDES, delivering to the Purchase
Contract Agent Cash in an amount equal to the excess of the
Contract Adjustment Payments that would have accrued since the
last Payment Date through the date of substitution on the Growth
PRIDES being created by the Holder, over the Contract Adjustment
Payments that have accrued over the same time period on the
related Income PRIDES, which amount the Purchase Contract Agent
shall promptly remit to the Company, and (ii) delivering the
related Income PRIDES to the Purchase Contract Agent, accompanied
by a notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, to
the Purchase Contract Agent stating that such Holder has
Transferred Treasury Securities to the Collateral Agent pursuant
to clause (a) above (stating the Value of the Treasury Securities
Transferred by such Holder) and requesting that the Purchase
Contract Agent instruct the Collateral Agent to release from the
Pledge the Pledged Capital Securities related to such Income
PRIDES.  The Purchase Contract Agent shall instruct the
Collateral Agent in the form provided in Exhibit A; provided, how
ever, that if a Tax Event Redemption has occurred and the
Treasury Portfolio has become a component of the Income PRIDES,
Holders of Income PRIDES may make such substitution only in
integral multiples of 1,600,000 Income PRIDES at any time on or
prior to the second Business Day immediately preceding the
Purchase Contract Settlement Date.  Upon receipt of Treasury
Securities from a Holder of Income PRIDES and the related
instruction from the Purchase Contract Agent, the Collateral
Agent shall release the Pledged Capital Securities or the
appropriate Applicable Ownership Interest of the Treasury
Portfolio, as the case may be, and shall promptly Transfer such
Pledged Capital Securities or the appropriate Applicable
Ownership Interest of the Treasury Portfolio, as the case may be,
free and clear of any lien, pledge or security interest created
hereby, to the Purchase Contract Agent.

     Section 4.2.  Substitution of Treasury Securities and the
Creation of Income PRIDES.  At any time on or prior to the fifth
Business Day immediately preceding the Purchase Contract
Settlement Date (unless a Tax Event Redemption has occurred), a
Holder of Growth PRIDES shall have the right to establish or
reestablish Income PRIDES consisting of the Purchase Contracts
and Capital Securities in integral multiples of 40 Income PRIDES
by (a) Transferring to the Collateral Agent Capital Securities
having a Value equal to the Value of the Pledged Treasury
Securities to be released and (b) delivering the related Growth
PRIDES to the Purchase Contract Agent, accompanied by a notice,
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, to the Purchase
Contract Agent stating that such Holder has transferred Capital
Securities to the Collateral Agent pursuant to clause (a) above
and requesting that the Purchase Contract Agent instruct the
Collateral Agent to release from the Pledge the Pledged Treasury
Securities related to such Growth PRIDES.  The Purchase Contract
Agent shall instruct the Collateral Agent in the form provided in
Exhibit A; provided, however, that if a Tax Event Redemption has
occurred and the Treasury Portfolio has become a component of the
Income PRIDES, Holders of Growth PRIDES may make such
substitution only in integral multiples of 1,600,000 Growth
PRIDES, at any time on or prior to the Business Day immediately
preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement Date.  Upon receipt of
the Capital Securities or the appropriate Applicable Ownership
Interest of the Treasury Portfolio, as the case may be, from such
Holder and the instruction from the Purchase Contract Agent, the
Collateral Agent shall release the Treasury Securities and shall
promptly Transfer such Treasury Securities, free and clear of any
lien, pledge or security interest created hereby, to the Purchase
Contract Agent.

     Section 4.3.  Termination Event.  Upon receipt by the
Collateral Agent of written notice from the Company or the
Purchase Contract Agent that there has occurred a Termination
Event, the Collateral Agent shall release all Collateral from the
Pledge and shall promptly Transfer any Pledged Capital Securities
(or the Applicable Ownership Interest of the Treasury Portfolio
if a Tax Event Redemption has occurred) and Pledged Treasury
Securities to the Purchase Contract Agent for the benefit of the
Holders of the Income PRIDES and the Growth PRIDES, respectively,
free and clear of any lien, pledge or security interest or other
interest created hereby.

     If such Termination Event shall result from the Company's
becoming a debtor under the Bankruptcy Code, and if the
Collateral Agent shall for any reason fail promptly to effectuate
the release and Transfer of all Pledged Capital Securities, the
Treasury Portfolio or of the Pledged Treasury Securities, as the
case may be, as provided by this Section 4.3, the Purchase
Contract Agent shall (i) use its best efforts to obtain an
opinion of a nationally recognized law firm reasonably acceptable
to the Collateral Agent to the effect that, as a result of the
Company's being the debtor in such a bankruptcy case, the
Collateral Agent will not be prohibited from releasing or
Transferring the Collateral as provided in this Section 4.3, and
shall deliver such opinion to the Collateral Agent within ten
days after the occurrence of such Termination Event, and if (y)
the Purchase Contract Agent shall be unable to obtain such
opinion within ten days after the occurrence of such Termination
Event or (z) the Collateral Agent shall continue, after delivery
of such opinion, to refuse to effectuate the release and Transfer
of all Pledged Capital Securities, the Treasury Portfolio or the
Pledged Treasury Securities, as the case may be, as provided in
this Section 4.3, then the Purchase Contract Agent shall within
fifteen days after the occurrence of such Termination Event
commence an action or proceeding in the court with jurisdiction
of the Company's case under the Bankruptcy Code seeking an order
requiring the Collateral Agent to effectuate the release and
transfer of all Pledged Capital Securities, the Treasury
Portfolio or of the Pledged Treasury Securities, as the case may
be, as provided by this Section 4.3 or (ii) commence an action or
proceeding like that described in subsection (i)(z) hereof within
ten days after the occurrence of such Termination Event.

     Section 4.4.  Cash Settlement.  (a)  Upon receipt by the
Collateral Agent of (i) a notice from the Purchase Contract Agent
promptly after the receipt by the Purchase Contract Agent of such
notice that a Holder of an Income PRIDES or Growth PRIDES has
elected, in accordance with the procedures specified in Section
5.4(a)(i) or (d)(i) of the Purchase Contract Agreement,
respectively, to settle its Purchase Contract with Cash and (ii)
payment by such Holder on or prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City
time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Purchase
Contract Settlement Date in lawful money of the United States by
certified or cashiers' check or wire transfer in immediately
available funds payable to or upon the order of the Company, then
the Collateral Agent shall, promptly invest any Cash received
from a Holder in connection with a Cash Settlement in Permitted
Investments.  Upon receipt of the proceeds upon the maturity of
the Permitted Investments on the Purchase Contract Settlement
Date, the Collateral Agent shall pay the portion of such proceeds
and deliver any certified or cashiers' checks received, in an
aggregate amount equal to the Purchase Price, to the Company on
the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, and shall distribute any
funds in respect of the interest earned from the Permitted Invest
ments to the Purchase Contract Agent for payment to the relevant
Holders.

     (b)  If a Holder of an Income PRIDES fails to notify the
Agent of its intention to make a Cash Settlement in accordance
with Section 5.4(a)(i) of the Purchase Contract Agreement, such
failure shall constitute an event of default under the Purchase
Contract Agreement and hereunder, and the Holder shall be deemed
to have consented to the disposition of the pledged Capital
Securities pursuant to the remarketing as described in Section
5.4(b) of the Purchase Contract Agreement, which is incorporated
herein by reference.  If a Holder of an Income PRIDES does notify
the Agent as provided in Section 5.4(a)(i) of the Purchase
Contract Agreement of its intention to pay the Purchase Price in
cash, but fails to make such payment as required by Section
5.4(a)(ii) of the Purchase Contract Agreement, the Capital
Securities of such a Holder will not be remarketed but instead
the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Company, will
exercise its rights as a secured party with respect to such
Capital Securities at the direction of the Company to retain or
dispose of the Collateral in accordance with applicable law.  In
addition, in the event of a Failed Remarketing as described in
Section 5.4(b) of the Purchase Contract Agreement, such Failed
Remarketing shall constitute an event of default hereunder by
such Holder and the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the
Company, will also exercise its rights as a secured party with
respect to such Capital Securities at the direction of the
Company to retain or dispose of the Collateral in accordance with
applicable law.

     (c)  If a Holder of a Growth PRIDES fails to notify the
Purchase Contract Agent of such Holder's intention to make a Cash
Settlement in accordance with Section 5.4(d)(i) of the Purchase
Contract Agreement, or if a Holder of an Income PRIDES does
notify the Agent as provided in paragraph (d)(i) of the Purchase
Contract Agreement of its intention to pay the Purchase Price in
cash, but fails to make such payment as required by paragraph
5.4(d)(ii) of the Purchase Contract Agreement, such failure shall
constitute an event of default hereunder by such Holder and upon
the maturity of any Pledged Treasury Securities or the Treasury
Portfolio, if any, held by the Collateral Agent on the Business
Day immediately preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement Date,
the principal amount of the Pledged Treasury Securities or the
Treasury Portfolio received by the Collateral Agent shall, upon
written direction of the Company, be invested promptly in
Permitted Investments.  On the Purchase Contract Settlement Date,
an amount equal to the Purchase Price will be remitted to the
Company as payment thereof.  In the event the sum of the proceeds
from the related Pledged Treasury Securities or the Treasury
Portfolio, as the case may be, and the investment earnings earned
from such investments is in excess of the aggregate Purchase
Price of the Purchase Contracts being settled thereby, the
Collateral Agent will distribute such excess to the Purchase
Contract Agent for the benefit of the Holder of the related
Growth PRIDES or Income PRIDES when received.

     Section 4.5.  Early Settlement.  Upon written notice to the
Collateral Agent by the Purchase Contract Agent that one or more
Holders of Securities have elected to effect Early Settlement of
their respective obligations under the Purchase Contracts forming
a part of such Securities in accordance with the terms of the
Purchase Contracts and the Purchase Contract Agreement (setting
forth the number of such Purchase Contracts as to which such
Holders have elected to effect Early Settlement), and that the
Purchase Contract Agent has received from such Holders, and paid
to the Company as confirmed in writing by the Company, the
related Early Settlement Amounts pursuant to the terms of the
Purchase Contracts and the Purchase Contract Agreement and that
all conditions to such Early Settlement have been satisfied, then
the Collateral Agent shall release from the Pledge, (a) Pledged
Capital Securities or the appropriate Applicable Ownership
Interest of the Treasury Portfolio in the case of a Holder of
Income PRIDES or (b) Pledged Treasury Securities in the case of a
Holder of Growth PRIDES, as the case may be, with a principal
amount equal to the product of (i) the Stated Amount times (ii)
the number of such Purchase Contracts as to which such Holders
have elected to effect Early Settlement and shall Transfer all
such Pledged Capital Securities or the appropriate Applicable
Ownership Interest of the Treasury Portfolio or Pledged Treasury
Securities, as the case may be, free and clear of the Pledge
created hereby, to the Purchase Contract Agent for the benefit of
the Holders.

     Section 4.6.  Application of Proceeds Settlement.  (a) In
the event a Holder of Income PRIDES (if a Tax Event Redemption
has not occurred) has not elected to make an effective Cash
Settlement by notifying the Purchase Contract Agent in the manner
provided for in paragraph 5.4(a)(i) in the Purchase Contract
Agreement or has not made an Early Settlement of the Purchase
Contract(s) underlying its Income PRIDES, such Holder shall be
deemed to have elected to pay for the shares of Common Stock to
be issued under such Purchase Contract(s) from the Proceeds of
the related Pledged Capital Securities.  The Collateral Agent
shall, by 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the fourth Business
Day immediately preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement Date,
without any instruction from such Holder of Income PRIDES,
present the related Pledged Capital Securities to the Remarketing
Agent for remarketing.  Upon receiving such Pledged Capital
Securities, the Remarketing Agent, pursuant to the terms of the
Remarketing Agreement and the Remarketing Underwriting Agreement,
will use its reasonable efforts to remarket such Pledged Capital
Securities on such date at a price not less than approximately
100.5% of the aggregate Value of such Pledged Capital Securities,
plus accrued and unpaid distributions (including deferred
distributions), if any, thereon.  After deducting as the
Remarketing Fee an amount not exceeding 25 basis points (.25%) of
the aggregate Value of the Pledged Capital Securities from any
amount of such Proceeds in excess of the aggregate Value, plus
such accrued and unpaid distributions (including deferred
distributions) of the remarketed Pledged Capital Securities, the
Remarketing Agent will remit the entire amount of the Proceeds of
such remarketing to the Collateral Agent.  On the Purchase
Contract Settlement Date, the Collateral Agent shall apply that
portion of the Proceeds from such remarketing equal to the
aggregate Value, plus such accrued and unpaid distributions
(including deferred distributions) of such Pledged Capital
Securities, to satisfy in full the obligations of such Holders of
Income PRIDES to pay the Purchase Price to purchase the Common
Stock under the related Purchase Contracts.  The remaining
portion of such Proceeds, if any, shall be distributed by the
Collateral Agent to the Purchase Contract Agent for payment to
the Holders.  If the Remarketing Agent advises the Collateral
Agent in writing that it cannot remarket the related Pledged
Capital Securities of such Holders of Income PRIDES at a price
not less than 100% of the aggregate Value of such Pledged Capital
Securities plus any accrued and unpaid distributions (including
deferred distributions), thus resulting in a Failed Remarketing
and an event of default under the Purchase Contract Agreement and
hereunder, the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Company
will, at the written direction of the Company, retain or dispose
of the Pledged Capital Securities in accordance with applicable
law and satisfy in full, from any such disposition or retention,
such Holder's obligation to pay the Purchase Price for the Common
Stock.

     (b) In the event a Holder of Growth PRIDES or Income PRIDES
(if a Tax Event Redemption has occurred) has not made an Early
Settlement of the Purchase Contract(s) underlying its Growth
PRIDES or Income PRIDES, such Holder shall be deemed to have
elected to pay for the shares of Common Stock to be issued under
such Purchase Contract(s) from the Proceeds of the related
Pledged Treasury Securities or the Treasury Portfolio, as the
case may be.  On the Business Day immediately prior to the
Purchase Contract Settlement Date, the Collateral Agent shall, at
the written direction of the Purchase Contract Agent, invest the
Cash proceeds of the maturing Pledged Treasury Securities or the
Treasury Portfolio, as the case may be, in overnight Permitted
Investments. Without receiving any instruction from any such
Holder of Growth PRIDES or Income PRIDES, the Collateral Agent
shall apply the Proceeds of the related Pledged Treasury
Securities or Treasury Portfolio to the settlement of such
Purchase Contracts on the Purchase Contract Settlement Date.

     In the event the sum of the Proceeds from the related
Pledged Treasury Securities or Treasury Portfolio and the
investment earnings from the investment in overnight Permitted
Investments is in excess of the aggregate Purchase Price of the
Purchase Contracts being settled thereby, the Collateral Agent
shall distribute such excess, when received, to the Purchase
Contract Agent for the benefit of the Holders.

     (c) Pursuant to the Remarketing Agreement and subject to the
terms of the Remarketing Underwriting Agreement, on or prior to
the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the Purchase
Contract Settlement Date, but no earlier than the Payment Date
immediately preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement Date,
holders of Separate Capital Securities may elect to have their
Separate Capital Securities remarketed by delivering their Sepa
rate Capital Securities, together with a notice of such election,
substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, to the Custodial
Agent.  The Custodial Agent will hold such  Separate Capital
Securities in an account separate from the Collateral Account.  A
holder of Separate Capital Securities electing to have its
Separate Capital Securities remarketed will also have the right
to withdraw such election by written notice to the Custodial
Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, on or prior
to the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the Purchase
Contract Settlement Date, upon which notice the Custodial Agent
will return such Separate Capital Securities to such holder.  On
the fourth Business Day immediately preceding the Purchase
Contract Settlement Date, the Custodial Agent will deliver to the
Remarketing Agent for remarketing all separate Capital Securities
delivered to the Custodial Agent pursuant to this Section 4.6(c)
and not withdrawn pursuant to the terms hereof prior to such
date.  The portion of the proceeds from such remarketing equal to
the aggregate Value of such Separate Capital Securities will
automatically be remitted by the Remarketing Agent to the
Custodial Agent for the benefit of the holders of such Separate
Capital Securities.  In addition, after deducting as the
Remarketing Fee an amount not exceeding 25 basis points (.25%) of
the Value of the remarketed Separate Capital Securities, from any
amount of such proceeds in excess of the aggregate Value of the
remarketed Separate Capital Securities plus any accrued and
unpaid distributions (including deferred distributions, if any),
the Remarketing Agent will remit to the Custodial Agent the
remaining portion of the proceeds, if any, for the benefit of
such holders.  If, despite using its reasonable efforts, the
Remarketing Agent advises the Custodial Agent in writing that it
cannot remarket the related Separate Capital Securities of such
holders at a price not less than 100% of the aggregate Value of
such Separate Capital Securities plus accrued and unpaid distribu
tions (including deferred distributions) and thus resulting in a
Failed Remarketing, the Remarketing Agent will promptly return
such Capital Securities to the Custodial Agent for redelivery to
such holders.  In the event of a dissolution of the Trust and the
distribution of the Debentures as described in the Declaration,
all references to "Separate Capital Securities" in this Section
4.6(c) shall be deemed to be references to Debentures.

     Section 5.  Voting Rights -- Capital Securities.  The
Purchase Contract Agent may exercise, or refrain from exercising,
any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the
Pledged Capital Securities or any part thereof for any purpose
not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement and in
accordance with the terms of the Purchase Contract Agreement;
provided, that the Purchase Contract Agent shall not exercise or,
as the case may be, shall not refrain from exercising such right
if, in the judgment of the Company, such action would impair or
otherwise have a material adverse effect on the value of all or
any of the Pledged Capital Securities; and provided, further,
that the Purchase Contract Agent shall give the Company and the
Collateral Agent at least five days' prior written notice of the
manner in which it intends to exercise, or its reasons for
refraining from exercising, any such right.  Upon receipt of any
notices and other communications in respect of any Pledged Capi
tal Securities, including notice of any meeting at which holders
of Capital Securities are entitled to vote or solicitation of
consents, waivers or proxies of holders of Capital Securities,
the Collateral Agent shall use reasonable efforts to send
promptly to the Purchase Contract Agent such notice or
communication, and as soon as reasonably practicable after
receipt of a written request therefor from the Purchase Contract
Agent, execute and deliver to the Purchase Contract Agent such
proxies and other instruments in respect of such Pledged Capital
Securities (in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral
Agent) as are prepared by the Purchase Contract Agent with
respect to the Pledged Capital Securities.

     Section 6.  Rights and Remedies; Distribution of the
Debentures; Tax Event Redemption

     Section 6.1.  Rights and Remedies of the Collateral Agent.
(a)  In addition to the rights and remedies specified in Section
4.4 hereof or otherwise available at law or in equity, after an
event of default hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall have all
of the rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral of a
secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in
the State of New York (the "Code") (whether or not the Code is in
effect in the jurisdiction where the rights and remedies are
asserted) and the TRADES Regulations and such additional rights
and remedies to which a secured party is entitled under the laws
in effect in any jurisdiction where any rights and remedies
hereunder may be asserted.  Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, such remedies may include, to the extent permitted
by applicable law, (i) retention of the Pledged Capital
Securities or other Collateral in full satisfaction of the
Holders obligations under the Purchase Contracts or (ii) sale of
the Pledged Capital Securities or other Collateral in one or more
public or private sales.

     (b)  Without limiting any rights or powers otherwise granted
by this Agreement to the Collateral Agent, in the event the
Collateral Agent is unable to make payments to the Company on
account of the appropriate Applicable Ownership Interest (as
specified in clause (A) of the definition of such term) of the
Treasury Portfolio or on account of principal payments of any
Pledged Treasury Securities as provided in Section 3 hereof in
satisfaction of the obligations of the Holder of the Securities
of which such Pledged Treasury Securities, or the appropriate
Applicable Ownership Interest (as specified in clause (A) of the
definition of such term) of the Treasury Portfolio, as
applicable, is a part under the related Purchase Contracts, the
inability to make such payments shall constitute an event of
default hereunder and the Collateral Agent shall have and may
exercise, with reference to such Pledged Treasury Securities, or
such appropriate Applicable Ownership Interest (as specified in
clause (A) of the definition of such term) of the Treasury
Portfolio, as applicable, and such obligations of such Holder,
any and all of the rights and remedies available to a secured
party under the Code and the TRADES Regulations after default by
a debtor, and as otherwise granted herein or under any other law.

     (c)  Without limiting any rights or powers otherwise granted
by this Agreement to the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent
is hereby irrevocably authorized to receive and collect all
payments of (i) the Stated Amount of or, cash distributions on,
the Pledged Capital Securities, (ii) the principal amount of the
Pledged Treasury Securities, or (iii) the appropriate Applicable
Ownership Interest (as specified in clause (A) of the definition
of such term) of the Treasury Portfolio, subject, in each case,
to the provisions of Section 3, and as otherwise granted herein.

     (d)  The Purchase Contract Agent and each Holder of
Securities, in the event such Holder becomes the Holder of a
Growth PRIDES, agrees that, from time to time, upon the written
request of the Collateral Agent, the Purchase Contract Agent or
such Holder shall execute and deliver such further documents and
do such other acts and things as the Collateral Agent may
reasonably request in order to maintain the Pledge, and the
perfection and priority thereof, and to confirm the rights of the
Collateral Agent hereunder.  The Purchase Contract Agent shall
have no liability to any Holder for executing any documents or
taking any such acts requested by the Collateral Agent hereunder,
except for liability for its own negligent act, its own negligent
failure to act or its own willful misconduct.

     Section 6.2.  Distribution of the Debentures; Tax Event
Redemption.  Upon the occurrence of an Investment Company Event
or a liquidation of the Trust, a principal amount of the
Debentures constituting the assets of the Trust and underlying
the Capital Securities equal to the aggregate stated liquidation
amount of the Pledged Capital Securities shall be delivered to
the Collateral Agent in exchange for the Pledged Capital
Securities.  In the event the Collateral Agent receives such
Debentures in respect of Pledged Capital Securities upon the
occurrence of an Investment Company Event or liquidation of the
Trust, the Collateral Agent shall Transfer the Debentures to the
Collateral Account in the manner specified herein for Pledged
Capital Securities to secure the obligations of the Holders of
Income PRIDES to purchase the Company's Common Stock under the
related Purchase Contracts.  Thereafter, the Collateral Agent
shall have such security interests, rights and obligations with
respect to the Debentures as it had in respect of the Pledged
Capital Securities as provided in Sections 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6
hereof, and any reference herein to the Pledged Capital
Securities shall be deemed to be referring to such Debentures.

     Upon the occurrence of a Tax Event Redemption prior to the
Purchase Contract Settlement Date, the Redemption Price payable
on the Tax Event Redemption Date with respect to the Applicable
Principal Amount of Debentures shall be delivered to the
Collateral Agent by the Institutional Trustee or upon a
dissolution of the Trust and the distribution of the related
Debentures by the Debenture Trustee on or prior to 12:30 p.m.,
New York City time, by check or wire transfer in immediately
available funds at such place and at such account as may be desig
nated by the Collateral Agent in exchange for the Pledged Capital
Securities or Debentures, as the case may be.  In the event the
Collateral Agent receives such Redemption Price, the Collateral
Agent will, at the written direction of the Company, apply an
amount equal to the Redemption Amount of such Redemption Price to
purchase from the Quotation Agent, the Treasury Portfolio and
promptly remit the remaining portion of such Redemption Price to
the Purchase Contract Agent for payment to the Holders of Income
PRIDES.  The Collateral Agent shall Transfer the Treasury
Portfolio to the Collateral Account in the manner specified
herein for Pledged Capital Securities to secure the obligation of
all Holders of Income PRIDES to purchase Common Stock of the
Company under the Purchase Contracts constituting a part of such
Income PRIDES, in substitution for the Pledged Capital
Securities.  Thereafter the Collateral Agent shall have such
security interests, rights and obligations with respect to the
Treasury Portfolio as it had in respect of the Pledged Capital
Securities or Debentures, as the case may be, as provided in
Sections 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, and any reference herein to the
Pledged Capital Securities or the Debentures shall be deemed to
be reference to such Treasury Portfolio.

     Section 6.3.  Substitutions.  Whenever a Holder has the
right to substitute Treasury Securities, Capital Securities or
the appropriate Applicable Ownership Interest of the Treasury
Portfolio, as the case may be, for Collateral held by the
Collateral Agent, such substitution shall not constitute a
novation of the security interest created hereby.

     Section 7.  Representations and Warranties; Covenants.

     Section 7.1.  Representations and Warranties.  The Holders
from time to time, acting through the Purchase Contract Agent as
their attorney-in-fact (it being understood that the Purchase
Contract Agent shall not be liable for any representation or
warranty made by or on behalf of a Holder), hereby represent and
warrant to the Collateral Agent, which representations and
warranties shall be deemed repeated on each day a Holder
Transfers Collateral that:
          (a)  such Holder has the power to grant a security
               interest in and lien on the Collateral;

          (b)  such Holder is the sole beneficial owner of the
               Collateral and, in the case of Collateral
               delivered in physical form, is the sole holder of
               such Collateral and is the sole beneficial owner
               of, or has the right to Transfer, the Collateral
               it Transfers to the Collateral Agent, free and
               clear of any security interest, lien,
               encumbrance, call, liability to pay money or
               other restriction other than the security
               interest and lien granted under Section 2 hereof;

          (c)  upon the Transfer of the Collateral to the
               Collateral Account, the Collateral Agent, for the
               benefit of the Company, will have a valid and
               perfected first priority security interest
               therein (assuming that any central clearing opera
               tion or any Intermediary or other entity not
               within the control of the Holder involved in the
               Transfer of the Collateral, including the
               Collateral Agent, gives the notices and takes the
               action required of it hereunder and under
               applicable law for perfection of that interest
               and assuming the establishment and exercise of
               control pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof); and

          (d)  the execution and performance by the Holder of
               its obligations under this Agreement will not
               result in the creation of any security interest,
               lien or other encumbrance on the Collateral other
               than the security interest and lien granted under
               Section 2 hereof or violate any provision of any
               existing law or regulation applicable to it or of
               any mortgage, charge, pledge, indenture, contract
               or undertaking to which it is a party or which is
               binding on it or any of its assets.

     Section 7.2.  Covenants.  The Holders from time to time,
acting through the Purchase Contract Agent as their attorney-in-
fact (it being understood that the Purchase Contract Agent shall
not be liable for any covenant made by or on behalf of a Holder),
hereby covenant to the Collateral Agent that for so long as the
Collateral remains subject to the Pledge:

          (a)  neither the Purchase Contract Agent nor such
               Holders will create or purport to create or allow
               to subsist any mortgage, charge, lien, pledge or
               any other security interest whatsoever over the
               Collateral or any part of it other than pursuant
               to this Agreement; and

          (b)  neither the Purchase Contract Agent nor such
               Holders will sell or otherwise dispose (or
               attempt to dispose) of the Collateral or any part
               of it except for the beneficial interest therein,
               subject to the pledge hereunder, transferred in
               connection with the Transfer of the Securities.

     Section 8.  The Collateral Agent.  It is hereby agreed as
follows:

     Section 8.1.  Appointment, Powers and Immunities.  The
Collateral Agent shall act as Agent for the Company hereunder
with such powers as are specifically vested in the Collateral
Agent by the terms of this Agreement, together with such other
powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Each of the
Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities
Intermediary: (a) shall have no duties or responsibilities except
those expressly set forth in this Agreement and no implied
covenants or obligations shall be inferred from this Agreement
against any of them, nor shall any of them be bound by the provi
sions of any agreement by any party hereto beyond the specific
terms hereof; (b) shall not be responsible for any recitals
contained in this Agreement, or in any certificate or other
document referred to or provided for in, or received by it under,
this Agreement, the Securities or the Purchase Contract
Agreement, or for the value, validity, effectiveness,
genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement
(other than as against the Collateral Agent), the Securities or
the Purchase Contract Agreement or any other document referred to
or provided for herein or therein or for any failure by the
Company or any other Person (except the Collateral Agent, the
Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary, as the case may
be) to perform any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or
for the perfection, priority or, except as expressly required
hereby, maintenance of any security interest created hereunder;
(c) shall not be required to initiate or conduct any litigation
or collection proceedings hereunder (except in the case of the
Collateral Agent, pursuant to directions furnished under Section
8.2 hereof, subject to Section 8.6 hereof); (d) shall not be
responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it
hereunder or under any other document or instrument referred to
or provided for herein or in connection herewith or therewith,
except for its own negligence or willful misconduct; and (e)
shall not be required to advise any party as to selling or
retaining, or taking or refraining from taking any action with
respect to, the Securities or other property deposited hereunder.
Subject to the foregoing, during the term of this Agreement, the
Collateral Agent shall take all reasonable action in connection
with the safekeeping and preservation of the Collateral
hereunder.

     No provision of this Agreement shall require the Collateral
Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary to
expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial
liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder.  In
no event shall the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the
Securities Intermediary be liable for any amount in excess of the
Value of the Collateral.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and Securities
Intermediary, each in its individual capacity, hereby waive any
right of setoff, bankers lien, liens or perfection rights as
securities intermediary or any counterclaim with respect to any
of the Collateral.

     Section 8.2.  Instructions of the Company.  The Company
shall have the right, by one or more instruments in writing
executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent, the Custodial
Agent or the Securities Intermediary, as the case may be, to
direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for the realization of any right or remedy available to the
Collateral Agent, or of exercising any power conferred on the
Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermedi
ary, as the case may be, or to direct the taking or refraining
from taking of any action authorized by this Agreement; provided,
however, that (i) such direction shall not conflict with the
provisions of any law or of this Agreement and (ii) the
Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities
Intermediary shall be adequately indemnified as provided herein.
Nothing in this Section 8.2 shall impair the right of the
Collateral Agent in its discretion to take any action or omit to
take any action which it deems proper and which is not
inconsistent with such direction.

     Section 8.3.  Reliance by Collateral Agent.  Each of the
Securities Intermediary, the Custodial Agent and the Collateral
Agent shall be entitled conclusively to rely upon any
certification, order, judgment, opinion, notice or other
communication (including, without limitation, any thereof by
telephone, telecopy, telex or facsimile) believed by it to be
genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on
behalf of the proper Person or Persons (without being required to
determine the correctness of any fact stated therein), and upon
advice and statements of legal counsel and other experts selected
by the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities
Intermediary, as the case may be.  As to any matters not
expressly provided for by this Agreement, the Collateral Agent,
the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary shall in all
cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting,
hereunder in accordance with instructions given by the Company in
accordance with this Agreement.

     Section 8.4.  Rights in Other Capacities.  The Collateral
Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary and
their affiliates may (without having to account therefor to the
Company) accept deposits from, lend money to, make their
investments in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust
or other business with the Purchase Contract Agent and any Holder
of Securities (and any of their respective subsidiaries or
affiliates) as if it were not acting as the Collateral Agent, the
Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary, as the case may
be, and the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the
Securities Intermediary and their affiliates may accept fees and
other consideration from the Purchase Contract Agent and any
Holder of Securities without having to account for the same to
the Company; provided that each of the Securities Intermediary,
the Custodial Agent and the Collateral Agent covenants and agrees
with the Company that it shall not accept, receive or permit
there to be created in favor of itself and shall take no
affirmative action to permit there to be created in favor of any
other Person, any security interest, lien or other encumbrance of
any kind in or upon the Collateral.

     Section 8.5.  Non-Reliance on Collateral Agent.  None of the
Securities Intermediary, the Custodial Agent or the Collateral
Agent shall be required to keep itself informed as to the
performance or observance by the Purchase Contract Agent or any
Holder of Securities of this Agreement, the Purchase Contract
Agreement, the Securities or any other document referred to or
provided for herein or therein or to inspect the properties or
books of the Purchase Contract Agent or any Holder of Securities.
The Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities
Intermediary shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide
the Company with any credit or other information concerning the
affairs, financial condition or business of the Purchase Contract
Agent or any Holder of Securities (or any of their respective
affiliates) that may come into the possession of the Collateral
Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary or any
of their respective affiliates.

     Section 8.6.  Compensation and Indemnity.  The Company
agrees: (i) to pay each of the Collateral Agent and the Custodial
Agent from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed in
writing between the Company and the Collateral Agent or the
Custodial Agent, as the case may be, for all services rendered by
each of them hereunder and (ii) to indemnify the Collateral
Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary for,
and to hold each of them harmless from and against, any loss,
liability or reasonable out-of-pocket expense incurred without
negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its part, arising
out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of
its powers and duties under this Agreement, including the
reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable
fees and expenses of counsel) of defending itself against any
claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance
of such powers and duties.

     Section 8.7.  Failure to Act.  In the event of any ambiguity
in the provisions of this Agreement or any dispute between or
conflicting claims by or among the parties hereto or any other
Person with respect to any funds or property deposited hereunder,
the Collateral Agent and the Custodial Agent shall be entitled,
after prompt notice to the Company and the Purchase Contract
Agent, at its sole option, to refuse to comply with any and all
claims, demands or instructions with respect to such property or
funds so long as such dispute or conflict shall continue, and
neither the Collateral Agent nor the Custodial Agent shall be or
become liable in any way to any of the parties hereto for its
failure or refusal to comply with such conflicting claims,
demands or instructions.  The Collateral Agent and the Custodial
Agent shall be entitled to refuse to act until either (i) such
conflicting or adverse claims or demands shall have been finally
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or settled by
agreement between the conflicting parties as evidenced in a
writing, satisfactory to the Collateral Agent or the Custodial
Agent, as the case may be, or (ii) the Collateral Agent or the
Custodial Agent, as the case may be, shall have received security
or an indemnity satisfactory to the Collateral Agent or the
Custodial Agent, as the case may be, sufficient to save the
Collateral Agent or the Custodial Agent, as the case may be,
harmless from and against any and all loss, liability or
reasonable out-of-pocket expense which the Collateral Agent or
the Custodial Agent, as the case may be, may incur by reason of
its acting.  The Collateral Agent or the Custodial Agent may in
addition elect to commence an interpleader action or seek other
judicial relief or orders as the Collateral Agent or the
Custodial Agent, as the case may be, may deem necessary.  Notwith
standing anything contained herein to the contrary, neither the
Collateral Agent nor the Custodial Agent shall be required to
take any action that is in its opinion contrary to law or to the
terms of this Agreement, or which would in its opinion subject it
or any of its officers, employees or directors to liability.

     Section 8.8.  Resignation of Collateral Agent.  Subject to
the appointment and acceptance of a successor Collateral Agent or
Custodial Agent as provided below, (a) the Collateral Agent and
the Custodial Agent may resign at any time by giving notice
thereof to the Company and the Purchase Contract Agent as
attorney-in-fact for the Holders of Securities, (b) the
Collateral Agent and the Custodial Agent may be removed at any
time by the Company and (c) if the Collateral Agent or the
Custodial Agent fails to perform any of its material obligations
hereunder in any material respect for a period of not less than
20 days after receiving written notice of such failure by the
Purchase Contract Agent and such failure shall be continuing, the
Collateral Agent or the Custodial Agent may be removed by the
Purchase Contract Agent.  The Purchase Contract Agent shall
promptly notify the Company of any removal of the Collateral
Agent pursuant to clause (c) of the immediately preceding
sentence.  Upon any such resignation or removal, the Company
shall have the right to appoint a successor Collateral Agent or
Custodial Agent, as the case may be.  If no successor Collateral
Agent or Custodial Agent, as the case may be, shall have been so
appointed and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days
after the retiring Collateral Agent's or Custodial Agent's giving
of notice of resignation or such removal, then the retiring
Collateral Agent or Custodial Agent, as the case may be, may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment
of a successor Collateral Agent or Custodial Agent, as the case
may be.  Each of the Collateral Agent and the Custodial Agent
shall be a bank which has an office in New York, New York with a
combined capital and surplus of at least $75,000,000.  Upon the
acceptance of any appointment as Collateral Agent or Custodial
Agent, as the case may be, hereunder by a successor Collateral
Agent or Custodial Agent, as the case may be, such successor
shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights,
powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Collateral Agent or
Custodial Agent, as the case may be, and the retiring Collateral
Agent or Custodial Agent, as the case may be, shall take all
appropriate action to transfer any money and property held by it
hereunder (including the Collateral) to such successor.  The
retiring Collateral Agent or Custodial Agent shall, upon such
succession, be discharged from its duties and obligations as
Collateral Agent or Custodial Agent hereunder.  After any
retiring Collateral Agent's or Custodial Agent's resignation
hereunder as Collateral Agent or Custodial Agent, the provisions
of this Section 8 shall continue in effect for its benefit in
respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while
it was acting as the Collateral Agent or Custodial Agent.  Any
resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent hereunder shall be
deemed for all purposes of this Agreement as the simultaneous
resignation or removal of the Custodial Agent and the Securities
Intermediary.

     Section 8.9.  Right to Appoint Agent or Advisor.  The
Collateral Agent shall have the right to appoint agents or
advisors in connection with any of its duties hereunder, and the
Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or
omitted by, or in reliance upon the advice of, such agents or
advisors selected in good faith.  The appointment of agents
pursuant to this Section 8.9 shall be subject to prior consent of
the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     Section 8.10.  Survival.  The provisions of this Section 8
shall survive termination of this Agreement and the resignation
or removal of the Collateral Agent or the Custodial Agent.

     Section 8.11.  Exculpation.  Anything in this Agreement to
the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall any of the
Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities
Intermediary or their officers, employees or agents be liable
under this Agreement to any third party for indirect, special,
punitive, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever,
including lost profits, whether or not the likelihood of such
loss or damage was known to the Collateral Agent, the Custodial
Agent or the Securities Intermediary, or any of them, incurred
without any act or deed that is found to be attributable to gross
negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Collateral
Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary.

     Section 9.  Amendment.

     Section 9.1.  Amendment Without Consent of Holders.  Without
the consent of any Holders or the holders of any Separate Capital
Securities, the Company, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial
Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Purchase Contract
Agent, at any time and from time to time, may amend this
Agreement, in form satisfactory to the Company, the Collateral
Agent, the Custodial Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the
Purchase Contract Agent, for any of the following purposes:

          (1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the
     Company, and the assumption by any such successor of the
     covenants of the Company; or

          (2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the
     benefit of the Holders, or to surrender any right or power
     herein conferred upon the Company so long as such covenants
     or such surrender do not adversely affect the validity,
     perfection or priority of the security interests granted or
     created hereunder; or

          (3) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of
     appointment hereunder by a successor Collateral Agent,
     Securities Intermediary or Purchase Contract Agent; or

          (4) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any
     provisions herein which may be inconsistent with any other
     such provisions herein, or to make any other provisions with
     respect to such matters or questions arising under this
     Agreement, provided such action shall not adversely affect
     the interests of the Holders.

     Section 9.2.  Amendment with Consent of Holders.  With the
consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the
Purchase Contracts at the time outstanding, by  Act of said
Holders delivered to the Company, the Purchase Contract Agent or
the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, the Company, when duly
authorized, the Purchase Contract Agent, the Collateral Agent,
the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary may amend
this Agreement for the purpose of modifying in any manner the
provisions of this Agreement or the rights of the Holders in
respect of the Securities; provided, however, that no such sup
plemental agreement shall, without the consent of the Holder of
each Outstanding Security adversely affected thereby,

          (1) change the amount or type of Collateral underlying
     a Security (except for the rights of holders of Income
     PRIDES to substitute the Treasury Securities for the Pledged
     Capital Securities or the appropriate Applicable Ownership
     Interest of the Treasury Portfolio, as the case may be, or
     the rights of Holders of Growth PRIDES to substitute Capital
     Securities or the appropriate Applicable Ownership Interest
     of the Treasury Portfolio, as applicable, for the Pledged
     Treasury Securities), impair the right of the Holder of any
     Security to receive distributions on the underlying
     Collateral or otherwise adversely affect the Holder's rights
     in or to such Collateral; or

          (2) otherwise effect any action that would require the
     consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected
     thereby pursuant to the  Purchase Contract Agreement if such
     action were effected by an agreement supplemental thereto;
     or
 
         (3) reduce the percentage of Purchase Contracts the
     consent of whose Holders is required for any such amendment.

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this
Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment,
but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the
substance thereof.

     Section 9.3.  Execution of Amendments.  In executing any
amendment permitted by this Section, the Collateral Agent, the
Custodial Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Purchase
Contract Agent shall be entitled to receive and (subject to
Section 6.1 hereof, with respect to the Collateral Agent, and
Section 7.1 of the Purchase Contract Agreement, with respect to
the Purchase Contract Agent) shall be fully protected in relying
upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such
amendment is authorized or permitted by this Agreement and that
all conditions precedent, if any, to the execution and delivery
of such amendment have been satisfied.

     Section 9.4.  Effect of Amendments.  Upon the execution of
any amendment under this Section 9, this Agreement shall be
modified in accordance therewith, and such amendment shall form a
part of this Agreement for all purposes; and every Holder of
Certificates theretofore or thereafter authenticated, executed on
behalf of the Holders and delivered under the Purchase Contract
Agreement shall be bound thereby.

     Section 9.5.  Reference to Amendments.  Security
Certificates authenticated, executed on behalf of the Holders and
delivered after the execution of any amendment pursuant to this
Section may, and shall if required by the Collateral Agent or the
Purchase Contract Agent, bear a notation in form approved by the
Purchase Contract Agent and the Collateral Agent as to any matter
provided for in such amendment.  If the Company shall so deter
mine, new Security Certificates so modified as to conform, in the
opinion of the Collateral Agent, the Purchase Contract Agent and
the Company, to any such amendment may be prepared and executed
by the Company and authenticated, executed on behalf of the
Holders and delivered by the Purchase Contract Agent in
accordance with the Purchase Contract Agreement in exchange for
Outstanding Security Certificates.

     Section 10.  Miscellaneous.

     Section 10.1.  No Waiver.  No failure on the part of the
Collateral Agent or any of its agents to exercise, and no course
of dealing with respect to, and no delay in exercising, any
right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver
thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise by the
Collateral Agent or any of its agents of any right, power or
remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof
or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.  The
remedies herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any
remedies provided by law.

     Section 10.2.  Governing Law.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK.  Without limiting the foregoing, the above
choice of law is expressly agreed to by the Securities
Intermediary, the Collateral Agent and the Holders from time to
time acting through the Purchase Contract Agent, as their
attorney-in-fact, in connection with the establishment and
maintenance of the Collateral Account.  The Company, the
Collateral Agent and the Holders from time to time of the
Securities, acting through the Purchase Contract Agent as their
attorney-in-fact, hereby submit to the nonexclusive jurisdiction
of the United States District Court for the Southern District of
New York and of any New York state court sitting in New York City
for the purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated
hereby.  The Company, the Collateral Agent and the Holders from
time to time of the Securities, acting through the Purchase
Contract Agent as their attorney-in-fact, irrevocably waive, to
the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection
which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue
of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that
any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in
an inconvenient forum.

     Section 10.3.  Notices.  All notices, requests, consents and
other communications provided for herein (including, without
limitation, any modifications of, or waivers or consents under,
this Agreement) shall be given or made in writing (including,
without limitation, by telecopy) delivered to the intended
recipient at the "Address for Notices" specified below its name
on the signature pages hereof or, as to any party, at such other
address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the
other parties.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement,
all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given
when transmitted by telecopier or personally delivered or, in the
case of a mailed notice, upon receipt, in each case given or
addressed as aforesaid.

     Section 10.4.  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall
be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective
successors and assigns of the Company, the Collateral Agent, the
Custodial Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Purchase
Contract Agent, and the Holders from time to time of the
Securities, by their acceptance of the same, shall be deemed to
have agreed to be bound by the provisions hereof and to have
ratified the agreements of, and the grant of the Pledge hereunder
by, the Purchase Contract Agent.

     Section 10.5.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed
in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall
constitute one and the same instrument, and any of the parties
hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such
counterpart.

     Section 10.6.  Severability.  If any provision hereof is
invalid and unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the other provisions hereof
shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and
shall be liberally construed in order to carry out the intentions
of the parties hereto as nearly as may be possible and (ii) the
invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof in any
jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
such provision in any other jurisdiction.

     Section 10.7.  Expenses, etc.  The Company agrees to
reimburse the Collateral Agent and the Custodial Agent for: (a)
all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Collateral
Agent and the Custodial Agent (including, without limitation, the
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Collateral Agent
and the Custodial Agent), in connection with (i) the negotiation,
preparation, execution and delivery or performance of this
Agreement and (ii) any modification, supplement or waiver of any
of the terms of this Agreement; (b) all reasonable costs and
expenses of the Collateral Agent (including, without limitation,
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) in connection with (i)
any enforcement or proceedings resulting or incurred in
connection with causing any Holder of Securities to satisfy its
obligations under the Purchase Contracts forming a part of the
Securities and (ii) the enforcement of this Section 10.7; and (c)
all transfer, stamp, documentary or other similar taxes,
assessments or charges levied by any governmental or revenue
authority in respect of this Agreement or any other document
referred to herein and all costs, expenses, taxes, assessments
and other charges incurred in connection with any filing,
registration, recording or perfection of any security interest
contemplated hereby.

     Section 10.8.  Security Interest Absolute.  All rights of
the Collateral Agent and security interests hereunder, and all
obligations of the Holders from time to time hereunder, shall be
absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

          (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any
     provision of the Purchase Contracts or the Securities or any
     other agreement or instrument  relating thereto;

          (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment
     of, or any other term of, or any increase in the amount of,
     all or any of the obligations of   Holders of Securities
     under the related Purchase Contracts, or any other amendment
     or waiver of any term of, or any consent to any departure
     from any requirement of, the Purchase Contract Agreement or
     any Purchase Contract or any other agreement or instrument
     relating thereto; or

          (c) any other circumstance which might otherwise
     constitute a defense available to, or discharge of, a
     borrower, a guarantor or a pledgor.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above
written.

                         INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

                         By: _______________________
                            Name: __________________
                            Title:

                         Address for Notices:

                         INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY
                         200 Chestnut Ridge Road
                         Woodcliff Lake, New Jersey 07675
                         Attention: Chief Financial Officer
                         Telecopy: (201) 573-3172

                         THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                         as Purchase Contract Agent and as
                         attorney-in-fact of the Holders from time
                         to time of the Securities

                         By: _________________________
                            Name: ____________________
                            Title:

                         Address for Notices:

                         The Bank of New York
                         101 Barclay Street
                         New York, New York 10286

                         Attention: Corporate Trust
                                    Administration, Deriva-
                                      tive Products Unit
                         Telecopy:  (212) 815-7157

                         THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
                         as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and
                         as Securities Intermediary

                         By:
                         Name:
                            Title:

                         Address for Notices:

                         The Chase Manhattan Bank
                         450 West 33rd Street
                         15th Floor
                         New York, NY 10001-2697

                         Attention: Corporate Trust
                                    Administration Department
                         Telecopy:  (212) 946-8160

                                                     EXHIBIT A

 INSTRUCTION FROM PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT TO COLLATERAL AGENT

The Chase Manhattan Bank
450 West 33rd Street, 15th Floor
New York, NY  10010-2697
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration Department

          Re:  FELINE PRIDES of Ingersoll-Rand Company (the
               "Company"), and Ingersoll-Rand Financing I

          We hereby notify you in accordance with Section [4.1] [4.2]
of the Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 23, 1998, (the "Pledge
Agreement") among the Company, yourselves, as Collateral Agent,
Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary and ourselves, as Purchase
Contract Agent and as attorney-in-fact for the holders of [Income
PRIDES] [Growth PRIDES] from time to time, that the holder of
Securities listed below (the "Holder") has elected to substitute
[$_____ aggregate principal amount of Treasury Securities]
[$_______Stated Amount of Capital Securities or the appropriate
Applicable Ownership Interest of the Treasury Portfolio] in exchange
for an equal Value of [Pledged Capital Securities or the appropriate
Applicable Ownership Interest of the Treasury Portfolio] [Pledged
Treasury Securities] held by you in accordance with the Pledge
Agreement and has delivered to us a notice stating that the Holder has
Transferred [Treasury Securities] [Capital Securities or the
appropriate Applicable Ownership Interest of the Treasury Portfolio]
to you, as Collateral Agent.  We hereby instruct you, upon receipt of
such [Pledged Treasury Securities] [Pledged Capital Securities or the
appropriate Applicable Ownership Interest of the Treasury Portfolio],
to release the [Capital Securities or the appropriate Applicable
Ownership Interest of the Treasury Portfolio] [Treasury Securities]
related to such [Income PRIDES] [Growth PRIDES] to us in accordance
with the Holder's instructions.  Capitalized terms used herein but not
defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Pledge Agreement.

Date:_____________       ___________________________
                         By:______________________
                         Name:
                         Title:
                         Signature Guarantee:_____________
Please print name and address of Registered Holder electing to
substitute [Treasury Securities] [Capital Securities or the
appropriate Applicable Ownership Interest of the Treasury
Portfolio] for the [Pledged Capital Securities or the Treasury
Portfolio] [Pledged Treasury Securities]:


___________________________   ______________________________
          Name                Social Security or other
                              Taxpayer Identification
                              Number, if any
___________________________
          Address
___________________________

___________________________
              
                                                     EXHIBIT B

            INSTRUCTION TO PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
12E
New York, New York 10286
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, Derivative
             Products Unit

          Re:  FELINE PRIDES of Ingersoll-Rand Company (the
               "Company"), and Ingersoll-Rand Financing I

          The undersigned Holder hereby notifies you that it has
delivered to The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Collateral Agent, [$_______
aggregate principal amount of Treasury Securities] [$
aggregate Stated Amount of Capital Securities or the appropriate
Applicable Ownership Interest of the Treasury Portfolio] in exchange
for an equal Value of [Pledged Capital Securities or the appropriate
Applicable Ownership Interest of the Treasury Portfolio] [Pledged
Treasury Securities] held by the Collateral Agent (the "Pledge
Agreement"), in accordance with Section 4.1 of the Pledge Agreement,
dated March 23, 1998, between you, the Company and the Collateral
Agent.  The undersigned Holder hereby instructs you to instruct the
Collateral Agent to release to you on behalf of the undersigned Holder
the [Pledged Capital Securities or the appropriate Applicable
Ownership Interest of the Treasury Portfolio] [Pledged Treasury
Securities] related to such [Income PRIDES] [Growth PRIDES].
Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning
set forth in the Pledge Agreement.
                    
Dated:_____________      _________________________
                         Signature
                        
                         Signature Guarantee:_______________________

Please print name and address of Registered Holder:

_________________________     _________________________
     Name                     Social Security or other
                              Taxpayer Identification
_________________________     Number, if any
     Address
_________________________

_________________________

_________________________
                                                     EXHIBIT C

     INSTRUCTION TO CUSTODIAL AGENT REGARDING REMARKETING

The Chase Manhattan Bank
450 West 33rd Street, 15th Floor
New York, NY  10001-2697
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration Department

          Re:  Capital Securities of Ingersoll-Rand
               Company (the "Company"), and
               Ingersoll-Rand Financing I

          The undersigned hereby notifies you in accordance with
Section 4.6(c) of the Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 23, 1998
(the "Pledge Agreement"), among the Company, yourselves, as Collateral
Agent, Securities Intermediary and Custodial Agent, and The Bank of
New York, as Purchase Contract Agent and as attorney-in-fact for the
Holders of Income PRIDES and Growth PRIDES from time to time, that the
undersigned elects to deliver $   stated liquidation amount of Capital
Securities for delivery to the Remarketing Agent on the fourth
Business Day immediately preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement
Date for remarketing pursuant to Section 4.6(c) of the Pledge
Agreement.  The undersigned will, upon request of the Remarketing
Agent, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the
Remarketing Agent or by the Company to be necessary or desirable to
complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the Capital Securities
tendered hereby.

          The undersigned hereby instructs you, upon receipt of the
Proceeds of such remarketing from the Remarketing Agent to deliver
such Proceeds to the undersigned in accordance with the instructions
indicated herein under "A. Payment Instructions".  The undersigned
hereby instructs you, in the event of Failed Remarketing, upon receipt
of the Capital Securities tendered herewith from the Remarketing
Agent, to be delivered to the person(s) and the address(es) indicated
herein under "B. Delivery Instructions."

          With this notice, the undersigned hereby (i) represents
and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to
tender, sell, assign and transfer the Capital Securities tendered
hereby and that the undersigned is the record owner of any
Capital Securities tendered herewith in physical form or a
participant in The Depositary Trust Company ("DTC") and the
beneficial owner of any Capital Securities tendered herewith by
book-entry transfer to your account at DTC and (ii) agrees to be
bound by the terms and conditions of Section 4.6(c) of the Pledge
Agreement.  Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall
have the meaning set forth in the Pledge Agreement.

Date:_____________
                         By:
                         Name:
                         Title:
                         Signature Guarantee:

Please print name and address:
                                                            
          Name                Social Security or
                              other Taxpayer Identification
                              Number, if any
                         
          Address

                         
          B.   DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

In the event of a Failed Remarketing, Capital Securities which
are in physical form should be delivered to the person(s) set
forth below and mailed to the address set forth below.

          Name(s)   ____________________________
          (Please Print)
          Address   ____________________________
          (Please Print)
          ____________________________________

          ____________________________________
          (Zip Code)

          _____________________________________ 
          (Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

In the event of a Failed Remarketing, Capital Securities which
are in book-entry form should be credited to the account at The
Depositary Trust Company  set forth below.

          ___________________
            DTC Account Number

      Name of Account Party: ______________

       A.   PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS

Proceeds of the remarketing should be paid by check in the name
of the person(s) set forth below and mailed to the address set
forth below.

          Name(s)   _____________________________
          (Please Print)
          Address   _____________________________
          (Please Print)
          _____________________________________

          _____________________________________
          (Zip Code)

          _____________________________________
          (Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

                                                     EXHIBIT D

          INSTRUCTION TO CUSTODIAL AGENT REGARDING
                 WITHDRAWAL FROM REMARKETING

The Chase Manhattan Bank
450 West 33rd Street, 15th Floor
New York, NY  10001-2697
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration Department

          Re:  Capital Securities of Ingersoll-Rand
               Company (the "Company"), and
               Ingersoll-Rand Financing I

          The undersigned hereby notifies you in accordance with
Section 4.6(c) of the Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 23, 1998
(the "Pledge Agreement") among the Company, yourselves, as Collateral
Agent, Securities Intermediary and Custodial Agent and The Bank of New
York, as Purchase Contract Agent and as attorney-in-fact for the
Holders of Income PRIDES and Growth PRIDES from time to time, that the
undersigned elects to withdraw the $_____ aggregate stated liquidation
amount of Capital Securities delivered to the Custodial Agent on May
16, 2001 for remarketing pursuant to Section 4.6(c) of the Pledge
Agreement.  The undersigned hereby instructs you to return such
Capital Securities to the undersigned in accordance with the
undersigned's instructions.  With this notice, the Undersigned hereby
agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of Section 4.6(c) of
the Pledge Agreement.  Capitalized terms used herein but not defined
shall have the meaning set forth in the Pledge Agreement.

Date:_____________
                         By:
                         Name:
                         Title:
                         Signature Guarantee:

Please print name and address:


                                               
          Name                Social Security or other
                              Taxpayer Identification
                              Number, if any
                         
          Address
                      
          A.   DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

In the event of a Failed Remarketing, Capital Securities which are 
in physical form should be delivered to the person(s) set forth below
and mailed to the address set forth below.

          Name(s)   ____________________________
          (Please Print)
          Address   ____________________________
          (Please Print)
          ____________________________________

          ____________________________________
          (Zip Code) 

         _____________________________________
         (Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

In the event of a Failed Remarketing, Capital Securities which
are in book-entry form should be credited to the account at The
Depositary Trust Company set forth below.

          ___________________
            DTC Account Number

      Name of Account Party: ______________










                    INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY,
                           AS ISSUER

                               TO

                     THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                           AS TRUSTEE

                           Indenture


                   DATED AS OF March 23, 1998

                     INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

             RECONCILIATION AND TIE BETWEEN TRUST
               INDENTURE ACT OF 1939, AS AMENDED
           AND INDENTURE, DATED AS OF MARCH 23, 1998

 TRUST INDENTURE                                INDENTURE SECTION
     ACT SECTION

Section 310(a)(1)                                              609
           (a)(2)                                              609
           (a)(3)                                   Not Applicable
           (a)(4)                                   Not Applicable
           (b)                                            608, 610
Section 311(a)                                                 613
           (b)                                                 613
Section 312(a)                                         701, 702(a)
           (b)                                              702(b)
           (c)                                              702(c)
Section 313(a)                                              703(a)
           (b)                                      Not Applicable
           (c)                                      703(a), 703(b)
           (d)                                              703(b)
Section 314(a)                                                 704
           (b)                                      Not Applicable
           (c)(1)                                              102
           (c)(2)                                              102
           (c)(3)                                   Not Applicable
           (d)                                      Not Applicable
           (e)                                                 102
Section 315(a)                                              601(a)
           (b)                                                 602
           (c)                                              601(b)
           (d)                                              601(c)
           (d)(l)                                   601(a), 601(c)
           (d)(2)                                           601(c)
           (d)(3)                                           601(c)
           (e)                                                 514
Section 316(a)(1)(A)                                           512
           (a)(1)(B)                                      502, 513
           (a)(2)                                   Not Applicable
           (b)                                                 508
Section 317(a)(1)                                              503
           (a)(2)                                              504
           (b)                                                1009
Section 318(a)                                                 107

NOTE:  THIS RECONCILIATION AND TIE SHALL NOT, FOR ANY  PURPOSE,
BE DEEMED TO BE A PART OF THIS INDENTURE.

                       TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                  Page

ARTICLE 1DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONSOF GENERAL APPLICATION      1

     SECTION 101.Definitions                                         1
     Act                                                             1
     Affiliate                                                       1
     Authenticating Agent                                            2
     Bankruptcy Law                                                  2
     Board of Directors                                              2
     Board Resolution                                                2
     Business Day                                                    2
     Capitalized Lease Obligation                                    2
     Capital Stock                                                   2
     Commission                                                      2
     Common Depositary                                               2
     Company                                                         2
     Company Request                                                 2
     Company Order                                                   2
     Corporate Trust Office                                          2
     Covenant Defeasance                                             2
     Custodian                                                       2
     Default                                                         2
     Defaulted Interest                                              2
     Defeasance                                                      2
     Dollars                                                         3
     Event of Default                                                3
     Exchange Act                                                    3
     Funded Indebtedness                                             3
     GAAP                                                            3
     Holder                                                          3
     Security holder                                                 3
     Indenture                                                       3
     Interest                                                        3
     Interest Payment Date                                           3
     Maturity                                                        3
     Officer                                                         3
     Officer's Certificate                                           3
     Opinion of Counsel                                              3
     Original Issue Discount Security                                3
     Outstanding                                                     3
     Paying Agent                                                    4
     Person                                                          4
     Place of Payment                                                4
     Principal Property                                              4
     Redemption Date                                                 4
     Redemption Price                                                4
     Registered Security                                             4
     Regular Record Date                                             4
     Responsible Officer                                             4
     Restricted Subsidiary                                           4
     Securities                                                      4
     Security Register                                               4
     Security Registrar                                              4
     Special Record Date                                             4
     Stated Maturity                                                 5
     Subsidiary                                                      5
     Trust Indenture Act                                             5
     Trustee                                                         5
     U.S. Depositary                                                 5
     U.S. Government Obligations                                     5
     Vice President                                                  5
     SECTION 102.Compliance Certificates and Opinions                5
     SECTION 103.Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee              6
     SECTION 104.Acts of Holders                                     6
     SECTION 105.Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company               7
     SECTION 106.Notice to Holders; Waiver                           7
     SECTION 107.Conflict with Trust Indenture Act                   8
     SECTION 108.Effect of Headings and Table of Contents            8
     SECTION 109.Successors and Assigns                              8
     SECTION 110.Separability Clause                                 8
     SECTION 111.Benefits of Indenture                               8
     SECTION 112.Governing Law                                       8
     SECTION 113.Legal Holidays                                      8
     SECTION 114.No Recourse Against Others                          8

     ARTICLE 2           SECURITY FORMS                              9

     SECTION 201.Forms Generally                                     9
     SECTION 202.Form of Face of Security                            9
     SECTION 203.Form of Reverse of Security                        11
     SECTION 204.Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication    14
     SECTION 205.Securities in Global Form                          14
     SECTION 206.CUSIP Number                                       15
     SECTION 207. Form  of  Legend  for  the  Securities  in  Global
                  Form15

     ARTICLE 3           THE SECURITIES                             15

     SECTION 301.Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series               15
     SECTION 302.Denominations                                      17
     SECTION 303.Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating     17
     SECTION 304.Temporary Securities                               18
     SECTION 305.Registration, Registration of Transfer and
                 Exchange                                           19
     SECTION 306.Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities   20
     SECTION 307.Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved     21
     SECTION 308.Persons Deemed Owners                              21
     SECTION 309.Cancellation                                       22
     SECTION 310.Computation of Interest                            22

     ARTICLE 4     SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE                       22

     SECTION 401.Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture            22
     SECTION 402.Application of Trust Money                         23

     ARTICLE 5              REMEDIES                                23

     SECTION 501.Events of Default                                  23
     SECTION 502.Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment 24
     SECTION 503. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for
                  Enforcement by Trustee                            25
     SECTION 504.Trustee May File Proofs of Claim                   25
     SECTION 505. Trustee  May Enforce Claims Without Possession 
                  of Securities                                     26
     SECTION 506.Application of Money Collected                     26
     SECTION 507.Limitation on Suits                                26
     SECTION 508. UnconditionLa Right of Holders to Receive
                  Principal, Premium and Interest.                  27
     SECTION 509.Restoration of Rights and Remedies                 27
     SECTION 510.Rights and Remedies Cumulative                     27
     SECTION 511.Delay or Omission Not Waiver                       27
     SECTION 512.Control by Holders                                 27
     SECTION 513.Waiver of Past Defaults                            27
     SECTION 514.Undertaking for Costs                              28

     ARTICLE 6            THE TRUSTEE                               28

     SECTION 601. Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the
                  Trustee                                           28
     SECTION 602. Notice of Defaults                                28
     SECTION 603. Certain Rights of Trustee                         28
     SECTION 604. Not  Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of
                  Securities                                        29
     SECTION 605. May Hold Securities                               29
     SECTION 606. Money Held in Trust                               30
     SECTION 607. Compensation and Reimbursement                    30
     SECTION 608. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests           30
     SECTION 609. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility           30
     SECTION 610. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of
                  Successor                                         31
     SECTION 611. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor            32
     SECTION 612. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or
                  Succession to Busines                             32
     SECTION 613. Preferential Collection of Claims Against
                  Company                                           33
     SECTION 614. Appointment of Authenticating Agent               33

     ARTICLE 7    HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND
                  COMPANY                                           34

     SECTION 701. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of
                  Holders                                           34
     SECTION 702. Preservation of Information; Communications to
                  Holders                                           34
     SECTION 703. Reports by Trustee                                35
     SECTION 704. Reports by Company                                35

     ARTICLE 8    CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, LEASE, SALE OR TRANSFER    36

     SECTION 801. When Company May Merge, Etc.                      36
     SECTION 802. Opinion of Counsel                                36
     SECTION 803. Successor Corporation Substituted                 36

     ARTICLE 9      SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES                         37

     SECTION 901. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of
                  Holders                                           37
     SECTION 902. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders   37
     SECTION 903. Execution of Supplemental Indentures              38
     SECTION 904. Effect of Supplemental Indentures                 38
     SECTION 905. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act               38
     SECTION 906. Reference in Securities to Supplemental
                  Indentures                                        39

     ARTICLE 10            COVENANTS                                39

     SECTION 1001.Payments of Securities                            39
     SECTION 1002.Maintenance of Office or Agency                   39
     SECTION 1003.Compliance Certificates                           39
     SECTION 1004.Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in
                  Trust                                             39
     SECTION 1005.Limitation on Liens                               40
     SECTION 1006 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions     42
     SECTION 1008 Waiver of Certain Covenants                       42

     ARTICLE 11     REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES                        42

     SECTION 1101.Applicability of Article                          42
     SECTION 1102.Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee             43
     SECTION 1103.Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be
                  Redeemed                                          43
     SECTION 1104.Notice of Redemption                              43
     SECTION 1105.Deposit of Redemption Price                       44
     SECTION 1106.Securities Payable on Redemption Date             44
     SECTION 1107.Securities Redeemed in Part                       44

     ARTICLE 12          SINKING FUNDS                              44

     SECTION 1201.Applicability of Article                          44
     SECTION 1202.Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with
                  Securities                                        45
     SECTION 1203.Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund         45
     
     ARTICLE 13   DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE                45

     SECTION 1301.Applicability of Article; Company's Option to
                  Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance          45
     SECTION 1302.Defeasance and Discharge                          45
     SECTION 1303.Covenant Defeasance                               46
     SECTION 1304.Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance   46
     SECTION 1305.Deposited Money and Government Obligations To Be
                  Held In Trust                                     47

     ARTICLE 14          MISCELLANEOUS                              47

     SECTION 1401.Miscellaneous                                     47

     Indenture,  dated  as  of  March 23, 1998,  between  INGERSOLL-
RAND COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under the
laws of the State of New Jersey (herein called the "Company "),
having its principal office at 200 Chestnut Ridge Road, Woodcliff
Lake,   New  Jersey  07675  and  The  Bank  of  New   York,   a
                , as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee").

                    RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

     The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery
of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time
of  its  unsecured  debentures, notes  or  other  evidences  of
indebtedness (herein called the "Securities"), to be issued  in
one or more series as in this Indenture provided.

     All  things  necessary  to make  this  Indenture  a  valid
agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been
done.

     NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

     For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of
the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted
and  agreed,  for the equal and proportionate  benefit  of  all
Holders of the Securities or of series thereof, as follows:

                           ARTICLE 1

                DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS
                     OF GENERAL APPLICATION

     SECTION 11.    Definitions.

     For  all  purposes of this Indenture, except as  otherwise
expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

     (1)   the  terms defined in this Article have the meanings
assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well
as the singular;

     (2)   all other terms used herein which are defined in the
Trust  Indenture Act, either directly or by reference  therein,
have the meanings assigned to them therein;
     
     (3)  all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have
the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP;

     (4)  the word "including" (and with the correlative meaning
"Include") means including, without limiting the generality of,
any description preceding such term; and

     (5)  the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other
words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole  and
not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

     Certain terms, used principally in Article Six, are defined
in that Article.

     "Act," when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning
specified in Section 104.

     "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person
directly  or indirectly controlling or controlled by  or  under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For
the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect
to any specified Person means the power to direct the management
and  policies  of such Person, directly or indirectly,  whether
through  the  ownership of voting securities,  by  contract  or
otherwise;  and  the terms "controlling" and "controlled"  have
meanings correlative to the foregoing.

     "Authenticating Agent" means any Person authorized by  the
Trustee  to  act  on  behalf  of the  Trustee  to  authenticate
Securities. "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code  or  any
similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

     "Board  of Directors" means the board of directors of  the
Company;  provided, however, that when the  context  refers  to
actions or resolutions of the Board of Directors, then the term
"Board  of  Directors"  shall also  mean  any  duly  authorized
committee  of the Board of Directors of the Company or  Officer
authorized  to  act  with respect to any particular  matter  to
exercise the power of the Board of Directors of the Company.

     "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by
the  Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have
been  duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in  full
force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered
to the Trustee.
      "Business  Day," when used with respect to any  Place  of
Payment,  means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday,  Thursday  and
Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in that
Place of Payment are authorized or obligated by law or regulation
to close.

     "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means an obligation under a
lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting
purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness
represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of
such obligations determined ln accordance with such principles.

     "Capital Stock" of any Person shall mean any and all shares,
interests, participations or other equivalents of or interests in
(however  designated)  equity of  such  Person,  including  any
preferred  stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible
into such equity.

     "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission,
as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act,
or,  if at any time after the execution of this instrument such
Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned
to  it  under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing
such duties at such time.

     "Common  Depositary" has the meaning specified in  Section
304.

     "Company" means the Person named as the "Company"  in  the
first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor corporation
shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of
this  Indenture,  and  thereafter  "Company"  shall  mean  such
successor corporation.

     "Company Request" or "Company Order" means a written request
or order signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the
Board, its President or a Vice President, and by its Treasurer,
an Assistant Treasurer, its Controller, an Assistant Controller,
its  Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to  the
Trustee.

     "Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Trustee in
New York, New York at which at any particular time its corporate
trust business shall be principally administered, which office at
the date hereof is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New
York 10286.

     "Covenant Defeasance" has the meaning specified in Section
1303.

     "Custodian"   means   any  receiver,  trustee,   assignee,
liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy
Law.

     "Default"  means  any event which is, or after  notice  or
passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

     "Defaulted Interest" has the meaning specified in  Section
307.

     "Defeasance" has the meaning specified in Section 1302.

     "Dollars" and "$" means lawful money of the United States of
America.

     "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 501.
     "Exchange  Act" means the Securities and Exchange  Act  of
1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.

     "Funded Indebtedness" means indebtedness created, assumed or
guaranteed by a Person for money borrowed which matures by  its
terms, or is renewable by the borrower to a date, more than one
year  after  the date of its original creation,  assumption  or
guarantee.

     "GAAP" means such accounting principles that are generally
accepted in the United States of America as of the date of  any
computation required hereunder.

     "Holder" or "Security holder" means a Person in whose name a
Security if registered in the Security Register.

     "Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed or
as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or
more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the
applicable  provisions hereof and shall include  the  terms  of
particular series of Securities established as contemplated  by
Section 301.

     "Interest,"  when used with respect to an  Original  Issue
Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only  after
Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.

     "Interest  Payment Date," when used with  respect  to  any
Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest
on such Security.

     "Maturity," when used with respect to any Security,  means
the  date  on  which  the  principal of  such  Security  or  an
installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein  or
herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration
of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

     "Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman
of  the Board, the President, any Executive Vice President, any
Senior  Vice President, any Vice President, the Treasurer,  any
Assistant  Treasurer,  the Controller,  the  Secretary  or  any
Assistant Secretary of the Company.

     "Officer's Certificate" means a certificate signed  by  an
Officer and delivered to the Trustee.

     "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who
may be an employee of or counsel for the Company, and who shall
be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

     "Original Issue Discount Security" means any Security which
provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to
be  due  and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of  the
Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502.
     
     "Outstanding,"  when used with respect  to  Securities  or
Securities of any series, means, as of the date of determination,
all such Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under
this Indenture, except:  (i) Securities theretofore cancelled by
the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;  (ii)
Securities, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption
money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with
the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust
or  set  aside and segregated in trust by the Company  (if  the
Company  shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders  of
such  Securities; provided that, if such Securities are  to  be
redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant
to  this  Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory  to  the
Trustee  has been made; (iii) Securities which have  been  paid
pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange for or in lieu of  which
other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant
to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of
which  there  shall  have been presented to the  Trustee  proof
satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a bona fide
purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of
the  Company;  and  (iv) Securities which  have  been  defeased
pursuant to Section 1302; provided, however, that in determining
whether  the Holders of the requisite principal amount  of  the
Outstanding   Securities  have  given  any   request,   demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver  hereunder,
(a) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security
that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purposes shall be
that  portion  of the principal amount thereof  that  could  be
declared to be due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default  and the continuation thereof pursuant to the terms  of
such  Original Issue Discount Security as of the date  of  such
determination  and (b) Securities owned by the Company  or  any
other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company
or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to
be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee
shall  be  protected in relying upon any such request,  demand,
authorization,  direction,  notice,  consent  or  waiver,  only
Securities which the Trustee knows to be so owned shall  be  so
disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good
faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes
to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act
with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the
Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate
of the Company or of such other obligor.

     "Paying Agent" means any Person authorized by the Company to
pay  the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on  any
Securities  on behalf of the Company. The Company  may  act  as
Paying Agent with respect to any Securities issued hereunder.

     "Person"  means any individual, corporation,  partnership,
joint   venture,   association,  joint-stock  company,   trust,
unincorporated  organization or government  or  any  agency  or
political subdivision thereof.

     "Place of Payment," when used with respect to the Securities
of any series, means the place or places where the principal of
(and  premium, if any) and interest on the Securities  of  that
series are payable as specified as contemplated by Section 301.

     "Principal Property" means any manufacturing plant or other
manufacturing  facility  of  the  Company  or  any   Restricted
Subsidiary, which plant or facility is located within the United
States of America, except any such plant or facility which  the
Board  of  Directors by resolution declares is not of  material
importance to the total business conducted by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries.

     "Redemption Date," when used with respect to any Security of
any  series  to  be  redeemed, means the date  fixed  for  such
redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

     "Redemption Price," when used with respect to any Security
of any series to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to
be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

     "Registered Security" means any Security issued  hereunder
and registered in the Security Register.

     "Regular  Record  Date" for the interest  payable  on  any
Interest Payment Date on the Securities of any series means the
date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 301.

     "Responsible  Officer,"  when used  with  respect  to  the
Trustee, means any officer of the Trustee in its Corporate Trust
Office  and also means, with respect to a particular  corporate
trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred
because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular
subject.

     "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary which owns  a
Principal  Property  excluding, however,  any  corporation  the
greater part of the operating assets of which are located or the
principal  business of which is carried on outside  the  United
States of America.

     "Securities" has the meaning stated in the first recital of
this  Indenture  and  more particularly  means  any  Securities
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
     "Security  Register"  and "Security  Registrar"  have  the
respective meanings specified in Section 305.

     "Special  Record  Date" for the payment of  any  Defaulted
Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to  Section
307.

     "Stated Maturity," when used with respect to any Security or
any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means
the  date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which
the principal of such Security or such installment of principal
or interest is due and payable.
     
     "Subsidiary" of a Person means any corporation of which at
least  a majority of the outstanding stock having voting  power
under ordinary circumstances to elect a majority of the Board of
Directors of said corporation shall at the time be owned by the
Company or by the Company and one or more Subsidiaries or by one
or more Subsidiaries.

     "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as  amended, as in force at the date as of which this Indenture
was executed; provided, however, that in the event that such Act
is amended after such date, "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

     "Trustee" means the Person named as the "Trustee"  in  the
first  paragraph  of this instrument until a successor  Trustee
shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of
this  Indenture, and thereafter "Trustee" shall mean or include
each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder, and if at any time
there  is  more than one such Person, "Trustee"  as  used  with
respect  to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee
with respect to Securities of that series.

     "U.S. Depositary" means, with respect to the Securities of
any series issuable or issued in whole or in part in the form of
one or more permanent global Securities, the Person designated as
U.S.  Depositary by the Company pursuant to Section 301,  which
must be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act until
a  successor U.S. Depositary shall have become such pursuant to
the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "U.S.
Depositary" shall mean or include each Person who is then a U.S.
Depositary hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one
such  Person, "U.S. Depositary" shall mean the U.S.  Depositary
with respect to the Securities of that series.

     "U.S. Government Obligations" means securities which are (i)
direct  obligations  of the United States of  America  for  the
payment  of which its full faith and credit is pledged or  (ii)
obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as
an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the
timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed by the full
faith and credit of the United States of America which, in either
case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer
thereof  or  otherwise subject to prepayment,  and  shall  also
include a depository receipt issued by a New York Clearing House
bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S.
Government Obligation or a specific payment or interest  on  or
principal of any such U.S. Government Obligation held  by  such
custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt,
provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not
authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the
holder of such depository receipt or from any amount held by the
custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation  or  the
specific  payment  of  interest on or  principal  of  the  U.S.
Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

     "Vice President," when used with respect to the Company or
the Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated
by  a number or a word or words added before or after the title
"vice president".

     SECTION 12.    Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

     Upon  any  application or request by the  Company  to  the
Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture,
other  than an action permitted by Sections 205 and 704 hereof,
the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate
stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for  in
this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied
with  and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion  of
such  counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have  been
complied with, except that in the case of any such application or
request  as  to  which  the furnishing  of  such  documents  is
specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating
to  such  particular  application  or  request,  no  additional
certificate or opinion need be furnished.
     Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with
a  condition  or covenant provided for in this Indenture  shall
include:

     (a)    a  statement  that  each  individual  signing  such
certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition  and
the definitions herein relating thereto;

     (b)   a brief statement as to the nature and scope of  the
examination  or  investigation upon  which  the  statements  or
opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (c) a
statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made
such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to
express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or
condition has been complied with; and

     (d)  a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such
individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

     SECTION 13.    Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

     In  any  case  where several matters are  required  to  be
certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person,
it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or
covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be
so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person
may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and
one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such
Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one
or several documents.

     Any  certificate or opinion of an Officer  may  be  based,
insofar  as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate  or
opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such Officer
knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know,  that
the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the
matters  upon  which his certificate or opinion  is  based  are
erroneous.  Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel  may  be
based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon  a
certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Officer or
Officers of the Company stating that the information with respect
to  such  factual matters is in the possession of the  Company,
unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care
should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations
with respect to such matters are erroneous.
     Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or
more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements,
opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but
need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

     SECTION 14.    Acts of Holders.

     (a)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be
given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one
or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such
Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing;  and,
except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall
become  effective  when  such  instrument  or  instruments  are
delivered  to  the  Trustee and, where it is  hereby  expressly
required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the
action  embodied  therein  and evidenced  thereby)  are  herein
sometimes referred to as the "ACT" of the Holders signing  such
instrument  or  instruments. Proof of  execution  of  any  such
instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent  shall  be
sufficient  for any purpose of this Indenture and  (subject  to
Section 601) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company,
if made in the manner provided in this Section.

     (b)  The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any
such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of  a
witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public
or  other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments  of
deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or
writing  acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where  such
execution  is by a signer acting in a capacity other  than  his
individual  capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall  also
constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date
of  the  execution of any such instrument or  writing,  or  the
authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in
any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

     (c)  The ownership of Registered Securities shall be proved
by the Security Register.

     (d)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall
bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of
every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof
or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything
done,  omitted  or suffered to be done by the  Trustee  or  the
Company  in reliance thereon, whether or not notation  of  such
action  is  made upon such Security. (e)  If the Company  shall
solicit  from  the Holders any request, demand,  authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may,
at  its  option, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution,  fix  in
advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled
to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent,  waiver or other Act, but the Company  shall  have  no
obligation  to  do  so. If such a record date  is  fixed,  such
request,  demand,  authorization, direction,  notice,  consent,
waiver  or  other Act may be given before or after such  record
date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on
such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes
of  determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion  of
Outstanding Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to
such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver  or  other  Act,  and for that purpose  the  Outstanding
Securities  shall be computed as of such record date;  provided
that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders
on  such record date shall be deemed effective unless it  shall
become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not
later than six months after the record date.

     SECTION 15.    Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company.

     Any  request,  demand, authorization,  direction,  notice,
consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or
permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished
to, or filed with,

     (a)  the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall  be
sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished
or  filed in writing to or with the Trustee and received by the
Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Corporate Trust
Administration, or

     (b)  the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall  be
sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein
expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage
prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address  of  its
principal  office  specified in the  first  paragraph  of  this
Indenture,  attention:  Secretary,  or  at  any  other  address
previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.
  
     SECTION 16.    Notice to Holders; Waiver.

     Where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice to
Holders  of any event, such notice shall be deemed sufficiently
given  (unless  otherwise herein or in such Security  expressly
provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid,
to  each  Holder affected by such event, at his address  as  it
appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date,
and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving
of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by
mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in
any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the
sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders or the
validity of the proceedings to which such notice relates. Where
this Indenture or any Security provides for notice in any manner,
such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled  to
receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such
waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice
by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall
not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken
in reliance upon such waiver.

     In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service
or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give
such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with
the  approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient
notification for every purpose hereunder.

     Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture
shall be in the English language, except that any published
notice may be in an official language of the country of
publication.

     SECTION 17.    Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

     If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with
another provision hereof which is required to be included in this
Indenture by any of the provisions of the Trust Indenture  Act,
such required provision shall control. If any provision of this
Indenture modifies  or  excludes any provision  of  the  Trust
Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter
provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so
modified or shall be excluded, as the case may be.

      SECTION 18.    Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

     The  Article and Section headings herein and the Table  of
Contents  are  for convenience only and shall  not  affect  the
construction hereof.

     SECTION 19.    Successors and Assigns.

     All  covenants  and agreements in this  Indenture  by  the
Company  shall  bind  its successors and  assigns,  whether  so
expressed or not.

     SECTION 110.   Separability Clause.

     In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities
shall  be  invalid,  illegal  or unenforceable,  the  validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not
in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

     SECTION 111.   Benefits of Indenture.

     Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or
implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto
and their successors hereunder and the Holders, any benefit  or
any  legal  or  equitable right, remedy  or  claim  under  this
Indenture.

     SECTION 112.   Governing Law.

     This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws (other than the choice of
law provisions) of the State of New York.

     SECTION 113.   Legal Holidays.

     In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date
or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at
any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision
of  this Indenture or of the Securities) payment of interest or
principal (and premium, if any) need not be made at such Place of
Payment  on  such date, but may be made on the next  succeeding
Business  Day  or on such other day as may be set  out  in  the
Officer's Certificate pursuant to Section 301 at such Place  of
Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest
Payment  Date  or  Redemption Date, or at the Stated  Maturity,
provided that no interest shall accrue for the period from  and
after  such  Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date  or  Stated
Maturity, as the case may be.

     SECTION 114.   No Recourse Against Others.

     No  recourse  for  the payment of the  principal  of  (and
premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security, or for any
claim  based  thereon or otherwise in respect thereof,  and  no
recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of
the Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture,
or  in  any  Security,  or  because  of  the  creation  of  any
indebtedness  represented thereby, shall  be  had  against  any
incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, as such,  past,
present   or  future,  of  the  Company  or  of  any  successor
corporation,  either directly or through  the  Company  or  any
successor  corporation, whether by virtue of any  constitution,
statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment
or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all
such liability is hereby waived and released as a condition  of
and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and
the issue of the Securities.

                           ARTICLE 2

                         SECURITY FORMS

     SECTION 21.    Forms Generally.
     
     The Securities of each series shall be in substantially the
form set forth in this Article, or in such other form as shall be
established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in  one  or
more   indentures supplemental hereto, ln each case  with  such
appropriate  insertions,  omissions,  substitutions  and  other
variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture,  and
may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification
and  such  legends  or endorsements placed thereon  as  may  be
required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or
as  may,  consistently herewith, be determined by the  Officers
executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of the
Securities.  If  the  form  of  Securities  of  any  series  is
established  by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution,  a
copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified
by  the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company  and
delivered  to  the Trustee at or prior to the delivery  of  the
Company Order contemplated by Section 303 for the authentication
and delivery of such Securities.

     The  Trustee's certificates of authentication shall be  in
substantially the form set forth in this Article.

     The  definitive Securities shall be photocopied,  printed,
lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders  or  may  be
produced in any other manner, all as determined by the Officers
executing  such Securities, as evidenced by their execution  of
such Securities.

     SECTION 22.    Form of Face of Security.

     (If  the  Security is an Original Issue Discount Security,
insert--FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1272 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
OF  1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"), THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE
DISCOUNT  (AS  DEFINED IN SECTION 1273(a)(1) OF  THE  CODE  AND
TREASURY  REGULATION SECTION 1.1273-l(a) WITH RESPECT  TO  THIS
SECURITY IS           , THE ISSUE PRICE (AS DEFINED IN TREASURY
REGULATION SECTION 1.1273-2) OF THIS SECURITY IS            , THE
ISSUE  DATE (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1275(a)(2) OF THE  CODE  AND
TREASURY  REGULATION  SECTION 1.1273-2)  OF  THIS  SECURITY  IS
            AND  THE  YIELD  TO MATURITY OF  THIS  SECURITY  IS
          ).    INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY
                    ........................
 No. ________                                         ($)________

     INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY, a corporation duly  organized  and
existing  under  the  laws  of New Jersey  (herein  called  the
"Company," which term includes any successor corporation  under
the  Indenture  hereinafter referred to), for  value  received,
hereby promises to pay to            , or registered assigns, the
principal sum of $            on            . (If the Security is
to  bear  interest prior to Maturity, insert  --,  and  to  pay
interest  thereon from _______________ or from the most  recent
Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid  or  duly
provided   for,   (semi-annually)  (quarterly)   (monthly)   on
          and in each year, commencing            , at the rate
of     %  per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made
available for payment (If applicable insert--, and (to the extent
that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable)
at  the  rate  of    % per annum on any overdue  principal  and
premium and on any overdue installment of interest). The interest
so  payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for,  on  any
Interest  Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture,  be
paid  to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more
Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on
the  Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be  the
          of            (whether or not a Business Day), as the
case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.  Any such
interest  not  so  punctually paid or duly  provided  for  will
forthwith  cease  to be payable to the Holder on  such  Regular
Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose  name
this  Security  (or  one  or  more Predecessor  Securities)  is
registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for
the  payment  of  such Defaulted Interest to be  fixed  by  the
Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities
of this series not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record
Date,  or  be paid at any time in any other lawful  manner  not
inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on
which the Securities of this series may be listed, and upon such
notice  as may be required by such exchange, all as more  fully
provided in said Indenture.)

     (If the Security is not to bear interest prior to Maturity,
insert--The principal of this Security shall not bear  interest
except  in  the case of a default in payment of principal  upon
acceleration, upon redemption or at Stated Maturity and in such
case the overdue principal of this Security shall bear interest
at the rate of    % per annum (to the extent that the payment of
such interest shall be legally enforceable), which shall accrue
from the date of such default in payment to the date payment of
such principal has been made or duly provided for.  Interest on
any  overdue  principal shall be payable on  demand.  Any  such
interest on any overdue principal that is not so paid on demand
shall bear interest at the rate of    % per annum (to the extent
that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable),
which shall accrue from the date of such demand for payment  to
the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided
for, and such interest shall also be payable on demand.)

     Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and  (if
applicable, insert--any such) interest on this Security will be
made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that
purpose  in             , in Dollars (if applicable,  insert--;
provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of
interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person
entitled  thereto as such address shall appear in the  Security
Register).

     Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this
Security  set  forth  on  the  reverse  hereof,  which  further
provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set
forth at this place.

     Unless  the certificate of authentication hereon has  been
executed  by the Trustee referred to on the reverse  hereof  by
manual  signature, this Security shall not be entitled  to  any
benefit  under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for  any
purpose.
     
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument
to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

                                   INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

                                   By:

                                   By:___________________________
                                   _____________
Attest:
                                             (SEAL)
     SECTION 23.    Form of Reverse of Security.

     This  Security  is  one  of  a duly  authorized  issue  of
securities  of  the  Company (herein called the  "Securities"),
issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture,
dated  as  of  March 17, 1998 (herein called the  "Indenture"),
between the Company and as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee,"
which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture),
to  which  Indenture  and all indentures  supplemental  thereto
reference  is  hereby made for a statement  of  the  respective
rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder
of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and
of  the  terms upon which the Securities are, and  are  to  be,
authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series
designated  on the face hereof (limited in aggregate  principal
amount to $           ).

     (If  applicable, insert--The Securities of this series are
subject  to redemption upon not less than 30 nor more  than  60
days'  notice  by  first  class mail to  the  holders  of  such
securities, (if applicable, insert--(1) on            in any year
commencing  with the year            and ending with  the  year
          through operation of the sinking fund for this series
at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount, and
(2)) at any time (on or after            , ), as a whole or  in
part, at the election of the Company, at the following Redemption
Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount):

     If  redeemed  (on or before             ,      %,  and  if
redeemed) during the 12-month period beginning            of the
years indicated,
                                       
Year       Redemption Price       Year  Redemption Price
                                                              
and  thereafter  at a Redemption Price equal to  _______  of  the
principal amount, together in the case of any such redemption (if
applicable,  insert -- (whether through operation of the  sinking
fund  or  otherwise))  with accrued and unpaid  interest  to  the
Redemption Date, but interest installments whose Stated  Maturity
is  on  or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable  to  the
Holders   of   such  Securities,  or  one  or  more   Predecessor
Securities,  of record at the close of business on  the  relevant
Record  Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided  in
the  Indenture.) (If applicable, insert -- The Securities of this
series  are subject to redemption upon not less than 30 nor  more
than  60 days' notice by first class mail, (1)  on             in
any year commencing with the year             and ending with the
year             through operation of the sinking fund  for  this
series  at the Redemption Prices for redemption through operation
of  the  sinking fund (expressed as percentages of the  principal
amount) set forth in the table below, and (2) at any time (on  or
after  ____________), as a whole or in part, at the  election  of
the  Company,  at the Redemption Prices for redemption  otherwise
than  through  operation  of  the  sinking  fund  (expressed   as
percentages  of  the  principal amount) set forth  in  the  table
below:

     If redeemed during a 12-month period beginning          of
the years indicated,
                                 
           Redemption Price for  Redemption Price for
            Redemption Through   Redemption Otherwise
             Operation of the        Than Through
Year           Sinking Fund           Operation
                                 of the Sinking Fund
           
and  thereafter  at  a Redemption Price  equal  to     %  of  the
principal  amount,  together in the case of any  such  redemption
(whether through operation of the sinking fund or otherwise) with
accrued  and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, but interest
installments  whose  Stated Maturity  is  on  or  prior  to  such
Redemption  Date  will  be  payable  to  the  Holders   of   such
Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, of  record  at
the close of business on the relevant Record Dates referred to on
the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture.)

     (Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may  not,  prior
to              redeem   any   Securities  of  this   series   as
contemplated by (clause (2) of) the preceding paragraph as a part
of,  or  in  anticipation  of,  any refunding  operation  by  the
application, directly or indirectly, of moneys borrowed having an
interest  cost  to  the Company (calculated  in  accordance  with
generally  accepted financial practice) of  less  than     %  per
annum.)

     (The   sinking  fund  for  this  series  provides  for   the
redemption  on             in each year beginning with  the  year
           and ending with the year            of (not less than)
$             (("mandatory  sinking fund") and not  more  than  $
            aggregate  principal  amount of  Securities  of  this
series.)  (Securities of this series acquired or redeemed by  the
Company  otherwise than through (mandatory) sinking fund payments
may  be  credited  against  subsequent (mandatory)  sinking  fund
payments otherwise required to be made--in the (inverse) order in
which they become due.)

     (In the event of redemption of this Security in part only  a
new  Security  or  Securities of this series for  the  unredeemed
portion  hereof will be issued ln the name of the  Holder  hereof
upon the cancellation hereof.)

     (If the Security is not an Original Issue Discount Security,
insert  -- If any Event of Default with respect to Securities  of
this  series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of  the
Securities of this series may be declared due and payable in  the
manner  and with the effect provided in the Indenture.)  (If  the
Security is an Original Issue Discount Security, insert -- If  an
Event  of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall
occur and be continuing, an amount of principal of the Securities
of  this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and
with the effect provided in the Indenture.  Such amount shall  be
equal  --  insert  formula  for determining  the  amount.)   Upon
payment  (i)  of  the  amount of principal so  declared  due  and
payable and (ii) of interest on any overdue principal and overdue
interest  (in  each case to the extent that the payment  of  such
interest  shall  be legally enforceable), all  of  the  Company's
obligations  in  respect of the payment of the principal  of  and
interest,  if  any,  on  the  Securities  of  this  series  shall
terminate.
     This  Security  is  a  senior unsecured  obligation  of  the
Company  and  will rank pari passu in right of payment  with  all
other senior unsecured obligations of the Company.

     This  Security is subject to Defeasance as described in  the
Indenture.

     The Indenture may be modified by the Company and the Trustee
without consent of any Holder with respect to certain matters  as
described in the Indenture.  In addition, the Indenture  permits,
with  certain  exceptions  as  therein  provided,  the  amendment
thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Company  and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of  each
series  to  be affected under the Indenture at any  time  by  the
Company  and  the Trustee with the consent of the  Holders  of  a
majority  in  principal  amount of the  Securities  at  the  time
Outstanding  of  each series to be affected.  The Indenture  also
contains  provisions  permitting the Holders  of  a  majority  in
principal  amount of the Securities of each series  at  the  time
Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities  of  such
series,   to  waive  compliance  by  the  Company  with   certain
provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults  under  the
Indenture  and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver  by
the Holder of this Security shall bind such Holder and all future
Holders  of  this  Security and of any Security issued  upon  the
registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in  lieu
hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made
upon this Security.

     No  reference  herein to the Indenture and no  provision  of
this  Security  or  of the Indenture shall alter  or  impair  the
obligation  of  the Company, which is absolute and unconditional,
to  pay  the  principal of (and premium, if any) and interest  on
this  Security at the times, place and rate, and in the  coin  or
currency, herein prescribed.

     As   provided  in  the  Indenture  and  subject  to  certain
limitations  therein set forth, the transfer of this Security  is
registrable  in  the Security Register, upon  surrender  of  this
Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency  of
the Company in any place where the principal of (and premium,  if
any) and interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by,
or  accompanied  by  a  written instrument of  transfer  in  form
satisfactory  to  the  Company and the  Security  Registrar  duly
executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized  in
writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of this series,
of  authorized denominations and for the same Stated Maturity and
aggregate  principal  amount, will be issued  to  the  designated
transferee or transferees.

     The   Securities  of  this  series  are  issuable  only   in
registered form without coupons in denominations of ($1,000)  and
any  integral multiple thereof.  As provided in the Indenture and
subject  to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities  of
this  series  are  exchangeable for a  like  aggregate  principal
amount  of  Securities  of this series of a different  authorized
denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

     No service charge shall be made for any such registration of
transfer  or exchange, but the Company may require payment  of  a
sum  sufficient  to  cover any tax or other  governmental  charge
payable in connection therewith.

     Prior  to  due presentment of this Security for registration
of  transfer,  the  Company, the Trustee and  any  agent  of  the
Company  or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose  name  this
Security  is  registered as the owner hereof  for  all  purposes,
whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company,
the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the
contrary.

     The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability  of
the Company to, among other things, merge or consolidate with any
other   Person  or  sell,  assign,  transfer  or  lease  all   or
substantially all of its properties or assets (If other covenants
are  applicable pursuant to the provisions of Section 301, insert
here). All such covenants and limitations are subject to a number
of  important  qualifications and exceptions.  The  Company  must
report  periodically  to  the  Trustee  on  compliance  with  the
covenants in the Indenture.

     A  director, officer, employee or stockholder, as  such,  of
the  Company shall not have any liability for any obligations  of
the Company under this Security or the Indenture or for any claim
based  on,  in  respect of or by reason of, such  obligations  or
their creation. Each Holder, by accepting a Security, waives  and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are  part  of
the consideration for the issuance of this Security.

     (If  applicable,  insert  -- Pursuant  to  a  recommendation
promulgated  by  the Committee on Uniform Security Identification
Procedures ("CUSIP"), the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to  be
printed on the Securities of this series as a convenience to  the
Holders  of the Securities of this series.  No representation  is
made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers as printed
on  the Securities of this series and reliance may be placed only
on the other identification numbers printed hereon.)

     All   capitalized  terms  used  in  this  Security   without
definition  which  are defined in the Indenture  shall  have  the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.  ASSIGNMENT FORM

     To assign this Security, fill in the form below: (I) or (we)
assign and transfer this Security to

(Insert assignee's social security or tax I.D. number)

(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint
agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company.  The
agent may substitute another to act for him.

Dated:_________                   Your Signature:___________________
                                  (Sign  exactly as  your
                                  name appears  on the  other
                                  side of this Security)

 Signature Guaranty:_______________________________
                (Signatures must be guaranteed by an
                "eligible guarantor institution" meeting the
                requirements of the Transfer Agent, which
                requirements will include membership or
                participation in STAMP or such other
                "signature guarantee program" as may be
                determined by the Transfer Agent in addition
                to, or in substitution for, STAMP all in
                accordance with the Exchange Act.)

Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number:

     SECTION   24.      Form   of   Trustee's   Certificate    of
Authentication.

     This  is  one  of  the Securities of the  series  designated
therein referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.

                                             THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                                                       as Trustee

                                   By:___________________________
                                             Authorized Signatory
Dated:_____________________

     SECTION 25.    Securities in Global Form.

     If  Securities of a series are issuable in global  form,  as
contemplated by Section 301, then, notwithstanding the provisions
of  Section  302, any such Security shall represent such  of  the
Outstanding  Securities  of such series  as  shall  be  specified
therein  and  may provide that it shall represent  the  aggregate
amount  of  Outstanding  Securities from time  to  time  endorsed
thereon  and that the aggregate amount of Outstanding  Securities
represented thereby may from time to time be reduced  to  reflect
exchanges.   Any  endorsement of a Security  in  global  form  to
reflect the amount, or any increase or decrease in the amount, of
Outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made in  such
manner  and upon instructions given by such Person or Persons  as
shall  be  specified  therein  or in  the  Company  Order  to  be
delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 303 or Section  304.
Subject  to  the  provisions of Section 303 and,  if  applicable,
Section 304, the Trustee shall deliver and redeliver any Security
in  permanent  global  form in the manner and  upon  instructions
given  by  the  Person or Persons specified  therein  or  in  the
applicable Company Order.  If a Company Order pursuant to Section
303  or  304  has  been,  or simultaneously  is,  delivered,  any
instructions  by  the  Company with  respect  to  endorsement  or
delivery or redelivery of a Security in global form shall  be  in
writing  but  need not comply with Section 102 and  need  not  be
accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel.

     The  provisions of Section 309 shall apply to  any  Security
represented  by  a Security in global form if such  Security  was
never issued and sold by the Company and the Company delivers  to
the  Trustee  the Security in global form together  with  written
instructions (which need not comply with Section 102 and need not
be  accompanied  by  an Opinion of Counsel) with  regard  to  the
reduction  in  the  principal amount  of  Securities  represented
thereby.

     Notwithstanding  the  provisions of Sections  201  and  307,
unless  otherwise  specified  as  contemplated  by  Section  301,
payment  of  principal of, premium, if any, and interest  on  any
Security in permanent global form shall be made to the Person  or
Persons specified therein.

     Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 308 and except  as
provided in the preceding paragraph, the Company, the Trustee and
any agent of the Company and the Trustee shall treat a Person  as
the  Holder  of  such principal amount of Outstanding  Securities
represented by a permanent global Security as shall be  specified
in  a  written  statement of the Holder of such permanent  global
Security.

     SECTION 26.    CUSIP Number.

     The  Company in issuing Securities of any series may  use  a
"CUSIP" number, and, if so, the Trustee may use the CUSIP  number
in  notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders
of  such series; provided, that any such notice may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy  of  the
CUSIP  number printed on the notice or on the Securities of  such
series,  and  that  reliance may be  placed  only  on  the  other
identification numbers printed on the Securities,  and  any  such
redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission  of
such  numbers.  The Company will promptly notify the  Trustee  of
any change in the CUSIP number of any series of Securities.

     SECTION  27.    Form of Legend for the Securities in  Global
Form.

     Any  Security  in  global form authenticated  and  delivered
hereunder  shall  bear  a legend in substantially  the  following
form:

     "THIS  SECURITY IS IN GLOBAL FORM WITHIN THE MEANING OF  THE
INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AN IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
A COMMON DEPOSITARY OR A  U.S. DEPOSITARY. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS
EXCHANGED  IN  WHOLE  OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES  IN  CERTIFICATED
FORM,  THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE  BY
THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR A U.S. DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE
COMMON DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF THE U.S. DEPOSITARY AS THE CASE
MAY BE."

                           ARTICLE 3

                         THE SECURITIES

     SECTION 31.    Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series.

     The  aggregate principal amount of Securities which  may  be
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

     The  Securities may be issued from time to time  in  one  or
more series. There shall be established in or pursuant to a Board
Resolution,  and  set  forth  in  an  Officer's  Certificate,  or
established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto,  prior
to the issuance of Securities of any series:

     (1)   the title of the Securities of the series (which shall
distinguish  the  Securities  of  the  series  from   all   other
Securities);

     (2)   any limit upon the aggregate principal amount  of  the
Securities of the series which may be authenticated and delivered
under  this  Indenture (except for Securities  authenticated  and
delivered  upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange  for,
or  in  lieu  of,  other  Securities of the  series  pursuant  to
Sections 304, 305, 306, 906 or 1107);

     (3)  whether any Securities of the series are to be issuable
in  permanent global form with or without coupons and, if so, (i)
whether  beneficial  owners of interests in  any  such  permanent
global  security  may exchange such interests for  Securities  of
such  series  and  of  like  tenor of  any  authorized  form  and
denomination and the circumstances under which any such exchanges
may  occur, if other than in the manner provided in Section  305,
and (ii) the name of the Common Depositary (as defined in Section
304) or the U.S. Depositary, as the case may be, with respect  to
any global security;

     (4)   the  date  or  dates on which  the  principal  of  the
Securities of the series is payable;

     (5)  the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series
shall  bear  interest, if any, the date or dates from which  such
interest  shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which  such
interest  shall be payable and the Regular Record  Date  for  the
interest  payable on any Interest Payment Date and, if applicable
to  such series of Securities, the basis points and United States
Treasury  rate(s) and any other rates to be used  in  calculating
the reset rate;

     (6)   the  place  or  places where  the  principal  of  (and
premium,  if any) and interest on Securities of the series  shall
be payable;

     (7)   the right of the Company, if any, to defer any payment
of  principal of or interest on the Securities of the series, and
the maximum length of any such deferral period;

     (8)  the period or periods within which, the price or prices
at  which  and the terms and conditions upon which Securities  of
the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of
the Company, pursuant to any sinking fund or otherwise;

     (9)   the  obligation, if any, of the Company to  redeem  or
purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or
analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the
period or periods within which, the price or prices at which  and
the  terms  and  conditions upon which Securities of  the  series
shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant  to
such  obligation,  and, where applicable, the obligation  of  the
Company to select the Securities to be redeemed;

     (10) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any  integral
multiple  thereof, the denominations in which Securities  of  the
series shall be issuable;

     (11) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion
of  the principal amount of Securities of the series which  shall
be  payable  upon  declaration of acceleration  of  the  Maturity
thereof pursuant to Section 502;

     (12) additional Events of Default with respect to Securities
of the series, if any, other than those set forth herein;

     (13)  if  either  or both of Section 1302 and  Section  1303
shall  be  inapplicable to the Securities of the series (provided
that  if  no such inapplicability shall be specified,  then  both
Section  1302  and  Section  1303  shall  be  applicable  to  the
Securities of the series);

     (14)  if other than U.S. dollars, the currency or currencies
or  units  based  on  or  related  to  currencies  in  which  the
Securities  of  such  series shall be denominated  and  in  which
payments  or principal of, and any premium and interest on,  such
Securities shall or may by payable;
     
       (15)  additional covenants with respect to Securities
of the series, if any, other than those set forth herein;

     (16)  if  other  than  the  Trustee,  the  identity  of  the
Registrar and any Paying Agent; and

     (17) any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be
inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture).

     All  Securities  of  any one series shall  be  substantially
identical  except as to denomination and except as may  otherwise
be provided in or pursuant to such Board Resolution and set forth
in   such   Officer's  Certificate  or  in  any  such   Indenture
supplemental hereto.

     If  any of the terms of the series are established by action
taken  pursuant  to a Board Resolution, a copy of an  appropriate
record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary  or  an
Assistant  Secretary of the Company and delivered to the  Trustee
at  or prior to the delivery of the Officer's Certificate setting
forth, or providing the manner for determining, the terms of  the
Securities of such series.

     SECTION 32.    Denominations.

     The   Securities  of  each  series  shall  be  issuable   in
registered form without coupons in such denominations as shall be
specified as contemplated by Section 301. In the absence  of  any
such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, the
Securities  of such series shall be issuable in denominations  of
$1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

     SECTION  33.     Execution,  Authentication,  Delivery   and
Dating.

     The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by
its  Chairman of the Board, its Vice Chairman of the  Board,  its
President,   any  Executive  Vice  President,  any  Senior   Vice
President or one of its Vice Presidents and its Treasurer or  one
of  its  Assistant  Treasurers or its Secretary  or  one  of  its
Assistant Secretaries.  The signature of any of these officers on
the  Securities  may be manual or facsimile.   The  seal  of  the
Company  may  be in the form of a facsimile thereof  and  may  be
impressed,  affixed,  imprinted or otherwise  reproduced  on  the
Securities.  Typographical and other minor errors or  defects  in
any such reproduction of the seal or any such signature shall not
affect  the validity or enforceability of any security  that  has
been duly authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

     Securities  bearing  the manual or facsimile  signatures  of
individuals  who  were  at any time the proper  officers  of  the
Company  shall  bind  the  Company,  notwithstanding  that   such
individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior
to  the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not
hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

     At  any  time and from time to time after the execution  and
delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of
any   series   executed  by  the  Company  to  the  Trustee   for
authentication,   together  with  a   Company   Order   for   the
authentication and delivery of such Securities, and  the  Trustee
in  accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and make
such  Securities available for delivery. If the form or terms  of
the Securities of the series have been established in or pursuant
to one or more Board Resolutions as permitted by Sections 201 and
301,  in  authenticating  such  Securities,  and  accepting   the
additional  responsibilities under this Indenture in relation  to
such  Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to  receive,  and
(subject  to  Sections 315(a) through (d) of the Trust  Indenture
Act)  shall  be  fully protected in relying upon, an  Opinion  of
Counsel stating,

     (a  if  the  form  of  such  Securities  has   been
established  by or pursuant to Board Resolution as  permitted  by
Section  201,  that such form has been established in  conformity
with the provisions of this Indenture;

     (b if  the  terms  of  such  Securities  have  been
established  by or pursuant to Board Resolution as  permitted  by
Section  301, that such terms have been established in conformity
with   the   provisions  of  this  Indenture;  (c     that   such
Securities,  when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee  and
issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions
specified  in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid  and
legally  binding  obligations  of  the  Company,  enforceable  in
accordance  with their terms, except to the extent enforceability
may  be  limited   by   applicable   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws  affecting  the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by the  effect  of
general    principles   of   equity   (regardless   of    whether
enforceability  is considered in a proceeding  ln  equity  or  at
law); and
    
      (d  that no consent, approval, authorization, order,
registration  or  qualification of  or  with  any  court  or  any
governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the  Company
is  required for the execution and delivery of such Securities by
the  Company, except such as have been obtained (except  that  no
opinion  need  be expressed as to state securities  or  Blue  Sky
laws).

     If  such form or terms have been so established, the Trustee
shall  not  be  required to authenticate such Securities  if  the
issue  of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will  affect
the   Trustee's  own  rights,  duties  or  immunities  under  the
Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner  which  is
not  reasonably  acceptable to the Trustee,  or  in  the  written
opinion  of  counsel  to the Trustee (which  counsel  may  be  an
employee of the Trustee) such authentication may not lawfully  be
made or would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

     Notwithstanding the provisions of Section  301  and  of  the
immediately  preceding paragraph, if all Securities of  a  series
are  not  to  be originally issued at one time, it shall  not  be
necessary to deliver the Officer's Certificate otherwise required
pursuant  to  Section  301 or the Company Order  and  Opinion  of
Counsel  otherwise required pursuant to the immediately preceding
paragraph  at  or  prior  to the time of authentication  of  each
security  of  such series if such documents are delivered  at  or
prior  to the authentication upon original issuance of the  first
security of such series to be issued.

     If  the Company shall establish pursuant to Section 301 that
the Securities of a series are to be issued in the form of one or
more  global Securities, then the Company shall execute  and  the
Trustee  shall, in accordance with this Section and  the  Company
Order  with  respect to the authentication and delivery  of  such
series,  authenticate and deliver one or more  global  Securities
that  (i)  shall be in an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate
principal amount specified in such Company Order, (ii)  shall  be
registered  in  the  name  of  the  Common  Depositary  or   U.S.
Depositary,  as  the case may be, therefor or  its  nominee,  and
(iii) shall be made available for delivery by the Trustee to such
depositary or pursuant to such depositary's instruction.
  
     Each depositary designated pursuant to Section 301 must,  at
the  time of its designation and at all times while it serves  as
depositary,  be a clearing agency registered under  the  Exchange
Act and any other applicable statute or regulation.

     Unless otherwise provided for in the form of security,  each
security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

     No  security  shall  be entitled to any benefit  under  this
Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless  there
appears   on   such  security  a  certificate  of  authentication
substantially  in the form provided for herein  executed  by  the
Trustee  by  manual  signature, and  such  certificate  upon  any
security  shall  be conclusive evidence, and the  only  evidence,
that  such  security  has been duly authenticated  and  delivered
hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

     SECTION 34.    Temporary Securities.

     Pending  the  preparation of definitive  Securities  of  any
series,  the  Company  may execute, and upon  Company  Order  the
Trustee  shall  authenticate  and make  available  for  delivery,
temporary    Securities   which   are   printed,    lithographed,
typewritten,   mimeographed  or  otherwise   produced,   in   any
authorized  denomination,  substantially  of  the  tenor  of  the
definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued  and  with
such  appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and  other
variations   as  the  officers  executing  such  Securities   may
determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

     In  the  case  of  Securities of any series, such  temporary
Securities may be in global form, representing all or  a  portion
of the Outstanding Securities of such series.

     Except  in  the case of temporary Securities in global  form
(which  shall  be exchanged in accordance with the provisions  of
Section  305), if temporary Securities of any series are  issued,
the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be
prepared  without  unreasonable delay. After the  preparation  of
definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of
such  series  shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities  of
such  series upon surrender of the temporary Securities  of  such
series  at  the  office or agency of the Company in  a  Place  of
Payment  for  that  series, without charge to  the  Holder.  Upon
surrender   for  cancellation  of  any  one  or  more   temporary
Securities  of  any  series, the Company shall  execute  and  the
Trustee  shall  authenticate and make available for  delivery  in
exchange   therefor  a  like  principal  amount   of   definitive
Securities of the same series of authorized denominations and  of
like  tenor. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of  any
series  shall  in all respects be entitled to the  same  benefits
under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.

     If  temporary Securities of any series are issued in  global
form,  any such temporary global Security shall, unless otherwise
provided  therein, be delivered to the office of a depositary  or
common  depositary (the "COMMON DEPOSITARY") for  credit  to  the
respective  accounts of the beneficial owners of such  Securities
(or to such other accounts as they may direct).

     SECTION  35.     Registration, Registration of Transfer  and
Exchange.

     The  Company  shall cause to be kept at the Corporate  Trust
Office of the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such
office  and  in any other office or agency of the  Company  in  a
Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred  to
as  the "Security Register") in which, subject to such reasonable
regulations  as it may prescribe, the Company shall  provide  for
the  registration of Securities and of registration of  transfers
of   Securities.  The  Trustee  is  hereby  appointed   "Security
Registrar"   for  the  purpose  of  registering  Securities   and
transfers of Securities as herein provided.

     Upon  surrender for registration of transfer of any security
of  any series at the office or agency of the Company in Place of
Payment  for  that  series, the Company shall  execute,  and  the
Trustee  shall authenticate and make available for  delivery,  in
the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more
new   Securities   of   the  same  series,  of   any   authorized
denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and Stated
Maturity.

     At the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be
exchanged  for  other  Securities of  the  same  series,  of  any
authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount
and  Stated  Maturity,  upon surrender of the  Securities  to  be
exchanged  at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities  are
so  surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and  the
Trustee  shall authenticate and make available for delivery,  the
Securities  which the Holder making the exchange is  entitled  to
receive.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise specified
as  contemplated  by Section 301, any permanent  global  security
shall be exchangeable only as provided in this paragraph. If  the
beneficial owners of interests in a permanent global security are
entitled to exchange such interests for Securities of such series
and of like tenor and principal amount of another authorized form
and  denomination, as  specified and as subject to the conditions
contemplated by Section 301, then without unnecessary  delay  but
in  any  event  not later than the earliest date  on  which  such
interests may be so exchanged, the Company shall deliver  to  the
Trustee   definitive  Securities  of  that  series  in  aggregate
principal  amount equal to the principal amount of such permanent
global  security,  executed by the  Company.   On  or  after  the
earliest  date on which such interests may be so exchanged,  such
permanent  global Securities shall be surrendered  from  time  to
time by the Common Depositary or the U.S. Depositary, as the case
may  be, and in accordance with instructions given to the Trustee
and the Common Depositary or the U.S. Depositary, as the case may
be  (which  instructions shall be in writing but need not  comply
with Section 102 or be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel),  as
shall  be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto  to
the  Trustee,  as  the Company's agent for such  purpose,  to  be
exchanged, in whole or in part, for definitive Securities of  the
same  series  without charge. The Trustee shall authenticate  and
make available for delivery, in exchange for each portion of such
surrendered permanent global security, a like aggregate principal
amount  of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized
denominations and of like tenor as the portion of such  permanent
global security to be exchanged which shall be in the form of the
Securities  of  such  series; provided,  however,  that  no  such
exchanges  may occur during a period beginning at the opening  of
business  15  days before the day of the mailing of a  notice  of
redemption  of Securities of that series selected for  redemption
under Section 1103 and ending at the close of business on the day
of  such  mailing. Promptly following any such exchange in  part,
such  permanent global Security shall be returned by the  Trustee
to  the Common Depositary or the U.S. Depositary, as the case may
be,  or  such other Common Depositary or U.S. Depositary referred
to  above  in  accordance with the written  instructions  of  the
Company  referred to above. If a Security in the  form  specified
for  such  series  is issued in exchange for  any  portion  of  a
permanent  global  Security after the close of  business  at  the
office  or  agency where such exchange occurs on (i) any  Regular
Record Date and before the opening of business at such office  or
agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special
Record Date and before the opening of business at such office  or
agency  on  the related proposed date for payment of interest  or
Defaulted  Interest,  as  the  case  may  be,  such  interest  or
Defaulted  Interest will not be payable on such Interest  Payment
Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect
of  such security in the form specified for such series, but will
be  payable  on such Interest Payment Date or proposed  date  for
payment,  as the case may be, only to the Person to whom interest
in  respect of such portion of such permanent global Security  is
payable in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

     All  Securities issued upon any registration of transfer  or
exchange  of  Securities shall be the valid  obligation,  of  the
Company,  evidencing  the same debt, and  entitled  to  the  same
benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon
such registration of transfer or exchange.

     Every Security presented or surrendered for registration  of
transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company  or
the  Trustee)  be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by  a  written
instrument  of transfer in form satisfactory to the  Company  and
the  Security Registrar duly executed, by the Holder  thereof  or
his attorney duly authorized in writing.

     Unless   otherwise   provided  in  the  Securities   to   be
transferred or exchanged, no service charge shall be made for any
registration  of  transfer or exchange  of  Securities,  but  the
Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any  tax
or  other  governmental charge that may be imposed in  connection
with  any  registration  of transfer or exchange  of  Securities,
other  than  exchanges pursuant to Section 304, 906 or  1107  not
involving any transfer.

     The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the
transfer of or exchange Securities of any series during a  period
beginning  at the opening of business 15 days before the  day  of
the  mailing  of  a  notice of redemption of Securities  of  that
series  selected for redemption under Section 1103 and ending  at
the  close  of business on the day of such mailing,  or  (ii)  to
register the transfer of or exchange any security so selected for
redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion  of
any security being redeemed in part.

     SECTION   36.     Mutilated,  Destroyed,  Lost  and   Stolen
Securities.

     If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, the
Company  shall  execute  and the Trustee shall  authenticate  and
deliver  in  exchange therefor a new Security of the same  series
and  of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number  not
contemporaneously outstanding.

     If  there shall be delivered to the Company and the  Trustee
(i)  evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction,  loss  or
theft of any Security and (ii) such Security or indemnity as  may
be  required by them to save each of them and any agent of either
of  them  harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company
or  the  Trustee that such Security has been acquired by  a  bona
fide  purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon  its  request
the  Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any  such
destroyed,  lost or stolen Security, a new Security of  the  same
series  and  of  like tenor and principal amount  and  bearing  a
number not contemporaneously outstanding.

     In  case  any  such  mutilated, destroyed,  lost  or  stolen
Security  has  become or is about to become due and payable,  the
Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security,
make payment with respect to such Security.

     Upon  the  issuance of any new Security under this  Section,
the  Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover
any  tax  or  other governmental charge that may  be  imposed  in
relation  thereto and any other expenses (including the fees  and
expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

     Every  new  Security of any series issued pursuant  to  this
Section  in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security  shall
constitute an original additional contractual obligation  of  the
Company,  whether or not the destroyed, lost or  stolen  Security
shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled
to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately
with  any  and  all other Securities of that series  duly  issued
hereunder.

     The  provisions  of  this Section are  exclusive  and  shall
preclude  (to  the extent lawful) all other rights  and  remedies
with   respect  to  the  replacement  or  payment  of  mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.
     SECTION   37.      Payment  of  Interest;  Interest   Rights
Preserved.

     Interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually
paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall  be
paid  to  the Person in whose name that Security (or one or  more
Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on
the Regular Record Date for such interest.

     Any interest on any Security of any series which is payable,
but  is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest
Payment Date (herein called "Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith
cease  to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record
Date  by  virtue  of having been such Holder, and such  Defaulted
Interest  may  be  paid by the Company, at its election  in  each
case, as provided in Clause (1) or (2) below:

     (1   The  Company  may elect to make payment  of  any
Defaulted  Interest to the Persons in whose names the  Securities
of  such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities)  are
registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date  for
the  payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed  in
the  following  manner. The Company shall notify the  Trustee  in
writing  of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be  paid
on  each  Security of such series and the date  of  the  proposed
payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with  the
Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed
to  be  paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall  make
arrangements  satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit  prior
to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to
be  held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such
Defaulted Interest as in this Section 307 provided. Thereupon the
Trustee  shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of  such
Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days  and  not
less  than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment  and
not  less  than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee  of  the
notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify
the  Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and  at
the  expense  of the Company, shall cause notice of the  proposed
payment  of  such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record  Date
therefor  to  be  mailed, first-class postage  prepaid,  to  each
Holder  of Securities of such series at its address as it appears
in  the  Security Register, not less than 10 days prior  to  such
Special  Record  Date.  Notice of the proposed  payment  of  such
Defaulted  Interest and the Special Record Date  therefor  having
been  so  mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be  paid  to  the
Persons  in whose names the Securities of such series  (or  their
respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of
business  on  such  Special Record Date and shall  no  longer  be
payable pursuant to the following Clause (2).

     (2   The  Company may make payment of  any  Defaulted
Interest  on  the  Securities of any series in any  other  lawful
manner  not  inconsistent with the requirements of any securities
exchange  on which such Securities may be listed, and  upon  such
notice  as  may  be required by such exchange, if,  after  notice
given  by  the  Company  to the Trustee of the  proposed  payment
pursuant  to  this Section 307, such manner of payment  shall  be
deemed practicable by the Trustee.

     Subject  to  the foregoing provisions of this Section,  each
Security  delivered  under this Indenture  upon  registration  of
transfer  of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other  Security
shall  carry  the rights to interest accrued and unpaid,  and  to
accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

     SECTION 38.    Persons Deemed Owners.

     Prior  to due presentment of a Security for registration  of
transfer,  the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the  Company
or  the  Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Security
is  registered as the owner of such Security for the  purpose  of
receiving  payment  of  principal of (and premium,  if  any)  and
(subject  to Section 307) interest on such Security and  for  all
other  purposes  whatsoever, whether  or  not  such  Security  be
overdue,  and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any  agent  of
the  Company  or the Trustee shall be affected by notice  to  the
contrary.

     None of the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company
or the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any
aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account  of
beneficial  ownership interest of a Security in global  form,  or
for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to
such   beneficial   ownership   interest.   Notwithstanding   the
foregoing,  with respect to any Security in global form,  nothing
herein  shall prevent the Company or the Trustee or any agent  of
the  Company  or  the Trustee from giving effect to  any  written
certification,  proxy  or other authorization  furnished  by  any
Common Depositary (or its nominee), as a Holder, with respect  to
such  Security in global form or impair, as between  such  Common
Depositary and owners of beneficial interests in such Security in
global  form, the operation of customary practices governing  the
exercise  of the right of such Common Depositary (or its nominee)
as holder of such Security in global form.

     SECTION 39.    Cancellation.

     All   Securities   surrendered  for   payment,   redemption,
registration  of transfer or exchange or for credit  against  any
sinking  fund  payment shall, if surrendered to any Person  other
than  the  Trustee,  be  delivered to the Trustee  and  shall  be
promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time deliver  to
the   Trustee   for   cancellation  any   Securities   previously
authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may  have
acquired  in  any  manner  whatsoever,  and  all  Securities   so
delivered  shall  be  promptly  cancelled  by  the  Trustee.   No
Securities  shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange  for
any  Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except  as
expressly  permitted by this Indenture. Upon the written  request
of  the  Company all cancelled Securities shall be  held  by  the
Trustee and may be destroyed (and, if so destroyed, certification
of  their destruction shall be delivered to the Company,  unless,
by  a  Company  Order,  the Company shall direct  that  cancelled
Securities be returned to it).

     SECTION 310.   Computation of Interest.

     Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301
for  Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of each
series  shall  be  computed  on  the  basis  of  a  360-day  year
consisting of twelve 30-day months.

                           ARTICLE 4

                   SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     SECTION 41.    Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

     This  Indenture shall cease to be of further effect  (except
as  to  any  surviving  rights  of registration  of  transfer  or
exchange  of Securities herein expressly provided for or  in  the
form of security for such series), when the Trustee, upon Company
Request  and at the expense of the Company, shall execute  proper
instruments  acknowledging satisfaction  and  discharge  of  this
Indenture, when

     (1         either

        (A     all   Securities  theretofore  authenticated   and
delivered  (other than (i) Securities which have been  destroyed,
lost  or  stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided
in  Section 306 and (ii) Securities for whose payment  money  has
theretofore  been deposited in trust or segregated  and  held  in
trust  by  the  Company and thereafter repaid to the  Company  or
discharged  from  such trust, as provided in Section  1009)  have
been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

        (B    all  such  Securities not theretofore delivered  to
the Trustee for cancellation

        (i)have become due and payable, or

        (ii)        will  become due and payable at their  Stated
Maturity within one year, or

        (iii)       are  to be called for redemption  within  one
year  under  arrangements satisfactory to  the  Trustee  for  the
giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at
the expense, of the Company, and the Company, in the case of (i),
(ii)  or  (iii)  above, has deposited with the Trustee  as  trust
funds  in trust for the purpose an amount sufficient to  pay  and
discharge   the  entire  indebtedness  on  such  Securities   not
theretofore  delivered  to  the  Trustee  for  cancellation,  for
principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of  such
deposit  (in  the case of Securities which have  become  due  and
payable)  or the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the  case
may be;

     (2      the Company has paid or caused to be paid all  other
sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

     (3     the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer's
Certificate  and  an Opinion of Counsel, each  stating  that  all
conditions  precedent  provided  for  herein  relating   to   the
satisfaction  and discharge of this Indenture have been  complied
with.

     Notwithstanding  the  satisfaction  and  discharge  of  this
Indenture,  the obligations of the Company to the  Trustee  under
Section 607, the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating
Agent  under Section 614 and, if money shall have been  deposited
with  the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this
Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402 and the
last paragraph of Section 1009 shall survive.

     SECTION 42.         Application of Trust Money.

     Subject  to the provisions of the last paragraph of  Section
1009,  all  money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to  Section
401  shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with
the  provisions  of  the Securities and this  Indenture,  to  the
payment,  either directly or through any Paying Agent  (including
the  Company  acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee  may
determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and
premium,  if any) and interest for whose payment such  money  has
been deposited with or received by the Trustee.

                           ARTICLE 5

                            REMEDIES

     SECTION 51.         Events of Default.

     "EVENT  OF  DEFAULT," wherever used herein with  respect  to
Securities  of any series, means any one of the following  events
(whatever  the  reason for such Event of Default and  whether  it
shall  be voluntary or involuntary or to be effected by operation
of  law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court
or  any  order,  rule  or  regulation of  any  administrative  or
governmental body):

     (1      the  Company defaults in the payment of interest  on
any  Security of that series when such interest becomes  due  and
payable  and  the  default continues for a  period  of  30  days;
provided, however, that if the Company is permitted by the  terms
of  the  Securities of the applicable series to defer the payment
in  question, the date on which such payment is due  and  payable
shall  be  the  date  on which the Company is  required  to  make
payment  following  such  deferral, if  such  deferral  has  been
elected pursuant to the terms of the Securities; or

     (2      the Company defaults in the payment of the principal
of  (or premium, if any, on) any Security of that series when the
same  becomes  due  and  payable  at  Maturity,  upon  redemption
(including redemptions under Article 11), or otherwise; provided,
however,  that if the Company is permitted by the  terms  of  the
Securities  of  the  applicable series to defer  the  payment  in
question, the date on which such payment is due and payable shall
be  the  date  on which the Company is required to  make  payment
following  such  deferral,  if such  deferral  has  been  elected
pursuant to the terms of the Securities; or

     (3      The  Company defaults in the payment of any  sinking
fund installment, when and as due by the terms of a Security  and
the default continues for a period of 30 days; or

     (4      The  Company fails to observe or perform any of  its
other  covenants, warranties or agreements in the  Securities  of
that  series or this Indenture (other than a covenant,  agreement
or  warranty  a default in whose performance or whose  breach  is
elsewhere  in this Section specifically dealt with or  which  has
expressly been included in this Indenture solely for the  benefit
of  series of Securities other than that series), and the failure
to  observe  or  perform continues for the period and  after  the
notice specified in the last paragraph of this Section; or(5 the
Company pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law (A)
commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law
with respect to itself, (B) consents to the entry of a judgment,
decree or order for relief against it in an involuntary case or
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law, (C) consents to or acquiesces
in the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against
it, (D) applies for, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of
or taking possession by a Custodian of the Company or for any
material part of its property, (E) makes a general assignment for the
benefit of its creditors or (F) takes any corporate action in
furtherance of or to facilitate, conditionally or otherwise, any of
the foregoing; or

     (6      (i)  a  court  of  competent jurisdiction  enters  a
judgment, decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in
an  involuntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law which
shall   (A)   approve  as  properly  filed  a  petition   seeking
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition in respect
of the Company, (B) appoint a Custodian of the Company or for any
material  part  of its property, or (C) order the  winding-up  or
liquidation  of its affairs, and such judgment, decree  or  order
shall  remain  unstayed  and  in  effect  for  a  period  of   90
consecutive  days; or (ii) any bankruptcy or insolvency  petition
or   application  is  filed,  or  any  bankruptcy  or  insolvency
proceeding  is  commenced against the Company and such  petition,
application  or proceeding is not dismissed within  90  days;  or
(iii)  a  warrant  of attachment is issued against  any  material
portion  of  the  property of the Company which is  not  released
within 90 days of service; or
     
     (7      any other Event of Default provided with respect  to
Securities of that series.

     A  Default under clause (4) above is not an Event of Default
until  the  Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%  in  aggregate
principal  amount of the Outstanding Securities  of  that  series
notify the Company and the Trustee of the Default and the Company
does  not  cure the Default within 90 days after receipt  of  the
notice.  The notice must specify the Default, demand that  it  be
remedied  and  state  that the notice is a "Notice  of  Default."
When a Default under clause (4) above is cured within such 90-day
period, it ceases.

     SECTION 52.  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and
                  Annulment.

     If  an  Event of Default with respect to Securities  of  any
series (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (5) or
(6)  of  Section  501) occurs and is continuing, the  Trustee  by
notice in writing to the Company, or the Holders of at least  25%
in  aggregate  principal amount of the Outstanding Securities  of
that  series by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee,
may  declare the unpaid principal of and accrued interest to  the
date  of  acceleration (or, if the Securities of that series  are
Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal
amount  as may be specified in the terms of that series)  on  all
the  Outstanding Securities of that series to be due and  payable
immediately  and,  upon  any  such declaration,  the  Outstanding
Securities  of that series (or specified principal amount)  shall
become and be immediately due and payable.

     If  an  Event of Default specified in clause (5) or  (6)  of
Section  501 occurs, all unpaid principal of and accrued interest
on  the  Outstanding  Securities of  that  series  (or  specified
principal amount) shall ipso facto become and be immediately  due
and  payable without any declaration or other act on the part  of
the Trustee or any Holder of any Security of that series.

     Upon payment of all such principal and interest, all of  the
Company's  obligations under the Securities of  that  series  and
(upon  payment  of the Securities of all series)  this  Indenture
shall terminate, except obligations under Section 607.

     The  Holders  of  a  majority in  principal  amount  of  the
Outstanding  Securities of that series by notice to  the  Trustee
may  rescind  an  acceleration and its consequences  if  (i)  all
existing  Events  of Default, other than the  nonpayment  of  the
principal and interest of the Securities of that series that  has
become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have  been
cured  or waived, (ii) to the extent the payment of such interest
is  lawful,  interest  on overdue installments  of  interest  and
overdue  principal  that has become due otherwise  than  by  such
declaration of acceleration have been paid, (iii) the  rescission
would  not  conflict with any judgment or decree of  a  court  of
competent  jurisdiction and (iv) all payments due to the  Trustee
and any predecessor Trustee under Section 607 have been made.

     SECTION 53.Collection   of   Indebtedness  and   Suits   for
                Enforcement by Trustee.

     The Company covenants that if:

     (1     default is made in the payment of any interest on any
Security of any series when such interest becomes due and payable
and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

     (2      default  is made in the payment of the principal  of
(or  premium,  if  any, on) any Security of  any  series  at  the
Maturity thereof,

the  Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the
benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount  then
due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if
any)  and  interest  and,  to the extent  that  payment  of  such
interest  shall be legally enforceable, interest on  any  overdue
principal  (and premium, if any) and on any overdue interest,  at
the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and, in
addition  thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient  to
cover  the reasonable costs and expenses of collection, including
the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

     If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such
demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express
trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection  of
the  sums  so  due and unpaid, may prosecute such  proceeding  to
judgment  or  final decree and may enforce the same  against  the
Company or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the
moneys  adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner  provided
by  law  out of the property of the Company or any other  obligor
upon such Securities, wherever situated.

     If  an  Event of Default with respect to Securities  of  any
series  occurs  and  is  continuing,  the  Trustee  may  in   its
discretion  proceed  to protect and enforce its  rights  and  the
rights  of  the  Holders of Securities of  such  series  by  such
appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall  deem  most
effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the
specific  enforcement  of  any  covenant  or  agreement  in  this
Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted  herein,
or to secure any other proper remedy.

     SECTION 54.         Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

     In  case  of  the pendency of any receivership,  insolvency,
liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the  Company
or  any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of  the
Company  or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee
(irrespective  of  whether the principal of the Securities  shall
then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or
otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made
any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal or
interest)  shall  be entitled and empowered, by  intervention  in
such proceeding or otherwise,

     (i0     to  file and prove a claim for the whole  amount  of
principal (and premium, if any) and interest owing and unpaid  in
respect  of  the  Securities and to file  such  other  papers  or
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to  have  the
claims  of  the  Trustee (including any claim for the  reasonable
compensation,  expenses,  disbursements  and  advances   of   the
Trustee,  its  agent and counsel) and of the Holders  allowed  in
such judicial proceedings, and

     (ii0    to  collect and receive any moneys or other property
payable  or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute  the
same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator,
sequestrator  or  other similar official  in  any  such  judicial
proceeding  is  hereby authorized by each  Holder  to  make  such
payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee  shall
consent  to the making of such payments directly to the  Holders,
to  pay  to  the  Trustee any amount due it  for  the  reasonable
compensation,  expenses,  disbursements  and  advances   of   the
Trustee,  its agents and counsel, and any other amounts  due  the
Trustee under Section 607.

     Nothing  herein contained shall be deemed to  authorize  the
Trustee  to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on  behalf
of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment
or  composition  affecting the Securities or the  rights  of  any
Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect  of
the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
     
     SECTION 55.Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession
                of Securities.

     All  rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the
Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee  without
the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof
in  any  proceeding  relating thereto, and  any  such  proceeding
instituted  by the Trustee shall be brought in its  own  name  as
trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment  shall,
after  provision for the payment of the reasonable  compensation,
expenses,  disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its  agents
and  counsel,  be for the ratable benefit of the Holders  of  the
Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

     SECTION 56.         Application of Money Collected.

     Any  money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article
in  respect  of the Securities of any series shall be applied  in
the  following order, at the date or dates fixed by  the  Trustee
and,  in  case  of the distribution of such money on  account  of
principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation  of
the Securities in respect of which moneys have been collected and
the  notation thereon of the payment if only partially  paid  and
upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

     First:  To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee  under
Section 607 applicable to such series;

     Second:  To  the payment of the amounts then due and  unpaid
for  principal  of  (and premium, if any)  and  interest  on  the
Securities of such series in respect of which or for the  benefit
of   which  such  money  has  been  collected,  ratably,  without
preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts  due
and  payable on such Securities of such series for principal (and
premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and

     Third: To the Company.
     The  Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for  any
payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 506. At least fifteen
(15) days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each
Holder and the Company a notice that states the record date,  the
payment date and the amount to be paid.

     SECTION 57.         Limitation on Suits.

     No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right
to  institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect
to  this  Indenture,  or for the appointment  of  a  receiver  or
trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

     (1      such  Holder has previously given written notice  to
the  Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the
Securities of that series;

     (2      the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount
of  the  Outstanding Securities of that series  shall  have  made
written  request  to  the  Trustee to  institute  proceedings  in
respect  of  such  Event of Default in its own  name  as  Trustee
hereunder;

     (3      such  Holder or Holders have offered to the  Trustee
reasonable  indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities
to be incurred in compliance with such request;

     (4      the  Trustee for 60 days after its receipt  of  such
notice,  request and offer of indemnity has failed  to  institute
any such proceeding; and

     (5      no  direction inconsistent with such written request
has  been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period  by  the
Holders  of  a  majority in principal amount of  the  Outstanding
Securities of that series;
it  being understood and intended that no one or more of  Holders
of  Securities of any series shall have any right in  any  manner
whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision  of  this
Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other
of  such  Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority  or
preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right
under  this  Indenture, except in the manner herein provided  and
for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders of Securities of
the affected series.

     SECTION  58. Unconditional  Right  of  Holders   to
Receive Principal, Premium and Interest.

     Notwithstanding any other provision in this  Indenture,  the
Holder  of  any Security shall have the right, which is  absolute
and  unconditional, to receive payment of the principal  of  (and
premium,  if any) and (subject to Section 307) interest  on  such
Security on the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed  in  such
Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption  Date)
and  to  institute suit for the enforcement of any such  payment,
and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such
Holder.

     SECTION 59.       Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

     If  the  Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding
to  enforce  any  right or remedy under this Indenture  and  such
proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason,  or
has  been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such  Holder,
then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such
proceeding,  the  Company, the Trustee and the Holders  shall  be
restored  severally  and respectively to their  former  positions
hereunder  and thereafter all rights and remedies of the  Trustee
and  the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding  has
been instituted.

     SECTION 510.     Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

     Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement
or  payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in
the  last  paragraph of Section 306, no right  or  remedy  herein
conferred  upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the  Holders  is
intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and  every
right  and  remedy  shall, to the extent  permitted  by  law,  be
cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy  given
hereunder  or  now or hereafter existing at law or in  equity  or
otherwise.  The  assertion or employment of any right  or  remedy
hereunder,   or  otherwise,  shall  not  prevent  the  concurrent
assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

     SECTION 511.      Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

     No  delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any
Securities  to  exercise any right or remedy  accruing  upon  any
Event  of  Default  shall  impair any such  right  or  remedy  or
constitute  a  waiver  of  any  such  Event  of  Default  or   an
acquiescence  therein.  Every right  and  remedy  given  by  this
Article  or  by  law  to the Trustee or to  the  Holders  may  be
exercised  from  time  to time, and as often  as  may  be  deemed
expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

     SECTION 512.       Control by Holders.

     The  Holders  of  a  majority in  principal  amount  of  the
Outstanding  Securities of any series shall  have  the  right  to
direct  the  time, method and place of conducting any  proceeding
for  any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust
or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Securities
of such series, provided that:

     (1     such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule
of law or with this Indenture;

     (2      the  Trustee may take any other action deemed proper
by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction; and

     (3     subject to Section 601, the Trustee need not take any
action  which might involve the Trustee in personal liability  or
be unduly prejudicial to the Holders not joining therein.

     SECTION 513.        Waiver of Past Defaults.

     The  Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount
of the Outstanding Securities of any series may by written notice
to  the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of
such series waive any Default or Event of Default with respect to
such  series and its consequences, except a Default or  Event  of
Default  (1   in respect of the payment of the principal  of  (or
premium, if any) or interest on any Security of such series, or

     (2      in  respect of a covenant or other provision  hereof
which  under  Article Nine cannot be modified or amended  without
the  consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security  of  such
series affected.
     Upon any such waiver, such Default or Event of Default shall
cease  to exist and shall be deemed to have been cured, for every
purpose of this Indenture and the Securities of such series;  but
no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or
Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

     SECTION 514.        Undertaking for Costs.

     All  parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any
Security  by  his  acceptance thereof shall  be  deemed  to  have
agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit
for  the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture,
or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered
or  omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in
such  suit  of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit,  and
that  such  court may in its discretion assess reasonable  costs,
including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party  litigant
in  such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith  of
the  claims  or  defenses made by such party  litigant;  but  the
provisions  of  this  Section  shall  not  apply  to  any    suit
instituted by the Company, to any suit instituted by the Trustee,
to  any  suit  instituted by any Holder,  or  group  of  Holders,
holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the
Outstanding  Securities of any series, or to any suit  instituted
by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal
of  (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security on or  after
the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security (or,
in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

                           ARTICLE 6

                          THE TRUSTEE

     SECTION  61.         Certain Duties and Responsibilities  of
the Trustee.

     (a     Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,
the  Trustee's  duties and responsibilities under this  Indenture
shall be governed by Section 315(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.

     (b      In  case  an  Event of Default has occurred  and  is
continuing,  and  is  known  to the Trustee,  the  Trustee  shall
exercise  the  rights and powers vested in it by this  Indenture,
and  shall  use  the  same  degree of care  and  skill  in  their
exercise,  as  a  prudent man would exercise  or  use  under  the
circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

     (c     None of the provisions of Section 315(d) of the Trust
Indenture Act shall be excluded from this Indenture.

     SECTION 62.         Notice of Defaults.

     Within 90 days after the occurrence of any Default or  Event
of  Default  with  respect to the Securities of any  series,  the
Trustee  shall give to all Holders of Securities of such  series,
as  their  names  and addresses appear in the Security  Register,
notice  of such Default or Event of Default known to the Trustee,
unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured  or
waived;  provided, however, that, except in the case of a Default
or  Event  of  Default  in the payment of the  principal  of  (or
premium, if any) or interest on any Security of such series or in
the  payment  of  any sinking fund installment  with  respect  to
Securities  of  such series, the Trustee shall  be  protected  in
withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors,
the  executive committee or directors or Responsible Officers  of
the  Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such
notice  is in the interest of the Holders of Securities  of  such
series.

     SECTION 63.         Certain Rights of Trustee.

     Subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act:
     (a     the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting
or  refraining  from  acting  upon any  resolution,  certificate,
statement,   instrument,   opinion,  report,   notice,   request,
direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other  evidence
of  indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to  be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper  party
or parties;

     (b      any  request  or direction of the Company  mentioned
herein  shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company  Request  or
Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be
sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

     (c      whenever in the administration of this Indenture the
Trustee  shall  deem  it desirable that a  matter  be  proved  or
established  prior  to taking, suffering or omitting  any  action
hereunder,   the  Trustee  (unless  other  evidence   be   herein
specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on  its
part, rely upon an Officer's Certificate;

     (d     the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection
and  the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel
shall  be  full  and  complete authorization  and  protection  in
respect  of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder
in good faith and in reliance thereon;

     (e      the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise
any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the
request  or  direction  of any of the Holders  pursuant  to  this
Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the  Trustee
security or indemnity to its reasonable satisfaction against  the
costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it  in
compliance with such request or direction;

     (f      prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default  with
respect  to the Securities of any series and after the curing  or
waiving  of  all such Events of Default which may have  occurred,
the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts   or   matters  stated  in  any  resolution,   certificate,
statement,   instrument,   opinion,  report,   notice,   request,
direction,  consent, order, approval or other paper or  document,
or  the  books  and records of the Company, unless  requested  in
writing to do so by the Holders of a majority in principal amount
of  the  Outstanding Securities of any series; provided, however,
that  if  the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee  of
the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in
the  making of such investigation is not, in the opinion  of  the
Trustee,  reasonably  assured  to the  Trustee  by  the  security
afforded  to  it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee  may
require  reasonable  indemnity against such  costs,  expenses  or
liabilities  as  a  condition  to so proceeding;  the  reasonable
expense  of every such investigation shall be paid by the Company
or,  if paid by the Trustee, shall be repaid by the Company  upon
demand;

     (g      the  Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers
hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly  or  by
or  through  agents  or attorneys and the Trustee  shall  not  be
responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part  of  any
agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder; and

     (h      the Trustee shall not be required to expend or  risk
its  own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in  the
performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of
its  rights  or powers, if it shall have reasonable  grounds  for
believing  that  repayment of such funds  or  adequate  indemnity
against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
     SECTION 64.         Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance
of Securities.

     The  recitals  herein  and  in the  Securities,  except  the
Trustee's certificates of authentication, shall be taken  as  the
statements  of the Company, and the Trustee or any Authenticating
Agent  assumes  no  responsibility  for  their  correctness.  The
Trustee   makes  no  representations  as  to  the   validity   or
sufficiency  of this Indenture or of the Securities. Neither  the
Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the
use  or  application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds
thereof.

     SECTION 65.         May Hold Securities.

     The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any
Security  Registrar  or any other agent of the  Company,  in  its
individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee
of Securities and, subject to Sections 608 and 613, may otherwise
deal  with the Company with the same rights it would have  if  it
were  not  Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent,  Security
Registrar or such other agent.

     SECTION 66.         Money Held in Trust.

     Money  held  by  the  Trustee in trust hereunder  (including
amounts  held  by  the  Trustee as  Paying  Agent)  need  not  be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money
received  by  it  hereunder except as otherwise  agreed  upon  in
writing with the Company.

     SECTION 67.         Compensation and Reimbursement.

     The Company agrees

     (1)     to  pay  to  the  Trustee from  time  to  time  such
compensation  for  all services rendered by it hereunder  as  the
parties  shall agree from time to time (which compensation  shall
not  be  limited  by  any  provision of  law  in  regard  to  the
compensation of a trustee of an express trust);
     
     (2)     except  as otherwise expressly provided  herein,  to
reimburse  the  Trustee  upon  its  request  for  all  reasonable
expenses,  disbursements and advances incurred  or  made  by  the
Trustee  in  accordance  with  any provision  of  this  Indenture
(including  the  reasonable compensation  and  the  expenses  and
disbursements  of  its  agents  and  counsel),  except  any  such
expense,  disbursement or advance as may be attributable  to  its
negligence or bad faith; and

     (3)    to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless
against, any loss, liability, damage, claim or expense, including
taxes  (other than taxes based upon or determined or measured  by
the income of the Trustee), incurred without gross negligence  or
bad  faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with  the
acceptance  or  administration of the trust or trusts  hereunder,
including the costs and expenses of defending itself against  any
claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance
of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

     When  the  Trustee  incurs expenses or renders  services  in
connection  with an Event of Default specified in Section  501(5)
or  Section  501(6),  the  expenses   (including  the  reasonable
charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the
services  are  intended to constitute expenses of  administration
under  any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency  or
other similar law.

     The  provisions  of  this  Section 607  shall  survive  this
Indenture.

     SECTION 68.         Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.

     The   Trustee   shall  be  disqualified  only   where   such
disqualification  is  required by Section  310(b)  of  the  Trust
Indenture Act. Nothing shall prevent the Trustee from filing with
the  Commission the application referred to in the second to last
paragraph of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

     SECTION 69.         Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.

     There  shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall
be  eligible  to  act as Trustee under Section 310(a)(1)  of  the
Trust  Indenture Act having a combined capital and surplus of  at
least  $50,000,000  subject  to  supervision  or  examination  by
federal or state authority. If such corporation publishes reports
of  condition  at  least annually, pursuant  to  law  or  to  the
requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for
the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of
such  corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital  and
surplus  as  set forth in its most recent report of condition  so
published.  Neither  the  Company  nor  any  Person  directly  or
indirectly  controlling, controlled by, or under  common  control
with the Company may serve as Trustee. If at any time the Trustee
shall  cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions  of
this  Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with
the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

     SECTION 610.        Resignation and Removal; Appointment  of
Successor.

     (a)     No  resignation  or removal of the  Trustee  and  no
appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall
become  effective  until the acceptance  of  appointment  by  the
successor  Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements
of Section 611.

      (b)     The Trustee may resign at any time with respect  to
the  Securities  of one or more series by giving  written  notice
thereof  to  the  Company. If the instrument of acceptance  by  a
successor  Trustee required by Section 611 shall  not  have  been
delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of  such
notice  of  resignation, the resigning Trustee may  petition  any
court  of  competent  jurisdiction  for  the  appointment  of   a
successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

     (c)     The  Trustee may be removed at any time with respect
to  the  Securities  of any series by Act of  the  Holders  of  a
majority  in  principal amount of the Outstanding  Securities  of
such series, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company. If  the
instrument  of  acceptance  by a successor  Trustee  required  by
Section  611 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee  within
30  days  after  the  giving of such notice of  resignation,  the
resigning   Trustee   may  petition  any   court   of   competent
jurisdiction  for  the  appointment of a successor  Trustee  with
respect to the Securities of such series.

     (d)    If at any time:

        (1)the  Trustee shall fail to comply with Section  310(b)
of  the Trust Indenture Act after written request therefor by the
Company  or  by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder  of  a
Security for at least six months; or

        (2)the  Trustee shall cease to be eligible under  Section
609 and shall fail to resign after written request herefor by the
Company or by any such Holder of a Security who has been  a  bona
fide Holder of a Security for at least six months; or

        (3)the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or  shall
be  adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee
or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall
take  charge  or  control of the Trustee or of  its  property  or
affairs  for  the  purpose  of  rehabilitation,  conservation  or
liquidation;

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may
remove  the  Trustee  with  respect to all  Securities,  or  (ii)
subject to Section 315(e) of the Trust Indenture Act, any  Holder
who  has  been a bona fide Holder of a security for at least  six
months  may,  on  behalf  of  himself and  all  others  similarly
situated,  petition any court of competent jurisdiction  for  the
removal  of  the Trustee with respect to all Securities  and  the
appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

     (e)     If  the Trustee shall resign, be removed  or  become
incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of
Trustee for any cause, with respect to the Securities of  one  or
more  series, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall  promptly
appoint  a  successor  Trustee or Trustees with  respect  to  the
Securities of that or those series (it being understood that  any
such  successor  Trustee may be appointed  with  respect  to  the
Securities of one or more or all of such series and that  at  any
time  there  shall  be  only  one Trustee  with  respect  to  the
Securities  of any particular series) and shall comply  with  the
applicable requirements of Section 611. If, within one year after
such  resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence  of
such  vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities
of  any  series  shall be appointed by Act of the  Holders  of  a
majority  in  principal amount of the Outstanding  Securities  of
such  series  delivered to the Company and the retiring  Trustee,
the  successor  Trustee so appointed shall,  forthwith  upon  its
acceptance  of such appointment in accordance with the applicable
requirements  of Section 611, become the successor  Trustee  with
respect  to  the  Securities of such series and  to  that  extent
supersede  the  successor Trustee appointed by the  Company  with
respect  to such Securities. If no successor Trustee with respect
to  the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed  by
the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner
required  by  Section 611, any Holder who has been  a  bona  fide
Holder of a security of such series for at least six months  may,
on  behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition
any  court  of  competent jurisdiction for the appointment  of  a
successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

     (f)    The Company shall give notice of each resignation and
each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any
series  and each appointment of a successor Trustee with  respect
to the Securities of any series by mailing written notice of such
event  by  first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all  Holders  of
Securities of such series as their names and addresses appear  in
the  security Register. Each notice shall include the name of the
successor  Trustee with respect to the Securities of such  series
and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

     SECTION 611.        Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

     (a)     In  case of the appointment hereunder of a successor
Trustee  with  respect  to all Securities, every  such  successor
Trustee  so  appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver  to
the  Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument  accepting
such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the
retiring  Trustee  shall  become  effective  and  such  successor
Trustee,  without  any  further act, deed  or  conveyance,  shall
become  vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties  of
the  retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or  the
successor  Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment  of
its  charges,  execute and deliver an instrument transferring  to
such  successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of  the
retiring  Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver  to
such  successor  Trustee  all property and  money  held  by  such
retiring Trustee hereunder.

     (b)     In  case of the appointment hereunder of a successor
Trustee  with respect to the Securities of one or more  (but  not
all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor
Trustee  with  respect to the Securities of one  or  more  series
shall  execute  and  deliver  an  indenture  supplemental  hereto
wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment  and
which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary  or
desirable  to  transfer and confirm to,  and  to  vest  in,  each
successor  Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and  duties  of
the  retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of  that  or
those  series to which the appointment of such successor  Trustee
relates, (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect
to  all  Securities, shall contain such provisions  as  shall  be
deemed  necessary or desirable to confirm that  all  the  rights,
powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to
the  Securities of that or those series as to which the  retiring
Trustee  is  not  retiring shall continue to  be  vested  in  the
retiring  Trustee,  and (3) shall add to or  change  any  of  the
provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for
or  facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more
than  one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or  in
such   supplemental  Indenture  shall  constitute  such  Trustees
co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be
trustee  of  a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart  from
any  trust  or  trusts hereunder administered by any  other  such
Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental
indenture  the  resignation or removal of  the  retiring  Trustee
shall  become effective to the extent provided therein  and  each
such  successor  Trustee,  without  any  further  act,  deed   or
conveyance,  shall  become vested with all  the  rights,  powers,
trusts  and  duties of the retiring Trustee with respect  to  the
Securities  of  that or those series to which the appointment  of
such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or
any  successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly  assign,
transfer  and deliver to such successor Trustee all property  and
money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the
Securities  of  that or those series to which the appointment  of
such successor Trustee relates.

     (c)     Upon  request  of  any such successor  Trustee,  the
Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully  and
certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all
such  rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph  (a)  or
(b) of this Section, as the case may be.

     (d)     No  successor Trustee shall accept  its  appointment
unless  at  the  time of such acceptance such  successor  Trustee
shall be qualified and eligible under the Trust Indenture Act.

     SECTION  612.         Merger, Conversion,  Consolidation  or
Succession to Business.

     Any  corporation  into which the Trustee may  be  merged  or
converted  or  with  which  it  may  be  consolidated,   or   any
corporation   resulting   from   any   merger,   conversion    or
consolidation  to  which the Trustee shall be  a  party,  or  any
corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the  corporate
trust  business  of the Trustee, shall be the  successor  of  the
Trustee  hereunder, provided such corporation shall be  otherwise
qualified  and eligible under this Article, without the execution
or  filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any  of
the  parties  hereto.  In  case any Securities  shall  have  been
authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in  office,
any  successor  by  merger, conversion or consolidation  to  such
authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and  deliver
the  Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if  such
successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.

     SECTION   613.         Preferential  Collection  of   Claims
Against Company.

     The  Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of  the  Trust
Indenture  Act,  excluding any creditor  relationship  listed  in
Section  311(b)  of the Trust Indenture Act.  A Trustee  who  has
resigned  or been removed shall be subject to Section  311(a)  of
the Trust Indenture Act to the extent indicated therein.

     SECTION 614.        Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

     At  any  time  when any of the Securities remain Outstanding
the  Trustee  may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents  with
respect  to  one  or  more series of Securities  which  shall  be
authorized to act on behalf of, and subject to the direction  of,
the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon
exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption  thereof
or pursuant to Section 306, and Securities so authenticated shall
be  entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid
and  obligatory  for  all  purposes as if  authenticated  by  the
Trustee  hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this  Indenture
to  the  authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee
or  the  Trustee's certificate of authentication, such  reference
shall  be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf
of  the  Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate  of
authentication  executed  on  behalf  of  the   Trustee   by   an
Authenticating   Agent.  Each  Authenticating  Agent   shall   be
acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation
organized and doing business under the laws of the United  States
of  America,  any  State  thereof or the  District  of  Columbia,
authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having
a  combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000  and
subject  to  supervision  or  examination  by  federal  or  State
authority.  If  such  Authenticating Agent publishes  reports  of
condition  at  least  annually,  pursuant  to  law  or   to   the
requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for
the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of
such  Authenticating Agent shall be deemed  to  be  its  combined
capital  and  surplus as set forth in its most recent  report  of
condition  so  published. If at any time an Authenticating  Agent
shall  cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions  of
this  Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately
in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

     Any  corporation into which an Authenticating Agent  may  be
merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or  any
corporation   resulting   from   any   merger,   conversion    or
consolidation  to  which such Authenticating  Agent  shall  be  a
party,  or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency  or
corporate  trust  business  of  an  Authenticating  Agent,  shall
continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation
shall  be  otherwise  eligible under this  Section,  without  the
execution or filing of any paper or any further act on  the  part
of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

     An  Authenticating Agent may resign at any  time  by  giving
written  notice  thereof to the Trustee and to the  Company.  The
Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating
Agent  by  giving  written notice thereof to such  Authenticating
Agent  and  to  the  Company. Upon receiving  such  a  notice  of
resignation  or upon such a termination, or in case at  any  time
such   Authenticating  Agent  shall  cease  to  be  eligible   in
accordance  with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee  may
appoint   a  successor  Authenticating  Agent  which   shall   be
acceptable to the Company and shall mail written notice  of  such
appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all  Holders
of   Securities  of  the  series  with  respect  to  which   such
Authenticating  Agent will serve, as their  names  and  addresses
appear  in  the  security Register. Any successor  Authenticating
Agent  upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall  become
vested  with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor
hereunder,  with  like  effect  as  if  originally  named  as  an
Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall  be
appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

     The  Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from
time  to time reasonable compensation for its services under this
Section.

     If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made
pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may  have
endorsed  thereon,  in addition to the Trustee's  certificate  of
authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the
following form:

                Form of Authenticating Agent's
                Certificate of Authentication

     This  is  one  of  the Securities of the  series  designated
therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

                                             THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                                                       As Trustee

                                   By: __________________________
                                          As Authenticating Agent

                                   By: __________________________
                                             Authorized Signatory

Dated: ______________

                           ARTICLE 7

       HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

     SECTION  71.          Company to Furnish Trustee  Names  and
Addresses of Holders.

     The  Company  will furnish or cause to be furnished  to  the
Trustee:

     (a)    semi-annually, not later than January 1 and July 1 in
each  year,  a  list, in such form as the Trustee may  reasonably
require,  of  the names and addresses of the Holders  as  of  the
preceding December 15 or June 15, as the case may be; and

     (b)     at  such other times as the Trustee may  request  in
writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company  of  any
such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not
more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

provided,  however, that so long as the Trustee is  the  Security
Registrar, no such list shall be required to be furnished.
     SECTION    72.            Preservation    of    Information;
Communications to Holders.

     (a)     The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form  as
is  reasonably  practicable, the names and addresses  of  Holders
contained  in  the most recent list furnished to the  Trustee  as
provided  in Section 701 and the names and addresses  of  Holders
received  by  the Trustee in its capacity as Security  Registrar.
The  Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided  in
Section 701 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

     (b)     If  three  or more Holders (herein  referred  to  as
"applicants") apply in writing to the Trustee, and furnish to the
Trustee  reasonable proof that each such applicant  has  owned  a
Security  for a period of at least six months preceding the  date
of  such  application,  and  such  application  states  that  the
applicants desire to communicate with other Holders with  respect
to  their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities and
is  accompanied  by  a  copy  of  the  form  of  proxy  or  other
communication which such applicants propose to transmit then  the
Trustee  shall,  within five Business Days after the  receipt  of
such application, at its election, either

        (i)afford  such  applicants  access  to  the  information
preserved  at the time by the Trustee in accordance with  Section
702(a); or

        (ii)    inform  such  applicants as  to  the  approximate
number  of  Holders  whose  names and  addresses  appear  in  the
information  preserved at the time by the Trustee  in  accordance
with Section 702(a), and as to the approximate cost of mailing to
such  Holders the form of proxy or other communication,  if  any,
specified in such application.

     If  the  Trustee  shall elect not to afford such  applicants
access  to such  information, the Trustee shall, upon the written
request  of such applicants, mail to each Holder whose  name  and
address appears in the information preserved at the time  by  the
Trustee  in accordance with Section 702(a) a copy of the form  of
proxy  or other communication which is specified in such request,
with  reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of  the
material  to  be  mailed and of payment,  or  provision  for  the
payment,  of  the reasonable expenses of mailing,  unless  within
five  days  after  such tender the Trustee  shall  mail  to  such
applicants and file with the Commission, together with a copy  of
the  material  to be mailed, a written statement  to  the  effect
that,  in  the  opinion  of the Trustee, such  mailing  would  be
contrary  to  the best interest of the Holders  or  would  be  in
violation of applicable law. Such written statement shall specify
the  basis  of such opinion. If the Commission, after opportunity
for  a  hearing  upon  the objections specified  in  the  written
statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain  any
of  such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining
one  or more of such objections, the Commission shall find, after
notice  and  opportunity  for hearing,  that  all  objections  so
sustained  have been met and shall enter an order  so  declaring,
the  Trustee  shall  mail copies of such  material  to  all  such
Holders with reasonable promptness after the entry of such  order
and  the  renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall  be
relieved  of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting
their application.

     (c)     Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding
the  same,  agrees with the Company and the Trustee that  neither
the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall
be  held  accountable  by reason of the disclosure  of  any  such
information  as  to  the names and addresses of  the  Holders  in
accordance  with  Section 702(b), regardless of the  source  from
which  such  information was derived, and that the Trustee  shall
not  be  held  accountable  by reason  of  mailing  any  material
pursuant to a request made under Section 702(b).

     SECTION 73.         Reports by Trustee.

     (a)     Within  60 days after May 15 of each year commencing
with  the  year 1998, the Trustee shall transmit by mail  to  all
Holders of Securities as provided in Section 313(c) of the  Trust
Indenture Act, a brief report dated as of May 15, if required  by
and in compliance with Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.

     (b)    A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such
transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each  stock
exchange   upon  which  any  Securities  are  listed,  with   the
Commission  and  with the Company.  The Company will  notify  the
Trustee when any Securities are listed on any stock exchange.

     SECTION 74.         Reports by Company.

     The Company shall:
     (1)     file  with  the Trustee, within 30  days  after  the
Company is required to file the same with the Commission,  copies
of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other
reports  (or  copies of such portions of any of the foregoing  as
the  Commission  may from time to time by rules  and  regulations
prescribe)  which the Company may be required to  file  with  the
Commission  pursuant  to  Section 13  or  Section  15(d)  of  the
Exchange  Act;  or,  if  the Company  is  not  required  to  file
information,  documents or reports pursuant  to  either  of  said
Sections, then it shall file with the Trustee and the Commission,
in  accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to
time  by  the Commission, such of the supplementary and  periodic
information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant
to Section 13 of the Exchange Act in respect of a security listed
and  registered  on  a national securities  exchange  as  may  be
prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;

     (2)     file  with  the  Trustee  and  the  Commission,   in
accordance  with rules and regulations prescribed  from  time  to
time  by  the Commission, such additional information,  documents
and  reports with respect to compliance by the Company  with  the
conditions  and  covenants of this Indenture as may  be  required
from time to time by such rules and regulations;

     (3)     transmit by mail to all Holders, as their names  and
addresses appear in the Security Register, (a) concurrently  with
furnishing  the  same to its shareholders, the  Company's  annual
report    to   shareholders,   containing   certified   financial
statements,  and  any other financial reports which  the  Company
generally furnishes to its shareholders, and (b) within  30  days
after the filing thereof with the Trustee, such summaries of  any
other information, documents and reports required to be filed  by
the Company pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Section as
may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time  to
time by the Commission; and

                           ARTICLE 8

         CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, LEASE, SALE OR TRANSFER

     SECTION 81.         When Company May Merge, Etc.

     The  Company  shall not consolidate with, or merge  with  or
into  any other corporation (whether or not the Company shall  be
the  surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer  or  lease
all  or  substantially all of its properties  and  assets  as  an
entirety  or substantially as an entirety to any Person or  group
of  affiliated Persons, in one transaction or a series of related
transactions, unless:

     (1)    either the Company shall be the continuing Person  or
the   Person  (if  other  than  the  Company)  formed   by   such
consolidation or with which or into which the Company  is  merged
or  the  Person (or group of affiliated Persons) to which all  or
substantially all the properties and assets of the Company as  an
entirety  or  substantially as an entirety  are  sold,  assigned,
transferred  or  leased  shall be a  corporation  (or  constitute
corporations) organized and existing under the laws of the United
States  of  America  or  any State thereof  or  the  District  of
Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental
hereto,   executed  and  delivered  to  the  Trustee,   in   form
satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of  the  Company
under the Securities and this Indenture; and

     (2)     immediately before and after giving effect  to  such
transaction  or  series  of  related transactions,  no  Event  of
Default, and no Default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

     SECTION 82.         Opinion of Counsel.

     The  Company  shall  deliver to the  Trustee  prior  to  the
proposed  transaction(s)  covered by  Section  801  an  Officer's
Certificate   and  an  Opinion  of  Counsel  stating   that   the
transaction(s) and such supplemental indenture comply  with  this
Indenture  and that all conditions precedent to the  consummation
of the transaction(s) under this Indenture have been met.

     SECTION 83.         Successor Corporation Substituted.

     Upon any consolidation by the Company with or merger by  the
Company into an other corporation or any lease, sale, assignment,
or  transfer  of  all or substantially all of  the  property  and
assets  of  the  Company  in accordance  with  Section  801,  the
successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into  which
the  Company is merged or the successor corporation or affiliated
group  of corporations to which such lease, sale, assignment,  or
transfer  is made shall succeed to, and be substituted  for,  and
may  exercise  every right and power of, the Company  under  this
Indenture  with the same effect as if such successor  corporation
or  corporations  had  been  named as  the  Company  herein,  and
thereafter,  except  in  the case of  a  lease,  the  predecessor
corporation  or corporations shall be relieved of all obligations
and  covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and in the
event  of  such conveyance or transfer, except in the case  of  a
lease,  any  such  predecessor corporation may be  dissolved  and
liquidated.  Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be
signed,  and may issue either in its own name or in the  name  of
Ingersoll-Rand Company any or all of the Securities of any series
issuable  hereunder which theretofore shall not have been  signed
by  the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order
of  such successor corporation instead of the Company and subject
to  all  the terms, conditions and limitations in this  Indenture
prescribed,  the  Trustee shall authenticate  and  shall  deliver
Securities of any series which previously shall have been  signed
and  delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee  for
authentication,   and   any  Securities  which   such   successor
corporation thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered  to
the  Trustee for that purpose.  All the Securities of any  series
so  issued  shall in all respects have the same  legal  rank  and
benefit  under  this Indenture as the Securities of  such  series
theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms  of
this  Indenture as though all of such Securities had been  issued
at the date of the execution hereof.

     In  case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance
or  lease  such  changes in phraseology  and  form  (but  not  in
substance) may be made in the Securities thereafter to be  issued
as may be appropriate.
     
                           ARTICLE 9

                    SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

     SECTION  91.         Supplemental Indentures Without Consent
of Holders.

     Without  notice  to  or  the consent  of  any  Holders,  the
Company,  when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee,
at  any  time and from time to time, may enter into one  or  more
indentures  supplemental  hereto, in  form  satisfactory  to  the
Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

     (1)   to  evidence the succession of another corporation  to
the  Company  and  the assumption by any such  successor  of  the
covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities; or

     (2)   to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit
of  the  Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if  such
covenants  are to be for the benefit of less than all  series  of
Securities,  stating  that  such covenants  are  expressly  being
included  solely for the benefit of series) or to  surrender  any
right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or

     (3)  to add any additional Events of Default with respect to
all or any series of Securities; or

     (4)   to  add  or  change  any of  the  provisions  of  this
Indenture  to  such  extent as shall be necessary  to  permit  or
facilitate the issuance of Securities in bearer form, registrable
or  not registrable as to principal, and with or without interest
coupons; or

     (5)   to  change or eliminate any of the provisions of  this
Indenture,  provided  that any such change or  elimination  shall
become  effective only when there is no Security  Outstanding  of
any  series  created prior to the execution of such  supplemental
Indenture which is entitled to the benefit of such provision; or

     (6)  to secure the Securities; or

     (7)   to  establish the form or terms of Securities  of  any
series as permitted by Sections 201 and 301; or

     (8)    to  evidence  and  provide  for  the  acceptance   of
appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to  the
Securities of one or more series and to add to or change  any  of
the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide
for  or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder  by
more  than  one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of  Section
611(b); or

     (9)   to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency  or  to
correct  or  supplement  any  provision  herein  which   may   be
inconsistent with any other provision herein; or

     (10)  to  make any change that does not materially adversely
affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series.

     Upon   request  of  the  Company,  accompanied  by  a  Board
Resolution  authorizing the execution of  any  such  supplemental
indenture,  and  upon  receipt by the Trustee  of  the  documents
described  in (and subject to the last sentence of) Section  903,
the  Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of  any
supplemental  indenture authorized or permitted by the  terms  of
this Indenture.

     SECTION 92.         Supplemental Indentures with Consent  of
Holders.

     With  the  written consent of the Holders of a  majority  in
principal  amount of the Outstanding Securities  of  each  series
affected  by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said  Holders
delivered  to  the  Company and the Trustee,  the  Company,  when
authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee shall,  subject
to   Section   903,  enter  into  an  indenture   or   indentures
supplemental  hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions  to
or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
this  Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights  of  the
Holders  of  Securities  of  such series  under  this  Indenture;
provided,  however,  that no such supplemental  indenture  shall,
without  the  consent of the Holder of each Outstanding  security
affected thereby,

     (1)   change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any
installment  of  principal of or interest on,  any  security,  or
reduce  the  principal  amount thereof or the  rate  of  interest
thereon  or  any premium payable upon the redemption  thereof  or
extend the time for payment thereof, or reduce the amount of  the
principal  of an Original Issue Discount security that  would  be
due  and  payable  upon  a  declaration of  acceleration  of  the
Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, or change any Place  of
Payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any security  or
any  premium  or the interest thereon is payable, or  impair  the
right  to institute suit for the enforcement of any such  payment
on  or  after  the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in  the  case  of
redemption, on or after the Redemption Date);

     (2)   reduce  the  percentage in  principal  amount  of  the
Outstanding  Securities  of  any series,  the  consent  of  whose
Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture,  or  the
consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance
with  certain provisions of this Indenture or Defaults or  Events
of  Default hereunder and their consequences provided for in this
Indenture; or

     (3)   change  the  redemption provisions (including  Article
Eleven) hereof in a manner adverse to such Holder; or

     (4)  modify any of the provisions of this Section or Section
513,  except  to increase any such percentage or to provide  that
certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified  or
waived  without  the  consent of the Holder of  each  Outstanding
Security  affected thereby; provided, however, that  this  clause
shall  not  be deemed to require the consent of any  Holder  with
respect  to  changes  in  the references  to  "the  Trustee"  and
concomitant  changes  in this Section, or the  deletion  of  this
proviso,  in accordance with the requirements of Sections  611(b)
and 901(8).

     A  supplemental  indenture which changes or  eliminates  any
covenant or other provisions of this Indenture which as expressly
been  included  solely for the benefit of one or more  particular
series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders
of  Securities  of such series with respect to such  covenant  or
other  provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights  under
this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

     It  shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this
Section   to   approve  the  particular  form  of  any   proposed
supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient  if  such  Act
shall approve the substance thereof.

     SECTION 93.         Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

     The Trustee shall sign any supplemental indenture authorized
pursuant  to this Article, subject to the last sentence  of  this
Section  903.  In  executing, or accepting the additional  trusts
created  by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article
or  the  modifications  thereby of the  trusts  created  by  this
Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject
to  Section  601)  shall be fully protected in relying  upon,  an
Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that  the
execution  of  such  supplemental  indenture  is  authorized   or
permitted  by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall  not  be
obligated  to,  enter into any such supplemental indenture  which
affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this
Indenture or otherwise.

     SECTION 94.         Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

     Upon  the execution of any supplemental indenture under this
Article,   this   Indenture  shall  be  modified  in   accordance
therewith, and such supplemental Indenture shall form a  part  of
this  Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of  Securities
theretofore  or thereafter authenticated and delivered  hereunder
shall be bound thereby.

     SECTION 95.         Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.

     Every  supplemental  indenture  executed  pursuant  to  this
Article  shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture
Act as then in effect.

     SECTION  96.         Reference in Securities to Supplemental
Indentures.

     Securities  of any series authenticated and delivered  after
the  execution  of  any supplemental indenture pursuant  to  this
Article  may,  and  shall  if required by  the  Trustee,  bear  a
notation  in  form  approved by the  Trustee  as  to  any  matter
provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall
so  determine,  new Securities of any series so  modified  as  to
conform,  ln the opinion of the Trustee and the Company,  to  any
such  supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by  the
Company and authenticate and delivered by the Trustee in exchange
for Outstanding Securities of such series.

                           ARTICLE 10

                           COVENANTS

     SECTION 101.        Payments of Securities.

     With  respect to each series of Securities, the Company will
duly  and punctually pay the principal of (and premium,  if  any)
and  interest on such Securities in accordance with  their  terms
and  this  Indenture, and will duly comply  with  all  the  other
terms,  agreements and conditions contained in, or  made  in  the
Indenture for the benefit of, the Securities of such series.

     SECTION 102.        Maintenance of Office or Agency.

     The  Company will maintain an office or agency in each Place
of  Payment  where Securities may be surrendered for registration
of  transfer  or exchange or for presentation for payment,  where
notices  and  demands to or upon the Company in  respect  of  the
Securities  and  this Indenture may be served. The  Company  will
give  prompt  written notice to the Trustee of the location,  and
any  change ln location, of such office or agency. If at any time
the  Company shall fail to maintain any such required  office  or
agency  or  shall  fail to furnish the Trustee with  the  address
thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands  may
be  made or served at the address of the Trustee as set forth  in
Section 105 hereof and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as
its  agent to receive all presentations, surrenders, notices  and
demands.

     The Company may also from time to time designate one or more
other  offices or agencies where the Securities may be  presented
or  surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to
time  rescind  such designations. The Company  will  give  prompt
written  notice  to  the  Trustee  of  any  such  designation  or
rescission  and of any change in the location of any  such  other
office or agency.

     SECTION 103.        Compliance Certificates.

     The Company will deliver to the Trustee on or before May  15
in   each  year  ending  after  the  date  hereof,  an  Officers'
Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by each
signer  of  his  duties  as an officer of the  Company  he  would
normally  have  knowledge of any default by the  Company  in  the
performance  and observance of any of the covenants contained  in
Sections  1005 and 1006, stating whether or not he has  knowledge
of  any such default and, if so, specifying each such default  of
which such signer has knowledge and the nature thereof.

     SECTION 104.        Money for Securities Payments to Be Held
in Trust.

     If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent
with  respect to any series of Securities, it will, on or  before
each  due  date  of  the principal of (and premium,  if  any)  or
interest  on any of the Securities of that series, segregate  and
hold  in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto  a
sum  sufficient  to pay the principal (and premium,  if  any)  or
interest  so becoming due until such sums shall be paid  to  such
Persons  or  otherwise disposed of as herein  provided  and  will
promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

     Whenever  the  Company shall have one or more Paying  Agents
for any series of Securities, it will, prior to each due date  of
the  principal  of  (and  premium, if any)  or  interest  on  any
Securities  of  that series, deposit with a Paying  Agent  a  sum
sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest
so  becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of
the  Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and
(unless  such  Paying  Agent  is the Trustee)  the  Company  will
promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure to so act.

     The  Company will cause each Paying Agent for any series  of
Securities (other than the Trustee) to execute and deliver to the
Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with
the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such
Paying Agent will:

     (i)   hold  all  sums  held by it for  the  payment  of  the
principal  of (and premium, if any) or interest on Securities  of
that  series  in  trust for the benefit of the  Persons  entitled
thereto  until  such  sums  shall be  paid  to  such  Persons  or
otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

     (ii)  give the Trustee notice of any default by the  Company
(or  any other obligor upon the Securities of that series) in the
making  of  any  payment of principal (and premium,  if  any)  or
interest on the Securities of that series; and

     (iii)   at  any  time  during the continuance  of  any  such
default,  upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith  pay
to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

     The  Company  may at any time, for the purpose of  obtaining
the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other
purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay,
to  the  Trustee  all sums held in trust by the Company  or  such
Paying  Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the  same
trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company  or
such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent  to
the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further
liability with respect to such money.

     Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or
then  held  by  the  Company, in trust for  the  payment  of  the
principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any security of
any  series  and  remaining unclaimed for two  years  after  such
principal  (and premium, if any) or interest has become  due  and
payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request,  or  (if
then  held  by the Company) shall be discharged from such  trust;
and the Holder of such security shall thereafter, as an unsecured
general  creditor, look only to the Company for payment  thereof,
and  all  liability  of  the Trustee or such  Paying  Agent  with
respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company  as
trustee  thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however,  that
the  Trustee of such Paying Agent, before being required to  make
any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be
published once, in a newspaper published in the English language,
customarily  published  on  each  Business  Day  and  of  general
circulation in New York, New York, notice that such money remains
unclaimed  and that, after a date specified therein, which  shall
not  be less than 30 days from the date of such publication,  any
unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid  to
the Company.

     SECTION 105.        Limitation on Liens.

     (a)   The  Company covenants and agrees for the  benefit  of
each  series of Securities, other than any series established  by
or  pursuant to a Board Resolution or in one or more supplemental
indentures hereto which specifically provides otherwise, that  it
will  not,  and  will  not permit any Restricted  Subsidiary  to,
create,  assume or guarantee any indebtedness for money  borrowed
secured  by  a  Mortgage  (i) on any Principal  Property  of  the
Company  or of a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) on any  shares  or
Funded  Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary or  (ii)  on  any
shares or Funded Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (whether
such  Principal Property, shares or Funded Indebtedness  are  now
owned   or  hereafter  acquired),  without,  in  any  such  case,
effectively providing concurrently with the creation,  assumption
or   guaranteeing  of  such  indebtedness  that  the   Securities
(together,  if  the Company shall so determine,  with  any  other
indebtedness  then  or thereafter existing, created,  assumed  or
guaranteed  by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary  ranking
equally with the Securities) shall be secured equally and ratably
with  (or  prior to) such indebtedness; excluding, however,  from
the  foregoing any indebtedness secured by a Mortgage  (including
any  extension, renewal or replacement, or successive extensions,
renewals  or replacements, of any Mortgage hereinafter  specified
or  any  indebtedness secured thereby, without  increase  of  the
principal of such indebtedness)

     (1)   on  property,  shares or Funded  Indebtedness  of  any
corporation  existing  at  the time such  corporation  becomes  a
Restricted Subsidiary; or

     (2)  on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof
by  the  Company  or a Restricted Subsidiary, or  to  secure  any
indebtedness  incurred by the Company or a Restricted  Subsidiary
prior  to, at the time of, or within 180 days after the later  of
the  acquisition, the completion of construction  (including  any
improvements  on  an  existing property) or the  commencement  of
commercial  operation  of such property,  which  indebtedness  is
incurred  for  the purpose of financing all or any  part  of  the
purchase  price thereof or construction or improvements  thereon;
provided,  however,  that in the case of  any  such  acquisition,
construction or improvement the Mortgage shall not apply  to  any
property  theretofore  owned  by  the  Company  or  a  Restricted
Subsidiary,  other than, in the case of any such construction  or
improvement,  any theretofore unimproved real property  on  which
the property so constructed, or the improvement, is located; or

     (3)   on  property,  shares  or  Funded  Indebtedness  of  a
corporation existing at the time such corporation is merged  into
or  consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,  or
at  the  time  of  a  sale,  lease or other  disposition  of  the
properties of a corporation as an entirety or substantially as an
entirety to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

     (4)   on  property  of  a  Restricted Subsidiary  to  secure
indebtedness  of  such Restricted Subsidiary to  the  Company  or
another Restricted Subsidiary; or

     (5)   on  property of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
in favor of the United States of America or any State thereof, or
any   department,   agency   or  instrumentality   or   political
subdivision of the United States of America or any State thereof,
to  secure partial, progress, advance or other payments  pursuant
to any contract or statute or to secure any indebtedness incurred
for  the  purpose  of financing all or any part of  the  purchase
price  or  the  cost  of constructing or improving  the  property
subject to such Mortgage; or

     (6)  existing at the date of this Indenture;

provided,  however, that any Mortgage permitted  by  any  of  the
foregoing clauses (1), (2), (3) and (5) of this Section 1005  (a)
shall not extend to or cover any property of the Company or  such
Restricted  Subsidiary,  as  the case  may  be,  other  than  the
property specified in such clauses and improvements thereto.

     (b)   Notwithstanding the provisions of  subsection  (a)  of
this  Section,  the  Company  or any  Restricted  Subsidiary  may
create,  assume  or  guarantee  secured  indebtedness  for  money
borrowed  which would otherwise be prohibited in said  subsection
(a)  in  an aggregate amount which, together with all other  such
indebtedness for money borrowed of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries  and the Attributable Debt of the  Company  and  its
Restricted   Subsidiaries  in  respect  of  Sale  and   Leaseback
Transactions (as defined in Section 1006) existing at  such  time
(other than Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into prior to
the  date  of  this Indenture and Sale and Leaseback Transactions
the proceeds of which have been applied in accordance with clause
(b)  of  Section  1006), does not at the time exceed  5%  of  the
shareholders'   equity  in  the  Company  and  its   consolidated
Subsidiaries, as shown on the audited consolidated balance  sheet
contained  in  the  latest annual report to shareholders  of  the
Company.

     (c)  For the purposes of this Article Ten,

     (1)   the  term "Attributable Debt" shall mean,  as  of  any
particular  time, the then present value of the total net  amount
of rent required to be paid under such lease during the remaining
term thereof (excluding any renewal term unless the renewal is at
the  option  of  the  lessor) computed by  discounting  from  the
respective due dates to such date such total net amount  of  rent
at  the actual interest factor included in such rent, or, if such
interest  factor cannot readily be determined, at  the  rate  per
annum  borne by the initial series of Securities, except that  if
no  interest  is  payable in respect of  the  initial  series  of
Securities or if such rate is not fixed then at the rate of     %
per  annum.  The net amount of rent required to be paid  for  any
such period shall be the aggregate amount of the rent payable  by
the  lessee  with respect to such period after excluding  amounts
required to be paid on account of, or measured or determined  by,
any  variable factor, including, without limitation, the cost-of-
living  index  and  costs of maintenance and repairs,  insurance,
taxes,  assessments, water rates and similar  charges  and  after
excluding any portion of rentals based on a percentage  of  sales
made by the lessee.  In the case of any lease which is terminable
by  the  lessee  upon the payment of a penalty, such  net  amount
shall  also include the amount of such penalty, but no rent shall
be  considered as required to be paid under such lease subsequent
to the first date upon which it may be so terminated;
     
     (2)   the term "shareholders' equity in the Company and  its
consolidated  Subsidiaries" shall mean the  consolidated  capital
and  surplus (including retained earnings) of the Company and its
consolidated  Subsidiaries, excluding the cost of shares  of  the
Company held in treasury; and
     (3)   the  term  "Mortgage" on any specified property  shall
mean  any  mortgage,  lien,  pledge,  charge  or  other  security
interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such property.

     SECTION   106          Limitation  on  Sale  and   Leaseback
     Transactions.

     The  Company  covenants and agrees for the benefit  of  each
series  of  Securities, other than any series established  by  or
pursuant  to  a  Board Resolution or in one or more  supplemental
indentures hereto which specifically provides otherwise, that  it
will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter
into  any  arrangement with any person for  the  leasing  by  the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (except for leases for a  term
of  not  more  than three years and for leases of  a  part  of  a
Principal  Property, which has been sold, for use  in  connection
with  the winding up or termination of the business conducted  on
such  Principal Property, and except, in the case of a Restricted
Subsidiary,  a  lease  to  the  Company  or  another   Restricted
Subsidiary)  of  any  Principal Property (whether  now  owned  or
hereafter  acquired), which Principal Property  has  been  or  is
intended  to  be  sold  or transferred by  the  Company  or  such
Restricted  Subsidiary to such person (herein referred  to  as  a
"Sale and Leaseback Transaction"), unless (a) the Company or such
Restricted  Subsidiary  would  be  entitled,  pursuant   to   the
provisions  of Section 1005, to incur indebtedness secured  by  a
Mortgage  on such Principal Property without equally and  ratably
securing  the Securities, or (b) the Company shall  (and  in  any
such  case  the Company covenants that it will) apply  an  amount
equal to the fair value of such Principal Property so leased  (as
determined  by  the Board of Directors) to the retirement  (other
than   by  payment  at  maturity  or  to  satisfy  the  mandatory
requirements  of  any  sinking, purchase  or  analogous  fund  or
prepayment provision), within 180 days of the effective  date  of
any  such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, of Securities or  other
Funded  Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary
ranking  on  a  parity with the Securities, or to  the  purchase,
improvement  or  construction of properties which  are  Principal
Properties; provided, however, that the amount to be  applied  to
the  retirement of such Funded Indebtedness shall be  reduced  by
(a)  the principal amount of any Securities delivered within  180
days  after  such sale or transfer to the Trustee for  retirement
and  cancellation and (b) the principal amount  of  other  Funded
Indebtedness ranking on a parity with the Securities  voluntarily
retired  by  the  Company  within 180 days  after  such  sale  or
transfer;  and  promptly  after the expiration  of  such  180-day
period  the  Company  shall  have delivered  to  the  Trustee  an
Officers'  Certificate  setting forth in  reasonable  detail  all
material facts necessary to show compliance with this Subsection.

     SECTION 1008        Waiver of Certain Covenants

     The  Company may omit in any particular instance  to  comply
with  any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 1004
and 1005 if before the time for such compliance the Holders of at
least 66-_% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities  of
all series affected by such omission (voting as one class) shall,
by  Act  of  such Holders, either waive such compliance  in  such
instance  or generally waive compliance with such term, provision
or  condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect  such
term,  provision or condition except to the extent  so  expressly
waived,  and,  until  such  waiver shall  become  effective,  the
obligations  of  the Company and the duties  of  the  trustee  in
respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain  in
full force and effect.

                           ARTICLE 11

                    REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

     SECTION 111.        Applicability of Article.

     Securities  of any series which are redeemable before  their
Stated  Maturity  shall  be redeemable in accordance  with  their
terms  and  (except  as otherwise specified  as  contemplated  by
Section 301 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this
Article.
     
     SECTION 112.        Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

     The  election of the Company to redeem any Securities  shall
be  evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at
the  election  of the Company of less than all the Securities  of
any  series,  the Company shall, at least 45 days  prior  to  the
Redemption  Date  fixed by the Company (unless a  shorter  notice
shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such
Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities of such
series  to  be  redeemed.  In  the  case  of  any  redemption  of
Securities  prior  to the expiration of any restriction  on  such
redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or  elsewhere
in  this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an
Officer's    Certificate   evidencing   compliance   with    such
restriction.

     SECTION 113.        Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be
Redeemed.

     If  less  than all the Securities of any series  are  to be
redeemed,  the  particular Securities to  be  redeemed  shall be
selected  not more than 45 days prior to the Redemption  Date by
the  Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series not
previously called for redemption, substantially pro rata, by lot
or  by  any  other  method  as  the Trustee  considers  fair and
appropriate  and  that  complies with  the  requirements  of the
principal  national securities exchange, if any,  on  which  such
Securities  are listed, and which may provide for  the  selection
for  redemption  of  portions (equal to  the  minimum  authorized
denomination  for  Securities  of that  series  or  any  integral
multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Securities  of  such
series  of  a  denomination larger than  the  minimum  authorized
denomination for Securities of that series; provided that in case
the   Securities  of  such  series  have  different   terms   and
maturities,  the Securities to be redeemed shall be  selected  by
the  Company  and the Company shall give notice  thereof  to  the
Trustee.

     The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing  of
the  Securities selected for redemption and, in the case  of  any
Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal  amount
thereof to be redeemed.

     For  all  purposes  of this Indenture,  unless  the  context
otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption  of
the  Securities  shall  relate, in the  case  of  any  Securities
redeemed  or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion  of  the
principal amount of such Securities which has been or  is  to  be
redeemed.

     SECTION 114.        Notice of Redemption.

     Notice  of  redemption shall be given by  first-class  mail,
postage  prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than  45  days
prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to  be
redeemed, at this address appearing in the Security Register.

     All notices of redemption shall state:

     (1)  the Redemption Date;

     (2)  the Redemption Price;

     (3)  if  less  than all the Outstanding Securities  of  any
series  are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the  case
of  partial  redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular
Securities to be redeemed;

     (4)  that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price  will
be  come  due and payable upon each such security to be  redeemed
and, if applicable, that interest thereon will cease to accrue on
and after said date;

     (5)  the  place or places where such Securities are  to  be
surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price;

     (6)  that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such  is
the case;

     (7)  the  CUSIP  number, if any, of the  Securities  to  be
redeemed; and
     
     (8)  unless otherwise provided as to a particular series  of
Securities,  if  at  the time of publication or  mailing  of  any
notice  of  redemption the Company shall not have deposited  with
the  Trustee  or  Paying  Agent and/or irrevocably  directed  the
Trustee or Paying Agent to apply, from money held by it available
to  be  used for the redemption of Securities, an amount in  cash
sufficient to redeem all of the Securities called for redemption,
including  accrued interest to the Redemption Date,  such  notice
shall  state that it is subject to the receipt of the  redemption
moneys by the Trustee or Paying Agent before the Redemption  Date
(unless such redemption is mandatory) and such notice shall be of
no effect unless such moneys are so received before such date.

     Notice  of  redemption of Securities to be redeemed  at  the
election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at  the
Company's request, by the Trustee in the name and at the  expense
of the Company.

     SECTION 115.        Deposit of Redemption Price.

     Prior  to 10:00 a.m. any Redemption Date, the Company  shall
deposit  with  the  Trustee or with a Paying Agent  (or,  if  the
Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold  in
trust  as provided in Section 1009) an amount of money sufficient
to  pay  the  Redemption Price of, and (except if the  Redemption
Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest on,  all
the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date.

     SECTION 116.        Securities Payable on Redemption Date.

     Notice  of  redemption having been given as  aforesaid,  the
Securities  so  to  be  redeemed shall, on the  Redemption  Date,
become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified,
and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in
the  payment  of the Redemption Price and accrued interest)  such
Securities  shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender  of  any
such security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such
security  shall  be paid by the Company at the Redemption  Price,
together  with accrued interest to the Redemption Date; provided,
however,  that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity  is
on  or  prior  to  the Redemption Date shall be  payable  to  the
Holders   of   such  Securities,  or  one  or  more   Predecessor
Securities,  registered as such at the close of business  on  the
relevant Regular or Special Record Dates according to their terms
and the provisions of Section 307.

     If  any Security called for redemption shall not be so  paid
upon   surrender  thereof  for  redemption,  the  principal  (and
premium,  if  any)  shall,  until paid, bear  interest  from  the
Redemption  Date  at  the  rate  prescribed  thereof  or  in  the
security.

     SECTION 117.        Securities Redeemed in Part.

     Any  Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall  be
surrendered at an office or agency of the Company at a  Place  of
Payment  therefor  (with,  if  the  Company  or  the  Trustee  so
requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer
in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed
by,  the  Holder  thereof  or  his attorney  duly  authorized  in
writing),  and  the Company shall execute, and the Trustee  shall
authenticate  and deliver to the Holder of such security  without
service  charge, a new Security or Securities of the same  series
and  Stated Maturity, of any authorized denomination as requested
by  such  Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to  and  in
exchange  for  the  unredeemed portion of the  principal  of  the
security so surrendered.

                           ARTICLE 12

                         SINKING FUNDS

     SECTION 121.        Applicability of Article.

     The  provisions of this Article shall be applicable  to  any
sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series, except
as  otherwise  specified  as  contemplated  by  Section  301  for
Securities of such series.

     The  minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for
by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as
a  "Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment," and any payment in excess of
such  minimum  amount provided for by the terms of Securities  of
any  series  is herein referred to as an "Optional  Sinking  Fund
Payment."  If  provided for by the terms  of  Securities  of  any
series,  the  cash  amount of any sinking  fund  payment  may  be
subject  to redemption as provided in Section 1202. Each  sinking
fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities  of
any  series  as provided for by the terms of Securities  of  such
series.

     SECTION 122.     Satisfaction of Sinking  Fund  Payments
with Securities.

     The  Company  (1) may deliver Securities of a series  (other
than any Securities previously called for redemption) and (2) may
apply as a credit Securities of a series which have been redeemed
either  at the election of the Company pursuant to the  terms  of
such  Securities or through the application of permitted optional
sinking  fund payments pursuant to the terms of such  Securities,
in  each  case in satisfaction of all or any part of any  sinking
fund  payment  with  respect  to the Securities  of  such  series
required  to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities  as
provided  for  by  the terms of such series; provided  that  such
Securities  have not been previously so credited. Such Securities
shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at
the  Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption
through  operation  of the sinking fund and the  amount  of  such
sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

     SECTION  123.         Redemption of Securities  for  Sinking
Fund.
     Not  less  than 45 days prior to each sinking  fund  payment
date  for  any series of Securities, the Company will deliver  to
the Trustee an Officer's Certificate specifying the amount of the
next ensuing sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the
terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be
satisfied  by  payment of cash and the portion thereof,  if  any,
which  is  to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities
of  that series pursuant to Section 1202 and will also deliver to
the  Trustee any Securities to be so delivered. Not less than  30
days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall
select  the  Securities  to be redeemed upon  such  sinking  fund
payment  date in the manner specified in Section 1103  and  cause
notice  of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of  and
at  the  expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section
1104. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of  such
Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner  stated
in Sections 1106 and 1107.

                           ARTICLE 13

               DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

     SECTION  131.         Applicability  of  Article;  Company's
Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

     Unless  pursuant to Section 301 provision is  made  for  the
inapplicability  of  either or both  of  (a)  Defeasance  of  the
Securities  of  a  series  under Section  1302  or  (b)  Covenant
Defeasance of the Securities of a series under Section 1303, then
the  provisions of such Section or Sections, as the case may  be,
together  with  the  other provisions of this Article,  shall  be
applicable to the Securities of such series, and the Company  may
at  its option by Board Resolution, at any time, with respect  to
the  Securities of such series, elect to have either Section 1302
(unless  inapplicable) or Section 1303 (unless  inapplicable)  be
applied  to  the  Outstanding  Securities  of  such  series  upon
compliance with the applicable conditions set forth below in this
Article.

     SECTION 132.        Defeasance and Discharge.

     Upon  the  Company's  exercise of  the  option  provided  in
Section  1301  to  defease  the  Outstanding  Securities   of   a
particular  series,  the  Company shall be  discharged  from  its
obligations  with respect to the Outstanding Securities  of  such
series on the date the applicable conditions set forth in Section
1304  are satisfied (hereinafter, "Defeasance"). Defeasance shall
mean that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged
the entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Securities
of  such  series and to have satisfied all its other  obligations
under  such  Securities  and  this  Indenture  insofar  as   such
Securities are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of  the
Company,  shall  execute  proper  instruments  acknowledging  the
same); provided, however, that the following rights, obligations,
powers,  trusts,  duties  and  immunities  shall  survive   until
otherwise  terminated or discharged hereunder: (A) the rights  of
Holders  of  Outstanding Securities of such  series  to  receive,
solely from the trust fund provided for in Section 1304, payments
in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest
on  such Securities when such payments are due, (B) the Company's
obligations  with respect to such Securities under Sections  304,
305,  306, 1002 and 1009, (C) the rights, powers, trusts,  duties
and  immunities  of the Trustee hereunder and (D)  this  Article.
Subject to compliance with this Article, the Company may exercise
its  option  with respect to Defeasance under this  Section  1302
notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option with respect  to
Covenant  Defeasance  under  Section  1303  in  regard   to   the
Securities of such series.
     
     SECTION 133.        Covenant Defeasance.

     Upon  the  Company's  exercise of  the  option  provided  in
Section 1301 to obtain a Covenant Defeasance with respect to  the
Outstanding Securities of a particular series, the Company  shall
be released from its obligations under this Indenture (except its
obligations  under Sections 304, 305, 306, 506, 509,  610,  1001,
1002,  1006,  1008  and  1009) with respect  to  the  Outstanding
Securities  of  such series on and after the date the  applicable
conditions  set forth in Section 1304 are satisfied (hereinafter,
"Covenant Defeasance"). Covenant Defeasance shall mean that, with
respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series, the Company
may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of
any  term,  condition or limitation set forth in  this  Indenture
(except  its obligations under Sections 304, 305, 306, 506,  509,
610,  1001,  1002,  1006,  1008 and 1009),  whether  directly  or
indirectly  by  reason of any reference elsewhere  herein  or  by
reason  of any reference to any other provision herein or in  any
other  document, and such omission to comply shall not constitute
an  Event  of  Default  under  Section  501(4)  with  respect  to
Outstanding Securities of such series, and the remainder of  this
Indenture  and  of  the  Securities  of  such  series  shall   be
unaffected thereby.

     SECTION  134.         Conditions to Defeasance  or  Covenant
Defeasance.

     The  following  shall be the conditions to Defeasance  under
Section  1302  and  Covenant Defeasance under Section  1303  with
respect to the Outstanding Securities of a particular series:

     (1)   the Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused
to  be  deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying
the  requirements of Section 609 who shall agree to  comply  with
the provisions of this Article applicable to it), under the terms
of   an   irrevocable  trust  agreement  in  form  and  substance
reasonably satisfactory to such Trustee, as trust funds in  trust
for  the  purpose of making the following payments,  specifically
pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit  of
the  Holders of such Securities, (A) Dollars in an amount, or (B)
U.S.  Government Obligations which through the scheduled  payment
of  principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance  with
their  terms  will provide, not later than the due  date  of  any
payment,  money  in an amount, or (C) a combination  thereof,  in
each  case  sufficient, after payment of all federal,  state  and
local  taxes  or other charges or assessments in respect  thereof
payable by the Trustee, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
firm  of  independent public accountants expressed in  a  written
certification  thereof  delivered to  the  Trustee,  to  pay  and
discharge,  and which shall be applied by the Trustee  (or  other
qualifying  trustee) to pay and discharge, (i) the  principal  of
(and  premium, if any, on) and each installment of  principal  of
(and  premium, if any) and interest on the Outstanding Securities
of  such  series  on  the Stated Maturity of  such  principal  or
installment  of  principal or interest  and  (ii)  any  mandatory
sinking  fund  payments or analogous payments applicable  to  the
Outstanding  Securities of such series on the day on  which  such
payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture and of such Securities.

     (2)   No  Default  or Event of Default with respect  to  the
Securities  of such series shall have occurred and be  continuing
on  the  date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of  such
deposit, and no Default or Event of Default under clause  (5)  or
(6)  of Section 501 hereof shall occur and be continuing, at  any
time  during the period ending on the 31st day after the date  of
such  deposit (it being understood that this condition shall  not
be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period).

     (3)   Such deposit, Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance  shall
not  result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a  default
under, any other agreement or instrument to which the Company  is
a party or by which it is bound.

     (4)   Such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not cause
any  Securities  of  such  series then  listed  on  any  national
securities  exchange  registered under the  Exchange  Act  to  be
delisted.

     (5)   In  the  case of an election with respect  to  Section
1302, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee either  (A)
a  ruling  directed  to the Trustee received  from  the  Internal
Revenue Service to the effect that the Holders of the Outstanding
Securities of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss
for  federal  income tax purposes as a result of such  Defeasance
and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in
the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case
if such Defeasance had not occurred or (B) an Opinion of Counsel,
based  on  such  ruling or on a change in the applicable  federal
income  tax law since the date of this Indenture, in either  case
to  the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm
that,  the  Holders of the Outstanding Securities of such  series
will  not  recognize income, gain or loss for federal income  tax
purposes  as a result of such Defeasance and will be  subject  to
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at
the same times as would have been the case if such Defeasance had
not occurred.

     (6)   In  the  case of an election with respect  to  Section
1303,  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion
of  Counsel or a ruling directed to the Trustee received from the
Internal  Revenue Service to the effect that the Holders  of  the
Outstanding Securities of such series will not recognize  income,
gain  or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such
Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax  on
the  same  amounts, in the same manner and at the same  times  as
would  have  been  the case if such Covenant Defeasance  had  not
occurred.

     (7)   Such  Defeasance  or  Covenant  Defeasance  shall   be
effected  in compliance with any additional terms, conditions  or
limitations  which  may be imposed on the Company  in  connection
therewith pursuant to Section 301.

     (8)   The  Company shall have delivered to  the  Trustee  an
Officer's  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel,  each  stating
that all conditions precedent provided for relating to either the
Defeasance  under  Section 1302 or the Covenant Defeasance  under
Section 1303 (as the case may be) have been complied with.

     SECTION   135.        Deposited Money and Government
Obligations To Be Held In Trust.

     Subject  to the provisions of the last paragraph of  Section
1009,  all  money  and  Government  Obligations  (including   the
proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying
trustee--collectively  for purposes of  this  Section  1305,  the
"Trustee") pursuant to Section 1304 in respect of the Outstanding
Securities  of  a particular series shall be held  in  trust  and
applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such
Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own
Paying  Agent)  as the Trustee may determine, to the  Holders  of
such  Securities  of all sums due and to become  due  thereon  in
respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, but such
money  need  not  be segregated from other funds  except  to  the
extent required by law.

     The  Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any
tax,  fee  or  other  charge imposed on or assessed  against  the
Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1304 or  the
principal  and interest received in respect thereof,  other  than
any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account
of the Holders of the Outstanding Securities of such series.

     Anything  in  this  Article to the contrary notwithstanding,
the Trustee shall deliver to pay to the Company from time to time
upon Company Request any money or Government Obligations held  by
it  as  provided  ln  Section 1304 which, in  the  opinion  of  a
nationally  recognized  firm  of independent  public  accountants
expressed  in  a written certification thereof delivered  to  the
Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then  be
required to be deposited for the purpose for which such money  or
Government Obligations were deposited.

                           ARTICLE 14

                         MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 141.        Miscellaneous.

     This   instrument  may  be  executed  in   any   number   of
counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be  an
original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but
one and the same instrument.
     
     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, the parties hereto  have  caused  this
Indenture  to  be  duly executed, and their respective  corporate
seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day  and
year first above written.

                              INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

                              By  ___________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:

                              By: ___________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:
Attest:


                         
Name:
Title:

                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

                              By  __________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:
Attest:

_________________________
Name:
Title:





     
               

                   FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

                  Dated as of  March 23, 1998

                            between

                     INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

                           AS ISSUER

                              and

                      THE BANK OF NEW YORK

                           AS TRUSTEE


               
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS
                         
                                                                  Page

                      ARTICLE IDEFINITIONS                           1

SECTION 1.1.  Definition of Terms                                    1

                           ARTICLE II
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE DEBENTURES                       3

SECTION 2.1.  Designation and Principal Amount                       3
SECTION 2.2.  Maturity                                               3
SECTION 2.3.  Form and Payment                                       3
SECTION 2.4.  Global Debenture                                       3
SECTION 2.5.  Interest                                               4

                          ARTICLE III
REDEMPTION OF THE DEBENTURES                                         5

SECTION 3.1.  Tax Event Redemption                                   5
SECTION 3.2.  Redemption Procedure for Debentures                    5
SECTION 3.3.  No Sinking Fund                                        6
SECTION 3.4.  Option to Put Debentures upon a Failed Remarketing     6
SECTION 3.5.  Repurchase Procedure for Debentures                    6

                           ARTICLE IV
EXTENSION OF INTEREST PAYMENT PERIOD                                 6

SECTION 4.1.  Extension of Interest Payment Period                   6
SECTION 4.2.  Notice of Extension                                    7

                           ARTICLE V
EXPENSES                                                             8

SECTION 5.1.  Payment of Expenses                                    8
SECTION 5.2.  Payment Upon Resignation or Removal                    8

                           ARTICLE VI
NOTICE                                                               8

SECTION 6.1.  Notice by the Company                                  8

                          ARTICLE VII
FORM OF DEBENTURE                                                    9

SECTION 7.1.  Form of Debenture                                      9

                          ARTICLE VIII
ORIGINAL ISSUE OF DEBENTURES                                        17

SECTION 8.1.  Original Issue of Debentures                          17

                           ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS                                                       17

SECTION 9.1.  Ratification of Indenture                             17
SECTION 9.2.  Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals                  17
SECTION 9.3.  Governing Law                                         17
SECTION 9.4.  Separability                                          17
SECTION 9.5.  Counterparts.                                         17
SECTION 9.6.  Guarantee and Declaration                             18

                           ARTICLE X
REMARKETING                                                         18

SECTION 10.1.  Effectiveness of this Article.                       18
SECTION 10.2.  Remarketing Procedures.                              18


     FIRST  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of  March  23,  1998
(the  "First  Supplemental  Indenture"),  between  INGERSOLL-RAND
COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws
of  the State of New Jersey, (the "Company"), and The Bank of New
York, as trustee (the "Trustee").

     WHEREAS,  the  Company executed and delivered the  indenture
dated as of March 23, 1998 (the "Base Indenture"), to the Trustee
to  provide  for  the  future issuance of  the  Company's  senior
unsecured   debentures, notes or other evidence  of  indebtedness
(the "Securities"), to be issued from time to time in one or more
series  as  might  be determined by the Company  under  the  Base
Indenture;

     WHEREAS,  pursuant to the terms of the Base  Indenture,  the
Company desires to provide for the establishment of a new  series
of its Securities to be known as its 6.22% Debentures due May 16,
2003   (the  "Debentures"),  the  form  and  substance  of   such
Debentures and the terms, provisions and conditions thereof to be
set  forth  as  provided  in the Base Indenture  and  this  First
Supplemental Indenture (together, the "Indenture");

     WHEREAS,  Ingersoll-Rand Financing I, a  Delaware  statutory
business trust (the "Trust"), has offered to the public its 6.22%
Capital  Securities  (the  "Capital  Securities"),  representing,
undivided  beneficial ownership interests in the  assets  of  the
Trust,  and  proposes to invest the proceeds from such  offering,
together with the proceeds of the issuance and sale by the  Trust
to  the  Company  of  its  6.22% Common Securities  (the  "Common
Securities" and together with the Capital Securities, the  "Trust
Securities"), in the Debentures; and

     WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Trustee  execute
and   deliver   this   First  Supplemental  Indenture   and   all
requirements necessary to make this First Supplemental  Indenture
a  valid instrument in accordance with its terms, and to make the
Debentures,  when  executed by the Company and authenticated  and
delivered  by the Trustee, the valid obligations of  the  Company
and all acts and things necessary have been done and performed to
make  this First Supplemental Indenture enforceable in accordance
with  its  terms, and the execution and delivery  of  this  First
Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized in all respects:

     NOW   THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  purchase   and
acceptance of the Debentures by the Holders thereof, and for  the
purpose of setting forth, as provided in the Indenture, the  form
and  substance  of the Debentures and the terms,  provisions  and
conditions  thereof, the Company covenants and  agrees  with  the
Trustee as follows:

                           ARTICLE I.

                          DEFINITIONS

SECTION I.1.   Definition of Terms.

     Unless the context otherwise requires:

     (a)   a  term defined in the Indenture has the same  meaning
when used in this First Supplemental Indenture;

     (b)   a  term  defined  anywhere in this First  Supplemental
Indenture has the same meaning throughout;

     (c)  the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

     (d)   headings are for convenience of reference only and  do
not affect interpretation;

     (e)  the following terms have the meanings given to them  in
the  Declaration: (i) Applicable Principal Amount; (ii)Authorized
Newspaper; (iii) Business Day; (iv) Clearing Agency; (v) Delaware
Trustee;  (vi)  DTC; (vii) FELINE PRIDES; (viii)  Growth  PRIDES;
(ix)  Income PRIDES; (x) Institutional Trustee;  (xi)  Investment
Company Event; (xii) Capital Security Certificate; (xiii) Pricing
Agreement;  (xiv)  Purchase  Agreement;  (xv)  Put  Option  (xvi)
Quotation  Agent;  (xvii)  Regular Trustees;  (xviii)  Redemption
Amount,  (xix) Reset Agent; (xx) Reset Announcement  Date;  (xxi)
Reset Spread;(xxii) Tax Event; (xxiii) Tax Event Redemption Date;
(xxvi)   Treasury  Portfolio  Purchase  Price;   (xxv)   Treasury
Portfolio;  and  (xxvi) Treasury Securities and (xxvii)  Two-Year
Benchmark Treasury.

      (f)  the following terms have the meanings given to them in
this Section 1.11(f):
     "Compounded  Interest" shall have the meaning set  forth  in
Section 4.1.

     "Coupon  Rate" shall have the meaning set forth  in  Section
2.5.

     "Custodial  Agent" means Chase Manhattan Bank, as  Custodial
Agent.

     "Debenture Repayment Price" shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 3.4.

     "Declaration" means the Amended and Restated Declaration  of
Trust   of  Ingersoll-Rand  Financing  I,  a  Delaware  statutory
business trust, dated as of March 23, 1998.

     "Deferred  Interest"  shall have the meaning  set  forth  in
Section 4.1 hereof.

     "Dissolution  Event"  means  that,  as  a  result   of   the
occurrence and continuation of a Tax Event, an Investment Company
Event  or  otherwise, the Trust is to be dissolved in  accordance
with  the  Declaration, and, except in the case of  a  Tax  Event
Redemption, the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee  are
to  be  distributed to the holders of the Trust Securities issued
by the Trust pro rata in accordance with the Declaration.

     "Exchange Agent" means the Institutional Trustee.

     "Extended  Interest Payment Period" shall have  the  meaning
set forth in Section 4.1.

     "Failed  Remarketing" shall have the meaning  set  forth  in
Section 5.4(b) of the Purchase Contract Agreement.

     "Global  Debentures"  shall have the meaning  set  forth  in
Section 2.4.

     "Non  Book-Entry Capital Securities" shall have the  meaning
set forth in Section 2.4 .

     "Pledge  Agreement" means the Pledge Agreement dated  as  of
March  23,  1998,  among the Company, the Trust, Chase  Manhattan
Bank,  as  collateral agent and The Bank of New York, as purchase
contract agent.

     "Purchase Contract" shall have the meaning set forth in  the
Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of  March 23, 1998, between
the Company and The Bank of New York, as purchase contract agent.

     "Purchase Contract Settlement Date" means May 16, 2001.

     "Remarketing  Agent"  means Merrill  Lynch  &  Co.,  Merrill
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

     "Remarketing  Agreement"  means the  Remarketing  Agreement,
dated as of March 23, 1998, among the Company, the Trust, Merrill
Lynch  & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,
as  remarketing  agent  and The Bank of  New  York,  as  purchase
contract agent.

     "Remarketing Date" shall have the meaning set forth  in  the
Remarketing Agreement.

                           ARTICLE II
         GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE DEBENTURES

SECTION II.1.  Designation and Principal Amount.

     There is hereby authorized a series of Securities designated
the  6.22%  Debentures  (the "Debentures")  due   May  16,  2003,
limited  in  aggregate  principal amount to  $414,948,475,  which
amount  shall be as set forth in any written order of the Company
for  the  authentication and delivery of Debentures  pursuant  to
Section 303 of the Base Indenture.

SECTION II.2.  Maturity.  The Maturity Date will be May 16, 2003.

SECTION II.3.  Form and Payment.

     Except  as provided in Section 2.4, the Debentures shall  be
issued  in  fully  registered certificated form without  interest
coupons, bearing identical terms.  Principal and interest on  the
Debentures  issued  in  certificated form will  be  payable,  the
transfer  of  such  Debentures  will  be  registrable  and   such
Debentures will be exchangeable for Debentures bearing  identical
terms and provisions at the office or agency of the Institutional
Trustee; provided, however, that payment of interest may be  made
at  the  option of the Company by check mailed to the  Holder  at
such   address   as  shall  appear  in  the  Security   Register.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing, so long as  the  Holder  of  any
Debentures  is  the  Institutional Trustee, the  payment  of  the
principal  of  and  interest (including Compounded  Interest  and
expenses and taxes of the Trust set forth in Section 4.1  hereof,
if any) on such Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee will
be made at such place and to such account as may be designated by
the Institutional Trustee.

SECTION II.4.  Global Debenture.

     (a)  In connection with a Dissolution Event,

          (i)   the  Debentures  in  certificated  form  may   be
presented to the Trustee by the Institutional Trustee in exchange
for a global Debenture in an aggregate principal amount equal  to
the aggregate principal amount of all  outstanding Debentures  (a
"Global Debenture"), to be registered in the name of the Clearing
Agency,  or  its  nominee,  and delivered  by  the  Institutional
Trustee  to the Clearing Agency for crediting to the accounts  of
its  participants  pursuant to the instructions  of  the  Regular
Trustees.  The Company upon any such  presentation shall  execute
a Global Debenture in such aggregate principal amount and deliver
the  same  to  the  Trustee for authentication  and  delivery  in
accordance with the Indenture.  Payments on the Debentures issued
as a Global Debenture will be made to the Clearing Agency; and

          (ii)   if any Capital Securities are held in non  book-
entry certificated form, the Debentures in certificated form  may
be  presented to the Trustee by the Institutional Trustee and any
Capital  Security Certificate which represents Capital Securities
other than Capital Securities held by the  Clearing Agency or its
nominee ("Non Book-Entry Capital Securities") will  be deemed  to
represent beneficial interests in the Debentures presented to the
Trustee   by  the  Institutional  Trustee  having  an   aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the
Non  Book-Entry  Capital Securities until such  Capital  Security
Certificates are presented to the Security Registrar for transfer
or  reissuance  at which time such Capital Security  Certificates
will be cancelled and a Debenture, registered in the name of  the
holder  of the Capital Security Certificate or the transferee  of
the  holder of such Capital Security Certificate, as the case may
be,  with   an aggregate principal amount equal to the  aggregate
liquidation   amount   of   the  Capital   Security   Certificate
cancelled, will be executed by the Company  and delivered to  the
Trustee  for authentication and delivery in accordance  with  the
Indenture   to  such  holder.   On  issue  of  such   Debentures,
Debentures  with  an equivalent aggregate principal  amount  that
were   presented by the Institutional Trustee to the Trustee will
be deemed to have been cancelled.

     (b)  Unless and until it is exchanged for the Debentures  in
registered form, a Global Debenture may be transferred, in  whole
but  not in part, only to another nominee of the Clearing Agency,
or  to  a successor Clearing Agency selected or approved  by  the
Company or to a nominee of such successor Clearing Agency.

     (c)  If at any time the Clearing Agency notifies the Company
that  it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Clearing  Agency
or  if  at any time the Clearing Agency for such series shall  no
longer  be  registered or in good standing under  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other applicable statute  or
regulation,  and a successor Clearing Agency for such  series  is
not  appointed  by the Company within 90 days after  the  Company
receives such notice or becomes aware of such condition,  as  the
case  may  be, the Company will execute, and, subject to  Article
III  of the Indenture, the Trustee, upon written notice from  the
Company,   will  authenticate  and  deliver  the  Debentures   in
definitive   registered  form  without  coupons,  in   authorized
denominations, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to  the
principal  amount  of the Global Debenture in exchange  for  such
Global  Debenture.   In addition, the Company  may  at  any  time
determine that the Debentures shall no longer be represented by a
Global  Debenture.   In such event the Company will execute,  and
subject  to Section 3.3 of the Base Indenture, the Trustee,  upon
receipt of an Officer's Certificate evidencing such determination
by  the Company, will authenticate and deliver the Debentures  in
definitive   registered  form  without  coupons,  in   authorized
denominations, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to  the
principal  amount  of the Global Debenture in exchange  for  such
Global  Debenture. Upon the exchange of the Global Debenture  for
such Debentures in definitive registered form without coupons, in
authorized denominations, the Global Debenture shall be cancelled
by  the  Trustee.  Such Debentures in definitive registered  form
issued  in  exchange for the Global Debenture shall be registered
in  such  names  and  in  such authorized  denominations  as  the
Clearing  Agency,  pursuant to instructions from  its  direct  or
indirect  participants or otherwise, shall instruct the  Trustee.
The  Trustee shall deliver such Securities to the Clearing Agency
for delivery to the Persons in whose names such Securities are so
registered.

SECTION II.5.  Interest.

     (a)  Each Debenture will bear interest initially at the rate
of  6.22% per annum (the "Coupon Rate") from the original date of
issuance  until  May 15, 2001, and at the Reset  Rate  thereafter
until  the principal thereof becomes due and payable, and on  any
overdue  principal  and  (to  the extent  that  payment  of  such
interest  is  enforceable under applicable law)  on  any  overdue
installment of interest at the Coupon Rate until May 15, 2001 and
at  the  Reset  Rate  thereafter, compounded  quarterly,  payable
(subject  to  the provisions of Article IV herein)  quarterly  in
arrears  on  February 16, May 16, August 16 and November  16   of
each  year (each, an "Interest Payment Date") commencing  on  May
16,  1998,  to  the  Person in whose name such Debenture  or  any
predecessor Debenture is registered, at the close of business  on
the Regular Record Date for such interest installment, which,  in
respect  of (i) Debentures of which the Institutional Trustee  is
the Holder and the Capital Securities are in book-entry only form
or (ii) a Global Debenture, shall be the close of business on the
Business   Day   next  preceding  that  Interest  Payment   Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if (i) the Debentures are
held by the Institutional Trustee and the Capital Securities  are
no  longer in book-entry only form or (ii) the Debentures are not
represented  by  a  Global Debenture, the Company  may  select  a
Regular Record Date for such interest installment which shall  be
more  than one Business Day but less than 60 Business Days  prior
to an Interest Payment Date.

     (b)   The Coupon Rate on the Debentures will be reset on the
third  Business  Day immediately preceding the Purchase  Contract
Settlement  Date to the Reset Rate (which Reset Rate will  become
effective  on  and after the Purchase Contract Settlement  Date).
On the tenth (10) Business Day immediately preceding the Purchase
Contract Settlement Date, the Reset Announcement Date, the  Reset
Spread  and  the  relevant Two-Year Benchmark  Treasury  will  be
announced  by  the  Company.   On the  Business  Day  immediately
following such Reset Announcement Date, the Holders of Debentures
will  be  notified  of such Reset Spread and  Two-Year  Benchmark
Treasury by the Company.  Such notice shall be sufficiently given
to  such  Holders  of Debentures if published  in  an  Authorized
Newspaper.

     (c)   Not  later than seven calendar days nor more  than  15
calendar days immediately preceding the Reset Announcement  Date,
the  Company will request that the Clearing Agency or its nominee
(or  any  successor  Clearing  Agency  or  its  nominee)  or  the
Institutional Trustee, notify the Holders of Debentures  of  such
Reset Announcement Date and the procedures to be followed by such
holders  of  Debentures wishing to settle  the  related  Purchase
Contract  with  separate  cash on the  Business  Day  immediately
preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement Date.

     (d)   The amount of interest payable for any period will  be
computed  on  the  basis of a 360-day year consisting  of  twelve
30-day months.  Except as provided in the following sentence, the
amount  of  interest payable for any period shorter than  a  full
quarterly period for which interest is computed, will be computed
on  the  basis  of the actual number of days elapsed  in  such  a
90-day  period.  In the event that any date on which interest  is
payable on the Debentures is not a Business Day, then payment  of
interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding
day  which is a Business Day (and without any interest  or  other
payment  in  respect  of any such delay), except  that,  if  such
Business  Day  is  in  the next succeeding  calendar  year,  such
payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business  Day,
in  each  case with the same force and effect as if made on  such
date.

                          ARTICLE III
                  REDEMPTION OF THE DEBENTURES

SECTION III.1. Tax Event Redemption.
     
     If  a  Tax Event shall occur and be continuing, the  Company
may,  at its option, redeem the Debentures in whole (but  not  in
part)  at  any time at a Redemption Price per Debenture equal  to
the  Redemption Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest  thereon,
including Compounded Interest and the expenses and taxes  of  the
Trust  set  forth in Section 4.1 hereof, if any, to the  date  of
such redemption (the "Tax Event Redemption Date").  If, following
the  occurrence of a Tax Event, the Company exercises its  option
to  redeem  the Debentures, then the proceeds of such redemption,
if distributed to the Institutional Trustee as the sole Holder of
such Debentures, will be applied by the Institutional Trustee  to
redeem  Trust  Securities having an aggregate liquidation  amount
equal  to  the  aggregate principal amount of the  Debentures  so
redeemed,  at the Redemption Price.  If, following the occurrence
of  a  Tax Event prior to the Purchase Contract Settlement  Date,
the  Company  exercises its option to redeem the Debentures,  the
Company  shall  appoint  the  Quotation  Agent  to  assemble  the
Treasury  Portfolio in consultation with the Company.  Notice  of
any  redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than
60  days  before the Tax Event Redemption Date to each registered
Holder of the Debentures to be prepaid at its registered address.
Unless  the Company defaults in payment of the Redemption  Price,
on  and  after the redemption date interest shall cease to accrue
on such Debentures.

SECTION III.2.  Redemption Procedure for Debentures.

     Payment of the Redemption Price to each Holder of Debentures
shall be made by the  Paying Agent, no later than 12:00 noon, New
York  City  time, on the Tax Event Redemption Date, by  check  or
wire transfer in immediately available funds at such place and to
such  account  as  may  be  designated by  each  such  Holder  of
Debentures, including the Institutional Trustee or the Collateral
Agent,  as  the  case may be.  If the Trustee  holds  immediately
available  funds sufficient to pay the Redemption  Price  of  the
Debentures (or, if the Company is acting as Paying Agent  or  the
Institutional  Trustee has received the Redemption Price),  then,
on  such Tax Event Redemption Date, such Debentures will cease to
be outstanding and interest thereon will cease to accrue, whether
or not such Debentures have been received by the Company, and all
other  rights  of  the Holder in respect of the Debentures  shall
terminate  and  lapse  (other  than  the  right  to  receive  the
Redemption  Price  upon delivery of such Debentures  but  without
interest on such Redemption Price).

SECTION III.3. No Sinking Fund.

     The  Debentures  are  not entitled to  the  benefit  of  any
sinking fund.

SECTION   III.4.  Option  to  Put  Debentures   upon   a   Failed
Remarketing.

     If  a Failed Remarketing (as described in Section 5.4(b)  of
the  Purchase  Contract  Agreement  and  incorporated  herein  by
reference) has occurred, each holder of Securities who holds such
Securities on the day immediately following the Purchase Contract
Settlement Date, shall, upon at least three Business Days'  prior
notice,  have  the right (the "Put Option") on the  Business  Day
immediately  following  May 16, 2001, to  require  the  Trust  to
distribute  their pro rata share of Debentures  to  the  Exchange
Agent  and  to require the Exchange Agent to put such Debentures,
on  behalf  of  such  holders on June 1, 2001  (the  "Put  Option
Exercise Date") at a repayment price of $25 per Security plus  an
amount  equal to the accrued and unpaid Distributions  (including
deferred  distributions, if any) thereon to the date  of  payment
(the "Debenture Repayment Price").

SECTION III.5. Repurchase Procedure for Debentures.

          (a)   In order for the Debentures to be repurchased  on
the  Put  Option Exercise Date, the Company must  receive  on  or
prior  to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the third Business  Day
immediately  preceding  the  Put Option  Exercise  Date,  at  the
principal   executive  offices  of  Ingersoll-Rand   Company   in
Woodcliff Lake, New Jersey, the Debentures to be repurchased with
the  form entitled "Option to Elect Repayment" on the reverse  of
or  otherwise  accompanying such Debentures duly completed.   Any
such  notice  received by the Trustee shall be irrevocable.   All
questions as to the validity, eligibility (including time  of  re
ceipt)  and acceptance of the Debentures for repayment  shall  be
determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and
binding.
          (b)   Payment of the Debenture Repayment Price  to  the
Exchange Agent shall be made through the Trustee, subject to  the
Trustee's receipt of payment from the Company in accordance  with
the  terms  of  the Indenture either through the Trustee  or  the
Company  acting  as Paying Agent, no later than 12:00  noon,  New
York  City time, on the Put Option Exercise Date, and to such  ac
count as may be designated by the Exchange Agent.  If the Trustee
holds immediately available funds sufficient to pay the Debenture
Repayment Price of the Debentures presented for repayment (or, if
the  Company  is  acting  as Paying Agent and  the  Institutional
Trustee  has  received  the  Debenture  Repayment  Price),  then,
immediately  prior to the close of business on the  Business  Day
immediately  preceding  the  Put  Option  Exercise   Date,   such
Debentures will cease to be outstanding and interest thereon will
cease  to  accrue,  whether  or not  such  Debentures  have  been
received  by the Company, and all other rights of the  Holder  in
respect  of  the  Debentures, including  the  Holder's  right  to
require the Company to repay such Debentures, shall terminate and
lapse  (other  than the right to receive the Debenture  Repayment
Price  upon  delivery of such Debentures but without interest  on
such  Debenture  Repayment Price).  Neither the Trustee  nor  the
Company  will  be required to register or cease to be  registered
the  transfer of any Debenture for which repayment has been elect
ed.

                           ARTICLE IV
              EXTENSION OF INTEREST PAYMENT PERIOD

SECTION IV.1.  Extension of Interest Payment Period.

     The  Company shall have the right at any time, and from time
to  time, during the term of the Debentures, to defer payments of
interest  by  extending  the  interest  payment  period  of  such
Debentures  for a period not extending, in the aggregate,  beyond
the  Maturity  Date  of  the Debentures (the  "Extended  Interest
Payment  Period"), during which Extended Interest Payment  Period
no interest shall be due and payable.  To the extent permitted by
applicable law, interest, the payment of which has been  deferred
because  of the extension of the interest payment period pursuant
to  this  Section 4.1, will bear interest thereon at the rate  of
6.22%  until  May  15,  2001, and at the  Reset  Rate  thereafter
compounded  quarterly for each quarter of the  Extended  Interest
Payment  Period  ("Compounded Interest").   At  the  end  of  the
Extended  Interest  Payment Period, the  Company  shall  pay  all
interest  accrued  and  unpaid on the Debentures,  including  any
expenses  and taxes of the Trust set forth in Section 5.1  hereof
and  Compounded  Interest  (together, "Deferred  Interest")  that
shall  be payable to the Holders of the Debentures in whose names
the  Debentures  are registered in the Security Register  on  the
first  record date after the end of the Extended Interest Payment
Period; provided, however, that during any such Extended Interest
Payment  Period,  (a)  the  Company  shall  not  declare  or  pay
dividends on or make any distribution with respect to, or redeem,
purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect  to,
any   of   its  capital  stock  (other  than  (i)  purchases   or
acquisitions  of capital stock of the Company in connection  with
the  satisfaction  by  the Company of its obligations  under  any
employee benefit plans or the satisfaction by the Company of  its
obligations  pursuant to any contract or security outstanding  on
the  date of such event requiring the Company to purchase capital
stock  of the Company, (ii) as a result of a reclassification  of
the  Company's capital stock or the exchange or conversion of one
class  or series of the Company's capital stock for another class
or  series  of the Company capital stock, (iii) the  purchase  of
fractional  interests  in shares of the Company's  capital  stock
pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital
stock  or  the  security  being  converted  or  exchanged,   (iv)
dividends  or distributions in capital stock of the  Company  (or
rights to acquire capital stock) or repurchases or redemptions of
capital  stock  solely from the issuance or exchange  of  capital
stock or (v) redemptions or repurchases of any rights outstanding
under a shareholder rights plan or the declaration thereunder  of
a  dividend of rights in the future), (b) the Company  shall  not
make any payment of interest, principal or premium, if any, on or
repay,  repurchase or redeem any debt securities  issued  by  the
Company  that rank junior to the Debentures, and (c) the  Company
shall  not  make  any  guarantee payments  with  respect  to  the
foregoing (other than payments pursuant to the Guarantee).  Prior
to  the termination of any Extended Interest Payment Period,  the
Company may further extend such period, provided that such period
together  with  all such previous and further extensions  thereof
shall  not  extend  beyond the Maturity Date of  the  Debentures.
Upon the termination of any Extended Interest Payment Period  and
the  payment  of all Deferred Interest then due, the Company  may
commence a new Extended Interest Payment Period, subject  to  the
foregoing  requirements.  No interest shall be  due  and  payable
during  an  Extended Interest Payment Period, except at  the  end
thereof,  but  the  Company, at its option,  may  prepay  on  any
Interest Payment Date all or any portion of the interest  accrued
during  the then elapsed portion of an Extended Interest  Payment
Period.

SECTION IV.2.  Notice of Extension.

     (a)   If  the  Institutional Trustee is the only  registered
Holder  of  the  Debentures at the time the  Company  selects  an
Extended Interest Payment Period, the Company shall give  written
notice to the Regular Trustees, the Institutional Trustee and the
Trustee of its selection of such Extended Interest Payment Period
one  Business  Day before the earlier of (i) the next  succeeding
date on which Distributions on the Trust Securities issued by the
Trust are payable, or (ii) the date the Trust is required to give
notice  of  the  record date, or the date such Distributions  are
payable,  to  the  New  York Stock Exchange or  other  applicable
self-regulatory  organization  or  to  holders  of  the   Capital
Securities  issued by the Trust, but in any event  at  least  one
Business Day before such record date.

     (b)  If the Institutional Trustee is not the only Holder  of
the  Debentures  at  the  time the Company  selects  an  Extended
Interest  Payment Period, the Company shall give the  Holders  of
the Debentures and the Trustee written notice of its selection of
such  Extended Interest Payment Period at least 10 Business  Days
before  the  earlier of (i) the next succeeding Interest  Payment
Date, or (ii) the date the Company is required to give notice  of
the  record or payment date of such interest payment to  the  New
York   Stock   Exchange   or  other  applicable   self-regulatory
organization or to Holders of the Debentures.

                           ARTICLE V
                            EXPENSES

SECTION V.1.   Payment of Expenses.

     In  connection with the offering, sale and issuance  of  the
Debentures  to  the Institutional Trustee and in connection  with
the sale  of the Trust Securities by the Trust, the Company,  in
its capacity as borrower with respect to the Debentures,  shall:
(a)  pay  all costs and expenses relating to the offering,  sale
and issuance  of  the Debentures, including commissions  to  the
underwriters  payable pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement  and
the Pricing Agreement and compensation of the Trustee under  the
Indenture in accordance with the provisions of Section 607 of the
Base Indenture;

     (b)   pay all costs and expenses of the Trust including, but
not  limited  to, costs and expenses relating to the organization
of  the  Trust,  the  offering, sale and issuance  of  the  Trust
Securities   (including  commissions  to  the   underwriters   in
connection therewith), the fees and expenses of the Institutional
Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, the costs and expenses relating
to  the  operation  of  the Trust, including without  limitation,
costs  and  expenses  of accountants, attorneys,  statistical  or
bookkeeping  services, expenses for printing  and  engraving  and
computing or accounting equipment, paying agent(s), registrar(s),
transfer  agent(s), duplicating, travel and telephone  and  other
telecommunications  expenses and costs and expenses  incurred  in
connection  with the acquisition, financing, and  disposition  of
Trust assets) to which the Trust might become subject;

     (c)  be primarily liable for any indemnification obligations
arising with respect to the Declaration; and

     (d)   pay  any  and  all  taxes (other  than  United  States
withholding  taxes attributable to the Trust or its  assets)  and
all liabilities, costs and expenses with respect to such taxes of
the Trust.

SECTION V.2.   Payment Upon Resignation or Removal.

     Upon termination of this First Supplemental Indenture or the
Base Indenture or the removal or resignation of the Trustee,  the
Company shall pay to the Trustee all amounts accrued to the  date
of  such termination, removal or resignation. Upon termination of
the  Declaration  or the removal or resignation of  the  Delaware
Trustee  or  the Institutional Trustee, as the case may  be,  the
Company  shall  pay to the Delaware Trustee or the  Institutional
Trustee, as the case may be, all amounts accrued to the  date  of
such termination, removal or resignation.
                                
                           ARTICLE VI
                             NOTICE
                                
SECTION VI.1.  Notice by the Company.

     The   Company  shall  give  prompt  written  notice   to   a
Responsible  Officer  of the Trustee of any  fact  known  to  the
Company  that would prohibit the making of any payment of  monies
to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debentures pursuant to the
provisions  of  this  Article  VI.  Notwithstanding  any  of  the
provisions  of  the  Base Indenture and this  First  Supplemental
Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the
existence  of  any facts that would prohibit the  making  of  any
payment  of  monies  to  or  by the Trustee  in  respect  of  the
Debentures  pursuant  to the provisions of  the  Base  Indenture;
provided,  however, that if the Trustee shall not  have  received
the  notice provided for in this Article VI at least two Business
Days  prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any  money
may   become   payable   for  any  purpose  (including,   without
limitation, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if  any)
or interest on any Debenture), then, anything herein contained to
the  contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full  power
and  authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the
purposes  for which they were received, and shall not be affected
by  any  notice to the contrary that may be received by it within
two Business Days prior to such date.

                          ARTICLE VII
                       FORM OF DEBENTURE

SECTION VII.1. Form of Debenture.
     
     The Debentures and the Trustee's  Certificate of
Authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially  in
the following forms:
     
                  (FORM OF FACE OF DEBENTURE)
     
     [IF THE DEBENTURE IS TO BE A GLOBAL DEBENTURE, INSERT - THIS
DEBENTURE  IS  A  GLOBAL  DEBENTURE WITHIN  THE  MEANING  OF  THE
INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN  THE  NAME
OF THE CLEARING AGENCY OR A NOMINEE OR THE CLEARING AGENCY.  THIS
DEBENTURE IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR DEBENTURES REGISTERED IN  THE  NAME
OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE CLEARING AGENCY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN
THE  LIMITED  CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE  INDENTURE,  AND  NO
TRANSFER  OF  THIS  DEBENTURE (OTHER  THAN  A  TRANSFER  OF  THIS
DEBENTURE AS A WHOLE BY THE CLEARING AGENCY TO A NOMINEE  OF  THE
CLEARING  AGENCY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE CLEARING  AGENCY  TO  THE
CLEARING AGENCY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE CLEARING AGENCY) MAY BE
REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.]

     UNLESS   THIS  DEBENTURE  IS  PRESENTED  BY  AN   AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER  STREET,
NEW  YORK,  NEW YORK) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION
OF  TRANSFER,  EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT AND ANY  DEBENTURE  ISSUED  IS
REGISTERED  IN  THE  NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR  SUCH  OTHER  NAME  AS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY  AND  ANY  PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE  TO  CEDE  &  CO.,  ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY  A
PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO.,
HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

No.__________________________________
$  __________________________________

                     INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY
                         6.22% DEBENTURE
                        DUE May 16, 2003
     
     INGERSOLL-RAND  COMPANY,  a  New  Jersey  corporation   (the
"Company",  which  term includes any successor corporation  under
the  Indenture  hereinafter referred  to),  for  value  received,
hereby promises to pay to______________________________,  the
principal sum of _______________________________________________
($______________)  on  May  16, 2003 (such  date  is  hereinafter
referred to as the "Maturity Date"), and to pay interest on  said
principal  sum  from  March 23, 1998, or  from  the  most  recent
interest  payment  date  (each such date,  an  "Interest  Payment
Date")  to  which  interest has been paid or duly  provided  for,
quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on
February  16,  May 16, August 16 and November 16  of  each  year,
commencing  on May 16, 1998, initially at the rate of  6.22%  per
annum  until May 15, 2001, and at the Reset Rate thereafter until
the  principal hereof shall have become due and payable,  and  on
any   overdue  principal  and  premium,  if  any,  and   (without
duplication  and to the extent that payment of such  interest  is
enforceable  under applicable law) on any overdue installment  of
interest  at  the rate of 6.22% until May 15, 2001,  and  at  the
Reset  Date thereafter, compounded quarterly.  The interest  rate
will be reset on the third business day preceding May 16, 2001 to
the Reset Rate (as determined by the Reset Agent).  The amount of
interest  payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be  computed
on  the  basis  of  a 360-day year consisting  of  twelve  30-day
months.  In the event that any date on which interest is  payable
on this Debenture is not a Business Day, then payment of interest
payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that
is  a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment  in
respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day  is
in  the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made
on  the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the
same  force  and  effect as if made on such date.   The  interest
installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for,
on  any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture,
be  paid  to the person in whose name this Debenture (or  one  or
more  Predecessor  Securities, as defined in said  Indenture)  is
registered  at the close of business on the regular  record  date
for  such  interest installment which in the  case  of  a  Global
Debenture shall be the close of business on the business day next
preceding  such  Interest  Payment Date;  provided,  however,  if
pursuant  to  the  terms of the Indenture the Debentures  are  no
longer  represented by a Global Debenture, the Company may select
such  regular  record  date for such interest  installment  which
shall  be  more than one Business Day but less than  60  Business
Days  prior  to  an  Interest Payment Date.   Any  such  interest
installment  not  punctually  paid or  duly  provided  for  shall
forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holders  on  such
regular  record date and may be paid to the Person in whose  name
this  Debenture  (or  one  or  more  Predecessor  Securities)  is
registered at the close of business on a special record  date  to
be  fixed  by  the  Trustee  for the payment  of  such  defaulted
interest, notice whereof shall be given to the registered Holders
of  this series of Debentures not less than 10 days prior to such
special  record  date, or may be paid at any time  in  any  other
lawful  manner  not  inconsistent with the  requirements  of  any
securities  exchange on which the Debentures may be  listed,  and
upon  such notice as may be required by such exchange all as more
fully  provided in the Indenture.  The principal of (and premium,
if  any)  and the interest on this Debenture shall be payable  at
the  office or agency of the Trustee maintained for that  purpose
in  any coin or currency of the United States of America that  at
the  time  of payment is legal tender for payment of  public  and
private debts; provided, however, that payment of interest may be
made  at  the  option  of  the Company by  check  mailed  to  the
registered  Holders  at  such address  as  shall  appear  in  the
Security Register or by wire transfer to an account appropriately
designated by the Holders entitled thereto.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  so  long  as  the Holder of  this  Debenture  is  the
Institutional Trustee or the Collateral Agent, the payment of the
principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Debenture
will  be  made  at  such  place and to such  account  as  may  be
designated  in  writing  by  the  Institutional  Trustee  or  the
Collateral Agent.

     The  indebtedness  evidenced by this Debenture  is,  to  the
extent  provided in the Indenture, senior and unsecured and  will
rank  in  right  of  payment  on parity  with  all  other  senior
unsecured obligations of the Company.

     This  Debenture shall not be entitled to any  benefit  under
the  Indenture  hereinafter  referred  to,  be  valid  or  become
obligatory   for   any   purpose   until   the   Certificate   of
Authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on  behalf  of
the Trustee.

     The  provisions  of  this Debenture  are  continued  on  the
reverse  side hereof and such continued provisions shall for  all
purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth  at  this
place.
     
     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument
to be executed.

Dated: March 23, 1998
                              INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

                              By: __________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:
                          
                                     By: ____________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:
                          
Attest:

By: _________________________________________________________
 Name:
 Title:
                 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This  is  one  of  the  Debentures of the  series  of  Debentures
described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated ______________________________________________________

The Bank of New York
 as Trustee

By ________________________________________________________
 Authorized Signatory


                 (FORM OF REVERSE OF DEBENTURE)

 This  Debenture is one of a duly authorized series of Securities
of   the   Company   (herein  sometimes  referred   to   as   the
"Securities"), specified in the Indenture, all issued  or  to  be
issued  in  one or more series under and pursuant to an Indenture
dated  as of March 23, 1998 (the "Base Indenture"), duly executed
and  delivered between the Company and  The Bank of New York,  as
Trustee  (the "Trustee") (as supplemented by a First Supplemental
Indenture,  dated  March 23, 1998), (the  Base  Indenture  as  so
supplemented,  the  "Indenture"),  to  which  Indenture  and  all
indentures  supplemental thereto reference is hereby made  for  a
description  of  the rights, limitations of rights,  obligations,
duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company  and
the  Holders  of the Securities.  By the terms of the  Indenture,
the Securities are issuable in series that may vary as to amount,
date  of  maturity,  rate of interest and in  other  respects  as
provided in the Indenture.  This series of Securities is  limited
in   aggregate  principal  amount  as  specified  in  said  First
Supplemental Indenture.

 If  a  Tax Event shall occur and be continuing, the Company may,
at  its  option, redeem Debentures in whole (but not in part)  at
any  time  at  a  Redemption Price per  Debenture  equal  to  the
Redemption  Amount  plus  accrued and  unpaid  interest  thereon,
including Compounded Interest and expenses and taxes of the Trust
(each  as  defined  herein), if any, to the Tax Event  Redemption
Date.   The Redemption Price shall be paid to each Holder of  the
Debenture by the Company, no later than 12:00 noon, New York City
time, on the Tax Event Redemption Date, by check or wire transfer
in immediately available funds, at such place and to such account
as may be designated by each such Holder.

 The  Debentures are not entitled to the benefit of  any  sinking
fund.

 If  a Failed Remarketing (as described in Section 5.4(b) of  the
Purchase Contract Agreement and incorporated herein by reference)
has occurred, each holder of Securities who holds such Securities
on the day immediately following The Purchase Contract Settlement
Date,  shall,  upon at least three Business Days'  prior  notice,
have the right (the "Put Option") on the Business Day immediately
following May 16, 2001, to require the Trust to distribute  their
pro rata share of Debentures to the Exchange Agent and to require
the  Exchange  Agent to put such Debentures, on  behalf  of  such
holders  on  June 1, 2001 (the "Put Option Exercise Date")  at  a
repayment price of $25 per Security plus an amount equal  to  the
accrued    and    unpaid   Distributions   (including    deferred
distributions,  if  any)  thereon to the  date  of  payment  (the
"Debenture Repayment Price").

 In  order  for the Debentures to be so repurchased, the  Company
must receive, on or prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City Time on  the
third  Business Day immediately preceding the Put Option Exercise
Date,  at  the  principal  executive  offices  of  Ingersoll-Rand
Company  in  Woodcliff  Lake, New Jersey, the  Debentures  to  be
repurchased with the form entitled "Option to Elect Repayment" on
the  reverse  of  or otherwise accompanying such Debentures  duly
completed.   Any  such notice received by the  Trustee  shall  be
irrevocable.   All  questions  as to  the  validity,  eligibility
(including time of receipt) and acceptance of the Debentures  for
repayment shall be determined by the Company, whose determination
shall  be  final  and  binding.  The  payment  of  the  Debenture
Repayment  Price  in respect of such Debentures  shall  be  made,
either through the Trustee or the Company acting as Paying Agent,
no  later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Put  Option
Exercise Date.

 In  case an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, shall
have  occurred  and be continuing, the principal of  all  of  the
Debentures  may  be  declared, and upon  such  declaration  shall
become,  due  and  payable, in the manner, with  the  effect  and
subject  to  the  conditions  provided  in  the  Indenture.   The
Indenture  contains  provisions permitting the  Company  and  the
Trustee,  with  the consent of the Holders of  not  less  than  a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures of  each
series  affected  at  the time outstanding,  as  defined  in  the
Indenture, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of,
among  other  things, adding any provisions  to  or  changing  or
eliminating  any  of the provisions of the Indenture  or  of  any
supplemental indenture or of modifying the rights of the  Holders
of  the  Debentures; provided, however, that, among other things,
no  such  supplemental indenture shall (i) reduce  the  principal
amount  thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment
of interest thereon (subject to the Company's right to defer such
payments  in the manner set forth herein), or reduce any  premium
payable upon the redemption thereof, without the consent  of  the
Holder  of  each  Debenture  so  affected,  or  (ii)  reduce  the
aforesaid  percentage  of Debentures, the Holders  of  which  are
required  to consent to any such supplemental indenture,  without
the  consent  of  the Holders of each Debenture then  outstanding
and  affected  thereby.  The Indenture also  contains  provisions
permitting  the  Holders  of a majority in   aggregate  principal
amount  of  the Securities of any series at the time  outstanding
affected  thereby,  on  behalf of  all  of  the  Holders  of  the
Debentures of such series, to waive a Default or Event of Default
with  respect  to  such  series, and its consequences,  except  a
Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or
premium,  if  any, or interest on any of the Securities  of  such
series.  Any such consent or waiver by the registered  Holder  of
this  Debenture  (unless revoked as provided  in  the  Indenture)
shall  be  conclusive and binding upon such Holder and  upon  all
future  Holders and owners of this Debenture and of any Debenture
issued   in   exchange  for  or  in  place  hereof  (whether   by
registration of transfer or otherwise), irrespective  of  whether
or  not any notation of such consent or waiver is made upon  this
Debenture.

 No  reference herein to the Indenture and no provision  of  this
Debenture  or  of  the  Indenture  shall  alter  or  impair   the
obligation  of  the Company, which is absolute and unconditional,
to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this
Debenture at the time and place and at the rate and in the  money
herein prescribed.

 So  long  as  the  Company is not in default in the  payment  of
interest  on the Debenture, the Company shall have the  right  at
any  time during the term of the Debentures from time to time  to
extend  the  interest  payment period of such  Debentures  for  a
period not extending, in the aggregate, beyond the Maturity  Date
of  the  Debentures (an "Extended Interest Payment Period").   At
the end of an Extended Interest Payment Period, the Company shall
pay  all  interest  then accrued and unpaid  (together  with  the
interest thereon at the rate of 6.22% until May 15, 2001  and  at
the  Reset  Rate  thereafter to the extent that payment  of  such
interest is enforceable under applicable law). In the event  that
the  Company exercises this right, then (a) the Company shall not
declare  or  pay dividends or make any distribution with  respect
to,  or  redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation  payment
with  respect  to,  any  of its capital  stock  (other  than  (i)
purchases  or  acquisitions of capital stock of  the  Company  in
connection   with  the  satisfaction  by  the  Company   of   its
obligations  under any employee benefit plans or the satisfaction
by  the  Company of its obligations pursuant to any  contract  or
security  outstanding  on the date of such  event  requiring  the
Company  to  purchase capital stock of the  Company,  (ii)  as  a
result  of a reclassification of the Company's capital  stock  or
the  exchange  or  conversion  of one  class  or  series  of  the
Company's  capital  stock for another  class  or  series  of  the
Company's   capital  stock,  (iii)  the  purchase  of  fractional
interests  in shares of the Company's capital stock  pursuant  to
the  conversion or exchange provisions of such capital  stock  or
the  security  being converted or exchanged,  (iv)  dividends  or
distributions  in  capital stock of the  Company  (or  rights  to
acquire  capital stock) or repurchases or redemptions of  capital
stock  solely from the issuance or exchange of capital  stock  or
(v)  redemptions or purchases of any rights outstanding  under  a
shareholder  rights  plan  or  the declaration  thereunder  of  a
dividend of rights in the future), (b) the Company shall not make
any  payment of interest, principal or premium, if any, or repay,
repurchase  or redeem any debt securities issued by  the  Company
that rank junior to the Debentures, and (c) the Company shall not
make  any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing (other
than   payments  pursuant  to  the  Guarantee).   Prior  to   the
termination  of  any such Extended Interest Payment  Period,  the
Company may further extend the interest payment period; provided,
that  such  Extended Interest Payment Period, together  with  all
such  previous  and further extensions thereof,  may  not  extend
beyond the Maturity Date of the Debenture. At the termination  of
any such Extended Interest Payment Period and upon the payment of
all  accrued  and unpaid interest and any additional amount  then
due,  the  Company  may commence a new Extended Interest  Payment
Period, subject to the above requirements.

 As    provided   in  the  Indenture  and  subject   to   certain
limitations therein set forth, this Debenture is transferable  by
the  registered  Holder hereof on the Security  Register  of  the
Company,  upon  surrender of this Debenture for  registration  of
transfer  at the office or agency of the Trustee in The  City  of
New  York  and  State  of  New  York  accompanied  by  a  written
instrument  or   instruments of transfer in form satisfactory  to
the Company or the Trustee duly executed by the registered Holder
hereof or his attorney duly authorized in  writing, and thereupon
one  or  more new Debentures of authorized denominations and  for
the same aggregate principal amount and series will be issued  to
the  designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will
be  made  for  any  such transfer, but the  Company  may  require
payment   of  a  sum  sufficient  to  cover  any  tax  or   other
governmental charge payable in relation thereto.
 
 Prior  to due presentment for registration of transfer  of  this
Debenture,  the Company, the Trustee, any Paying  Agent  and  the
Security  Registrar  may  deem and treat  the  registered  holder
hereof  as  the  absolute  owner  hereof  (whether  or  not  this
Debenture  shall  be overdue and notwithstanding  any  notice  of
ownership  or  writing  hereon made  by  anyone  other  than  the
Security Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on
account of the principal hereof and premium, if any, and interest
due  hereon  and for all other purposes, and neither the  Company
nor  the  Trustee nor any Paying Agent nor any Security Registrar
shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 No  recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or
the interest on this Debenture, or for any claim based hereon, or
otherwise  in  respect hereof, or based on or in respect  of  the
Indenture,  against  any  incorporator, shareholder,  officer  or
director, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or  of
any  predecessor or successor corporation, whether by  virtue  of
any  constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the  enforcement
of  any  assessment or penalty or otherwise, all  such  liability
being,  by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration
for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released.

 The  Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the
Company  to,  among other things, merge or consolidate  with  any
other   Person  or  sell,  assign,  transfer  or  lease  all   or
substantially all of its properties or assets. All such covenants
and   limitations   are   subject  to  a  number   of   important
qualifications   and   exceptions.  The   Company   must   report
periodically  to the Trustee on compliance with the covenants  in
the Indenture.

 The  Debentures of this series are issuable only  in  registered
form  without  coupons in denominations of $25 and  any  integral
multiple  thereof.   This Global Debenture  is  exchangeable  for
Debentures   in  definitive  form  only  under  certain   limited
circumstances  set forth in the Indenture.  As  provided  in  the
Indenture  and subject to certain limitations therein set  forth,
Debentures of this series so issued are exchangeable for  a  like
aggregate  principal amount of Debentures of  this  series  of  a
different  authorized denomination, as requested  by  the  Holder
surrendering the same.

     All  terms  used in this Debenture that are defined  in  the
Indenture  shall  have  the meanings  assigned  to  them  in  the
Indenture.
                   OPTION TO ELECT REPAYMENT

     The  undersigned hereby irrevocably requests  and  instructs
the  Company  to  repay  $_____ principal amount  of  the  within
Debenture,  pursuant  to its terms, on the "Put  Option  Exercise
Date," together with  any interest thereon accrued but unpaid  to
the date of repayment, to the undersigned at:

(Please print or type name and address of the undersigned)

and  to  issue to the undersigned, pursuant to the terms  of  the
Debenture,  a  new  Debenture  or  Debentures  representing   the
remaining aggregate principal amount of this Debenture.

For  this  Option  to  Elect  Repayment  to  be  effective,  this
Debenture with the Option to Elect Repayment duly completed  must
be  received  by  the  Company at Ingersoll-Rand  Company,  Attn:
Corporate Secretary, 200 Chestnut Ridge Road, Woodcliff Lake, New
Jersey 07679, no later than 5:00 p.m. on June 1, 2001.

Dated:                  Signature:_______________________________
              Signature Guarantee:_______________________________

Note:  The  signature  to  this Option to  Elect  Repayment  must
correspond  with the name as written upon the face of the  within
Debenture  without  alternation  or  enlargement  or  any  change
whatsoever.
   
                       SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
     Signatures  must  be  guaranteed by an  "eligible  guarantor
institution"  meeting  the requirements of the  Registrar,  which
requirements include membership or participation in the  Security
Transfer   Agent  Medallion  Program  ("STAMP")  or  such   other
"signature  guarantee  program"  as  may  be  determined  by  the
Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP,  all  in
accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
                        ----------------
                           ASSIGNMENT

FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers  this
Debenture to:
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________

(Insert assignee's social security or tax identification number)
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________

           (Insert address and zip code of assignee)
and irrevocably appoints
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
agent  to transfer this Debenture on the books of the Trust.  The
agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date: ____________________________________

                          Signature: _____________________________

                          Signature Guarantee: ___________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this  Deb
enture)

                       SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
     Signatures  must  be  guaranteed by an  "eligible  guarantor
institution"  meeting  the requirements of the  Registrar,  which
requirements include membership or participation in the  Security
Transfer   Agent  Medallion  Program  ("STAMP")  or  such   other
"signature  guarantee  program"  as  may  be  determined  by  the
Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP,  all  in
accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                          ARTICLE VIII
                  ORIGINAL ISSUE OF DEBENTURES

SECTION VIII.1.     Original Issue of Debentures.

     Debentures in the aggregate principal amount of $414,948,475
may,  upon  execution  of this First Supplemental  Indenture,  be
executed  by  the  Company  and  delivered  to  the  Trustee  for
authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate  and
deliver  said  Debentures to or upon the  written  order  of  the
Company,   signed  by  its  Chairman,  its  Vice  Chairman,   its
President,  or  any  Vice  President  and  its  Treasurer  or  an
Assistant Treasurer, without any further action by the Company.

      The Company shall file with the Trustee promptly at the end
of  each calendar year (i) a written notice specifying the amount
of  original  issue discount (including daily rates  and  accrual
periods) accrued on Outstanding Securities as of the end  of  the
year  and (ii) such other specific information relating  to  such
original  issue  discount  as  may then  be  relevant  under  the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

                           ARTICLE IX
                          MISCELLANEOUS
                                
SECTION IX.1.  Ratification of Indenture.

     The  Indenture  as  supplemented by this First  Supplemental
Indenture,  is in all respects ratified and confirmed,  and  this
First  Supplemental  Indenture  shall  be  deemed  part  of   the
Indenture  in  the  manner and to the extent herein  and  therein
provided.

SECTION IX.2.  Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals.

     The  recitals herein contained are made by the  Company  and
not by the Trustee, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for
the  correctness thereof. The Trustee makes no representation  as
to  the  validity  or  sufficiency of  this   First  Supplemental
Indenture.

SECTION IX.3.  Governing Law.

     This  First  Supplemental Indenture and each Debenture shall
be  deemed to be a contract made under the internal laws  of  the
State  of  New York, and for all  purposes shall be construed  in
accordance with the laws of said State.

SECTION IX.4.  Separability.

     In  case any one or more of the provisions contained in this
First  Supplemental Indenture or in the Debentures shall for  any
reason  be  held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable  in  any
respect,  such invalidity, illegality  or unenforceability  shall
not  affect  any  other  provisions of  this  First  Supplemental
Indenture  or  of  the  Debentures, but this  First  Supplemental
Indenture  and  the  Debentures shall be  construed  as  if  such
invalid  or  illegal or unenforceable provision  had  never  been
contained herein or therein.

SECTION IX.5.  Counterparts.

     This  First  Supplemental Indenture may be executed  in  any
number  of  counterparts each of which shall be an original;  but
such  counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same
instrument.

SECTION IX.6.  Guarantee and Declaration

     The  Guarantee  and the Declaration shall be  deemed  to  be
specifically  described in this First Supplemental Indenture  for
purposes of clause (i) of the first proviso contained in  Section
310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

                           ARTICLE X
                          REMARKETING

SECTION X.1.  Effectiveness of this Article.
          This  Article  Ten shall only become effective  upon  a
Dissolution  Event which occurs prior to the Remarketing  of  the
Capital  Securities  pursuant  to  this  Agreement.   Until  such
Dissolution Event, this Article Ten shall have no effect.

SECTION X.2.  Remarketing Procedures.

          (a)   The Company shall request, not later than 15  nor
more than 30 calendar days prior to the Remarketing Date that the
Depositary  notify the Holders of the Debentures and the  holders
of  FELINE  PRIDES of the Remarketing and of the procedures  that
must  be  followed if a Holder of Debentures wishes  to  exercise
such Holder's rights with respect to the Put Option if there is a
Failed Remarketing.

          (b)   Not later than 5:00 P.M., New York City time,  on
the   fifth  Business  Day  immediately  preceding  the  Purchase
Contract Settlement Date, each Holder of the Debentures may elect
to have Debentures held by such Holder remarketed.  Under Section
5.4  of the Purchase Contract Agreement, Holders of Income PRIDES
that  do  not  give  notice of their intention  to  make  a  Cash
Settlement  of  their related Purchase Contracts  in  the  manner
specified  in  such Section shall be deemed to have consented  to
the  tender for purchase of the Debentures comprising a component
of  such  Income PRIDES.  Holders of Debentures that  are  not  a
component of Income PRIDES shall give notice of their election to
have  such Securities remarketed to the Custodial Agent  pursuant
to  the  Pledge Agreement.  Any such notice shall be  irrevocable
after  5:00  P.M., New York City time, on the fifth Business  Day
immediately preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement  Date  and
may not be conditioned upon the level at which the Reset Rate  is
established.   Promptly after 5:30 P.M., New York City  time,  on
such  fifth  Business  Day, the Trustee,  based  on  the  notices
received  by  it prior to such time (including notices  from  the
Purchase Contract Agent as to Purchase Contracts as to which Cash
Settlement has been elected), shall notify the Trust, the Company
and  the  Remarketing  Agent of the number of  Debentures  to  be
tendered for purchase.

          (c)   If  any Holder of Income PRIDES does not  give  a
notice  of intention to make a Cash Settlement or gives a  notice
of election to tender Debentures as described in Section 10.2(b),
the   Debentures  of  such  Holder  shall  be  deemed   tendered,
notwithstanding any failure by such Holder to deliver or properly
deliver such Debentures to the Remarketing Agent for purchase.

          (d)   The  right  of  each Holder  to  have  Debentures
tendered for purchase shall be limited to the extent that (i) the
Remarketing Agent conducts a remarketing pursuant to the terms of
the Remarketing Agreement, (ii) Debentures tendered have not been
called  for  redemption, (iii) the Remarketing Agent is  able  to
find  a purchaser or purchasers for tendered Debentures and  (iv)
such  purchaser or purchasers deliver the purchase price therefor
to the Remarketing Agent.

          (e)   On  the  Remarketing Date, the Remarketing  Agent
shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remarket, at a price
equal   to  100%  of  the  aggregate  principal  amount  thereof,
Debentures tendered or deemed tendered for purchase.

          (f)   If  none of the Holders elect to have  Debentures
held  by  them  remarketed, the Reset  Rate  shall  be  the  rate
determined  by the Remarketing Agent, in its sole discretion,  as
the  rate that would have been established had a remarketing been
held on the Remarketing Date.

          (g)   If  the Remarketing Agent has determined that  it
will  be  able  to  remarket all Debentures  tendered  or  deemed
tendered  for  purchase  at a price  of  at  least  100%  of  the
aggregate principal amount thereof prior to 4:00 P.M.,  New  York
City  time, on the Remarketing Date, the Remarketing Agent  shall
determine  the  Reset Rate, which shall be  the  rate  per  annum
(rounded to the nearest one-thousandth (0.001) of one percent per
annum)  which  the  Remarketing Agent  determines,  in  its  sole
judgment, to be the lowest rate per annum that will enable it  to
remarket   all   Debentures  tendered  or  deemed  tendered   for
remarketing.

          (h)   If,  by  4:00 P.M., New York City  time,  on  the
Remarketing Date, the Remarketing Agent is unable to remarket all
Debentures  tendered or deemed tendered for  purchase,  a  Failed
Remarketing  shall be deemed to have occurred and the Remarketing
Agent  shall  so  advise by telephone the  Clearing  Agency,  the
Trustee, the Company and the Collateral Agent.

          (i)  By approximately 4:30 P.M., New York City time, on
the  Remarketing Date, provided that there has not been a  Failed
Remarketing, the Remarketing Agent shall advise, by telephone (i)
the  Clearing Agency, the Trustee, the Company and the Collateral
Agent  of  the Reset Rate determined in the Remarketing  and  the
number  of  Debentures  sold  in  such  remarketing,  (ii)   each
purchaser  (or the Depositary Participant thereof) of  the  Reset
Rate  and  the number of Debentures such purchaser is to purchase
and  (iii)  each purchaser to give instructions to  its  Clearing
Agency  Participant  to pay the purchase price  on  the  Purchase
Contract  Settlement Date in same day funds against  delivery  of
the  Debentures purchased through the facilities of the  Clearing
Agency.

          (j)   In  accordance with the Clearing Agency's  normal
procedures,  on  the  Purchase  Contract  Settlement  Date,   the
transactions  described  above with  respect  to  each  Debenture
tendered  for  purchase  and sold in  the  remarketing  shall  be
executed  through the Clearing Agency, and the  accounts  of  the
respective  Clearing Agency, Participants shall  be  debited  and
credited and such Debentures delivered by book entry as necessary
to  effect purchases and sales of such Debentures.  The  Clearing
Agency   shall  make  payment  in  accordance  with  its   normal
procedures.

          (k)    If   any  holder  selling  Debentures   in   the
remarketing fails to deliver such Debentures, the Participant  of
such  selling  holder and of any other person that  was  to  have
purchased Debentures in the remarketing may deliver to  any  such
other  person a number of Debentures that is less than the number
of  Debentures that otherwise was to be purchased by such person.
In  such event, the number of Debentures to be so delivered shall
be  determined by such Clearing Agency Participant, and  delivery
of  such  lesser  number  of  Debentures  shall  constitute  good
delivery.

          (l)  The Remarketing Agent is not obligated to purchase
any   Debentures  that  would  otherwise  remain  unsold   in   a
remarketing.  Neither the Trust, any Trustee, the Company nor the
Remarketing Agent shall be obligated in any case to provide funds
to make payment upon tender of Debentures for remarketing.

          (m)   The tender and settlement procedures set in  this
Section 10.02, including provisions for payment by purchasers  of
Securities  in the Remarketing, shall be subject to modification,
notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set  forth  herein,
to  the  extent required by the Clearing Agency or if  the  book-
entry  system  is no longer available for the Debentures  at  the
time  of  the  remarketing,  to  facilitate  the  tendering   and
remarketing of Debentures in certificated form.  In addition, the
Remarketing  Agent  may, notwithstanding  any  provision  to  the
contrary  set forth herein, modify the settlement procedures  set
forth herein in order to facilitate the settlement process.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, the parties hereto  have  caused  this
First  Supplemental  Indenture  to  be  duly  executed  by  their
respective  officers thereunto duly authorized, on  the  date  or
dates indicated in the acknowledgments and as of the day and year
first above written.


                                   INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY,
                                   as Issuer


                                   By:________________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:



                                   By: _______________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:


                                   THE BANK OF NEW YORK

                                   ___________________________
                                   ____________________
                                   as Trustee


                                   By: _______________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:












                AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION
                                
                            OF TRUST
                                
                   Ingersoll-Rand Financing I
                                
                   Dated as of March 23, 1998



                       TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                              Page

     ARTICLE I      INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

 SECTION 1.1    DEFINITIONS                                     1

     ARTICLE II          TRUST INDENTURE ACT

 SECTION 2.1    TRUST INDENTURE ACT; APPLICATION               10
 SECTION 2.2    LISTS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES                 10
 SECTION 2.3    REPORTS BY THE INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE           11
 SECTION 2.4    PERIODIC REPORTS TO INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE      11
 SECTION 2.5    EVIDENCE OF COMPLIANCE WITH CONDITIONS
                PRECEDENT                                      11
 SECTION 2.6    EVENTS OF DEFAULT; WAIVER                      11
 SECTION 2.7    EVENT OF DEFAULT; NOTICE                       13

     ARTICLE III             ORGANIZATION

 SECTION 3.1    NAME                                           13
 SECTION 3.2    OFFICE                                         13
 SECTION 3.3    PURPOSE                                        13
 SECTION 3.4    AUTHORITY                                      14
 SECTION 3.5    TITLE TO PROPERTY OF THE TRUST                 14
 SECTION 3.6    POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE REGULAR TRUSTEES      14
 SECTION 3.7    PROHIBITION OF ACTIONS BY THE TRUST AND
                THE TRUSTEES                                   17
 SECTION 3.8    POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE 17
 SECTION 3.9    CERTAIN DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE
                INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE                          19
 SECTION 3.10   CERTAIN RIGHTS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE        21
 SECTION 3.11   DELAWARE TRUSTEE                               22
 SECTION 3.12   EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS                         22
 SECTION 3.13   NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR RECITALS OR ISSUANCE
                OF SECURITIES                                  23
 SECTION 3.14   DURATION OF TRUST                              23
 SECTION 3.15   MERGERS                                        23

     ARTICLE IV                SPONSOR

 SECTION 4.1    SPONSOR'S PURCHASE OF COMMON SECURITIES        24
 SECTION 4.2    RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SPONSOR     25
 SECTION 4.3    RIGHT TO PROCEED                               25
 SECTION 4.4    EXPENSES                                       25

     ARTICLE V                 TRUSTEES

 SECTION 5.1    NUMBER OF TRUSTEES                             26
 SECTION 5.2    DELAWARE TRUSTEE                               26
 SECTION 5.3    INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE; ELIGIBILITY             27
 SECTION 5.4    CERTAIN QUALIFICATIONS OF REGULAR TRUSTEES AND
                DELAWARE TRUSTEE GENERALLY                     28
 SECTION 5.5    REGULAR TRUSTEES                               28
 SECTION 5.6    APPOINTMENT, REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF
                TRUSTEES                                       28
 SECTION 5.7    VACANCIES AMONG TRUSTEES                       30
 SECTION 5.8    EFFECT OF VACANCIES                            30
 SECTION 5.9    MEETINGS                                       30
 SECTION 5.10   DELEGATION OF POWER                            30
 SECTION 5.11   MERGER, CONVERSION. CONSOLIDATION OR
                SUCCESSION TO BUSINESS                         31

     ARTICLE VI             THE SECURITIES

 SECTION 6.1    DESIGNATION AND NUMBER.                        31
 SECTION 6.2    DISTRIBUTIONS.                                 31
 SECTION 6.3    LIQUIDATION DISTRIBUTION UPON DISSOLUTION.     33
 SECTION 6.4    REDEMPTION AND DISTRIBUTION                    33
 SECTION 6.5    REDEMPTION OR DISTRIBUTION PROCEDURES.         34
 SECTION 6.6    REPAYMENT AT OPTION OF HOLDERS.                35
 SECTION 6.7    VOTING RIGHTS - CAPITAL SECURITIES.            36
 SECTION 6.8    VOTING RIGHTS - COMMON SECURITIES.             38
 SECTION 6.9    AMENDMENTS TO DECLARATION AND INDENTURE.       39
 SECTION 6.10   REFERENCE TO PRO RATA.                         39
 SECTION 6.11   RANKING.                                       40
 SECTION 6.12   ACCEPTANCE OF SECURITIES GUARANTEE AND
                INDENTURE.                                     40
 SECTION 6.13   NO PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS                           40
 SECTION 6.14   MISCELLANEOUS                                  40
 SECTION 6.15   PAYING AGENT                                   41

     ARTICLE VII         TERMINATION OF TRUST

 SECTION 7.1    TERMINATION OF TRUST                           41

     ARTICLE VIII       TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

 SECTION 8.1    TRANSFER OF SECURITIES                         42
 SECTION 8.2    TRANSFER OF CERTIFICATES                       42
 SECTION 8.3    DEEMED SECURITY HOLDERS                        43
 SECTION 8.4    BOOK ENTRY INTERESTS                           43
 SECTION 8.5    NOTICES TO CLEARING AGENCY                     43
 SECTION 8.6    APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR CLEARING AGENCY       44
 SECTION 8.7    DEFINITIVE CAPITAL SECURITY CERTIFICATES       44
 SECTION 8.8    MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN
                CERTIFICATES                                   44

     ARTICLE IXLIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES,
 TRUSTEES OR OTHERS

 SECTION 9.1    LIABILITY                                      45
 SECTION 9.2    EXCULPATION                                    45
 SECTION 9.3    FIDUCIARY DUTY                                 46
 SECTION 9.4    INDEMNIFICATION                                46
 SECTION 9.5    OUTSIDE BUSINESSES                             49

     ARTICLE X                ACCOUNTING

 SECTION 10.1   FISCAL YEAR                                    49
 SECTION 10.2   CERTAIN ACCOUNTING MATTERS                     49
 SECTION 10.3   BANKING                                        50
 SECTION 10.4   WITHHOLDING                                    50

     ARTICLE XI        AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

 SECTION 11.1   AMENDMENTS                                     50
 SECTION 11.2   MEETINGS OF THE HOLDERS OF SECURITIES; ACTION
                BY WRITTEN CONSENT                             52

     ARTICLE XIIREPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND
 DELAWARE TRUSTEE
     
 SECTION 12.1   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF INSTITUTIONAL
                TRUSTEE                                        53
 SECTION 12.2   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF DELAWARE
                TRUSTEE                                        54

     ARTICLE XIII           MISCELLANEOUS

 SECTION 13.1   NOTICES                                        55
 SECTION 13.2   GOVERNING LAW                                  56
 SECTION 13.3   INTENTION OF THE PARTIES                       56
 SECTION 13.4   HEADINGS                                       56
 SECTION 13.5   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS                         56
 SECTION 13.6   PARTIAL ENFORCEABILITY                         56
 SECTION 13.7   COUNTERPARTS                                   56
 SECTION 13.8   REMARKETING                                    56


                      AMENDED AND RESTATED
                      DECLARATION OF TRUST
                               OF
                   Ingersoll-Rand Financing I
                                
                         March 23, 1998
                                
     AMENDED    AND   RESTATED   DECLARATION   OF   TRUST    (the
"Declaration") dated and effective as of March 23, 1998,  by  the
Trustees (as defined herein), the Sponsor (as defined herein) and
by  the  Holders (as defined herein), from time to time,  of  the
securities  representing undivided beneficial  interests  in  the
assets of the Trust to be issued pursuant to this Declaration;

     WHEREAS, certain of the Trustees and the Sponsor established
Ingersoll-Rand  Financing  I (the "Trust"),  a  trust  under  the
Business  Trust  Act  (as defined herein)  pursuant  to  a  trust
agreement   dated   as   of  August  18,  1997   (the   "Original
Declaration"),  and  a  Certificate  of  Trust  filed  with   the
Secretary  of State of the State of Delaware on August 18,  1997,
for  the  sole purpose of issuing and selling certain  securities
representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of  the
Trust and investing the proceeds thereof in certain Debentures of
the Debenture Issuer (as defined herein);
     
     WHEREAS,  prior  to the date hereof, the Sponsor  removed  a
trustee of the Trust and substituted First Chicago Delaware  Inc.
as a trustee of the Trust;

     WHEREAS, in connection with such removal and substitution of
trustees,  a  Restated Certificate of Trust was  filed  with  the
Secretary of State of Delaware on March 19, 1998;

     WHEREAS,  all  of  the  Trustees and the  Sponsor,  by  this
Declaration, amend and restate each and every term and  provision
of the Original Declaration;

     NOW, THEREFORE, it being the intention of the parties hereto
to  continue  the  Trust as a business trust under  the  Business
Trust  Act  and  that this Declaration constitute  the  governing
instrument of such business trust, the Trustees declare that  all
assets  contributed to the Trust will be held in  trust  for  the
benefit of the Trust and the Holders, from time to time,  of  the
securities  representing undivided beneficial  interests  in  the
assets  of  the Trust issued hereunder, subject to the provisions
of this Declaration.

                           ARTICLE I

                 INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

SECTION I.1     DEFINITIONS

     Unless the context otherwise requires:

     (a)    capitalized  terms used in this Declaration  but  not
defined  in  the  preamble  above have  the  respective  meanings
assigned to them in this Section 1.1;

     (b)    a  term defined anywhere in this Declaration has  the
same meaning throughout;

     (c)     all   references  to  "the  Declaration"  or   "this
Declaration" are to this Declaration as modified, supplemented or
amended from time to time;

     (d)    all  references in this Declaration to  Articles  and
Sections and Annexes and Exhibits are to Articles and Sections of
and  Annexes  and  Exhibits to this Declaration unless  otherwise
specified;

     (e)   a term defined in the Trust Indenture Act has the same
meaning when used in this Declaration unless otherwise defined in
this Declaration or unless the context otherwise requires; and

     (f)    a  reference to the singular includes the plural  and
vice versa.

          "Affiliate" has the same meaning as given to that  term
in  Rule  405  of  the  Securities  Act  or  any  successor  rule
thereunder.

          "Agent" means any Paying Agent.

          "Applicable Ownership Interest" means, with respect  to
an Income PRIDES and the U.S. Treasury Securities in the Treasury
Portfolio,  (A)  a 1/40, or 2.5%, undivided beneficial  ownership
interest  in a $1,000 principal or interest amount of a principal
or  interest strip in a U.S. Treasury Security included  in  such
Treasury Portfolio which matures on or prior to May 15, 2001  and
(B)  for  each scheduled interest payment date on the  Debentures
that  occurs  after  the Tax Event Redemption  Date,  a  .038875%
undivided  beneficial ownership interest in a $1,000 face  amount
of  such  U.S. Treasury Security which is a principal or interest
strip maturing on such date.

          "Applicable Principal Amount" means either (i)  if  the
Tax  Event  Redemption Date occurs prior to  May  16,  2001,  the
aggregate principal amount of the Debentures corresponding to the
aggregate  stated  liquidation amount of the  Capital  Securities
which are components of Income PRIDES on the Tax Event Redemption
Date  or (ii) if the Tax Event Redemption occurs on or after  May
16,  2001, the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures corre
sponding  to  the  aggregate  stated liquidation  amount  of  the
Capital Securities outstanding on such Tax Event Redemption Date.

          "Authorized Newspaper" means a daily newspaper, in  the
English  language, customarily published on each day  that  is  a
Business Day in The City of New York, whether or not published on
days  that are Legal Holidays, and of general circulation in  The
City  of New York.  The Authorized Newspaper for the purposes  of
the  Reset Announcement Date, is currently anticipated to be  The
Wall Street Journal.

          "Authorized Officer" of a Person means any Person  that
is authorized to bind such Person.

          "Book Entry Interest" means a beneficial interest in  a
Global  Certificate, ownership and transfers of  which  shall  be
maintained and made through book entries by a Clearing Agency  as
described in Section 9.4.

          "Business  Day"  means  any day  other  than  Saturday,
Sunday or any day on which banking institutions in New York City,
in  the  State  of  New York, are permitted or  required  by  any
applicable law to close.
          "Business  Trust Act" means Chapter 38 of Title  12  of
the  Delaware  Code, 12 Del. Code  3801 et seq.,  as  it  may  be
amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

          "Capital Security" means the 6.22% Capital Securities.

          "Capital   Security  Beneficial  Owner"   means,   with
respect  to a Book Entry Interest, a Person who is the beneficial
owner  of such Book Entry Interest, as reflected on the books  of
the  Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining  an
account with such Clearing Agency (directly as a Clearing  Agency
Participant  or  as  an indirect participant,  in  each  case  in
accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

          "Capital  Security  Certificate"  means  a  certificate
representing  a  Capital Security substantially in  the  form  of
Exhibit A-1.

          "Certificate" means a Common Security Certificate or  a
Capital Security Certificate.

          "Clearing  Agency" means an organization registered  as
a  "Clearing Agency" pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange  Act
that  is acting as depositary for the Capital Securities  and  in
whose name or in the name of a nominee of that organization shall
be  registered a Global Certificate and which shall undertake  to
effect   book   entry  transfers  and  pledges  of  the   Capital
Securities.

          "Clearing  Agency Participant" means a broker,  dealer,
bank,  other financial institution or other Person for whom  from
time to time the Clearing Agency effects book entry transfers and
pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency.

          "Closing Date" means the "Closing Time" and each  "Date
of Delivery" under the Underwriting Agreement.

          "Code"  means  the Internal Revenue Code  of  1986,  as
amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

          "Commission"   means   the  Securities   and   Exchange
Commission.

          "Common Security" means the 6.22% Common Securities.

          "Common   Security  Certificate"  means  a   definitive
certificate  in  fully  registered  form  representing  a  Common
Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.
          "Company  Indemnified  Person" means  (a)  any  Regular
Trustee;  (b)  any  Affiliate of any  Regular  Trustee;  (c)  any
officers,  directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees,
representatives  or  agents of any Regular Trustee;  or  (d)  any
officer, employee or agent of the Trust or its Affiliates.

          "Corporate  Trust  Office"  means  the  office  of  the
Institutional  Trustee at which the corporate trust  business  of
the  Institutional  Trustee shall, at  any  particular  time,  be
principally  administered, which office at the date of  execution
of this Declaration is located at One First National Plaza, Suite
0126, Chicago, IL  60670-0126.

          "Covered  Person"  means: (a)  any  officer,  director,
shareholder, partner, member, representative, employee  or  agent
of  (i)  the  Trust or (ii) the Trust's Affiliates; and  (b)  any
Holder of Securities.

          "Debenture Issuer" means Ingersoll-Rand Company, a  New
Jersey  corporation, in its capacity as issuer of the  Debentures
under the Indenture.

          "Debenture  Trustee" means The Bank  of  New  York,  as
trustee  under  the  Indenture until  a  successor  is  appointed
thereunder, and thereafter means such successor trustee.

          "Debentures"  means the series of 6.22%  Debentures  to
be issued by the Debenture Issuer under the Indenture.

          "Debenture Repayment Price" means, with respect to  any
Debentures  put  to the Sponsor on June 1, 2001,  an  amount  per
Debenture  equal  to  $25, plus accumulated and  unpaid  interest
(including deferred interest, if any).

          "Definitive  Capital  Security  Certificates"  has  the
meaning set forth in Section 8.4.

          "Delaware  Trustee"  has  the  meaning  set  forth   in
Section 5.2.

          "Direction"  by  a  Person means  a  written  direction
signed:
                (a)    if the Person is a natural person, by that
Person; or

                (b)     in  any other case, in the name  of  such
Person by one or more Authorized Officers of that Person.

          "Direct  Action" has the meaning specified  in  Section
3.8(e).

          "Distribution" means a distribution payable to  Holders
of Securities in accordance with Section 6.2.

          "DTC"  means The Depository Trust Company, the  initial
Clearing Agency.

          "Event  of Default" in respect of the Securities  means
an  Event  of Default (as defined in the Indenture) has  occurred
and is continuing in respect of the Debentures.

          "Exchange  Act"  means the Securities Exchange  Act  of
1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

          "Exchange  Agent"  shall  mean  the  Person  acting  as
Institutional Trustee.

          "Failed  Remarketing"  has  the  meaning  specified  in
Section 5.4(b) of the Purchase Contract Agreement.

          "FELINE  PRIDES"_ means (A) 14,490,000  units  referred
to  as Income PRIDES_ with a Stated Amount, per Income PRIDES, of
$25  and  (B)  at  least 1,610,000 units referred  to  as  Growth
PRIDES_ with a face amount, per Growth PRIDES, of $25.

          "Fiduciary  Indemnified Person"  has  the  meaning  set
forth in Section 9.4(b).

          "Global  Certificate"  has the  meaning  set  forth  in
Section 8.4.

          "Guarantee" means the guarantee agreement to  be  dated
as  of  March  23, 1998 of the Sponsor in respect of  the  Common
Securities and the Capital Securities.

          "Holder"  or  "holder" means a Person in whose  name  a
Certificate  representing a Security is registered,  such  Person
being a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Business Trust
Act.
          "Indemnified   Person"  means  a  Company   Indemnified
Person or a Fiduciary Indemnified Person.

          "Indenture" means the Indenture dated as of  March  23,
1998,  among the Debenture Issuer and the Debenture Trustee,  and
any   indenture  supplemental  thereto  pursuant  to  which   the
Debentures are to be issued.

          "Institutional Trustee" means the Trustee  meeting  the
eligibility requirements set forth in Section 5.3.

          "Institutional  Trustee Account" has  the  meaning  set
forth in Section 3.8(c).

          "Investment  Company"  means an investment  company  as
defined in the Investment Company Act.

          "Investment  Company Act" means the Investment  Company
Act  of  1940,  as  amended from time to time, or  any  successor
legislation.

          "Investment  Company  Event"  means  that  the  Regular
Trustees  shall  have received an opinion of independent  counsel
experienced  in  practice under the Investment  Company  Act  (an
"Investment  Company Event Opinion") to the  effect  that,  as  a
result  of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation  or  a
written  change  in  interpretation  or  application  of  law  or
regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or
regulatory  authority (a "Change in 1940 Act Law"), which  Change
in  1940  Act Law becomes effective on or after the date  of  the
Prospectus, there is a more than an insubstantial risk  that  the
Trust  is  or will be considered an Investment Company  which  is
required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

          "Legal  Action"  has the meaning set forth  in  Section
3.6(g).

          "Majority  in  liquidation amount  of  the  Securities"
means,  except  as  provided in the terms and conditions  of  the
Capital Securities set forth in Article VI hereto or by the Trust
Indenture   Act,  Holder(s)  of  outstanding  Securities   voting
together  as  a  single  class or, as the  context  may  require,
Holders   of   outstanding  Capital  Securities  or  Holders   of
outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a  class,  who
are  the  record  owners  of  more  than  50%  of  the  aggregate
liquidation  amount (including the stated amount  that  would  be
paid  on  redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued  and
unpaid   Distributions  to  the  date  upon  which   the   voting
percentages are determined) of all outstanding Securities of  the
relevant class.

          "Ministerial  Action" means the taking  of  an  action,
such  as  filing a form or making an election, or  pursuing  some
other similar reasonable measure that will have no adverse effect
on  the Trust, the Debenture Issuer, the Sponsor or the Holder of
the Securities and will involve no material cost.

          "Officers'  Certificate" means,  with  respect  to  any
Person,  a certificate signed by two Authorized Officers of  such
Person.  Any  Officers'  Certificate delivered  with  respect  to
compliance  with  a condition or covenant provided  for  in  this
Declaration shall include:

          (a)     a  statement  that  the  officers  signing  the
Officers' Certificate have read the covenant or condition and the
definitions relating thereto;

          (b)    a brief statement of the nature and scope of the
examination  or  investigation  undertaken  by  the  officer   in
rendering the Officers' Certificate;

          (c)    a  statement that such officers have  made  such
examination  or investigation as, in such officers'  opinion,  is
necessary to enable such officers to express an informed  opinion
as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied
with; and

          (d)     a  statement as to whether, in the  opinion  of
such officers, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

          "Paying  Agent"  has the meaning specified  in  Section
6.15.

          "Person"   means   a   legal  person,   including   any
individual,  corporation,  estate,  partnership,  joint  venture,
association,  joint  stock  company, limited  liability  company,
trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or
political  subdivision thereof, or any other entity  of  whatever
nature.

          "Pledge Agreement" means the Pledge Agreement dated  as
of March 23, 1998 among the Sponsor, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as
collateral  agent (the "Collateral Agent")  and  Custodial  Agent
(the   "Custodial   Agent")  and  securities  intermediary   (the
"Securities Intermediary"), and The Bank of New York, as purchase
contract agent (the "Purchase Contract Agent").

          "Pricing   Agreement"  means  the   pricing   agreement
between  the  Trust, the Debenture Issuer, and  the  underwriters
designated by the Regular Trustees with respect to the offer  and
sale of the Capital Securities.

          "Primary   Treasury   Dealer" means a primary U.S.
government securities dealer in The City of New York.

          "Purchase   Contract  Agreement"  means  the   Purchase
Contract Agreement dated as of March 23, 1998 among The  Bank  of
New York, as Purchase Contract Agent, and the Sponsor.

          "Purchase  Contract  Settlement  Date"  means  May  16,
2001.
          "Put Option" has the meaning specified in Section 6.6.

          "Quorum"  means a majority of the Regular Trustees  or,
if there are only two Regular Trustees, both of them.

          "Quotation  Agent" means (i) Merrill  Lynch  Government
Securities,   Inc.  and  its  respective  successors,   provided,
however,  that  if  the foregoing shall cease  to  be  a  Primary
Treasury  Dealer,  the Sponsor shall substitute therefor  another
Primary  Treasury  Dealer  and (ii) any  other  Primary  Treasury
Dealer selected by the Sponsor.

          "Redemption  Amount"  means  for  each  Debenture,  the
product of (i) the principal amount of such Debenture and (ii)  a
fraction whose numerator is the Treasury Portfolio Purchase Price
and whose denominator is the Applicable Principal Amount.

          "Redemption  Price"  means  the  redemption  price  per
security  equal  to the Redemption Amount plus  any  accrued  and
unpaid distributions to the date of redemption.

          "Regular Trustee" has the meaning set forth in  Section
5.1.

          "Related  Party"  means, with respect to  the  Sponsor,
any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Sponsor  or
any  other Person that owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of  the
outstanding voting securities of the Sponsor.

          "Remarketing Agent" means Merrill Lynch & Co.,  Merrill
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

          "Remarketing    Agreement"   means   the    Remarketing
Agreement among the Debenture Issuer, the Trust and The  Bank  of
New York as Purchase Contract Agent.

          "Remarketing Date" shall have the meaning set forth  in
the Remarketing Agreement.

          "Remarketing   Underwriting   Agreement"   means    the
agreement  to  be dated as of the third Business Day  immediately
preceding  the Purchase Contract Settlement Date among the  Compa
ny,  the  Trust, The Bank of New York, and Merrill Lynch  &  Co.,
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.
          
          "Reset  Agent" means a nationally recognized investment
banking  firm chosen by the Sponsor to determine the Reset  Rate.
It  is currently anticipated that Merrill Lynch & Co. will act in
such capacity.

          "Reset   Announcement  Date"  means  the   tenth   (10)
Business   Day   immediately  preceding  the  Purchase   Contract
Settlement Date.

          "Reset Rate" means the distribution rate per annum  (to
be  determined by the Reset Agent), equal to the sum of  (X)  the
Reset  Spread  and  (Y)  the  rate of interest  on  the  Two-Year
Benchmark   Treasury  in  effect  on  the  third   Business   Day
immediately preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, that
the  Capital  Securities should bear in  order  for  the  Capital
Securities to have an approximate market value of 100.5% of their
aggregate   liquidation  amount  on  the   third   Business   Day
immediately  preceding  the  Purchase Contract  Settlement  Date;
provided, that the Sponsor may limit such Reset Spread to  be  no
higher than 200 basis points (2%).

          "Reset  Spread" means a spread amount to be  determined
by  the  Reset  Agent on the tenth (10) Business Day  immediately
preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement Date.

          "Responsible  Officer"  means,  with  respect  to   the
Institutional  Trustee, any officer within  the  Corporate  Trust
Office   of   the   Institutional  Trustee,  including,   without
limitation, any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any
assistant  secretary, the treasurer, any assistant  treasurer  or
other  officer of the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional
Trustee  assigned by the Institutional Trustee to administer  its
corporate  trust  matters  and also  means,  with  respect  to  a
particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such
matter  is  referred because of that officer's knowledge  of  and
familiarity with the particular subject.

          "Rule  3a-5"  means  Rule  3a-5  under  the  Investment
Company Act.

          "Securities"  means  the  Common  Securities  and   the
Capital Securities.

          "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of  1933,  as
amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

          "Sponsor"  means Ingersoll-Rand Company, a  New  Jersey
corporation,   or   any  successor  entity   in   a   merger   or
consolidation, in its capacity as sponsor of the Trust.

          "Super  Majority" has the meaning set forth in  Section
2.6(a)(ii).

          "Tax  Event" means the receipt by the Regular  Trustees
of  an opinion of a nationally recognized independent tax counsel
experienced  in such matters to the effect that, as a  result  of
(a) any amendment to, or change (including any announced proposed
change)  in,  the  laws (or any regulations  thereunder)  of  the
United  States  or any political subdivision or taxing  authority
thereof  or therein affecting taxation, (b) any amendment  to  or
change  in  an  interpretation or application  of  such  laws  or
regulations  by any legislative body, court, governmental  agency
or   regulatory   authority   or  (c)   any   interpretation   or
pronouncement that provides for a position with respect  to  such
laws  or  regulations  that differs from the  generally  accepted
position  on the date the Securities are issued, which  amendment
or  change  is effective or which interpretation or pronouncement
is  announced on or after the date of issuance of the  Securities
under  the Declaration, there is more than an insubstantial  risk
that  (i)  interest  payable  by  the  Debenture  Issuer  on  the
Debentures would not be deductible, in whole or in part,  by  the
Debenture  Issuer  for federal income tax purposes  or  (ii)  the
Trust  would be subject to more than a de minimis amount of other
taxes, duties or other governmental charges.

          "Tax  Event  Redemption" means, if a  Tax  Event  shall
occur and be continuing, the redemption of the Debentures, at the
option of the Debenture Issuer, in whole but not in part, on  not
less than 30 days nor more than 60 days notice.

          "Tax  Event Redemption Date" means the date upon  which
a Tax Event Redemption is to occur.

          "10%  in  liquidation amount of the Securities"  means,
except as provided in the terms of the Capital Securities  or  by
the  Trust  Indenture  Act, Holder(s) of  outstanding  Securities
voting together as a single class or, as the context may require,
Holders   of   outstanding  Capital  Securities  or  Holders   of
outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a  class,  who
are the record owners of 10% or more of the aggregate liquidation
amount  (including  the  stated amount  that  would  be  paid  on
repayment,  liquidation  or otherwise, plus  accrued  and  unpaid
Distributions  to the date upon which the voting percentages  are
determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

          "Termination  Event"  has  the  meaning  set  forth  in
Section 1 of the Purchase Contract Agreement.

          "Treasury  Portfolio"  means,  with  respect   to   the
Applicable  Principal Amount of Debentures (a) if the  Tax  Event
Redemption Date occurs prior to May 16, 2001, a portfolio of zero-
coupon  U.S.  Treasury Securities consisting of (i) principal  or
interest  strips of U.S. Treasury Securities which mature  on  or
prior  to  May  15,  2001 in an aggregate  amount  equal  to  the
Applicable  Principal  Amount  and  (ii)  with  respect  to  each
scheduled  interest  payment date on the Debentures  that  occurs
after the Tax Event Redemption Date, principal or interest strips
of U.S. Treasury Securities which mature on or prior to such date
in  an  aggregate amount equal to the aggregate interest  payment
that  would  be  due on the Applicable Principal  Amount  of  the
Debentures on such date, and (b) if the Tax Event Redemption Date
occurs  after  May  16,  2001, a portfolio  of  zero-coupon  U.S.
Treasury  Securities  consisting of  (i)  principal  or  interest
strips  of U.S. Treasury Securities which mature on or  prior  to
May  15,  2003  in  an aggregate amount equal to  the  Applicable
Principal Amount and (ii) with respect to each scheduled interest
payment  date on the Debentures that occurs after the  Tax  Event
Redemption Date, principal or interest strips of such  U.S.  Trea
sury  Securities  which mature on or prior to  such  date  in  an
aggregate  amount  equal to the aggregate interest  payment  that
would be due on the Applicable Principal Amount of the Debentures
on such date.

          "Treasury  Portfolio Purchase Price" means  the  lowest
aggregate  price  quoted by the Primary Treasury  Dealer  to  the
Quotation  Agent on the third Business Day immediately  preceding
the  Tax  Event Redemption Date for the purchase of the  Treasury
Portfolio for settlement on the Tax Event Redemption Date.

          "Treasury    Regulations"   means   the   income    tax
regulations,   including  temporary  and  proposed   regulations,
promulgated under the Code by the United States Treasury, as such
regulations   may  be  amended  from  time  to  time   (including
corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

          "Treasury  Securities" has the  meaning  set  forth  in
Section 1 of the Purchase Contract Agreement.

          "Trustee"  or  "Trustees" means  each  Person  who  has
signed  this  Declaration as a trustee, so long  as  such  Person
shall continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and
all  other  Persons who may from time to time be duly  appointed,
qualified  and  serving  as  Trustees  in  accordance  with   the
provisions  hereof, and references herein to  a  Trustee  or  the
Trustees  shall refer to such Person or Persons solely  in  their
capacity as trustees hereunder.

          "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act  of
1939, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

          "Two-Year  Benchmark Treasury" means direct obligations
of  the United States (which may be obligations traded on a when-
issued  basis only) having a maturity comparable to the remaining
term  to maturity of the Trust Securities, as agreed upon by  the
Sponsor and the Reset Agent.  The rate for the Two-Year Benchmark
Treasury  will be the bid side rate displayed at 10:00 A.M.,  New
York  City  time, on the third Business Day immediately preceding
the  Purchase Contract Settlement Date in the Telerate system (or
if  the  Telerate system is (a) no longer available on the  third
Business   Day   immediately  preceding  the  Purchase   Contract
Settlement  Date or (b) in the opinion of the Reset Agent  (after
consultation  with  the Sponsor) no longer an appropriate  system
from  which to obtain such rate, such other nationally recognized
quotation  system  as, in the opinion of the Reset  Agent  (after
consultation with the Sponsor) is appropriate).  If such rate  is
not  so  displayed, the rate for the Two-Year Benchmark  Treasury
shall be, as calculated by the Reset Agent, the yield to maturity
for   the  Two-Year  Benchmark  Treasury,  expressed  as  a  bond
equivalent  on  the  basis of a year  of  365  or  366  days,  as
applicable, and applied on a daily basis, and computed by  taking
the  arithmetic  mean of the secondary market bid  rates,  as  of
10:30  A.M.,  New  York  City time, on  the  third  Business  Day
immediately  preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement  Date  of
three   leading  United  States  government  securities   dealers
selected by the Reset Agent (after consultation with the Sponsor)
(which may include the Reset Agent or an Affiliate thereof).

          "Underwriting   Agreement"   means   the   Underwriting
Agreement for the offering and sale of Capital Securities.

                           ARTICLE II

                      TRUST INDENTURE ACT

SECTION II.1    TRUST INDENTURE ACT; APPLICATION.

     (a)    This Declaration is subject to the provisions of  the
Trust  Indenture  Act  that  are required  to  be  part  of  this
Declaration  and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed  by
such provisions.

     (b)    The  Institutional Trustee shall be the only  Trustee
which is a Trustee for the purposes of the Trust Indenture Act.

     (c)    If  and  to  the  extent that any provision  of  this
Declaration  limits,  qualifies  or  conflicts  with  the  duties
imposed  by   310 to 317, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture  Act,
such imposed duties shall control.

     (d)    Any  application of the Trust Indenture Act  to  this
Declaration  shall  not affect the nature of  the  Securities  as
equity securities representing undivided beneficial interests  in
the assets of the Trust.

SECTION II.2    LISTS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES.

     (a)    Each  of  the  Sponsor and the Regular  Trustees,  on
behalf of the Trust, shall provide the Institutional Trustee  (i)
within   14   days  after  each  record  date  for   payment   of
Distributions, a list, in such form as the Institutional  Trustee
may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders
of  the  Securities ("List of Holders") as of such  record  date,
provided  that neither the Sponsor nor the Regular  Trustees,  on
behalf  of the Trust, shall be obligated to provide such List  of
Holders at any time the List of Holders does not differ from  the
most recent List of Holders given to the Institutional Trustee by
the  Sponsor and the Regular Trustees on behalf of the Trust, and
(ii) at any other time, within 30 days of receipt by the Trust of
a  written  request by the Institutional Trustee for  a  List  of
Holders  as  of a date no more than 14 days before such  List  of
Holders  is given to the Institutional Trustee. The Institutional
Trustee  shall  preserve, in as current a form as  is  reasonably
practicable,  all information contained in the Lists  of  Holders
given  to it or which it receives in the capacity as Paying Agent
(if  acting  in  such capacity), provided that the  Institutional
Trustee may destroy any List of Holders previously given to it on
receipt of a new List of Holders.

     (b)    The  Institutional  Trustee  shall  comply  with  its
obligations  under   311(a),  310(b)  and  312(b)  of  the  Trust
Indenture Act.

SECTION II.3    REPORTS BY THE INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE.

     Within 60 days after May 15 of each year, commencing May 15,
1999,  the Institutional Trustee shall provide to the Holders  of
the  Trust Securities such reports as are required by 313 of  the
Trust  Indenture  Act,  if any, in the form  and  in  the  manner
provided  by  313  of the Trust Indenture Act. The  Institutional
Trustee shall also comply with the requirements of 313(d) of  the
Trust Indenture Act.

SECTION II.4    PERIODIC REPORTS TO INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE.

     Each  of the Sponsor and the Regular Trustees, on behalf  of
the  Trust,  shall  provide  to the  Institutional  Trustee  such
documents,  reports and information as required by 314  (if  any)
and  the  compliance certificate required by  314  of  the  Trust
Indenture  Act  in  the  form, in the manner  and  at  the  times
required by 314 of the Trust Indenture Act.

SECTION II.5    EVIDENCE OF COMPLIANCE WITH CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

     Each  of the Sponsor and the Regular Trustees, on behalf  of
the  Trust,  shall  provide  to the  Institutional  Trustee  such
evidence  of  compliance with any conditions precedent,  if  any,
provided  for  in  this Declaration that relate  to  any  of  the
matters  set  forth  in  314(c) of the Trust Indenture  Act.  Any
certificate  or  opinion  required to  be  given  by  an  officer
pursuant  to  314(c) (1) may be given in the form of an Officers'
Certificate.

SECTION II.6    EVENTS OF DEFAULT; WAIVER.

     (a)    The  Holders of a Majority in liquidation  amount  of
Capital Securities may, by vote, on behalf of the Holders of  all
of  the  Capital Securities, waive any past Event of  Default  in
respect  of the Capital Securities and its consequences, provided
that, if the underlying Event of Default under the Indenture:

          (i)  is not waivable under the Indenture, the Event  of
     Default  under this Declaration shall also not be  waivable;
     or
          (ii)  requires  the consent or vote of greater  than  a
     majority  in  principal  amount  of  the  holders   of   the
     Debentures  (a  "Super Majority") to  be  waived  under  the
     Indenture,  the Event of Default under this Declaration  may
     only  be  waived by the vote of the Holders of at least  the
     proportion  in liquidation amount of the Capital  Securities
     that the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate
     principal amount of the Debentures outstanding.

The  foregoing provisions of this Section 2.6(a) shall be in lieu
of   316(a)  (1)(B) of the Trust Indenture Act and  such   316(a)
(1)  (B)  of the Trust Indenture Act is hereby expressly excluded
from this Declaration and the Capital Securities, as permitted by
the Trust Indenture Act. Upon such waiver, any such default shall
cease  to  exist, and any Event of Default with  respect  to  the
Capital Securities arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been
cured,  for every purpose of this Declaration, but no such waiver
shall  extend to any subsequent or other default or an  Event  of
Default  with  respect to the Capital Securities  or  impair  any
right  consequent  thereon. Any waiver  by  the  Holders  of  the
Capital  Securities of an Event of Default with  respect  to  the
Capital Securities shall also be deemed to constitute a waiver by
the Holders of the Common Securities of any such Event of Default
with  respect to the Common Securities for all purposes  of  this
Declaration  without any further act, vote,  or  consent  of  the
Holders of the Common Securities.

     (b)   The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the
Common  Securities may, by vote, on behalf of the Holders of  all
of  the  Common Securities, waive any past Event of Default  with
respect  to the Common Securities and its consequences,  provided
that, if the underlying Event of Default under the Indenture:

          (i)   is not waivable under the Indenture, except where
     the  Holders  of  the Common Securities are deemed  to  have
     waived  such  Event  of Default under  this  Declaration  as
     provided below in this Section 2.6(b), the Event of  Default
     under this Declaration shall also not be waivable; or

          (ii)  requires the consent or vote of a Super  Majority
     to  be  waived,  except  where the  Holders  of  the  Common
     Securities  are deemed to have waived such Event of  Default
     under  this  Declaration as provided below in  this  Section
     2.6(b), the Event of Default under this Declaration may only
     be  waived  by  the  vote of the Holders  of  at  least  the
     proportion  in  liquidation amount of the Common  Securities
     that the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate
     principal amount of the Debentures outstanding;

provided further, each Holder of Common Securities will be deemed
to  have  waived  any such Event of Default  and  all  Events  of
Default   with   respect  to  the  Common  Securities   and   its
consequences  until  all Events of Default with  respect  to  the
Capital   Securities  have  been  cured,  waived   or   otherwise
eliminated, and until such Events of Default have been so  cured,
waived or otherwise eliminated, the Institutional Trustee will be
deemed  to  be  acting solely on behalf of  the  Holders  of  the
Capital Securities and only the Holders of the Capital Securities
will  have  the  right  to  direct the Institutional  Trustee  in
accordance  with  the  terms  of the  Securities.  The  foregoing
provisions   of  this  Section  2.6(b)  shall  be  in   lieu   of
316(a)(1)(A) and 316(a)(1)(B) of the Trust Indenture Act and such
  316(a)(1)(A)  and 316(a)(1)(B) of the Trust Indenture  Act  are
hereby   expressly  excluded  from  this  Declaration   and   the
Securities, as permitted by the Trust Indenture Act.  Subject  to
the  foregoing  provisions  of this  Section  2.6(b),  upon  such
waiver,  any such default shall cease to exist and any  Event  of
Default  with respect to the Common Securities arising  therefrom
shall  be  deemed  to have been cured for every purpose  of  this
Declaration, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other  default  or Event of Default with respect  to  the  Common
Securities or impair any right consequent thereon.

     (c)   A waiver of an Event of Default under the Indenture by
the  Institutional Trustee at the direction of the Holders of the
Capital  Securities  constitutes a waiver  of  the  corresponding
Event  of  Default  with respect to the Capital Securities  under
this  Declaration.  Any waiver of an Event of Default  under  the
Indenture  by the Institutional Trustee at the direction  of  the
Holders  of  the  Capital  Securities shall  also  be  deemed  to
constitute  a  waiver by the Holders of the Common Securities  of
the  corresponding Event of Default under this  Declaration  with
respect  to  the  Common  Securities for  all  purposes  of  this
Declaration  without further act, vote or consent of the  Holders
of  the  Common  Securities.  The foregoing  provisions  of  this
Section  2.6(c) shall be in lieu of  316(a)(1)(B)  of  the  Trust
Indenture  Act and such  316(a)(1)(B) of the Trust Indenture  Act
is  hereby  expressly  excluded from  this  Declaration  and  the
Securities, as permitted by the Trust Indenture Act.

SECTION II.7    EVENT OF DEFAULT; NOTICE.

     (a)    The Institutional Trustee shall, within 90 days after
the  occurrence  of  an Event of Default,  actually  known  to  a
Responsible  Officer  of the Institutional Trustee,  transmit  by
mail,  first  class  postage  prepaid,  to  the  Holders  of the
Securities,  notices  of all such defaults with  respect  to the
Securities,  unless  such defaults have  been  cured  before the
giving  of  such notice (the term "defaults" for the purposes of
this  Section  2.7(a) being hereby defined  to  be  an  Event of
Default as defined in the Indenture, not including any periods of
grace provided for therein and irrespective of the giving of any
notice provided therein); provided that, except for a default in
the  payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on
any  of  the  Debentures,  the  Institutional  Trustee  shall  be
protected  in  withholding  such notice  if  and  so  long  as  a
Responsible  Officer of the Institutional Trustee in  good  faith
determines  that  the  withholding  of  such  notice  is  in  the
interests of the Holders of the Securities.

     (b)    The Institutional Trustee shall not be deemed to have
knowledge of any default except:

          (i)   a  default  under Sections 501  and  503  of  the
     Indenture; or

          (ii)  any default as to which the Institutional Trustee
     shall have received written notice or of which a Responsible
     Officer  of  the  Institutional  Trustee  charged  with  the
     administration  of  this  Declaration  shall   have   actual
     knowledge.

                          ARTICLE III
                          ORGANIZATION

SECTION III.1   NAME.

     The  Trust  is named "Ingersoll-Rand Financing I,"  as  such
name  may  be modified from time to time by the Regular  Trustees
following  written notice to the Holders of the  Securities.  The
Trust's  activities may be conducted under the name of the  Trust
or any other name deemed advisable by the Regular Trustees.

SECTION III.2   OFFICE.

     The  address  of the principal office of the  Trust  is  c/o
Ingersoll-Rand Company, 200 Chestnut Ridge Road, Woodcliff  Lake,
New  Jersey  07675.  On ten Business Days written notice  to  the
Institutional Trustee and Holders of the Securities, the  Regular
Trustees may designate another principal office.

SECTION III.3   PURPOSE.

     The exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are (a) to
issue  and  sell the Securities and use the gross  proceeds  from
such  sale to acquire the Debentures, and (b) except as otherwise
set  forth  herein,  to  engage in only  those  other  activities
necessary,  appropriate,  convenient or incidental  thereto.  The
Trust  shall  not  borrow money, issue debt or reinvest  proceeds
derived  from investments, pledge any of its assets, or otherwise
undertake  (or permit to be undertaken) any activity  that  would
cause  the  Trust not to be classified for United States  federal
income  tax purposes as a grantor trust. It is the intent of  the
parties to this Declaration for the Trust to be classified  as  a
grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes under
Subpart  E  of  Subchapter J of the Code, pursuant to  which  the
beneficial  owners  of  the  Capital Securities  and  the  Common
Securities  will  be the owners of the Trust  for  United  States
federal  income  tax  purposes,  and  such  owners  will  include
directly  in  their gross income the income, gain,  deduction  or
loss  of  the  Trust  as  if the Trust  did  not  exist.  By  the
acceptance  of this Trust, neither the Trustees, the Sponsor  nor
the  Holders of the Capital Securities or Common Securities  will
take  any  position for United States federal income tax purposes
which is contrary to the classification of the Trust as a grantor
trust.

SECTION III.4   AUTHORITY.

     Subject to the limitations provided in this Declaration  and
to  the specific duties of the Institutional Trustee, the Regular
Trustees shall have exclusive and complete authority to carry out
the  purposes  of  the  Trust. An action  taken  by  the  Regular
Trustees in accordance with their powers shall constitute the act
of  and  serve  to  bind the Trust and an  action  taken  by  the
Institutional  Trustee on behalf of the Trust in accordance  with
its  powers  shall constitute the act of and serve  to  bind  the
Trust.  In  dealing with the Trustees acting  on  behalf  of  the
Trust,  no Person shall be required to inquire into the authority
of the Trustees to bind the Trust. Persons dealing with the Trust
are  entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority  of
the Trustees as set forth in this Declaration.

SECTION III.5   TITLE TO PROPERTY OF THE TRUST.

     Except  as  provided  in Section 3.8  with  respect  to  the
Debentures and the Institutional Trustee Account or as  otherwise
provided  in this Declaration, legal title to all assets  of  the
Trust shall be vested in the Trust. A Holder shall not have legal
title  to any part of the assets of the Trust, but shall have  an
undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust.

SECTION III.6   POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE REGULAR TRUSTEES.

     The  Regular  Trustees shall have the exclusive power,  duty
and  authority  to  cause the Trust to engage  in  the  following
activities:

     (a)    to  issue  and  sell the Capital Securities  and  the
Common  Securities in accordance with this Declaration; provided,
however,  that  the Trust may issue no more than  one  series  of
Capital  Securities  and  no  more  than  one  series  of  Common
Securities,  and,  provided  further,  that  there  shall  be  no
interests  in  the  Trust  other than  the  Securities,  and  the
issuance  of  Securities  shall  be  limited  to  a  simultaneous
issuance of both Capital Securities and Common Securities on  the
Closing Date;

     (b)     in connection with the issue and sale of the Capital
Securities to:

          (i)    assist  and  filing  with  the  Commission   the
     registration  statement and the prospectus relating  to  the
     registration statement on Form S-3 prepared by the  Sponsor,
     including any amendments or supplements, thereto, pertaining
     to  the  Capital  Securities and to take  any  other  action
     relating  to  the  registration  and  sale  of  the  Capital
     Securities under federal and state securities laws;

          (ii)  execute  and file any documents prepared  by  the
     Sponsor, or take any acts as determined by the Sponsor to be
     necessary in order to qualify or register all or part of the
     FELINE  PRIDES  in  any  State  in  which  the  Sponsor  has
     determined  to  qualify or register such FELINE  PRIDES  for
     sale;

          (iii)assist in filing an application, prepared  by  the
     Sponsor,  to the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. or any  other
     national stock exchange or the Nasdaq Stock National  Market
     for   listing  upon  notice  of  issuance  of  any   Capital
     Securities;

          (iv)   assist   in   filing  with  the   Commission   a
     registration statement on Form 8-A, including any amendments
     thereto,   prepared  by  the  Sponsor,   relating   to   the
     registration  of the Capital Securities under Section  12(b)
     of the Exchange Act; and

          (v)   execute and enter into the Remarketing  Agreement
     and  Remarketing  Underwriting Agreement providing  for  the
     sale of the FELINE PRIDES;

     (c)    to  acquire the Debentures with the proceeds  of  the
sale  of  the  Capital  Securities  and  the  Common  Securities;
provided,  however, that the Regular Trustees shall  cause  legal
title  to the Debentures to be held of record in the name of  the
Institutional  Trustee  for the benefit  of  the  Trust  and  the
Holders  of  the  Capital Securities and the  Holders  of  Common
Securities;

     (d)    to  give  the  Sponsor and the Institutional  Trustee
prompt  written  notice of the occurrence of a Tax  Event  or  an
Investment  Company  Event; provided that  the  Regular  Trustees
shall  consult with the Sponsor before taking or refraining  from
taking  any  Ministerial Action in relation to  a  Tax  Event  or
Investment Company Event;

     (e)   to establish a record date with respect to all actions
to  be taken hereunder that require a record date be established,
including and with respect to, for the purposes of 316(c) of  the
Trust  Indenture  Act, Distributions, voting rights,  repayments,
redemptions and exchanges, and to issue relevant notices  to  the
Holders of Capital Securities and Holders of Common Securities as
to such actions and applicable record dates;

     (f)   to take all actions and perform such duties as may  be
required  of  the Regular Trustees pursuant to the terms  of  the
Securities and this Declaration;

     (g)     to   bring  or  defend,  pay,  collect,  compromise,
arbitrate, resort to legal action, or otherwise adjust claims  or
demands of or against the Trust ("Legal Action"), unless pursuant
to  Section  3.8(e) the Institutional Trustee has  the  exclusive
power to bring such Legal Action;

     (h)    to  employ or otherwise engage employees  and  agents
(who  may  be  designated as officers with titles) and  managers,
contractors,   advisors,  and  consultants  and  pay   reasonable
compensation for such services;

     (i)    to  cause  the  Trust  to  comply  with  the  Trust's
obligations under the Trust Indenture Act;
     (j)    to give the certificate required by  314(a)(4) of the
Trust   Indenture  Act  to  the  Institutional   Trustee,   which
certificate may be executed by any Regular Trustee;

     (k)    to  incur  expenses that are necessary,  appropriate,
convenient or incidental to carry out any of the purposes of  the
Trust;

     (l)    to  act  as,  or appoint another Person  to  act  as,
registrar and transfer agent for the Securities;

     (m)    to  give prompt written notice to the Holders of  the
Securities  of any notice received from the Debenture  Issuer  of
its  election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures  by
extending the interest payment period under the Indenture;

     (n)     to  take  all  action  that  may  be  necessary   or
appropriate  for  the  preservation and the continuation  of  the
Trust's valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges  as  a
statutory business trust under the laws of the State of  Delaware
and  of  each  other  jurisdiction in  which  such  existence  is
necessary to protect the limited liability of the Holders of  the
Capital  Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes
for which the Trust was created;

     (o)    to  take  any  action,  not  inconsistent  with  this
Declaration  or  with applicable law, that the  Regular  Trustees
determine  in  their discretion to be necessary or  desirable  in
carrying  out  the  activities of the Trust, including,  but  not
limited to:

          (i)   causing  the  Trust not to be  deemed  to  be  an
     Investment  Company  required to  be  registered  under  the
     Investment Company Act;

          (ii)  causing  the  Trust to be classified  for  United
     States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust; and

          (iii) cooperating  with the Debenture Issuer  to  ensure
     that  the Debentures will be treated as indebtedness of  the
     Debenture  Issuer  for  United  States  federal  income  tax
     purposes, provided that such action relating to this  clause
     (iii) does not adversely affect the interests of Holders;

     (p)    to  take all action necessary to cause all applicable
tax  returns and tax information reports that are required to  be
filed with respect to the Trust to be duly prepared and filed  by
the Regular Trustees, on behalf of the Trust;

     (q)    to execute all documents or instruments, perform  all
duties  and  powers, and do all things for and on behalf  of  the
Trust  in  all  matters  necessary,  appropriate,  convenient  or
incidental to the foregoing; and

     (r)    if applicable, to solicit holders of Securities which
form  a part of the Income PRIDES to timely instruct the Purchase
Contract Agent in order to enable the Purchase Contract Agent  to
vote such Securities.

     The  Regular Trustees must exercise the powers set forth  in
this Section 3.6 in a manner that is consistent with the purposes
and  functions  of  the  Trust set out in Section  3.3,  and  the
Regular  Trustees shall not take any action that is  inconsistent
with the purposes and functions of the Trust set forth in Section
3.3.

     Subject to this Section 3.6, the Regular Trustees shall have
none  of the powers or the authority of the Institutional Trustee
set  forth  in  Section 3.8.  No permissive  power  or  authority
available  to  the Regular Trustees shall be construed  to  be  a
duty.

     Any  expenses incurred by the Regular Trustees  pursuant  to
this Section 3.6 shall be reimbursed by the Sponsor.

SECTION III.7    PROHIBITION  OF ACTIONS BY  THE  TRUST  AND  THE
          TRUSTEES.

     (a)    The Trust shall not, and the Trustees (including  the
Institutional  Trustee) shall cause the Trust not to,  engage  in
any  activity  other  than  as required  or  authorized  by  this
Declaration. In particular, the Trust shall not and the  Trustees
(including the Institutional Trustee) shall cause the  Trust not
to:

          (i)   invest  any proceeds received by the  Trust from
     holding  the  Debentures,  but  shall  distribute  all such
     proceeds  to Holders of Securities pursuant to the terms of
     this Declaration and of the Securities;

          (ii)  acquire any assets other than the Debentures and
     any cash proceeds received with respect thereto;

          (iii) possess  Trust  property for other than a Trust
     purpose;

          (iv)  make  any  loans  or incur any  indebtedness  for
     borrowed  money,  other  than  loans  represented   by   the
     Debentures;
          (v)   possess any power or otherwise act in such a  way
     as  to  vary  the assets of the Trust or the  terms  of  the
     Securities in any way whatsoever;

          (vi)  issue  any  securities  or  other  evidences  of
     beneficial  ownership  of, or beneficial  interest  in,  the
     Trust other than the Securities; or

          (vii) other  than  as provided in this Declaration,  (A)
     direct the time, method and place of exercising any trust or
     power  conferred upon the Debenture Trustee with respect  to
     the  Debentures, (B) waive any past default that is waivable
     under  the  Indenture, (C) exercise any right to rescind  or
     annul  any  declaration  that  the  principal  of  all   the
     Debentures shall be due and payable, or (D) consent  to  any
     amendment,  modification or termination of the Indenture  or
     the  Debentures  unless  the Trust shall  have  received  an
     opinion of counsel to the effect that such modification will
     not cause the Trust to be classified as other than a grantor
     trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

SECTION III.8   POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE.

     (a)    The  legal title to the Debentures shall be owned  by
and  held  of record in the name of the Institutional Trustee  in
trust  for  the  benefit  of the Trust and  the  Holders  of  the
Securities.  The  right, title and interest of the  Institutional
Trustee to the Debentures shall vest automatically in each Person
who  may  hereafter  be  appointed as  Institutional  Trustee  in
accordance with Section 5.6. Such vesting and cessation of  title
shall  be  effective whether or not conveyancing  documents  with
regard to the Debentures have been executed and delivered.

     (b)    The  Institutional  Trustee shall  not  transfer  its
right,  title  and  interest  in the Debentures  to  the  Regular
Trustees or to the Delaware Trustee (if the Institutional Trustee
does not also act as Delaware Trustee).

     (c)   The Institutional Trustee shall:

          (i)   establish and maintain a segregated  non-interest
     bearing  trust account (the "Institutional Trustee Account")
     in  the  name  of  and under the exclusive  control  of  the
     Institutional Trustee on behalf of the Trust and the Holders
     of the Securities and, upon the receipt of payments of funds
     made  in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional
     Trustee,  deposit such funds into the Institutional  Trustee
     Account  and  make payments to the Holders  of  the  Capital
     Securities  and  Holders of the Common Securities  from  the
     Institutional  Trustee  Account in accordance  with  Section
     6.1.  Funds  in the Institutional Trustee Account  shall  be
     held  uninvested  until disbursed in  accordance  with  this
     Declaration. The Institutional Trustee Account shall  be  an
     account  that  is maintained with a banking institution  the
     rating on whose long-term unsecured indebtedness is rated at
     least  "A"  or above by a "nationally recognized statistical
     rating  organization", as that term is defined for  purposes
     of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act;

          (ii) engage in such ministerial activities as shall  be
     necessary, appropriate, convenient or incidental  to  effect
     the  repayment  of  the Capital Securities  and  the  Common
     Securities  to  the  extent  the Debentures  mature  or  are
     redeemed or the Put Option is exercised; and

          (iii)upon written notice of distribution issued by  the
     Regular  Trustees  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the
     Securities, engage in such ministerial activities  as  shall
     be  necessary,  appropriate,  convenient  or  incidental  to
     effect  the  distribution of the Debentures  to  Holders  of
     Securities upon the occurrence of certain special events (as
     may  be defined in the terms of the Securities) arising from
     a change in law or a change in legal interpretation or other
     specified  circumstances  pursuant  to  the  terms  of   the
     Securities.

     (d)    The Institutional Trustee shall take all actions  and
perform  such  duties  as  may be specifically  required  of  the
Institutional Trustee pursuant to the terms of the Securities and
this Declaration.

     (e)    The Institutional Trustee shall take any Legal Action
which arises out of or in connection with an Event of Default  of
which  a  Responsible  Officer of the Institutional  Trustee  has
actual  knowledge  or  the  Institutional  Trustee's  duties  and
obligations under this Declaration, the Business Trust Act or the
Trust Indenture Act; provided, however, that if the Institutional
Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Debentures after  a
Holder  of  Capital Securities has made a written  request,  such
Holder of Capital Securities may, to the fullest extent permitted
by  applicable  law,  institute a legal  proceeding  against  the
Debenture  Issuer without first instituting any legal  proceeding
against  the Institutional Trustee or any other person or entity.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if  an  Event  of  Default  has
occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to  the
failure  of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest on or  principal
of  the  Debentures  on the date such interest  or  principal  is
otherwise  payable  (or  in  the  case  of  redemption,  on   the
redemption  date),  then  a  Holder  of  Capital  Securities  may
directly  institute a proceeding for enforcement  of  payment  to
such  Holder  of  the principal of or interest on the  Debentures
having  a  principal  amount equal to the  aggregate  liquidation
amount  of  the  Capital  Securities of such  holder  (a  "Direct
Action")  on  or after the respective due date specified  in  the
Debentures.  In connection with such Direct Action, the rights of
the Holders of Common Securities will be subrogated to the rights
of  such  Holders of Capital Securities. In connection with  such
Direct  Action, the Debenture Issuer shall be subrogated  to  the
rights  of  such  Holder of Capital Securities  with  respect  to
payments on the Capital Securities under this Declaration to  the
extent of any payment made by the Debenture Issuer to such Holder
of  Capital Securities in such Direct Action. Except as  provided
in  the  preceding  sentences, the Holders of Capital  Securities
will  not be able to exercise directly any other remedy available
to the Holders of the Debentures.

     (f)   The Institutional Trustee shall continue to serve as a
Trustee until either:

          (i)   the Trust has been completely liquidated and  the
     proceeds  of the liquidation distributed to the  Holders  of
     Securities pursuant to the terms of the Securities; or

          (ii)  a Successor Institutional Trustee has  been
     appointed  and  has accepted that appointment in  accordance
     with Section 5.6.

     (g)    The Institutional Trustee shall have the legal  power
to  exercise all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder
of  Debentures  under the Indenture and, if an Event  of  Default
actually  known  to  a Responsible Officer of  the  Institutional
Trustee  occurs  and  is  continuing, the  Institutional  Trustee
shall, for the benefit of Holders of the Securities, enforce  its
rights  as holder of the Debentures subject to the rights of  the
Holders  pursuant  to  the  terms of  such  Securities  and  this
Declaration.

     (h)   Subject to this Section 3.8, the Institutional Trustee
shall  have  none  of  the  duties, liabilities,  powers  or  the
authority of the Regular Trustees set forth in Section 3.6.

     The Institutional Trustee must exercise the powers set forth
in  this  Section  3.8  in a manner that is consistent  with  the
purposes  and functions of the Trust set out in Section 3.3,  and
the  Institutional  Trustee shall not take  any  action  that  is
inconsistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out
in Section 3.3.

SECTION III.9     CERTAIN  DUTIES  AND  RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  THE
          INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE.

     (a)    The  Institutional Trustee, before the occurrence  of
any Event of Default and after the curing or waiver of all Events
of  Default  that may have occurred, shall undertake  to  perform
only   such  duties  as  are  specifically  set  forth  in   this
Declaration  and  no implied covenants shall be  read  into  this
Declaration against the Institutional Trustee. In case  an  Event
of  Default  has  occurred (that has not  been  cured  or  waived
pursuant  to Section 2.6) of which a Responsible Officer  of  the
Institutional  Trustee  has actual knowledge,  the  Institutional
Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it
by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in
their  exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use  under
the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

     (b)   No provision of this Declaration shall be construed to
relieve  the  Institutional Trustee from liability  for  its  own
negligent  action, its own negligent failure to act, or  its  own
willful misconduct, except that:
          (i)   prior  to the occurrence of an Event  of  Default
     and  after  the  curing or waiving of  all  such  Events  of
     Default that may have occurred:
                (A the duties and obligations  of  the
          Institutional  Trustee shall be  determined  solely  by
          the  express  provisions of this  Declaration  and  the
          Institutional  Trustee shall not be liable  except  for
          the  performance of such duties and obligations as  are
          specifically  set  forth in this  Declaration,  and  no
          implied  covenants or obligations shall  be  read  into
          this  Declaration  against the  Institutional  Trustee;
          and

                (B in  the  absence of bad faith on the  part  of
          the  Institutional  Trustee, the Institutional  Trustee
          may   conclusively  rely,  as  to  the  truth  of   the
          statements   and  the  correctness  of   the   opinions
          expressed  therein, upon any certificates  or  opinions
          furnished  to the Institutional Trustee and  conforming
          to  the  requirements of this Declaration; but  in  the
          case  of any such certificates or opinions that by  any
          provision  hereof  are  specifically  required  to   be
          furnished    to   the   Institutional   Trustee,    the
          Institutional Trustee shall be under a duty to  examine
          the  same  to determine whether or not they conform  to
          the requirements of this Declaration;

          (ii   the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for
     any  error  of judgment made in good faith by a  Responsible
     Officer  of  the Institutional Trustee, unless it  shall  be
     proved  that  the  Institutional Trustee  was  negligent  in
     ascertaining the pertinent facts;

          (iii  the  Institutional Trustee shall  not  be  liable
     with  respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken  by
     it  in  good faith in accordance with the direction  of  the
     Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of
     the  Securities relating to the time, method  and  place  of
     conducting  any proceeding for any remedy available  to  the
     Institutional  Trustee, or exercising  any  trust  or  power
     conferred   upon  the  Institutional  Trustee   under   this
     Declaration;

          (iv   no  provision of this Declaration  shall  require
     the Institutional Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or
     otherwise   incur  personal  financial  liability   in   the
     performance of any of its duties or in the exercise  of  any
     of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds
     for  believing that the repayment of such funds or liability
     is  not  reasonably assured to it under the  terms  of  this
     Declaration  or  indemnity reasonably  satisfactory  to  the
     Institutional Trustee against such risk or liability is  not
     reasonably assured to it;

          (v     the  Institutional  Trustee's  sole  duty   with
     respect   to   the  custody,  safe  keeping   and   physical
     preservation of the Debentures and the Institutional Trustee
     Account  shall be to deal with such property  in  a  similar
     manner  as  the  Institutional Trustee  deals  with  similar
     property  for its fiduciary accounts generally,  subject  to
     the protections and limitations on liability afforded to the
     Institutional Trustee under this Declaration,  the  Business
     Trust Act and the Trust Indenture Act;

          (vi   the  Institutional Trustee shall have no duty  or
     liability  for  or  with respect to the value,  genuineness,
     existence or sufficiency of the Debentures or the payment of
     any  taxes  or  assessments levied thereon or in  connection
     therewith;

          (vii the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable  for
     any  interest on any money received by it except as  it  may
     otherwise  agree  with  the  Sponsor.  Money  held  by   the
     Institutional  Trustee  need not be  segregated  from  other
     funds  held  by  it except in relation to the  Institutional
     Trustee  Account  maintained by  the  Institutional  Trustee
     pursuant  to  Section  3.8(c)(i) and except  to  the  extent
     otherwise required by law; and

          (viii      the  Institutional  Trustee  shall  not   be
     responsible  for monitoring the compliance  by  the  Regular
     Trustees  or the Sponsor with their respective duties  under
     this  Declaration,  nor shall the Institutional  Trustee  be
     liable for any default or misconduct of the Regular Trustees
     or the Sponsor.

SECTION III.10  CERTAIN RIGHTS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE.

     (a    Subject to the provisions of Section 3.9:

          (i    the  Institutional Trustee may conclusively  rely
     and  shall  be fully protected in acting or refraining  from
     acting   upon   any   resolution,  certificate,   statement,
     instrument,  opinion,  report, notice,  request,  direction,
     consent,  order,  bond, debenture, note, other  evidence  of
     indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be
     genuine  and to have been signed, sent or presented  by  the
     proper party or parties;

          (ii   any  direction  or  act of  the  Sponsor  or  the
     Regular  Trustees contemplated by this Declaration shall  be
     sufficiently  evidenced  by  a  Direction  or  an  Officers'
     Certificate;

          (iii  whenever   in   the   administration   of   this
     Declaration,  the  Institutional  Trustee  shall   deem   it
     desirable  that  a  matter be proved or  established  before
     taking,  suffering  or  omitting any action  hereunder,  the
     Institutional  Trustee  (unless  other  evidence  is  herein
     specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on
     its  part,  request and conclusively rely upon an  Officers'
     Certificate  which, upon receipt of such request,  shall  be
     promptly delivered by the Sponsor or the Regular Trustees;

          (iv  the  Institutional Trustee shall have no duty  to
     see   to  any  recording,  filing  or  registration  of  any
     instrument   (including   any  financing   or   continuation
     statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any
     rerecording, refiling or registration thereof;

          (v   the  Institutional  Trustee  may  consult   with
     counsel  or other experts and the advice or opinion of  such
     counsel and experts with respect to legal matters or  advice
     within the scope of such experts' area of expertise shall be
     full and complete authorization and protection in respect of
     any  action  taken, suffered or omitted by it  hereunder  in
     good  faith  and in accordance with such advice or  opinion.
     Such  counsel may be counsel to the Sponsor or  any  of  its
     Affiliates,  and  may  include any  of  its  employees.  The
     Institutional Trustee shall have the right at  any  time  to
     seek  instructions  concerning the  administration  of  this
     Declaration from any court of competent jurisdiction;

          (vi  the  Institutional  Trustee  shall  be  under  no
     obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in
     it  by  this Declaration at the request or direction of  any
     Holder,  unless  such  Holder shall  have  provided  to  the
     Institutional  Trustee  security and  indemnity,  reasonably
     satisfactory  to  the  Institutional  Trustee,  against  the
     costs, expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses  and
     the expenses of the Institutional Trustee's agents, nominees
     or  custodians) and liabilities that might be incurred by it
     in  complying with such request or direction, including such
     reasonable advances as may be requested by the Institutional
     Trustee  provided, that, nothing contained in  this  Section
     3.10(a)(vi)  shall  be  taken to relieve  the  Institutional
     Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of  its
     obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by
     this Declaration;

          (vii the  Institutional  Trustee  shall  be  under  no
     obligation  to conduct an investigation into  the  facts  or
     matters  stated  in any resolution, certificate,  statement,
     instrument,  opinion,  report, notice,  request,  direction,
     consent,  order,  bond, debenture, note, other  evidence  of
     indebtedness   or   other  paper  or   document,   but   the
     Institutional  Trustee,  in its discretion,  may  make  such
     further  inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters
     as it may see fit;

          (viii the Institutional Trustee may execute any  of
     the  trusts  or  powers  hereunder  or  perform  any  duties
     hereunder   either  directly  or  by  or   through   agents,
     custodians,  nominees  or attorneys  and  the  Institutional
     Trustee  shall  not  be responsible for  any  misconduct  or
     negligence  on  the part of any agent or attorney  appointed
     with due care by it hereunder;

          (ix  any action taken by the Institutional Trustee  or
     its agents hereunder shall bind the Trust and the Holders of
     the  Securities,  and  the signature  of  the  Institutional
     Trustee  or  its  agents  alone  shall  be  sufficient   and
     effective  to  perform any such action and  no  third  party
     shall  be  required to inquire as to the  authority  of  the
     Institutional Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with
     any of the terms and provisions of this Declaration, both of
     which  shall  be conclusively evidenced by the Institutional
     Trustee's or its agent's taking such action;

          (x  whenever   in   the   administration   of   this
     Declaration   the  Institutional  Trustee  shall   deem   it
     desirable  to receive instructions with respect to enforcing
     any  remedy  or right or taking any other action  hereunder,
     the  Institutional Trustee (i) may request instructions from
     the Holders of the Securities which instructions may only be
     given  by  the Holders of the same proportion in liquidation
     amount of the Securities as would be entitled to direct  the
     Institutional  Trustee under the terms of the Securities  in
     respect  of  such remedy, right or action, (ii) may  refrain
     from  enforcing  such remedy or right or taking  such  other
     action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall
     be  protected  in  conclusively  relying  on  or  acting  in
     accordance with such instructions; and

          (xi except  as otherwise expressly provided  by  this
     Declaration,  the Institutional Trustee shall not  be  under
     any  obligation  to  take any action that  is  discretionary
     under the provisions of this Declaration.

     (b     No  provision of this Declaration shall be deemed  to
impose  any  duty or obligation on the Institutional  Trustee  to
perform  any  act or acts or exercise any right, power,  duty  or
obligation  conferred or imposed on it, in  any  jurisdiction  in
which  it shall be illegal, or in which the Institutional Trustee
shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable
law,  to  perform any such act or acts, or to exercise  any  such
right,  power,  duty  or  obligation.  No  permissive  power   or
authority  available  to  the  Institutional  Trustee  shall   be
construed to be a duty.

SECTION III.11  DELAWARE TRUSTEE.

     Notwithstanding  any  other provision  of  this  Declaration
other  than  Section  5.2,  the Delaware  Trustee  shall  not  be
entitled  to exercise any powers, nor shall the Delaware  Trustee
have  any  of  the  duties and responsibilities of  the  Trustees
(except  as  required under the Business Trust Act) described  in
this  Declaration.  Except  as set  forth  in  Section  5.2,  the
Delaware  Trustee  shall be a Trustee for the  sole  and  limited
purpose  of fulfilling the requirements of  3807 of the  Business
Trust Act.

SECTION III.12  EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS.

     Unless  otherwise  determined by the Regular  Trustees,  and
except  as  otherwise  required by  the  Business  Trust  Act,  a
majority of or, if there are only two, any Regular Trustee or, if
there  is only one, such Regular Trustee is authorized to execute
on  behalf  of the Trust any documents that the Regular  Trustees
have the power and authority to execute pursuant to Section 3.6.

SECTION III.13   NOT  RESPONSIBLE  FOR RECITALS  OR  ISSUANCE  OF
          SECURITIES.

     The recitals contained in this Declaration shall be taken as
the statements of the Sponsor, and the Trustees do not assume any
responsibility  for  their  correctness.  The  Trustees  make  no
representations as to the value or condition of the  property  of
the   Trust   or   any  part  thereof.  The  Trustees   make   no
representations  as  to  the  validity  or  sufficiency  of  this
Declaration or the Securities.

SECTION III.14  DURATION OF TRUST.

     The  Trust,  unless dissolved pursuant to the provisions  of
Article VIII hereof, shall dissolve on March   , 2005.

SECTION III.15  MERGERS.

     (a     The Trust may not consolidate, amalgamate, merge with
or  into,  or  be replaced by, or convey, transfer or  lease  its
properties  and  assets  substantially  as  an  entirety  to  any
corporation or other body, except as described in Section 3.15(b)
and (c) or Section 6.3

     (b     The  Trust  may,  with  the consent  of  the  Regular
Trustees  or,  if  there are more than two,  a  majority  of  the
Regular  Trustees and without the consent of the Holders  of  the
Securities,  the  Delaware Trustee or the Institutional  Trustee,
consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by  a
trust  organized  as such under the laws of any  State;  provided
that if the Trust is not the surviving entity:

          (i    such  successor  entity (the "Successor  Entity")
     either:

                (A expressly  assumes all of the  obligations  of
          the Trust under the Securities; or

                (B substitutes  for the Capital Securities  other
          securities having substantially the same terms  as  the
          Capital  Securities  (the "Successor  Securities"),  so
          long  as the Successor Securities rank the same as  the
          Capital  Securities rank with respect to  Distributions
          and  payments  upon liquidation, redemption,  repayment
          and   otherwise   and  substitutes   for   the   Common
          Securities  other  securities having substantially  the
          same  terms  as  the Common Securities (the  "Successor
          Common  Securities"), so long as the  Successor  Common
          Securities rank the same as the Common Securities  rank
          with   respect  to  Distributions  and  payments   upon
          liquidation, redemption, repayment and otherwise;

          (ii   the  Debenture  Issuer expressly  acknowledges  a
     trustee  of  the  Successor Entity that possesses  the  same
     powers and duties as the Institutional Trustee as the holder
     of the Debentures;

          (iii  if  necessary,  the  Capital  Securities  or  any
     Successor  Securities  will  be  listed,  or  any  Successor
     Securities will be listed upon notification of issuance,  on
     any   national   securities   exchange   or   with   another
     organization on which the Capital Securities are then listed
     or quoted;

          (iv    such  merger,  consolidation,  amalgamation   or
     replacement does not cause the Capital Securities (including
     any Successor Securities) to be downgraded by any nationally
     recognized statistical rating organization;

          (v     such  merger,  consolidation,  amalgamation   or
     replacement   does   not  adversely   affect   the   rights,
     preferences and privileges of the Holders of the  Securities
     (including any Successor Securities and any Successor Common
     Securities) in any material respect (other than with respect
     to  any dilution of such Holders' interests in the successor
     entity);

          (vi   such Successor Entity has a purpose substantially
     identical to that of the Trust;

          (vii  prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation
     or  replacement, the Sponsor has received an  opinion  of  a
     nationally  recognized  independent  counsel  to  the  Trust
     experienced in such matters to the effect that:

                (A such  merger,  consolidation, amalgamation  or
          replacement  does  not  adversely  affect  the  rights,
          preferences  and  privileges  of  the  Holders  of  the
          Securities  (including  any  Successor  Securities  and
          Successor  Common  Securities) in any material  respect
          (other  than  with  respect  to  any  dilution  of  the
          Holders' interest in the successor entity);

                (B following    such    merger,    consolidation,
          amalgamation or replacement, neither the Trust nor  the
          Successor  Entity will be required to  register  as  an
          Investment Company; and

                (C following    such    merger,    consolidation,
          amalgamation   or  replacement,  the  Trust   (or   the
          Successor Entity) will continue to be classified  as  a
          grantor  trust  for  United States federal  income  tax
          purposes; and

          (viii the  Sponsor  guarantees the  obligations  of
     such  Successor  Entity under the Successor  Securities  and
     Successor Common Securities at least to the extent  provided
     by the Guarantee.

     (c     Notwithstanding Section 3.15(b), the Trust shall not,
except  with the consent of Holders of 100% in liquidation amount
of  the Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or  into,
or  be replaced by any other entity or permit any other entity to
consolidate,  amalgamate, merge with or into, or  replace  it  if
such  consolidation,  amalgamation, merger or  replacement  would
cause  the  Trust or Successor Entity to be classified  as  other
than  a  grantor  trust  for  United States  federal  income  tax
purposes.

                           ARTICLE IV

                            SPONSOR

SECTION IV.1    SPONSOR'S PURCHASE OF COMMON SECURITIES.

     On  the  Closing Date the Sponsor will purchase all  of  the
Common  Securities  issued by the Trust, in an  amount  at  least
equal to 3.0% of the total capital of the Trust, at the same time
as the Capital Securities are sold.

SECTION IV.2    RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SPONSOR.

     In  connection  with the issue, sale and, if necessary,  the
remarketing of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the
exclusive  right  and responsibility to engage in  the  following
activities:

     (a     to  prepare, execute and file with the  Commission  a
registration  statement on Form S-3 in relation  to  the  Capital
Securities, including any amendments thereto;

     (b    if necessary, to determine the States in which to take
appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of
the  FELINE  PRIDES and to do any and all such acts,  other  than
actions which must be taken by the Trust, and advise the Trust of
actions  it  must take, and prepare for execution and filing  any
documents  to be executed and filed by the Trust, as the  Sponsor
deems  necessary  or  advisable  in  order  to  comply  with  the
applicable laws of any such States;

     (c      if  necessary,  to  prepare,  execute  and  file  an
application to the New York Stock Exchange or any other  national
stock  exchange  or the Nasdaq National Market for  listing  upon
notice of issuance of any Capital Securities;

     (d     if  necessary, to prepare, execute and file with  the
Commission  of a registration statement on Form 8-A  relating  to
the registration of the Capital Securities under Section 12(b) of
the Exchange Act, including any amendments thereto;

     (e     to  negotiate the terms of the Remarketing Agreement,
the   Remarketing   Underwriting  Agreement,   the   Underwriting
Agreement and the Pricing Agreement providing for the sale of the
FELINE PRIDES; and
     
     (f)        execute and enter into the Underwriting Agreement
and Pricing Agreement.

SECTION IV.3    RIGHT TO PROCEED.

     The  Sponsor acknowledges the rights of Holders to institute
a Direct Action as set forth in Section 3.8(e) hereto.

SECTION IV.4    EXPENSES.

     In  connection with the offering, sale and issuance  of  the
Debentures  to  the Institutional Trustee and in connection  with
the sale of the Securities by the Trust, the Debenture Issuer, in
its  capacity  as  borrower with respect to  the  Debentures,  is
required  under  Section 5.1 of the First Supplemental  Indenture
to:
     (a     pay  all costs and expenses relating to the offering,
sale and issuance of the Debentures, including commissions to the
underwriters  payable pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement  and
Pricing Agreement and compensation of the Debenture Trustee under
the Indenture in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;

     (b     be  responsible  for  and shall  pay  all  debts  and
obligations (other than with respect to the Securities)  and  all
costs  and expenses of the Trust (including, but not limited  to,
costs and expenses relating to the organization, maintenance  and
dissolution of the Trust, the offering, sale and issuance of  the
Securities   (including  commissions  to  the   underwriters   in
connection   therewith),   the  fees  and   expenses   (including
reasonable  counsel  fees  and  expenses)  of  the  Institutional
Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the Regular Trustees (including
any  amounts  payable under Article IX of this Declaration),  the
costs  and  expenses  relating to the  operation  of  the  Trust,
including, without limitation, costs and expenses of accountants,
attorneys,  statistical  or bookkeeping  services,  expenses  for
printing  and  engraving and computing or  accounting  equipment,
paying  agent(s),  registrar(s), transfer agent(s),  duplicating,
travel  and  telephone and other telecommunications expenses  and
costs  and  expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition,
financing, and disposition of Trust assets and the enforcement by
the  Institutional Trustee of the rights of the  Holders  of  the
Securities;

     (c      be   primarily   liable  for   any   indemnification
obligations  arising  under Section  9.4  with  respect  to  this
Declaration; and

     (d     pay  any  and  all  taxes (other than  United  States
withholding  taxes attributable to the Trust or its  assets)  and
all liabilities, costs and expenses with respect to such taxes of
the Trust.

     The  Sponsor's obligations under this Section 4.4  shall  be
for  the  benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, any person  to
whom  such debts, obligations, costs, expenses and taxes are owed
(a  "Creditor") whether or not such Creditor has received  notice
hereof.  Any  such Creditor may enforce the Sponsor's obligations
under  this  Section  4.4 directly against the  Sponsor  and  the
Sponsor  irrevocably waives any right or remedy to  require  that
any  such Creditor take any action against the Trust or any other
Person  before  proceeding  against the  Sponsor.  The  Debenture
Issuer  agrees to execute such additional agreements  as  may  be
necessary  or  desirable  in order to give  full  effect  to  the
provisions of this Section 4.4.

                           ARTICLE V

                            TRUSTEES

SECTION V.1     NUMBER OF TRUSTEES.

     The number of Trustees initially shall be five (5), and:

     (a    at any time before the issuance of any Securities, the
Sponsor  may,  by  written instrument, increase or  decrease  the
number of Trustees; and

     (b     after  the issuance of any Securities, the number  of
Trustees may be increased or decreased by vote of the holders  of
a  majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities voting
as  a class at a meeting of the Holders of the Common Securities;
provided, however, that, the number of Trustees shall in no event
be  less  than  two (2), provided further that (1)  one  Trustee,
shall meet the requirements of Section 5.2 (a) or  (b); (2) there
shall  be at least one Trustee who is an employee or officer  of,
or  is affiliated with the Sponsor (a "Regular Trustee"); and (3)
one  Trustee shall be the Institutional Trustee for  so  long  as
this Declaration is required to qualify as an indenture under the
Trust  Indenture  Act, and such Institutional  Trustee  may  also
serve   as   Delaware   Trustee  if  it  meets   the   applicable
requirements.

SECTION V.2     DELAWARE TRUSTEE.

     If  required  by  the Business Trust Act, one  Trustee  (the
"Delaware Trustee") shall be:

     (a     a  natural person who is a resident of the  State  of
Delaware; or

     (b     if  not  a  natural person, an entity which  has  its
principal  place  of  business in  the  State  of  Delaware,  and
otherwise  meets  the  requirements of applicable  law,  provided
that,  if  the Institutional Trustee has its principal  place  of
business  in  the  State  of Delaware  and  otherwise  meets  the
requirements  of  applicable law, then the Institutional  Trustee
shall also be the Delaware Trustee and Section 3.11 shall have no
application.

     (c    The initial Delaware Trustee shall be:

                First Chicago Delaware Inc.
                300 King Street
                Wilmington, DE  19801

SECTION V.3     INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE; ELIGIBILITY.

     (a     There  shall at all times be one Trustee which  shall
act  as Institutional Trustee for so long as this Declaration  is
required  to  qualify as an indenture under the  Trust  Indenture
Act, which shall:

          (i   not be an Affiliate of the Sponsor; and

          (ii   be  a  corporation organized and  doing  business
     under  the laws of the United States of America or any State
     or  Territory thereof or of the District of Columbia,  or  a
     Person   permitted  by  the  Commission   to   act   as   an
     institutional   trustee  under  the  Trust  Indenture   Act,
     authorized  under  such  laws to  exercise  corporate  trust
     powers,  having a combined capital and surplus of  at  least
     750  million  U.S. dollars ($750,000,000),  and  subject  to
     supervision or examination by Federal, State, Territorial or
     District   of   Columbia  authority.  If  such   corporation
     publishes  reports of condition at least annually,  pursuant
     to  law  or  to  the  requirements  of  the  supervising  or
     examining authority referred to above, then for the purposes
     of this Section 5.3(a)(ii), the combined capital and surplus
     of  such  corporation shall be deemed  to  be  its  combined
     capital  and surplus as set forth in its most recent  report
     of condition so published.

     (b     If  at any time the Institutional Trustee shall cease
to  be eligible to so act under Section 5.3(a), the Institutional
Trustee  shall  immediately resign in the  manner  and  with  the
effect set forth in Section 5.6(c).

     (c     If the Institutional Trustee has or shall acquire any
"conflicting  interest"  within the meaning  of   310(b)  of  the
Trust Indenture Act, the Institutional Trustee and the Holder  of
the  Common Securities (as if it were the obligor referred to  in
310(b)  of the Trust Indenture Act) shall in all respects  comply
with the provisions of  310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

     (d     The Guarantee and the Indenture shall be deemed to be
specifically described in this Declaration and the Indenture  for
purposes of clause (i) of the first proviso contained in  Section
310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

     (e    The initial Institutional Trustee shall be:

                The First National Bank of Chicago
                One First National Plaza
                Suite 0126
                Chicago, IL  60670-0126
                Attention:  Corporate Trust Services Division

SECTION V.4      CERTAIN  QUALIFICATIONS OF REGULAR TRUSTEES  AND
                 DELAWARE TRUSTEE GENERALLY.

     Each  Regular Trustee and the Delaware Trustee  (unless  the
Institutional  Trustee also acts as Delaware  Trustee)  shall  be
either  a  natural person who is at least 21 years of  age  or  a
legal  entity  that  shall act through  one  or  more  Authorized
Officers.

SECTION V.5     REGULAR TRUSTEES.

     The initial Regular Trustees shall be:

          Nancy Casablanca
          Ronald Heller
          Patricia Nachtigal

     (a     Except as expressly set forth in this Declaration and
except  if  a  meeting  of the Regular Trustees  is  called  with
respect to any matter over which the Regular Trustees have  power
to act, any power of the Regular Trustees may be exercised by, or
with the consent of, any one such Regular Trustee.

     (b     Unless  otherwise determined by the Regular Trustees,
and  except  as otherwise required by the Business Trust  Act  or
applicable  law, any Regular Trustee is authorized to execute  on
behalf of the Trust any documents which the Regular Trustees have
the power and authority to cause the Trust to execute pursuant to
Section 3.6; and

     (c    a Regular Trustee may, by power of attorney consistent
with  applicable law, delegate to any other natural  person  over
the  age  of 21 his or her power for the purposes of signing  any
documents  that the Regular Trustees have power and authority  to
cause the Trust to execute pursuant to Section 3.6.

SECTION V.6     APPOINTMENT, REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF TRUSTEES.

     (a     Subject to Section 5.6(b), Trustees may be  appointed
or removed without cause at any time:

          (i    until the issuance of any Securities, by  written
     instrument executed by the Sponsor; and

          (ii   after the issuance of any Securities, by vote  of
     the  Holders  of  a Majority in liquidation  amount  of  the
     Common  Securities voting as a class at  a  meeting  of  the
     Holders of the Common Securities.

     (b    (i     The Trustee that acts as Institutional  Trustee
     shall not be removed in accordance with Section 5.6(a) until
     a    successor   Institutional   Trustee   possessing    the
     qualifications  to  act  as  Institutional   Trustee   under
     Sections  5.2 and 5.3 (a "Successor Institutional  Trustee")
     has  been  appointed  and has accepted such  appointment  by
     written  instrument executed by such Successor Institutional
     Trustee  and  delivered  to  the Regular  Trustees  and  the
     Sponsor; and

          (ii   The  Trustee that acts as Delaware Trustee  shall
     not  be  removed in accordance with Section 5.6(a)  until  a
     successor  Trustee possessing the qualifications to  act  as
     Delaware  Trustee under Sections 5.2 and 5.4  (a  "Successor
     Delaware Trustee") has been appointed and has accepted  such
     appointment by written instrument executed by such Successor
     Delaware  Trustee and delivered to the Regular Trustees  and
     the Sponsor.

     (c     A Trustee appointed to office shall hold office until
such  Trustee's successor shall have been appointed or until such
Trustee's death, bankruptcy, dissolution, termination, removal or
resignation. Any Trustee may resign from office (without need for
prior  or  subsequent  accounting) by an  instrument  in  writing
signed by the Trustee and delivered to the Sponsor and the Trust,
which  resignation shall take effect upon such delivery  or  upon
such later date as is specified therein; provided, however, that:

          (i    no  such resignation of the Trustee that acts  as
     the Institutional Trustee shall be effective:

                (A until  a  Successor Institutional Trustee  has
          been  appointed  and has accepted such  appointment  by
          instrument  executed  by  such Successor  Institutional
          Trustee  and  delivered to the Trust, the  Sponsor  and
          the resigning Institutional Trustee; or

                (B until  the  assets  of  the  Trust  have  been
          completely   liquidated  and   the   proceeds   thereof
          distributed to the holders of the Securities; and

          (ii   no  such resignation of the Trustee that acts  as
     the  Delaware Trustee shall be effective until  a  Successor
     Delaware  Trustee has been appointed and has  accepted  such
     appointment   by  instrument  executed  by  such   Successor
     Delaware Trustee and delivered to the Trust, the Sponsor and
     the resigning Delaware Trustee.

     (d     The  Holders of the Common Securities shall  use  all
reasonable  efforts  to  promptly appoint  a  Successor  Delaware
Trustee  or Successor Institutional Trustee, as the case may  be,
if  the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee delivers an
instrument of resignation in accordance with this Section 5.6.

     (e     If  no  Successor Institutional Trustee or  Successor
Delaware   Trustee  shall  have  been  appointed   and   accepted
appointment as provided in this Section 5.6 within 60 days  after
delivery  to  the  Sponsor  and the Trust  of  an  instrument  of
resignation,  the  resigning Institutional  Trustee  or  Delaware
Trustee,  as  applicable, may petition  any  court  of  competent
jurisdiction for appointment of a Successor Institutional Trustee
or  Successor  Delaware Trustee. Such court may thereupon,  after
prescribing  such  notice, if any, as  it  may  deem  proper  and
prescribe, appoint a Successor Institutional Trustee or Successor
Delaware Trustee, as the case may be.

     (f     No Institutional Trustee or Delaware Trustee shall be
liable  for  the  acts  or  omissions to  act  of  any  Successor
Institutional Trustee or Successor Delaware Trustee, as the  case
may be.

SECTION V.7     VACANCIES AMONG TRUSTEES.

     If  a  Trustee ceases to hold office for any reason and  the
number of Trustees is not reduced pursuant to Section 5.1, or  if
the  number of Trustees is increased pursuant to Section  5.1,  a
vacancy  shall  occur. A resolution certifying the  existence  of
such  vacancy by the Regular Trustees or, if there are more  than
two Regular Trustees, a majority of the Regular Trustees shall be
conclusive evidence of the existence of such vacancy. The vacancy
shall  be  filled  with a Trustee appointed  in  accordance  with
Section 5.6.

SECTION V.8     EFFECT OF VACANCIES.

     The  death,  resignation, retirement,  removal,  bankruptcy,
dissolution, liquidation, incompetence or incapacity  to  perform
the  duties of a Trustee shall not operate to annul, dissolve  or
terminate  the  Trust or terminate this Declaration.  Whenever  a
vacancy  among  the  Regular Trustees  shall  occur,  until  such
vacancy  is  filled  by the appointment of a Regular  Trustee  in
accordance  with  Section 5.6, the Regular  Trustees  in  office,
regardless of their number, shall have all the powers granted  to
the  Regular Trustees and shall discharge all the duties  imposed
upon the Regular Trustees by this Declaration.

SECTION V.9     MEETINGS.

     If  there is more than one Regular Trustee, meetings of  the
Regular Trustees shall be held from time to time upon the call of
any Regular Trustee. Regular meetings of the Regular Trustees may
be  held  at a time and place fixed by resolution of the  Regular
Trustees.  Notice  of  any  in-person  meetings  of  the  Regular
Trustees  shall  be  hand  delivered or  otherwise  delivered  in
writing  (including by facsimile, with a hard copy  by  overnight
courier)  not less than 48 hours before such meeting.  Notice  of
any  telephonic meetings of the Regular Trustees or any committee
thereof shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing
(including  by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight  courier)
not less than 24 hours before a meeting. Notices shall contain  a
brief  statement of the time, place and anticipated  purposes  of
the meeting. The presence (whether in person or by telephone)  of
a  Regular  Trustee  at a meeting shall constitute  a  waiver  of
notice  of such meeting except where a Regular Trustee attends  a
meeting  for  the express purpose of objecting to the transaction
of  any  activity  on the ground that the meeting  has  not  been
lawfully  called or convened. Unless provided otherwise  in  this
Declaration, any action of the Regular Trustees may be  taken  at
(i)  a  meeting  by  vote of a majority of the  Regular  Trustees
present (whether in person or by telephone) and eligible to  vote
with  respect to such matter, provided that a Quorum is  present,
or (ii) without a meeting by the unanimous written consent of the
Regular Trustees. In the event there is only one Regular Trustee,
any and all action of such Regular Trustee shall be evidenced  by
a written consent of such Regular Trustee.

SECTION V.10    DELEGATION OF POWER.

     (a      Any  Regular  Trustee  may,  by  power  of  attorney
consistent  with  applicable law, delegate to any  other  natural
person  over  the age of 21 his or her power for the  purpose  of
executing any documents contemplated in Section 3.6; and

     (b    the Regular Trustees shall have power to delegate from
time  to time to such of their number or to officers of the Trust
the  doing  of such things and the execution of such  instruments
either  in  the  name of the Trust or the names  of  the  Regular
Trustees or otherwise as the Regular Trustees may deem expedient,
to the extent such delegation is not prohibited by applicable law
or contrary to the provisions of the Trust, as set forth herein.

SECTION V.11     MERGER,  CONVERSION. CONSOLIDATION OR SUCCESSION
                 TO BUSINESS.

     Any  corporation into which the Institutional Trustee or the
Delaware  Trustee, as the case may be, may be merged or converted
or  with  which  either may be consolidated, or  any  corporation
resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation  to  which
the  Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as  the  case
may be, shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or
substantially   all   the  corporate  trust   business   of   the
Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as  the  case  may
be,  shall be the successor of the Institutional Trustee  or  the
Delaware  Trustee, as the case may be, hereunder,  provided  such
corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under  this
Article,  without  the execution or filing of any  paper  or  any
further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

                           ARTICLE VI

                         THE SECURITIES

SECTION VI.1    DESIGNATION AND NUMBER.

     (a     Capital  Securities.   Capital  Securities,  with  an
aggregate  liquidation amount with respect to the assets  of  the
Trust  of  $402,500,000 and a liquidation amount with respect  to
the  assets  of  the Trust of $25 per capital  security  will  be
issued by the Trust. The Capital Security Certificates evidencing
the  Capital  Securities shall be substantially in  the  form  of
Exhibit  A-1 to the Declaration, with such changes and  additions
thereto  or  deletions therefrom as may be required by applicable
law  or  the  rules  of any stock exchange on which  the  Capital
Securities are listed or to conform to ordinary usage, custom  or
practice.

     (b      Common  Securities.   Common  Securities   with   an
aggregate  liquidation amount with respect to the assets  of  the
Trust of $12,448,475 and a liquidation amount with respect to the
assets of the Trust of $25 per common security will be issued  by
the  Trust.   The  Common  Security Certificates  evidencing  the
Common  Securities shall be substantially in the form of  Exhibit
A-2  to  the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto
or deletions therefrom as may be required by applicable law or to
conform to ordinary usage, custom or practice.

SECTION VI.2    DISTRIBUTIONS.

     (a     Distributions payable on each Security will be  fixed
initially at a rate per annum of 6.22% (the "Coupon Rate") of the
stated liquidation amount of $25 per Security until May 15, 2001,
and  at the Reset Rate thereafter, such rates being the rates  of
interest   payable  on  the  Debentures  to  be   held   by   the
Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears for more than one
quarter  will accumulate and compound quarterly at  the  rate  of
6.22%  until  May 15, 2001, and at the Reset Rate thereafter  (to
the extent permitted by applicable law). The term "Distributions"
as  used  herein includes such cash distributions  and  any  such
accumulated  distribution  that  are  payable  unless   otherwise
stated.  A  Distribution  is payable  only  to  the  extent  that
payments  are  made  in  respect of the Debentures  held  by  the
Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee
has funds available therefor. The amount of Distributions payable
for   any   period  will  be  computed  for  any  full  quarterly
Distribution period on the basis of a 360-day year consisting  of
twelve  30-day  months, and for any period shorter  than  a  full
quarterly   Distribution  period  for  which  Distributions   are
computed,  Distributions will be computed on  the  basis  of  the
actual number of days elapsed per 30-day month.

     (b     Distributions on the Securities will  be  cumulative,
will accrue from March 23, 1998, and will be payable quarterly in
arrears,  on  February 16, May 16, August 16 and November  16  of
each  year,  commencing  on  May 16, 1998,  except  as  otherwise
described  below. The Debenture Issuer has the  right  under  the
Indenture to defer payments of interest by extending the interest
payment  period from time to time on the Debentures for a  period
not  extending, in the aggregate, beyond the maturity date of the
Debentures  (each an "Extension Period").  During such  Extension
Period no interest shall be due and payable on the Debentures. As
a  consequence  of  such  deferral, Distributions  will  also  be
deferred.  Despite  such deferral, quarterly  Distributions  will
continue  to accumulate at the rate of 6.22% until May 15,  2001,
and at the Reset Rate thereafter, compounded quarterly during any
such  Extension  Period  (to the extent permitted  by  applicable
law).  Payments  of  accrued Distributions  will  be  payable  to
Holders  as they appear on the books and records of the Trust  on
the first record date after the end of the Extension Period. Upon
the  termination of any Extension Period and the payment  of  all
amounts  then  due,  the  Debenture Issuer  may  commence  a  new
Extension  Period; provided that such Extension  Period  together
with  all  such previous and further extensions thereof  may  not
exceed beyond the maturity date of the Debentures.

     (c    Distributions on the Securities will be payable to the
Holders  thereof as they appear on the books and records  of  the
Trust  at  the close of business on the Business Day  immediately
preceding  each of the relevant payment dates on the  Securities.
Subject to any applicable laws and regulations and the provisions
of  the  Declaration, each such payment in respect of the Capital
Securities   will  be  made  as  described  under   the   heading
"Description  of  the  Capital  Securities  --  Book  Entry  Only
Issuance   -The  Depository  Trust  Company"  in  the  Prospectus
Supplement dated March 17, 1998 to the Prospectus dated March 17,
1998  (collectively, the "Prospectus") of the Trust  relating  to
the  Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no.  333-38367)  of
the  Sponsor  and the Trust. The relevant record  dates  for  the
Common  Securities  shall be the same  record  date  as  for  the
Capital  Securities. If the Capital Securities shall not continue
to  remain in book-entry only form or are not in book-entry  only
form  at  issuance,  the relevant record dates  for  the  Capital
Securities, shall conform to the rules of any securities exchange
on  which  the securities are listed and, if none,  as  shall  be
selected  by the Regular Trustees, which dates shall be at  least
more  than  one,  but  less  than 60  Business  Days  before  the
relevant  payment  dates, which payment dates correspond  to  the
interest  payment dates on the Debentures. Distributions  payable
on   any   Securities  that  are  not  punctually  paid  on   any
Distribution  payment date, as a result of the  Debenture  Issuer
having failed to make a payment under the Debentures, will  cease
to  be  payable  to the Person in whose name such Securities  are
registered  on  the  relevant record  date,  and  such  defaulted
Distribution will instead be payable to the Person in whose  name
such  Securities  are registered on the special  record  date  or
other specified date determined in accordance with the Indenture.
If  any date on which Distributions are payable on the Securities
is  not  a Business Day, then payment of the Distribution payable
on  such date will be made on the next succeeding day that  is  a
Business  Day  (and  without any interest  or  other  payment  in
respect of any such delay) except that, if such Business  Day  is
in  the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made
on  the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the
same  force  and effect as if made on such date. So long  as  the
Holder  of  any Capital Securities is the Collateral  Agent,  the
payment of Distributions on such Capital Securities held  by  the
Collateral  Agent will be made at such place and to such  account
as may be designated by the Collateral Agent.

     (d     The  Coupon Rate on the Securities (as  well  as  the
interest  rate  on  the Debentures) will be reset  on  the  third
Business   Day   immediately  preceding  the  Purchase   Contract
Settlement  Date to the Reset Rate (which Reset Rate will  be  in
effect  on and after the Purchase Contract Settlement Date).   On
the  Reset  Announcement Date, the Reset Spread and the  Two-Year
Benchmark Treasury to be used to determine the Reset Rate will be
announced  by  the  Sponsor.   On the  Business  Day  immediately
following  the Reset Announcement Date, the Holders of Securities
will  be  notified  of such Reset Spread and  Two-Year  Benchmark
Treasury by the Sponsor.  Such notice shall be sufficiently given
to Holders of Securities if published in an Authorized Newspaper.

     (e     Not  later than seven calendar days nor more than  15
calendar  days prior to the Reset Announcement Date, the  Sponsor
will  notify DTC or its nominee (or any successor Clearing Agency
or  its  nominee) by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to notify
the   Capital  Security  Beneficial  Owners  or  Clearing  Agency
Participants holding Capital Securities, Income PRIDES or  Growth
PRIDES, of such Reset Announcement Date and the procedures to  be
followed  by such Holders of Income PRIDES who intend  to  settle
their obligation under the Purchase Contract with separate cash.

     (f    In the event that there is any money or other property
held  by  or  for the Trust that is not accounted for  hereunder,
such  property  shall  be distributed Pro  Rata  (as  defined  in
Section  6.10  of  this  Agreement)  among  the  Holders  of  the
Securities.

SECTION VI.3    LIQUIDATION DISTRIBUTION UPON DISSOLUTION.

     In  the event of any voluntary or involuntary dissolution of
the  Trust  (unless  a Tax Event Redemption  has  occurred),  the
Holders of the Securities on the date of the dissolution will  be
entitled  to  receive  out  of the assets  of  the  Trust,  after
satisfaction  of  liabilities  to  creditors,  Debentures  in  an
aggregate   principal  amount  equal  to  the  aggregate   stated
liquidation  amount  of such Securities, with  an  interest  rate
equal  to the rate of 6.22%, if on or prior to May 15, 2001,  and
the  Reset  Rate  thereafter,  and  bearing  accrued  and  unpaid
interest   in  an  amount  equal  to  the  accrued   and   unpaid
Distributions  on such Securities and which shall be  distributed
on  a Pro Rata basis to the Holders of the Securities in exchange
for   such   Securities   (such  amount  being   a   "Liquidation
Distribution").

     If,  upon any such dissolution, the Liquidation Distribution
can  be  paid  only  in part because the Trust  has  insufficient
assets  available  to  pay  in  full  the  aggregate  Liquidation
Distribution, then, except as otherwise provided in Section  6.11
hereof,  the  amounts  payable  directly  by  the  Trust  on  the
Securities shall be paid on a Pro Rata basis.

SECTION VI.4    REDEMPTION AND DISTRIBUTION.

     (a)    Upon  the redemption of the Debentures in whole  (but
not  in  part),  at maturity, the proceeds from  such  redemption
shall,  after  satisfaction  of  liabilities  to  creditors,   be
simultaneously applied to redeem Securities (on a Pro Rata basis)
having  an  aggregate liquidation amount equal to  the  aggregate
principal  amount of the Debentures so redeemed at  a  redemption
price  of  $25 per Security plus an amount equal to  accrued  and
unpaid  Distributions  thereon at  the  date  of  the  repayment,
payable in cash.

     (b)    If  an  Investment Company Event shall occur  and  be
continuing  the  Regular Trustees shall dissolve the  Trust  and,
after  satisfaction of liabilities to creditors, cause Debentures
held  by the Institutional Trustee, having an aggregate principal
amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount of,  with
an  interest rate the rate of 6.22%, if on or prior  to  May  15,
2001,  and  the  Reset Rate thereafter, and  accrued  and  unpaid
interest equal to accrued and unpaid Distributions on, and having
the  same  record  date  for payment as  the  Securities,  to  be
distributed  to  the Holders of the Securities in liquidation  of
such  Holders' interests in the Trust on a Pro Rata basis, within
90 days following the occurrence of such Investment Company Event
(the  "90  Day Period"); provided, however, that, if at the  time
there  is  available to the Trust the opportunity  to  eliminate,
within  the 90 Day Period, the Investment Company Event by taking
some  Ministerial Action, the Regular Trustees will  pursue  such
Ministerial Action in lieu of dissolution.

     (c)    If  a  Tax  Event shall occur and be continuing,  the
Debentures are, at the option of the Debenture Issuer, redeemable
pursuant  to  a  Tax Event Redemption.  If the  Debenture  Issuer
redeems the Debentures upon the occurrence and continuance  of  a
Tax Event, the proceeds from such redemption shall simultaneously
be  applied by the Institutional Trustee to redeem the Securities
(on  a  Pro  Rata  basis) having an aggregate stated  liquidation
amount  equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures
so   redeemed  at   the  Redemption  Price.   If,  following  the
occurrence  of  a Tax Event, the Debenture Issuer  exercises  its
option  to  redeem  the Debentures prior to  May  15,  2001,  the
Debenture  Issuer shall appoint the Quotation Agent  to  assemble
the  Treasury  Portfolio in consultation with the  Company.   The
Institutional  Trustee will distribute, to the record  Holder  of
the  Securities  the Redemption Price payable in  liquidation  of
such Holder's interests in the Trust.

     On and from the date fixed by the Regular Trustees for a Tax
Event   Redemption   or  any  distribution  of   Debentures   and
dissolution  of the Trust: (i) the Securities will no  longer  be
deemed  to  be  outstanding and (ii) DTC or its nominee  (or  any
successor Clearing Agency or its nominee) or the record Holder of
the   Capital  Securities,  will  receive  a  registered   global
certificate  or  certificates representing the Debentures  to  be
delivered   upon   such   distribution   and   any   certificates
representing  Securities,  except for  certificates  representing
Capital  Securities held by DTC or its nominee (or any  successor
Clearing  Agency  or  its nominee), will be deemed  to  represent
beneficial  interests  in  the  Debentures  having  an  aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount
of  $25, with an interest rate of 6.22% if on or prior to May 15,
2001,  and  at the Reset Rate thereafter, and accrued and  unpaid
interest  equal  to  accrued  and unpaid  Distributions  on  such
Securities until such certificates are presented to the Debenture
Issuer or its agent for transfer or reissue.

SECTION VI.5    REDEMPTION OR DISTRIBUTION PROCEDURES.

     (a)    Notice  of  any redemption (other than in  connection
with   the   maturity  of  the  Debentures)  of,  or  notice   of
distribution  of  Debentures in exchange for, the  Securities  (a
"Redemption/Distribution Notice") will be given by the  Trust  by
mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed or exchanged not
fewer  than  30 nor more than 60 days before the date  fixed  for
redemption  or  exchange  thereof  which,  in  the  case   of   a
redemption,  will be the Tax Event Redemption Date. For  purposes
of  the calculation of the date of redemption or exchange and the
dates on which notices are given pursuant to this Section 6.5(a),
a  Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be deemed to be given  on
the  day such notice is first mailed by first-class mail, postage
prepaid,  to  Holders of Securities. Each Redemption/Distribution
Notice  shall  be addressed to the Holders of Securities  at  the
address of each such Holder appearing in the books and records of
the Trust. No defect in the Redemption/Distribution Notice or  in
the  mailing  of either thereof with respect to any Holder  shall
affect  the  validity  of the redemption or exchange  proceedings
with respect to any other Holder.

     (b)   If Securities are to be redeemed and the Trust gives a
Redemption/Distribution Notice, which notice may only  be  issued
if  the Debentures are redeemed as set out in this Section 6.5(a)
(such  notice  will be irrevocable), then (A) while  the  Capital
Securities  are  in  book-entry only form, with  respect  to  the
Capital  Securities, by 12:00 noon, New York City  time,  on  the
redemption date, provided that the Debenture Issuer has paid  the
Institutional  Trustee a sufficient amount of cash in  connection
with  the  related redemption or maturity of the Debentures,  the
Institutional Trustee will deposit irrevocably with  DTC  or  its
nominee  (or any successor Clearing Agency or its nominee)  funds
sufficient to pay the applicable Redemption Price with respect to
the Capital Securities and will give DTC irrevocable instructions
and  authority to pay the Redemption Price to the Holders of  the
Capital Securities so called for redemption, and (B) with respect
to  Capital  Securities  issued in  definitive  form  and  Common
Securities,  provided  that the Debenture  Issuer  has  paid  the
Institutional  Trustee a sufficient amount of cash in  connection
with  the  related redemption or maturity of the Debentures,  the
Institutional Trustee will pay the relevant Redemption  Price  to
the Holders of such Securities by check mailed to the address  of
the  relevant  Holder appearing on the books and records  of  the
Trust.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Holder  of
any  Capital  Securities is the Collateral Agent or the  Purchase
Contract Agent, the payment of the Redemption Price in respect of
such  Capital  Securities  held by the Collateral  Agent  or  the
Purchase  Contract Agent shall be made no later than 12:00  noon,
New York City time, on the Tax Event Redemption Date by check  or
wire transfer in immediately available funds at such place and to
such account as may be designated by the Collateral Agent or  the
Purchase  Contract  Agent.   If a Redemption/Distribution  Notice
shall  have  been  given  and  funds deposited  as  required,  if
applicable,  then immediately prior to the close of  business  on
the  date  of  such  deposit,  or  on  the  redemption  date,  as
applicable, distributions will cease to accrue on the  Securities
so  redeemed  and  all rights of Holders of  such  Securities  so
called for redemption will cease, except the right of the Holders
of  such  Securities to receive the Redemption Price, but without
interest  on such Redemption Price. Neither the Regular  Trustees
nor  the  Trust  shall be required to register  or  cause  to  be
registered  the  transfer of any Securities  that  have  been  so
called  for  redemption.  If any date  fixed  for  redemption  of
Securities  is not a Business Day, then payment of the Redemption
Price  payable  on such date will be made on the next  succeeding
day that is a Business Day (without any interest or other payment
in  respect of any such delay) except that, if such Business  Day
falls in the next calendar year, such payment will be made on the
immediately  preceding Business Day, in each case with  the  same
force and effect as if made on such date fixed for repayment.  If
payment  of the Redemption Price in respect of any Securities  is
improperly  withheld  or  refused and  not  paid  either  by  the
Institutional Trustee or by the Sponsor as guarantor pursuant  to
the   relevant  Securities  Guarantee,  Distributions   on   such
Securities  will continue to accrue from the original  redemption
date  to  the  actual date of payment, in which case  the  actual
payment date will be considered the date fixed for repayment  for
purposes of calculating the Redemption Price.

     (c)    Redemption/Distribution Notices shall be sent by  the
Trust  to  (A) in respect of the Capital Securities, DTC  or  its
nominee (or any successor Clearing Agency or its nominee) if  the
Global  Certificates have been issued or, if  Definitive  Capital
Security  Certificates have been issued, to the Holders  thereof,
and  (B)  in  respect  of the Common Securities,  to  the  Holder
thereof.

     (d)     Subject   to   the  foregoing  and  applicable   law
(including, without limitation, United States federal  securities
laws) the Sponsor or any of its subsidiaries may at any time  and
from  time  to  time purchase outstanding Capital  Securities  by
tender, in the open market or by private agreement.

SECTION VI.6    REPAYMENT AT OPTION OF HOLDERS.

     (a)    If  a  Failed  Remarketing (as described  in  Section
5.4(b) of the Purchase Contract Agreement and incorporated herein
by  reference) has occurred, each holder of Securities who  holds
such  Securities  on the day immediately following  the  Purchase
Contract  Settlement Date, shall have the right on  the  Business
Day  immediately following May 16, 2001 to require the  Trust  to
distribute their pro rata share of the Debentures to the Exchange
Agent and to require the Exchange Agent to put such Debentures to
the  Company on behalf of such holders on June 1, 2001,  upon  at
least three Business Days' prior notice (the "Put Option Exercise
Date"),  at a repayment price of $25 per Security plus an  amount
equal to the accrued and unpaid Distributions (including deferred
distributions  if any) thereon to the date of payment  (the  "Put
Option Repayment Price").  Pursuant to such Put Option.

     (b)    The Exchange Agent shall obtain funds to pay the  Put
Option  Repayment Price of Securities being repaid under the  Put
Option  through  presentation by it to the  Debenture  Issuer  of
Debentures  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  equal  to   the
aggregate  stated  liquidation  amount  of  such  Securities  for
repayment  on  the  Put  Option Exercise Date  at  the  Debenture
Repayment Price.

     (c)    In  order for the Securities to be repaid on the  Put
Option Exercise Date, the Trust must receive on or prior to  4:00
p.m.  on  the  third Business Day immediately preceding  the  Put
Option  Exercise  Date,  at the Corporate  Trust  Office  of  the
Institutional  Trustee  (who will in  turn  notify  the  Exchange
Agent),  the  Securities  to be repaid  with  the  form  entitled
"Option  to Elect Repayment" on the reverse thereof or  otherwise
accompanying  such  Security  duly  completed.  Any  such  notice
received by the Trust shall be irrevocable. All questions  as  to
the   validity,  eligibility  (including  time  of  receipt)  and
acceptance of the Securities for repayment shall be determined by
the Trust, whose determination shall be final and binding.

     (d)    Payment of the Put Option Repayment Price to  Holders
of  Securities shall be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Exchange  Agent, provided that the Debenture Issuer has paid  the
Exchange Agent a sufficient amount of cash in connection with the
related  repayment of the Debenture no later than 1:00 p.m.,  New
York  City time, on the Put Option Exercise Date by check or wire
transfer in immediately available funds at such place and to such
account  as  may be designated by such Holders.  If the  Exchange
Agent holds immediately available funds sufficient to pay the Put
Option  Repayment  Price  of such Securities,  then,  immediately
prior  to the close of business on the Put Option Exercise  Date,
such  Securities  will cease to be outstanding and  distributions
thereon  will  cease  to accrue, whether or  not  Securities  are
delivered  to the Institutional Trustee, and all other rights  of
the  Holder in respect of the Securities, including the  Holder's
right  to  require  the  Trust to repay  such  Securities,  shall
terminate  and  lapse (other than the right to  receive  the  Put
Option  Repayment Price but without interest on such  Put  Option
Repayment  Price).  Neither the Regular Trustees  nor  the  Trust
shall  be  required  to register or cause to  be  registered  the
transfer  of any Securities for which repayment has been elected.
If  payment  of  the  Put Option Repayment Price  in  respect  of
Securities  is (i) improperly withheld or refused  and  not  paid
either  by  the  Exchange Agent or by the  Sponsor  as  guarantor
pursuant  to  the Securities Guarantee, or (ii) not paid  by  the
Exchange Agent as the result of an Event of Default with  respect
to the Debentures presented for repayment as described in Section
6.6(b), Distributions on such Securities will continue to accrue,
from the original Put Option Exercise Date to the actual date  of
payment, in which case the actual payment date will be considered
the  Put Option Exercise Date for purposes of calculating the Put
Option Repayment Price.

     (e)    The  Debenture Issuer will request,  not  later  than
seven  nor more than 15 calendar days prior to May 16, 2001  (the
date  on  which  some or all of the Capital Securities  could  be
remarketed  in  the  manner described in Section  5.4(b)  of  the
Purchase Contract Agreement and incorporated herein by reference)
that  DTC notify the Capital Securities Beneficial Owner as  well
as   the  Income  PRIDES  and  Growth  PRIDES  holders  of   such
remarketing  and  of the procedures that must be  followed  if  a
Capital  Securities  Beneficial Owner  wishes  to  exercise  such
holder's rights with respect to the Put Option.

SECTION VI.7    VOTING RIGHTS - CAPITAL SECURITIES.

     (a)    Except as provided under Sections 6.7(b) and 6.8  and
as  otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Holders of
the Capital Securities will have no voting rights.

     (b)     Subject  to  the  requirements  set  forth  in  this
paragraph, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the
Capital  Securities, voting separately as a class may direct  the
time,  method,  and  place of conducting any proceeding  for  any
remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or the exercise of
any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under
the  Declaration,  including (i) directing the time,  method  and
place  of  conducting any proceeding for any remedy available  to
the Debenture Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred
on  the  Debenture  Trustee with respect to the Debentures,  (ii)
waiving  any  past default and its consequences that is  waivable
under  the  Indenture, (iii) exercising any right to  rescind  or
annul  a  declaration that the principal of  all  the  Debentures
shall  be  due and payable, or (iv) consenting to any  amendment,
modification  or termination of the Indenture or  the  Debentures
where  such  consent shall be required, provided, however,  that,
where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent  or
act  of  the  Holders  of  greater than  a  Super  Majority,  the
Institutional  Trustee may only give such consent  or  take  such
action  at  the written direction of the Holders of at least  the
proportion in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities  which
the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal
amount  of the Debentures outstanding. The Institutional  Trustee
shall not revoke any action previously authorized or approved  by
a  vote of the Holders of the Capital Securities. Other than with
respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting any
remedy  available to the Institutional Trustee or  the  Debenture
Trustee  as set forth above, the Institutional Trustee shall  not
take  any action in accordance with the directions of the Holders
of  the  Capital  Securities  under  this  paragraph  unless  the
Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax  counsel  to
the  effect that for the purposes of United States federal income
tax  the  Trust  will not be classified as other than  a  grantor
trust  on  account  of such action. If the Institutional  Trustee
fails  to enforce its rights under the Debentures after a  Holder
of  Capital Securities has made a written request, such Holder of
Capital  Securities  may,  to  the fullest  extent  permitted  by
applicable law, institute a legal proceeding directly against the
Debenture  Issuer  to enforce the Institutional Trustee's  rights
under the Debentures without first instituting a legal proceeding
against   the   Institutional  Trustee  or  any   other   Person.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if  an  Event  of  Default  has
occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to  the
failure  of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or principal  on
the  Debentures  on  the  date  such  interest  or  principal  is
otherwise  payable  (or  in  the  case  of  redemption,  on   the
redemption  date),  then  a  Holder  of  Capital  Securities  may
directly  institute a proceeding for enforcement  of  payment  to
such  Holder  of  the principal of or interest on the  Debentures
having  a  principal  amount equal to the  aggregate  liquidation
amount  of the Capital Securities of such Holder on or after  the
respective  due  date  specified in  the  Debentures.  Except  as
provided  in  the  preceding sentence,  the  Holders  of  Capital
Securities shall not exercise directly any other remedy available
to the holders of the Debentures.

     Any  approval or direction of Holders of Capital  Securities
may  be  given  at  a  separate meeting  of  Holders  of  Capital
Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of  the
Holders  of  Securities  in  the Trust  or  pursuant  to  written
consent. The Regular Trustees will cause a notice of any  meeting
at  which Holders of Capital Securities are entitled to vote,  or
of  any  matter  upon  which action by written  consent  of  such
Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of record  of
Capital  Securities.  Each such notice will include  a  statement
setting  forth (i) the date of such meeting or the date by  which
such  action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution
proposed  for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders  are
entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent  is
sought  and  (iii) instructions for the delivery  of  proxies  or
consents.

     No  vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities
will  be  required  for  the Trust to repay  and  cancel  Capital
Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the
Declaration and the terms of the Securities. Notwithstanding that
Holders  of  Capital Securities are entitled to vote  or  consent
under  any  of  the  circumstances described above,  any  of  the
Capital Securities that are owned by the Sponsor or any Affiliate
of  the  Sponsor  shall not be entitled to vote  or  consent  and
shall,  for  purposes of such vote or consent, be treated  as  if
they were not outstanding.

SECTION VI.8    VOTING RIGHTS - COMMON SECURITIES.

     (a)    Except as provided under Sections 6.8(b) and (c)  and
Section 6.9 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration,
the Holders of the Common Securities will have no voting rights.

     (b)   The Holders of the Common Securities are entitled,  in
accordance with Article V hereof, to vote to appoint,  remove  or
replace  any  Trustee or to increase or decrease  the  number  of
Trustees.

     (c)   Subject to Section 2.6 hereof and only after any Event
of Default with respect to the Capital Securities has been cured,
waived,  or  otherwise eliminated and subject to the requirements
of  the second to last sentence of this paragraph, the Holders of
a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities, voting
separately as a class, may direct the time, method, and place  of
conducting  any  proceeding  for  any  remedy  available  to  the
Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred
upon  the  Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including
(i)  directing  the  time, method, and place  of  conducting  any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee,  or
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Debenture  Trustee
with  respect to the Debentures, (ii) waive any past default  and
its  consequences that is waivable under the Indenture, or  (iii)
exercise  any  right to rescind or annul a declaration  that  the
principal  of  all  the  Debentures shall  be  due  and  payable,
provided  that,  where a consent or action  under  the  Indenture
would  require  the  consent or act of the  Holders  of  a  Super
Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or
take  such action at the written direction of the Holders  of  at
least   the  proportion  in  liquidation  amount  of  the  Common
Securities  which the relevant Super Majority represents  of  the
aggregate   principal  amount  of  the  Debentures   outstanding.
Pursuant to this Section 6.8(c), the Institutional Trustee  shall
not revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote
of the Holders of the Capital Securities. Other than with respect
to  directing the time, method and place of conducting any remedy
available  to the Institutional Trustee or the Debenture  Trustee
as  set forth above, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any
action  in accordance with the directions of the Holders  of  the
Common  Securities under this paragraph unless the  Institutional
Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that
for  United States federal income tax purposes the Trust will not
be  classified as other than a grantor trust on account  of  such
action. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its  rights
under  the  Declaration,  any Holder  of  Common  Securities  may
institute  a  legal  proceeding directly against  any  Person  to
enforce the Institutional Trustee's rights under the Declaration,
without   first  instituting  a  legal  proceeding  against   the
Institutional Trustee or any other Person.

     Any  approval  or direction of Holders of Common  Securities
may  be  given  at  a  separate  meeting  of  Holders  of  Common
Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of  the
Holders  of  Securities  in  the Trust  or  pursuant  to  written
consent. The Regular Trustees will cause a notice of any  meeting
at which Holders of Common Securities are entitled to vote, or of
any  matter upon which action by written consent of such  Holders
is  to  be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of record of Common
Securities.  Each  such notice will include a  statement  setting
forth  (i)  the  date of such meeting or the date by  which  such
action  is  to  be  taken, (ii) a description of  any  resolution
proposed  for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders  are
entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent  is
sought  and  (iii) instructions for the delivery  of  proxies  or
consents.

     No  vote  or consent of the Holders of the Common Securities
will  be  required  for  the Trust to redeem  and  cancel  Common
Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the
Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

SECTION VI.9    AMENDMENTS TO DECLARATION AND INDENTURE.

     (a)    In  addition to any requirements under  Section  11.1
hereof,  if  any  proposed amendment to the Declaration  provides
for, or the Regular Trustees otherwise propose to effect, (i) any
action   that  would  materially  adversely  affect  the  powers,
preferences or special rights of the Securities, whether  by  way
of  amendment  to  the  Declaration or  otherwise,  or  (ii)  the
dissolution of the Trust, other than as described in Section  7.1
or   Section   3.14  hereof,  then  the  Holders  of  outstanding
Securities as a class will be entitled to vote on such  amendment
or proposal (but not on any other amendment or proposal) and such
amendment  or  proposal shall not be effective  except  with  the
approval  of  the Holders of at least a Majority  in  liquidation
amount  of  the  Securities, voting together as a  single  class;
provided,  however, if any amendment or proposal referred  to  in
clause   (i)  above  would  adversely  affect  only  the  Capital
Securities or only the Common Securities, then only the  affected
class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal  and
such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the
approval  of  a Majority in liquidation amount of such  class  of
Securities.

     (b)    In the event the consent of the Institutional Trustee
as  the  holder of the Debentures is required under the Indenture
with respect to any amendment, modification or termination on the
Indenture  or  the  Debentures, the Institutional  Trustee  shall
request  the  written direction of the Holders of the  Securities
with  respect to such amendment, modification or termination  and
shall  vote  with  respect  to  such amendment,  modification  or
termination  as directed by a Majority in liquidation  amount  of
the  Securities  voting  together as a  single  class;  provided,
however, that where a consent under the Indenture would require a
Super  Majority,  the Institutional Trustee may  only  give  such
consent  at  the  direction  of  the  Holders  of  at  least  the
proportion  in  liquidation amount of the  Securities  which  the
relevant  Super  Majority represents of the  aggregate  principal
amount of the Debentures outstanding; provided, further, that the
Institutional  Trustee shall not take any  action  in  accordance
with  the directions of the Holders of the Securities under  this
Section  6.9(b) unless (i) the Institutional Trustee has obtained
an  opinion  of tax counsel to the effect that for United  States
federal income tax purposes, the Trust will not be classified  as
other than a grantor trust on account of such action or (ii) such
action  would not reduce or otherwise adversely affect powers  of
the  Institutional Trustee or cause the Trust  to  be  deemed  an
"investment company" which is required to be registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION VI.10   REFERENCE TO PRO RATA.

     A reference in these terms of the Securities to any payment,
distribution or treatment as being "Pro Rata" shall mean pro rata
to   each   Holder  of  Securities  according  to  the  aggregate
liquidation amount of the Securities held by the relevant  Holder
in relation to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Securities
outstanding unless, in relation to a payment, an Event of Default
under the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, in which case
any  funds available to make such payment shall be paid first  to
each  Holder of the Capital Securities pro rata according to  the
aggregate  liquidation amount of Capital Securities held  by  the
relevant  Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount  of
all  Capital  Securities outstanding, and only after satisfaction
of  all amounts owed to the Holders of the Capital Securities, to
each  Holder  of  Common  Securities pro rata  according  to  the
aggregate  liquidation amount of Common Securities  held  by  the
relevant  Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount  of
all Common Securities outstanding.

SECTION VI.11   RANKING.

     The  Capital Securities rank pari passu and payment  thereon
shall  be  made Pro Rata with the Common Securities except  that,
where  an  Event  of Default occurs and is continuing  under  the
Indenture  in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional
Trustee,  the  rights  of  Holders of the  Common  Securities  to
payment   in   respect  of  Distributions   and   payments   upon
liquidation,  redemption and otherwise are  subordinated  to  the
rights to payment of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

SECTION VI.12   ACCEPTANCE    OF    SECURITIES   GUARANTEE    AND
                INDENTURE.

     Each  Holder of Capital Securities and Common Securities  by
the acceptance thereof, agrees to the provisions of the Indenture
and the Guarantee, respectively.

SECTION VI.13   NO PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS.

     The  Holders  of  the  Securities shall have  no  preemptive
rights to subscribe for any additional securities.

SECTION VI.14   MISCELLANEOUS.

          (a)     The  Sponsor  will  provide  a  copy   of   the
Declaration, the Guarantee and the Indenture to a Holder  without
charge  on written request to the Sponsor at its principal  place
of business.

          (b)    The  Trust  shall issue no securities  or  other
interests  in  the  assets of the Trust other  than  the  Capital
Securities and the Common Securities.

          (c)    The  Certificates shall be signed on  behalf  of
the  Trust  by  a Regular Trustee. Such signature  shall  be  the
manual  or  facsimile  signature of any  present  or  any  future
Regular  Trustee.  In  case any Regular Trustee  who  shall  have
signed  any  of  the Securities shall cease to  be  such  Regular
Trustee  before the Certificates so signed shall be delivered  by
the  Trust,  such Certificates nevertheless may be  delivered  as
though the person who signed such Certificates had not ceased  to
be  such  Regular Trustee; and any Certificate may be  signed  on
behalf  of the Trust by such persons who, at the actual  date  of
execution  of such Certificate, shall be the Regular Trustees  of
the Trust, although at the date of the execution and delivery  of
the  Declaration any such person was not such a Regular  Trustee.
Certificates shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or may be
produced in any other manner as is reasonably acceptable  to  the
Regular  Trustees, as evidenced by their execution  thereof,  and
may  have  such letters, numbers or other marks of identification
or  designation and such legends or endorsements as  the  Regular
Trustees  may deem appropriate, or as may be required  to  comply
with any law or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange
on which Securities may be listed, or to conform to usage.

          (d)    The consideration received by the Trust for  the
issuance of the Securities shall constitute a contribution to the
capital  of  the Trust and shall not constitute  a  loan  to  the
Trust.

          (e)    Upon  issuance of the Securities as provided  in
this Declaration, the Securities so issued shall be deemed to  be
validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

     Every  Person,  by virtue of having become  a  Holder  or  a
Capital Security Beneficial Owner in accordance with the terms of
this Declaration, shall be deemed to have expressly assented  and
agreed to the terms of, and shall be bound by, this Declaration.

SECTION VI.15   PAYING AGENT.

     In  the  event  that  the  Capital  Securities  are  not  in
book-entry only form, the Trust shall maintain in the Borough  of
Manhattan,  City  of New York, State of New York,  an  office  or
agency  where the Capital Securities may be presented for payment
("Paying  Agent"),  and any such Paying Agent shall  comply  with
Section  317(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Trust may appoint
the  Paying  Agent and may appoint one or more additional  paying
agents  in such other locations as it shall determine.  The  term
"Paying  Agent" includes any additional paying agent.  The  Trust
may  change any Paying Agent without prior notice to any  Holder.
The  Trust shall notify the Institutional Trustee of the name and
address  of any Paying Agent not a party to this Declaration.  If
the  Trust fails to appoint or maintain another entity as  Paying
Agent, the Institutional Trustee shall act as such. The Trust  or
any  of  its Affiliates (including the Sponsor) may act as Paying
Agent.  The Bank of New York shall initially act as Paying  Agent
for the Capital Securities and the Common Securities.

                          ARTICLE VII

                      TERMINATION OF TRUST

SECTION VII.1   TERMINATION OF TRUST.

     (a)   The Trust shall dissolve:

          (i)  upon a Termination Event;

          (ii) upon  the filing of a certificate of  dissolution
     or  its  equivalent  with respect to  the  Sponsor;  or  the
     revocation of the Sponsor's charter and the expiration of 90
     days  after  the date of revocation without a  reinstatement
     thereof;

          (iii)upon   the   entry  of  a   decree   of   judicial
     dissolution  of  the  Holder of the Common  Securities,  the
     Sponsor or the Trust;

          (iv)upon  the  occurrence  and  continuation  of   an
     Investment  Company Event pursuant to which the Trust  shall
     have  been  dissolved in accordance with the  terms  of  the
     Securities and all of the Debentures endorsed thereon  shall
     have  been  distributed  to  the Holders  of  Securities  in
     exchange for all of the Securities;

          (v) when  all the Securities shall have  been  called
     for  redemption  and  the amounts necessary  for  redemption
     thereof  shall  have been paid to the Holders in  accordance
     with the terms of the Securities; or

          (vi)with  the consent of all of the Regular  Trustees
     and the Sponsor.

     (b)    As soon as is practicable after the occurrence of  an
event referred to in Section 7.1(a) or a dissolution pursuant  to
Section 3.14 and upon completion of the winding-up of the  Trust,
the  Trustees shall file a certificate of cancellation  with  the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

     (c)    The  provisions of Section 4.4 and Article  IX  shall
survive the termination of the Trust.

                          ARTICLE VIII

                     TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

SECTION VIII.1  TRANSFER OF SECURITIES.

     (a)    Securities may only be transferred, in  whole  or  in
part,  in  accordance with the terms and conditions set forth  in
this Declaration and in the terms of the Securities. Any transfer
or purported transfer of any Security not made in accordance with
this Declaration shall be null and void.

     (b)   Subject to this Article VIII, Capital Securities shall
be freely transferable.

     (c)    Subject  to  this Article VIII, the Sponsor  and  any
Related  Party may only transfer Common Securities to the Sponsor
or  a  Related  Party  of  the Sponsor; provided  that  any  such
transfer   is  subject  to  the  condition  precedent  that   the
transferor  obtain  the written opinion of nationally  recognized
independent  counsel  experienced  in  such  matters  that   such
transfer would not cause more than an insubstantial risk that:

          (i)   the  Trust would be classified for United  States
     federal  income tax purposes as other than a grantor  trust;
     and

          (ii)  the Trust would be an Investment Company  or  the
     transferee to be an Investment Company.
SECTION VIII.2  TRANSFER OF CERTIFICATES.

     The  Regular Trustees shall provide for the registration  of
Certificates  and  of transfers of Certificates,  which  will  be
effected  without  charge  but  only  upon  payment  (with   such
indemnity as the Regular Trustees may require) in respect of  any
tax  or  other government charges that may be imposed in relation
to  it.  Upon  surrender  for registration  of  transfer  of  any
Certificate,  the Regular Trustees shall cause one  or  more  new
Certificates  to  be  issued  in  the  name  of  the   designated
transferee  or  transferees.  Every Certificate  surrendered  for
registration  of  transfer  shall be  accompanied  by  a  written
instrument  of  transfer  in  form satisfactory  to  the  Regular
Trustees  duly  executed by the Holder or such Holder's  attorney
duly  authorized  in  writing. Each Certificate  surrendered  for
registration  of  transfer  shall  be  canceled  by  the  Regular
Trustees. A transferee of a Certificate shall be entitled to  the
rights and subject to the obligations of a Holder hereunder  upon
the receipt by such transferee of a Certificate. By acceptance of
a  Certificate, each transferee shall be deemed to have agreed to
be bound by this Declaration.

SECTION VIII.3  DEEMED SECURITY HOLDERS.

     The  Trustees  may  treat  the  Person  in  whose  name  any
Certificate shall be registered on the books and records  of  the
Trust  as  the  sole  holder  of  such  Certificate  and  of  the
Securities  represented  by  such  Certificate  for  purposes  of
receiving  Distributions  and for all other  purposes  whatsoever
and,  accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any  equitable
or  other  claim  to or interest in such Certificate  or  in  the
Securities  represented by such Certificate on the  part  of  any
Person,  whether  or  not the Trust shall have  actual  or  other
notice thereof.

SECTION VIII.4  BOOK ENTRY INTERESTS.

     The  Capital Securities Certificates, on original  issuance,
in  addition  to  being  issued  in  the  form  of  one  or  more
definitive, fully registered Capital Securities Certificate (each
a  "Definitive Capital Securities Certificate") will be issued in
the  form  of  one  or  more,  fully registered,  global  Capital
Security  Certificates  (each  a  "Global  Certificate"),  to  be
delivered  to DTC, the initial Clearing Agency, by, or on  behalf
of,  the  Trust.  Such Global Certificate(s) shall  initially  be
registered on the books and records of the Trust in the  name  of
Cede  &  Co.,  the  nominee  of  DTC,  and  no  Capital  Security
Beneficial  Owner  will  receive a  definitive  Capital  Security
Certificate representing such Capital Security Beneficial Owner's
interests  in such Global Certificate(s), except as  provided  in
Section   8.7.   Except  for  the  Definitive  Capital   Security
Certificates  as  specified  herein  and  the  definitive,  fully
registered Capital Securities Certificates that have been  issued
to  the  Capital Security Beneficial Owners pursuant  to  Section
8.7:
     (a)    the  provisions of this Section 8.4 shall be in  full
force and effect;

     (b)    the Trust and the Trustees shall be entitled to  deal
with  the  Clearing Agency for all purposes of  this  Declaration
(including   the   payment  of  Distributions   on   the   Global
Certificate(s)  and  receiving  approvals,  votes   or   consents
hereunder) as the Holder of the Capital Securities and  the  sole
holder  of the Global Certificate(s) and shall have no obligation
to the Capital Security Beneficial Owners;

     (c)    to the extent that the provisions of this Section 8.4
conflict  with  any  other provisions of  this  Declaration,  the
provisions of this Section 8.4 shall control; and

     (d)    the rights of the Capital Security Beneficial  Owners
shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency and shall  be
limited  to those established by law and agreements between  such
Capital Security Beneficial Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or
the Clearing Agency Participants to receive and transmit payments
of  Distributions  on the Global Certificates  to  such  Clearing
Agency Participants. DTC will make book entry transfers among the
Clearing  Agency  Participants; provided, that,  solely  for  the
purposes  of  determining whether the Holders  of  the  requisite
amount  of  Capital Securities have voted on any matter  provided
for  in  this Declaration, so long as Definitive Capital Security
Certificates  have not been issued, the Trustees may conclusively
rely  on,  and  shall  be protected in relying  on,  any  written
instrument (including a proxy) delivered to the Trustees  by  the
Clearing  Agency  setting forth the Capital  Security  Beneficial
Owners' votes or assigning the right to vote on any matter to any
other Persons either in whole or in part.

SECTION VIII.5  NOTICES TO CLEARING AGENCY.

     Whenever  a  notice or other communication  to  the  Capital
Security  Holders is required under this Declaration, unless  and
until  definitive fully registered Capital Security  Certificates
shall  have been issued to the Capital Security Beneficial Owners
pursuant to Section 8.7 or otherwise, the Regular Trustees  shall
give  all such notices and communications specified herein to  be
given to the Capital Security Holders to the Clearing Agency, and
shall   have  no  notice  obligations  to  the  Capital  Security
Beneficial Owners.

SECTION VIII.6  APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR CLEARING AGENCY.

     If any Clearing Agency elects to discontinue its services as
securities depositary with respect to the Capital Securities, the
Regular  Trustees  may,  in  their  sole  discretion,  appoint  a
successor   Clearing  Agency  with  respect   to   such   Capital
Securities.

SECTION VIII.7  DEFINITIVE CAPITAL SECURITY CERTIFICATES.

     If:

     (a)    a  Clearing Agency elects to discontinue its services
as  securities depositary with respect to the Capital  Securities
and  a successor Clearing Agency is not appointed within 90  days
after such discontinuance pursuant to Section 8.6; or

     (b)   the Regular Trustees elect after consultation with the
Sponsor  to terminate the book entry system through the  Clearing
Agency with respect to the Capital Securities, then:

     (c)     definitive   fully   registered   Capital   Security
Certificates shall be prepared by the Regular Trustees on  behalf
of the Trust with respect to such Capital Securities; and

     (d)    upon  surrender of the Global Certificate(s)  by  the
Clearing  Agency,  accompanied by registration instructions,  the
Regular  Trustees shall cause definitive fully registered Capital
Securities  Certificates  to  be delivered  to  Capital  Security
Beneficial  Owners  in accordance with the  instructions  of  the
Clearing  Agency.  Neither the Trustees nor the  Trust  shall  be
liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and each of
them  may conclusively rely on and shall be protected in  relying
on,  said  instructions  of the Clearing Agency.  The  definitive
fully  registered Capital Security Certificates shall be printed,
lithographed  or engraved or may be produced in any other  manner
as is reasonably acceptable to the Regular Trustees, as evidenced
by their execution thereof, and may have such letters, numbers or
other marks of identification or designation and such legends  or
endorsements as the Regular Trustees may deem appropriate, or  as
may  be  required  to comply with any law or  with  any  rule  or
regulation  made pursuant thereto or with any rule or  regulation
of  any stock exchange on which Capital Securities may be listed,
or to conform to usage.

SECTION VIII.8  MUTILATED,    DESTROYED,    LOST    OR     STOLEN
                CERTIFICATES.

     If:

     (a)   any mutilated Certificate should be surrendered to the
Regular  Trustees,  or  if  the Regular  Trustees  shall  receive
evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or  theft
of any Certificate; and

     (b)    there shall be delivered to the Regular Trustees  and
Institutional  Trustee  such security  or  indemnity  as  may  be
required by them to keep each of them and the Trust harmless,

then,  in the absence of notice that such Certificate shall  have
been  acquired by a bona fide purchaser, any Regular  Trustee  on
behalf of the Trust shall execute and deliver, in exchange for or
in  lieu  of  any  such  mutilated,  destroyed,  lost  or  stolen
Certificate,   a   new  Certificate  of  like  denomination.   In
connection  with the issuance of any new Certificate  under  this
Section  8.8, the Regular Trustees may require the payment  of  a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that
may be imposed in connection therewith. Any duplicate Certificate
issued  pursuant  to  this  Section shall  constitute  conclusive
evidence of an ownership interest in the relevant Securities,  as
if  originally  issued,  whether  or  not  the  lost,  stolen  or
destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.

                           ARTICLE IX

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, TRUSTEES OR 
OTHERS

SECTION IX.1    LIABILITY.

     (a)   Except as expressly set forth in this Declaration, the
Debentures,  the  Guarantee and the terms of the Securities,  the
Sponsor shall not be:

          (i)   personally liable for the return of  any  portion
     of  the capital contributions (or any return thereon) of the
     Holders  of the Securities, which shall be made solely  from
     assets of the Trust; or

          (ii)  required to pay to the Trust or to any Holder  of
     Securities  any  deficit upon dissolution of  the  Trust  or
     otherwise.

     (b)   Under Section 5.1 of the First Supplemental Indenture,
the  Debenture  Issuer,  in its capacity as  Borrower,  shall  be
liable  for all of the debts and obligations of the Trust  (other
than  with respect to the Securities) to the extent not satisfied
out of the Trust's assets.

     (c)    Pursuant to  3803(a) of the Business Trust  Act,  the
Holders  of the Capital Securities shall be entitled to the  same
limitation  of  personal liability extended  to  stockholders  of
private  corporations  for  profit organized  under  the  General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

SECTION IX.2    EXCULPATION.

     (a)   No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible  or
accountable  in damages or otherwise to the Trust or any  Covered
Person  for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason  of  any
act  or  omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person
in  good  faith  on  behalf of the Trust and  in  a  manner  such
Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope  of
the  authority  conferred  on  such Indemnified  Person  by  this
Declaration or by law, except that an Indemnified Person shall be
liable  for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason  of
such  Indemnified Person's gross negligence or willful misconduct
with respect to such acts or omissions.

     (b)    An  Indemnified  Person shall be fully  protected  in
relying in good faith upon the records of the Trust and upon such
information,  opinions, reports or statements  presented  to  the
Trust  by  any  Person  as  to  matters  the  Indemnified  Person
reasonably  believes are within such other Person's  professional
or  expert  competence and who has been selected with  reasonable
care  by  or  on  behalf  of  the Trust,  including  information,
opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the
assets,   liabilities,  profits,  losses,  or  any  other   facts
pertinent  to  the  existence and amount  of  assets  from  which
Distributions to Holders of Securities might properly be paid.

SECTION IX.3    FIDUCIARY DUTY.

     (a)    To  the  extent  that,  at  law  or  in  equity,   an
Indemnified  Person has duties (including fiduciary  duties)  and
liabilities relating thereto to the Trust or to any other Covered
Person, an Indemnified Person acting under this Declaration shall
not be liable to the Trust or to any other Covered Person for its
good  faith  reliance on the provisions of this Declaration.  The
provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they  restrict
the  duties  and  liabilities of an Indemnified Person  otherwise
existing  at law or in equity (other than the duties  imposed  on
the  Institutional  Trustee under the Trust Indenture  Act),  are
agreed  by  the parties hereto to replace such other  duties  and
liabilities of such Indemnified Person.

     (b)   Unless otherwise expressly provided herein:

          (i)   whenever a conflict of interest exists or  arises
     between any Covered Person or any Indemnified Person; or

          (ii)  whenever this Declaration or any other  agreement
     contemplated herein or therein provides that an  Indemnified
     Person shall act in a manner that is, or provides terms that
     are,  fair  and  reasonable to the Trust or  any  Holder  of
     Securities,

the  Indemnified Person shall resolve such conflict of  interest,
take  such action or provide such terms, considering in each case
the  relative interest of each party (including its own interest)
to  such  conflict, agreement, transaction or situation  and  the
benefits and burdens relating to such interests, any customary or
accepted   industry  practices,  and  any  applicable   generally
accepted  accounting practices or principles. In the  absence  of
bad  faith  by the Indemnified Person, the resolution, action  or
term  so made, taken or provided by the Indemnified Person  shall
not  constitute  a  breach  of  this  Declaration  or  any  other
agreement contemplated herein or of any duty or obligation of the
Indemnified Person at law or in equity or otherwise.

     (c)   Whenever in this Declaration an Indemnified Person  is
permitted or required to make a decision:

          (i)   in  its "discretion" or under a grant of  similar
     authority,  the  Indemnified Person  shall  be  entitled  to
     consider such interests and factors as it desires, including
     its  own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation  to
     give  any  consideration  to  any  interest  of  or  factors
     affecting the Trust or any other Person; or

          (ii)  in  its  "good  faith" or under  another  express
     standard,  the  Indemnified  Person  shall  act  under  such
     express  standard and shall not be subject to any  other  or
     different  standard  imposed  by  this  Declaration  or   by
     applicable law.

SECTION IX.4    INDEMNIFICATION.
     (a)
          (i)   Under  Section  5.1  of  the  First  Supplemental
     Indenture,  the  Debenture  Issuer  shall  be  required   to
     indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any  Company
     Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to
     be  made  a  party to any threatened, pending  or  completed
     action,   suit  or  proceeding,  whether  civil,   criminal,
     administrative or investigative (other than an action by  or
     in  the right of the Trust) by reason of the fact that he is
     or   was  a  Company  Indemnified  Person  against  expenses
     (including  attorneys' fees), judgments, fines  and  amounts
     paid  in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by  him
     in  connection  with such action, suit or proceeding  if  he
     acted  in  good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed
     to  be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust,
     and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding,  had
     no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The
     termination  of any action, suit or proceeding by  judgment,
     order,  settlement,  conviction, or  upon  a  plea  of  nolo
     contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a
     presumption that the Company Indemnified Person did not  act
     in  good  faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed
     to  be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust,
     and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding,  had
     reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

          (ii)  Under  Section  5.1  of  the  First  Supplemental
     Indenture,  the  Debenture  Issuer  shall  be  required   to
     indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any  Company
     Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to
     be  made  a  party to any threatened, pending  or  completed
     action or suit by or in the right of the Trust to procure  a
     judgment  in its favor by reason of the fact that he  is  or
     was a Company Indemnified Person against expenses (including
     attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him  in
     connection with the defense or settlement of such action  or
     suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably
     believed  to  be in or not opposed to the best interests  of
     the  Trust and except that no such indemnification shall  be
     made  in  respect of any claim, issue or matter as to  which
     such Company Indemnified Person shall have been adjudged  to
     be  liable  to the Trust unless and only to the extent  that
     the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such
     action  or suit was brought shall determine upon application
     that,  despite the adjudication of liability but in view  of
     all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and
     reasonably  entitled  to indemnity for such  expenses  which
     such  Court  of  Chancery  or such other  court  shall  deem
     proper.

          (iii)Any indemnification under paragraphs (i) and  (ii)
     of this Section 10.4(a) (unless ordered by a court) shall be
     made  by  the  Debenture Issuer only as  authorized  in  the
     specific  case upon a determination that indemnification  of
     the   Company   Indemnified  Person   is   proper   in   the
     circumstances because he has met the applicable standard  of
     conduct   set  forth  in  paragraphs  (i)  and  (ii).   Such
     determination shall be made (1) by the Regular Trustees by a
     majority  vote  of  a  quorum  consisting  of  such  Regular
     Trustees  who  were  not parties to  such  action,  suit  or
     proceeding, (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even
     if obtainable, if a quorum of disinterested Regular Trustees
     so  directs,  by  independent legal  counsel  in  a  written
     opinion, or (3) by the Common Security Holders of the Trust.

          (iv)  Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred  by
     a Company Indemnified Person in defending a civil, criminal,
     administrative or investigative action, suit  or  proceeding
     referred  to  in  paragraphs (i) and (ii)  of  this  Section
     10.4(a) shall be paid by the Debenture Issuer in advance  of
     the  final  disposition of such action, suit  or  proceeding
     upon  receipt  of  an undertaking by or on  behalf  of  such
     Company Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it  shall
     ultimately  be determined that such person  is not  entitled
     to  be indemnified by the Debenture Issuer as authorized  in
     this  Section  10.4(a). Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no
     advance  shall  be  made  by  the  Debenture  Issuer  if   a
     determination  is reasonably and promptly made  (i)  by  the
     Regular  Trustees  by  a  majority  vote  of  a  quorum   of
     disinterested Regular Trustees, (ii) if such a quorum is not
     obtainable,  or,  even  if  obtainable,  if  a   quorum   of
     disinterested  Regular Trustees so directs,  by  independent
     legal  counsel in a written opinion or (iii) by  the  Common
     Security  Holders of the Trust, that, based upon  the  facts
     known to the Regular Trustees, independent legal counsel  or
     Common  Security  Holder at the time such  determination  is
     made,  such   person acted in bad faith or in a manner  that
     such  person did not believe to be in or not opposed to  the
     best  interests  of  the  Trust, or,  with  respect  to  any
     criminal  proceeding, that such Company  Indemnified  Person
     believed or had reasonable cause to believe his conduct  was
     unlawful. In no event shall any advance be made in instances
     where  the  Regular Trustees, independent legal  counsel  or
     Common  Security  Holders  reasonably  determine  that  such
     person deliberately breached such person's duty to the Trust
     or its Common or Capital Security Holders.

          (v)   The  indemnification and advancement of  expenses
     provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of
     this  Section  9.4(a) shall not be deemed exclusive  of  any
     other  rights  to  which those seeking  indemnification  and
     advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement,
     vote  of  shareholders  or disinterested  directors  of  the
     Sponsor  or  Capital  Security  Holders  of  the  Trust   or
     otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as
     to action in another capacity while holding such office. All
     rights to indemnification under this Section 9.4(a) shall be
     deemed  to  be provided by a contract between the  Debenture
     Issuer  and  each Company Indemnified Person who  serves  in
     such  capacity at any time while this Section 9.4(a)  is  in
     effect.  Any  repeal or modification of this Section  9.4(a)
     shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing.

          (vi)  The  Debenture Issuer or the Trust  may  purchase
     and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was
     a  Company Indemnified Person against any liability asserted
     against  him  and incurred by him in any such  capacity,  or
     arising  out  of  his  status as such, whether  or  not  the
     Debenture  Issuer  would  have the power  to  indemnify  him
     against  such liability under the provisions of this Section
     9.4(a).

         (vii) For  purposes  of this Section 9.4(a),  references
     to  "the  Trust" shall include, in addition to the resulting
     or  surviving entity, any constituent entity (including  any
     constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or
     merger,  so  that  any  person who is  or  was  a  director,
     trustee, officer or employee of such constituent entity,  or
     is  or was serving at the request of such constituent entity
     as  a  director,  trustee, officer,  employee  or  agent  of
     another  entity, shall stand in the same position under  the
     provisions  of  this  Section 9.4(a)  with  respect  to  the
     resulting or surviving entity as such person would have with
     respect to such constituent entity if its separate existence
     had continued.

         (viii)The indemnification and advancement of
     expenses  provided by, or granted pursuant to, this  Section
     9.4(a)  shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized  or
     ratified,  continue as to a person who has ceased  to  be  a
     Company Indemnified Person and shall inure to the benefit of
     the  successors, heirs, executors and administrators of such
     a person.

     (b)   Under Section 5.1 of the First Supplemental Indenture,
the  Debenture Issuer also shall be required to indemnify the (i)
Institutional  Trustee,  (ii)  the Delaware  Trustee,  (iii)  any
Affiliate  of the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware  Trustee,
and   (iv)   any  officers,  directors,  shareholders,   members,
partners,  employees,  representatives, custodians,  nominees  or
agents of the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee (each
of  the  Persons  in  (i) through (iv) being  referred  to  as  a
"Fiduciary  Indemnified Person") for, and to hold each  Fiduciary
Indemnified  Person  harmless against,  any  loss,  liability  or
expense incurred without gross negligence and, in the case of the
Institutional Trustee, pursuant to Section 3.9, negligence or bad
faith  on  its  part,  arising out of or in connection  with  the
acceptance  or  administration of the trust or trusts  hereunder,
including the costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees
and  expenses)  of defending itself against or investigating  any
claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance
of  any of its powers or duties hereunder. The provisions of this
Section  10.4(b) shall survive the satisfaction and discharge  of
this   Declaration  or  the  resignation  or   removal   of   the
Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as  the  case  may
be.

SECTION IX.5    OUTSIDE BUSINESSES.

     Any  Covered  Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee  and
the Institutional Trustee may engage in or possess an interest in
other   business   ventures  of  any   nature   or   description,
independently  or  with  others, similar  or  dissimilar  to  the
business  of  the  Trust,  and  the  Trust  and  the  Holders  of
Securities shall have no rights by virtue of this Declaration  in
and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived
therefrom,  and  the  pursuit  of  any  such  venture,  even   if
competitive with the business of the Trust, shall not  be  deemed
wrongful  or  improper.  No  Covered  Person,  the  Sponsor,  the
Delaware  Trustee or the Institutional Trustee shall be obligated
to  present any particular investment or other opportunity to the
Trust  even  if  such  opportunity is of  a  character  that,  if
presented  to  the Trust, could be taken by the  Trust,  and  any
Covered  Person,  the  Sponsor,  the  Delaware  Trustee  and  the
Institutional Trustee shall have the right to take  for  its  own
account  (individually  or  as  a partner  or  fiduciary)  or  to
recommend  to  others  any such particular  investment  or  other
opportunity.  Any Covered Person, the Delaware  Trustee  and  the
Institutional  Trustee  may  engage  or  be  interested  in   any
financial  or other transaction with the Sponsor or any Affiliate
of  the  Sponsor, or may act as depositary for, trustee or  agent
for, or act on any committee or body of holders of, securities or
other obligations of the Sponsor or its Affiliates.

                           ARTICLE X

                           ACCOUNTING

SECTION X.1     FISCAL YEAR.

     The  fiscal year ("Fiscal Year") of the Trust shall  be  the
calendar year, or such other year as is required by the Code.

SECTION X.2     CERTAIN ACCOUNTING MATTERS.

     (a)    At  all times during the existence of the Trust,  the
Trust  shall  keep, or cause to be kept, full books  of  account,
records   and  supporting  documents,  which  shall  reflect   in
reasonable  detail, each transaction of the Trust. The  books  of
account  shall be maintained on the accrual method of accounting,
in  accordance  with  generally accepted  accounting  principles,
consistently  applied.  The books of account and the  records  of
the Trust shall be examined by and reported upon as of the end of
each  Fiscal Year of the Trust by a firm of independent certified
public accountants selected by the Regular Trustees.

     (b)    The  Trust  shall  cause  to  be  duly  prepared  and
delivered to each of the Holders of Securities, any annual United
States  federal income tax information statement required by  the
Code,  containing such information with regard to the  Securities
held  by  each Holder as is required by the Code and the Treasury
Regulations. Notwithstanding any right under the Code to  deliver
any  such statement at a later date, the Trust shall endeavor  to
deliver all such statements within 30 days after the end of  each
Fiscal Year of the Trust.

     (c)    The  Trust shall cause to be duly prepared and  filed
with  the  appropriate taxing authority an annual  United  States
federal  income tax return, on a Form 1041 or such other form  or
statement  as may be required under United States federal  income
tax  law, and any other annual income tax returns required to  be
filed by the Trust on behalf of the Trust with any state or local
taxing  authority.   A  copy of such returns  as  filed  will  be
delivered to the Institutional Trustee promptly after filing.

SECTION X.3     BANKING.

     The  Trust shall maintain one or more bank accounts  in  the
name  and  for  the sole benefit of the Trust; provided  however,
that  all payments of funds in respect of the Debentures held  by
the   Institutional  Trustee  shall  be  made  directly  to   the
Institutional  Trustee Account and no other funds  of  the  Trust
shall be deposited in the Institutional Trustee Account. The sole
signatories for such accounts shall be designated by the  Regular
Trustees; provided, however, that the Institutional Trustee shall
designate the signatories for the Institutional Trustee Account.

SECTION X.4     WITHHOLDING.

     The  Trust  shall  comply with all withholding  requirements
under United States federal, state and local law. The Trust shall
request,  and the Holders shall provide to the Trust, such  forms
or  certificates as are necessary to establish an exemption  from
withholding  with respect to each Holder, and any representations
and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Trust to assist
it   in  determining  the  extent  of,  and  in  fulfilling,  its
withholding obligations. The Trust shall file required forms with
applicable   jurisdictions   and,  unless   an   exemption   from
withholding  is  properly established by a  Holder,  shall  remit
amounts  withheld  with  respect  to  the  Holder  to  applicable
jurisdictions.  To  the  extent that the  Trust  is  required  to
withhold  and pay over any amounts to any authority with  respect
to  distributions  or  allocations  to  any  Holder,  the  amount
withheld  shall be deemed to be a distribution in the  amount  of
the  withholding to the Holder. In the event of any claimed  over
withholding,  Holders shall be limited to an action  against  the
applicable  jurisdiction. If the amount required to  be  withheld
was  not  withheld from actual Distributions made, the Trust  may
reduce   subsequent   Distributions  by  the   amount   of   such
withholding.

                           ARTICLE XI

                    AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

SECTION XI.1    AMENDMENTS.

     (a)   Except as otherwise provided in this Declaration or by
any applicable terms of the Securities, this Declaration may only
be  amended by a written instrument approved and executed by  the
Regular  Trustees  (or,  if  there  are  more  than  two  Regular
Trustees, a majority of the Regular Trustees); and

          (i)   if  the  amendment affects  the  rights,  powers,
     duties,  obligations  or  immunities  of  the  Institutional
     Trustee, also by the Institutional Trustee; and

          (ii)  if  the  amendment affects  the  rights,  powers,
     duties,  obligations or immunities of the Delaware  Trustee,
     also by the Delaware Trustee;

     (b)   no amendment shall be made:

          (i)   unless,  in  the case of any proposed  amendment,
     the  Institutional  Trustee shall  have  first  received  an
     Officers' Certificate from each of the Trust and the Sponsor
     that  such amendment is permitted by, and conforms  to,  the
     terms  of  this  Declaration (including  the  terms  of  the
     Securities);

          (ii)  unless,  in  the case of any  proposed  amendment
     which  affects  the rights, powers, duties,  obligations  or
     immunities  of  the Institutional Trustee, the Institutional
     Trustee shall have first received:

                (A)an  Officers'  Certificate from  each  of  the
          Trust  and the Sponsor that such amendment is permitted
          by,  and  conforms  to, the terms of  this  Declaration
          (including the terms of the Securities); and

                (B)an  opinion of counsel (who may be counsel  to
          the  Sponsor  or  the  Trust) that  such  amendment  is
          permitted  by,  and  conforms to,  the  terms  of  this
          Declaration  (including the terms of  the  Securities);
          and

          (iii)to  the extent the result of such amendment  would
     be to:

                (A)cause  the  Trust to fail to  continue  to  be
          classified  for  purposes  of  United  States   federal
          income taxation as a grantor trust;
                
                (B)reduce  or  otherwise  adversely  affect   the
          powers  of  the  Institutional Trustee in contravention
          of the Trust Indenture Act; or

                (C)cause  the  Trust  to  be  deemed  to  be   an
          Investment Company required to be registered under  the
          Investment Company Act;

     (c)   at such time after the Trust has issued any Securities
that remain outstanding, any amendment that would materially  and
adversely  affect  the rights, privileges or preferences  of  any
Holder  of  Securities may be effected only with such  additional
requirements as may be set forth in the terms of such Securities;

     (d)    Section  8.1(c) and this Section 11.1  shall  not  be
amended  without  the  consent of  all  of  the  Holders  of  the
Securities;

     (e)   Article IV shall not be amended without the consent of
the  Holders  of a Majority in liquidation amount of  the  Common
Securities;

     (f)    the  rights  of the Holders of the Common  Securities
under  Article  V  to  increase or decrease the  number  of,  and
appoint  and  remove  Trustees shall not be amended  without  the
consent of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the
Common Securities; and

     (g)    notwithstanding Section 11.1(c), this Declaration may
be  amended  without the consent of the Holders of the Securities
to:

          (i)  cure any ambiguity;

          (ii)  correct  or  supplement  any  provision  in  this
     Declaration that may be defective or inconsistent  with  any
     other provision of this Declaration;

          (iii)add  to the covenants, restrictions or obligations
     of the Sponsor;

          (iv)  to  conform to any change in Rule 3a-5 or written
     change in interpretation or application of Rule 3a-5 by  any
     legislative  body,  court, government agency  or  regulatory
     authority  which amendment does not have a material  adverse
     effect  on  the  right,  preferences or  privileges  of  the
     Holders;

          (v)   to modify, eliminate and add to any provision  of
     the Declaration to such extent as may be necessary; and

          (vi)  cause the Trust to continue to be classified  for
     United  States  federal  income tax purposes  as  a  grantor
     trust.

SECTION XI.2     MEETINGS OF THE HOLDERS OF SECURITIES; ACTION BY
          WRITTEN CONSENT.

     (a)   Meetings of the Holders of any class of Securities may
be  called at any time by the Regular Trustees (or as provided in
the terms of the Securities) to consider and act on any matter on
which  Holders  of such class of Securities are entitled  to  act
under  the terms of this Declaration, the terms of the Securities
or  the  rules  of  any  stock  exchange  on  which  the  Capital
Securities  are  listed  or  admitted for  trading.  The  Regular
Trustees  shall call a meeting of the Holders of  such  class  if
directed  to  do so by the Holders of at least 10% in liquidation
amount of such class of Securities. Such direction shall be given
by  delivering  to the Regular Trustees one or more  calls  in  a
writing  stating that the signing Holders of Securities  wish  to
call a meeting and indicating the general or specific purpose for
which  the  meeting  is to be called. Any Holders  of  Securities
calling   a  meeting  shall  specify  in  writing  the   Security
Certificates  held  by the Holders of Securities  exercising  the
right to call a meeting and only those Securities specified shall
be  counted  for  purposes of determining  whether  the  required
percentage set forth in the second sentence of this paragraph has
been met.

     (b)    Except to the extent otherwise provided in the  terms
of  the  Securities,  the  following provisions  shall  apply  to
meetings of Holders of Securities:

          (i)   notice of any such meeting shall be given to  all
     the Holders of Securities having a right to vote thereat  at
     least  7  days and not more than 60 days before the date  of
     such  meeting. Whenever a vote, consent or approval  of  the
     Holders  of  Securities is permitted or required under  this
     Declaration, the terms of the Securities or the rules of any
     stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are listed or
     admitted for trading, such vote, consent or approval may  be
     given  at a meeting of the Holders of Securities. Any action
     that  may be taken at a meeting of the Holders of Securities
     may  be  taken  without a meeting if a  consent  in  writing
     setting  forth the action so taken is signed by the  Holders
     of  Securities  owning not less than the minimum  amount  of
     Securities in liquidation amount that would be necessary  to
     authorize  or  take such action at a meeting  at  which  all
     Holders  of  Securities having a right to vote thereon  were
     present  and voting. Prompt notice of the taking  of  action
     without  a  meeting  shall  be  given  to  the  Holders   of
     Securities  entitled  to  vote who  have  not  consented  in
     writing.  The Regular Trustees may specify that any  written
     ballot  submitted to the Security Holder for the purpose  of
     taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the
     Trust within the time specified by the Regular Trustees;

          (ii)  each  Holder  of  a Security  may  authorize  any
     Person  to  act for it by proxy on all matters  in  which  a
     Holder  of  Securities is entitled to participate, including
     waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at
     a  meeting. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration  of
     11 months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in
     the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of
     the  Holder of Securities executing it. Except as  otherwise
     provided herein, all matters relating to the giving,  voting
     or  validity  of  proxies shall be governed by  the  General
     Corporation  Law  of  the  State  of  Delaware  relating  to
     proxies, and judicial interpretations thereunder, as if  the
     Trust  were  a Delaware corporation and the Holders  of  the
     Securities were stockholders of a Delaware corporation;

          (iii)each  meeting  of the Holders  of  the  Securities
     shall  be conducted by the Regular Trustees or by such other
     Person that the Regular Trustees may designate; and

          (iv)  unless  the Business Trust Act, this Declaration,
     the  terms of the Securities, the Trust Indenture Act or the
     listing  rules  of any stock exchange on which  the  Capital
     Securities  are  then listed or trading otherwise  provides,
     the  Regular  Trustees,  in  their  sole  discretion,  shall
     establish  all  other  provisions relating  to  meetings  of
     Holders  of Securities, including notice of the time,  place
     or purpose of any meeting at which any matter is to be voted
     on  by any Holders of Securities, waiver of any such notice,
     action by consent without a meeting, the establishment of  a
     record  date,  quorum requirements, voting in person  or  by
     proxy  or  any other matter with respect to the exercise  of
     any such right to vote.

                          ARTICLE XII

 REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND DELAWARE TRUSTEE

SECTION XII.1    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF  INSTITUTIONAL
                 TRUSTEE.

     The  Trustee  that  acts  as initial  Institutional  Trustee
represents  and warrants to the Trust and to the Sponsor  at  the
date  of  this  Declaration,  and  each  Successor  Institutional
Trustee  represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor  at
the  time of the Successor Institutional Trustee's acceptance  of
its appointment as Institutional Trustee, that:

     (a)    the  Institutional  Trustee  is  a  national  banking
association  with trust powers, duly organized, validly  existing
and  in  good  standing under the laws of the  United  States  of
America,  with trust power and authority to execute and  deliver,
and  to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of,
the Declaration;

     (b)    the  Institutional Trustee satisfies the requirements
set forth in Section 5.3(a);

     (c)     the  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by  the
Institutional Trustee of the Declaration has been duly authorized
by   all   necessary  corporate  action  on  the  part   of   the
Institutional Trustee. The Declaration has been duly executed and
delivered  by  the  Institutional Trustee, and it  constitutes  a
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Institutional Trustee,
enforceable against it in accordance with its terms,  subject  to
applicable  bankruptcy,  reorganization, moratorium,  insolvency,
and  other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and
to  general principles of equity and the discretion of the  court
(regardless  of  whether  the enforcement  of  such  remedies  is
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

     (d)     the  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of  the
Declaration  by the Institutional Trustee does not conflict  with
or constitute a breach of the Articles of Organization or By-laws
of the Institutional Trustee; and

     (e)     no   consent,  approval  or  authorization  of,   or
registration  with  or notice to, any State  or  Federal  banking
authority  is required for the execution, delivery or performance
by the Institutional Trustee, of the Declaration.

SECTION XII.2     REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES  OF   DELAWARE
                  TRUSTEE.

     The Trustee that acts as initial Delaware Trustee represents
and  warrants to the Trust and to the Sponsor at the date of this
Declaration,  and each Successor Delaware Trustee represents  and
warrants  to  the  Trust  and the Sponsor  at  the  time  of  the
Successor  Delaware  Trustee's acceptance of its  appointment  as
Delaware Trustee, that:

     (a)    The Delaware Trustee is a Delaware corporation,  duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under  the  laws
of the State of Delaware, with power and authority to execute and
deliver,  and to carry out and perform its obligations under  the
terms of, the Declaration;

     (b)     the  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by  the
Delaware  Trustee of the Declaration has been duly authorized  by
all  necessary  corporate  action on the  part  of  the  Delaware
Trustee.  The Declaration has been duly executed and delivered by
the  Delaware  Trustee, and it constitutes  a  legal,  valid  and
binding  obligation of the Delaware Trustee, enforceable  against
it   in   accordance  with  its  terms,  subject  to   applicable
bankruptcy,  reorganization, moratorium,  insolvency,  and  other
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and to general
principles  of equity and the discretion of the court (regardless
of  whether the enforcement of such remedies is considered  in  a
proceeding in equity or at law);

     (c)     No   consent,  approval  or  authorization  of,   or
registration  with  or notice to, any State  or  Federal  banking
authority  is required for the execution, delivery or performance
by the Delaware Trustee of the Declaration; and

     (d)     the  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of  the
Declaration  by  the Delaware Trustee does not conflict  with  or
constitute a breach of the Articles of Organization or By-laws of
the Delaware Trustee; and

     (e)    The  Delaware Trustee is a natural person  who  is  a
resident of the State of Delaware or, if not a natural person, an
entity which has its principal place of business in the State  of
Delaware.

                          ARTICLE XIII

                         MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION XIII.1  NOTICES.

     All  notices  provided for in this Declaration shall  be  in
writing,  duly signed by the party giving such notice, and  shall
be  delivered,  telecopied or mailed by registered  or  certified
mail, as follows:

     (a)   if given to the Trust, in care of the Regular Trustees
at  the  Trust's mailing address set forth below (or  such  other
address  as  the Trust may give notice of to the Holders  of  the
Securities):

          Ingersoll-Rand Financing I
          c/o Ingersoll-Rand Company
          200 Chestnut Ridge Road
          Woodcliff Lake, New Jersey 07675
          Attn:  Corporate Secretary

     (b)    if  given  to the Delaware Trustee,  at  the  mailing
address  set  forth  below  (or such other  address  as  Delaware
Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):

          First Chicago Delaware Inc.
          300 King Street
          Wilmington, DE  19801
          Attention:  Corporate Trust Services

     (c)     if  given  to  the  Institutional  Trustee,  at  its
Corporate  Trust  Office  to  the attention  of  Corporate  Trust
Administration  (or  such  other  address  as  the  Institutional
Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):

          The First National Bank of Chicago
          One First National Plaza
          Suite 0126
          Chicago, IL  60670-0126
          Attention:  Corporate Trust Services

     (d)    if  given to the Holder of the Common Securities,  at
the mailing address of the Sponsor set forth below (or such other
address as the Holder of the Common Securities may give notice to
the Trust):

          Ingersoll-Rand Company
          200 Chestnut Ridge Road
          Woodcliff Lake, New Jersey 07675
          Attn:  Corporate Secretary

     (e)   if given to any other Holder, at the address set forth
on the books and records of the Trust.

     All  such  notices shall be deemed to have been  given  when
received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or  mailed
by  first class mail, postage prepaid except that if a notice  or
other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because
of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or
other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date
of such refusal or inability to deliver.

SECTION XIII.2  GOVERNING LAW.

     This  Declaration  and the rights of the  parties  hereunder
shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the  laws
of  the  State of Delaware and all rights and remedies  shall  be
governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of
laws.

SECTION XIII.3  INTENTION OF THE PARTIES.

     It  is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust be
classified  for United States federal income tax  purposes  as  a
grantor  trust.  The  provisions of  this  Declaration  shall  be
interpreted to further this intention of the parties.

SECTION XIII.4  HEADINGS.

     Headings  contained  in this Declaration  are  inserted  for
convenience   of   reference  only  and   do   not   affect   the
interpretation of this Declaration or any provision hereof.

SECTION XIII.5  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

     Whenever  in this Declaration any of the parties  hereto  is
named  or  referred to, the successors and assigns of such  party
shall  be deemed to be included, and all covenants and agreements
in  this  Declaration by the Sponsor and the Trustees shall  bind
and  inure  to  the  benefit of their respective  successors  and
assigns, whether so expressed.

SECTION XIII.6  PARTIAL ENFORCEABILITY.

     If  any provision of this Declaration, or the application of
such  provision  to  any Person or circumstance,  shall  be  held
invalid, the remainder of this Declaration, or the application of
such  provision to persons or circumstances other than  those  to
which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

SECTION XIII.7  COUNTERPARTS.

     This  Declaration may contain more than one  counterpart  of
the  signature page and this Declaration may be executed  by  the
affixing of the signature of each of the Trustees to one of  such
counterpart  signature  pages. All of such counterpart  signature
pages  shall be read as though one, and they shall have the  same
force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single
signature page.

SECTION XIII.8  REMARKETING

          (a)    The  Debenture  Issuer will request,  not  later
than  15  nor more than 30 calendar days prior to the Remarketing
Date  that  the  Clearing Agency notify the  Holders  of  Capital
Securities and the Holders of Income PRIDES and Growth PRIDES  of
the Remarketing and of the procedures that must be followed if  a
Holder  of  Capital Securities wishes to exercise  such  Holder's
rights  with  respect  to the Put Option if  there  is  a  Failed
Remarketing.

          (b)   Not later than 5:00 P.M., New York City time,  on
the   fifth  Business  Day  immediately  preceding  the  Purchase
Contract  Settlement Date, each Holder of the Capital  Securities
may  elect  to  have  Capital  Securities  held  by  such  Holder
remarketed.    Under   Section  5.4  of  the  Purchase   Contract
Agreement,  Holders of Income PRIDES that do not give  notice  of
intention  to  make a Cash Settlement of their  related  Purchase
Contract shall be deemed to have consented to the disposition  of
the  Capital  Securities comprising a component  of  such  Income
PRIDES.   Holders of Capital Securities that are not a  component
Income  PRIDES shall give notice of their election to  have  such
Capital Securities remarketed to the Custodial Agent pursuant  to
the Pledge Agreement.  Any such notice shall be irrevocable after
5:00  p.m.  New  York  City  time  on  the  fifth  Business   Day
immediately preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement  Date  and
may not be conditioned upon the level at which the Reset Rate  is
established.   Promptly after 5:30 P.M., New York City  time,  on
such fifth Business Day, the Institutional Trustee, based on  the
notices received by it prior to such time (including notices from
the  Purchase Contract Agent as to Purchase Contracts  for  which
cash  settlement has been elected), shall notify the  Trust,  the
Sponsor  and  the  Remarketing Agent of  the  number  of  Capital
Securities to be tendered for purchase.

          (c)    If any Holder of Income PRIDES, does not give  a
notice  of  its intention to make a Cash Settlement  or  gives  a
notice of election to tender Capital Securities, as described  in
Section  13.8(b), the Capital Securities of such Holder shall  be
deemed  tendered, notwithstanding any failure by such  Holder  to
deliver  or  properly  deliver such  Capital  Securities  to  the
Remarketing Agent for purchase.

          (d)     The  right  of  each  Holder  to  have  Capital
Securities  tendered for purchase shall be limited to the  extent
that (i) the Remarketing Agent conducts a remarketing pursuant to
the  terms  of the Remarketing Agreement, (ii) Capital Securities
tendered   have  not  been  called  for  redemption,  (iii)   the
Remarketing  Agent is able to find a purchaser or purchasers  for
tendered Capital Securities and (iv) such purchaser or purchasers
deliver the purchase price therefor to the Remarketing Agent.

          (e)    On  the Remarketing Date, the Remarketing  Agent
shall  use commercially reasonable efforts to remarket at a price
equal  to  100.5%  of the aggregate liquidation  amount  thereof,
Capital Securities tendered or deemed tendered for purchase.

          (f)    If  none  of the Holders elect to  have  Capital
Securities held by them remarketed, the Reset Rate shall  be  the
rate determined by the Remarketing Agent, subject to the terms of
the  Remarketing  Agreement, as the rate  that  would  have  been
established had a remarketing been held on the Remarketing Date.

          (g)    If the Remarketing Agent has determined that  it
will  be  able  to remarket all Capital Securities,  tendered  or
deemed  tendered prior to 4:00 P.M., New York City time,  on  the
Remarketing Date, the Remarketing Agent shall determine the Reset
Rate,  which shall be the rate per annum (rounded to the  nearest
one-thousandth  (0.001)  of  one percent  per  annum)  which  the
Remarketing  Agent  determines,  subject  to  the  term  of   the
Remarketing Agreement, to be the lowest rate per annum that  will
enable  it to remarket all Capital Securities tendered or  deemed
tendered for remarketing.

          (h)    If,  by  4:00 P.M., New York City time,  on  the
Remarketing Date, the Remarketing Agent is unable to remarket all
Capital  Securities tendered or deemed tendered for  purchase,  a
failed remarketing ("Failed Remarketing") shall be deemed to have
occurred  and the Remarketing Agent shall so advise by  telephone
the  Collateral  Agent, Debenture Issuer, Institutional  Trustee,
Delaware Trustee and Clearing Agency.

          (i)    By approximately 4:30 P.M., New York City  time,
on  the  Remarketing Date, provided that there  has  not  been  a
Failed  Remarketing,  the  Remarketing  Agent  shall  advise,  by
telephone   (i)   the   Collateral   Agent,   Debenture   Issuer,
Institutional  Trustee, Delaware Trustee and Clearing  Agency  of
the  Reset  Rate determined in the Remarketing and the number  of
Capital  Securities sold in the remarketing, (ii) each  purchaser
(or  the  Clearing Agency Participant thereof) of the Reset  Rate
and  the  number  of  Capital Securities  such  purchaser  is  to
purchase  and  (iii) each purchaser to give instructions  to  its
Clearing  Agency  Participant to pay the purchase  price  on  the
Purchase  Contract  Settlement Date in  same  day  funds  against
delivery   of  the  Capital  Securities  purchased  through   the
facilities of the Clearing Agency.

          (j)    In  accordance with the Clearing Agency's normal
procedures,  on  the  Purchase  Contract  Settlement  Date,   the
transactions  described  above  with  respect  to  each   Capital
Security tendered for purchase and sold in the remarketing  shall
be  executed through the Clearing Agency, and the accounts of the
respective  Clearing  Agency Participants shall  be  debited  and
credited  and such Capital Securities delivered by book entry  as
necessary   to  effect  purchases  and  sales  of  such   Capital
Securities.  The Clearing Agency shall make payment in accordance
with its normal procedures.

          (k)    If any Holder selling Capital Securities in  the
remarketing  fails  to  deliver  such  Capital  Securities,   the
Clearing  Agency Participant of such selling Holder  and  of  any
other person that was to have purchased Capital Securities in the
remarketing  may  deliver to any such other person  a  number  of
Capital  Securities  that  is less than  the  number  of  Capital
Securities that otherwise was to be purchased by such person.  In
such  event, the number of Capital Securities to be so  delivered
shall  be  determined  by such Clearing Agency  Participant,  and
delivery  of  such  lesser  number of  Capital  Securities  shall
constitute good delivery.

          (l)    The  Remarketing  Agent  is  not  obligated   to
purchase  any  Capital  Securities that  would  otherwise  remain
unsold  in  a  remarketing.  Neither the Trust, any Trustee,  the
Sponsor nor the Remarketing Agent shall be obligated in any  case
to   provide  funds  to  make  payment  upon  tender  of  Capital
Securities for remarketing.

          (m)    The  tender and settlement procedures set  forth
in  this  Section  13.8,  including  provisions  for  payment  by
purchasers  of  Capital Securities in the remarketing,  shall  be
subject  to  modification, notwithstanding any provision  to  the
contrary set forth in Article 11, to the extent required  by  the
Clearing  Agency  or  if  the  book-entry  system  is  no  longer
available  for  the  Capital  Securities  at  the  time  of   the
remarketing,  to  facilitate  the tendering  and  remarketing  of
Capital  Securities  in  certificated  form.   In  addition,  the
Remarketing  Agent  may, notwithstanding  any  provision  to  the
contrary   set  forth  in  Article  11,  modify  the   settlement
procedures set forth herein in order to facilitate the settlement
process.

     IN   WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  caused  these
presents  to  be  executed as of the day  and  year  first  above
written.

                              ___________________________________
                              __________
                              Ronald G. Heller,
                                as Regular Trustee

                              ___________________________________
                              __________
                              Patricia Nachtigal,
                                as Regular Trustee

                              ___________________________________
                              __________
                              Nancy Casablanca,
                                as Regular Trustee

                              FIRST CHICAGO DELAWARE INC.,
                                as Delaware Trustee

                              By ________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:

                              THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                                as Institutional Trustee

                              By ________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:

                              INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY,
                                as Sponsor

                              By _______________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:

                          EXHIBIT A-1
              FORM OF CAPITAL SECURITY CERTIFICATE

     [IF THE Capital Security IS TO BE A GLOBAL CERTIFICATE
INSERT - This
Capital Security is a Global Certificate within the meaning of
the Declaration hereinafter referred to and is registered in the
name of The Depository Trust Company (the "Depositary") or a
nominee of the Depositary. This Capital Security is exchangeable
for Capital Securities registered in the name of a person other
than the Depositary or its nominee only in the limited
circumstances described in the Declaration and no transfer of
this Capital Security (other than a transfer of this Capital
Security as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the
Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or
another nominee of the Depositary) may be registered except in
limited circumstances.

     Unless this Capital Security is presented by an authorized
representative of The Depository Trust Company (55 Water Street,
New York, New York) to the Trust or its agent for registration of
transfer, exchange or payment, and any Capital Security issued is
registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other name as
requested by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust
Company and any payment hereon is made to Cede & Co., ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY A
PERSON IS WRONGFUL since the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co.,
has an interest herein.]

Certificate Number _________      Number of Capital Securities
                                            CUSIP NO. ___________

           Certificate Evidencing Capital Securities
                               of
                   Ingersoll-Rand Financing I

                   ____%  Capital Securities
         (liquidation amount $25 per Capital Security)

     Ingersoll-Rand Financing I, a statutory business trust
created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Trust"),
hereby certifies that __________ (the "Holder") is the registered
owner of__________ Capital Securities of the Trust
representing undivided beneficial ownership interests in the
assets of the Trust designated as the 6.22%  Capital Securities
(liquidation amount $25 per capital security) (the "Capital
Securities"). The Capital Securities are transferable on the
books and records of the Trust, in person or by a duly authorized
attorney, upon surrender of this certificate duly endorsed and in
proper form for transfer. The designation, rights, privileges,
restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the
Capital Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in all
respects be subject to the provisions of the Amended and Restated
Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of March 23, 1998, as
the same may be amended from time to time (the "Declaration").
Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the
meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to
the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein. The
Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee and
the Indenture to a Holder without charge upon written request to
the Trust at its principal place of business.

     Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the
Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.
     
     By acceptance, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States
federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and
the Capital Securities as evidence of indirect beneficial
ownership in the Debentures.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has executed this certificate this
23rd day of March, 1998.
                          
                              INGERSOLL-RAND FINANCING I
                          
                              By: ___________________________
                              Name: _________________________
                              Title:  Regular Trustee
                              
                         
                 [FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

     Distributions payable on each Capital Security will be fixed
at a rate per annum of 6.22% until May 15, 2001, and at the Reset
Rate thereafter (the "Coupon Rate") of the stated liquidation
amount of $25 per Capital Security, such rate being the rate of
interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the
Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears for more than one
quarter will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the
rate of 6.22% until  May 15, 2001, and at the Reset Rate
thereafter (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term
"Distributions" as used herein includes such cash distributions
and any such interest payable unless otherwise stated. A
Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made
in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee
and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available
therefor. The amount of Distributions payable for any period will
be computed for any full quarterly Distribution period on the
basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and
for any period shorter than a full quarterly Distribution period
for which Distributions are computed, Distributions will be
computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed per
30-day month.

     Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the
Capital Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date
of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears, on
February 16, May 16, August 16 and November 16 of each year,
commencing on May 16, 1998, to holders of record, if in
book-entry only form, one Business Day prior to such payment
date, which payment dates shall correspond to the interest
payment dates on the Debentures. In the event that the Capital
Securities are not in book-entry form, the Regular Trustees will
have the right to select relevant record dates, which will be
more than one Business Day but less than 60 Business Days prior
to the relevant payment dates.  The Debenture Issuer has the
right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest by
extending the interest payment period from time to time on the
Debentures for a period not exceeding beyond the date of maturity
of the Debentures (each an "Extension Period") and, as a
consequence of such deferral, Distributions will also be
deferred. Despite such deferral, quarterly Distributions will
continue to accrue with interest thereon at the rate of 6.22%
until May 15, 2001, and at the Reset Rate thereafter, compounded
quarterly during any such Extension Period (to the extent
permitted by applicable law). Payments of accrued Distributions
will be payable to Holders as they appear on the books and
records of the Trust on the first record date after the end of
the Extension Period. Upon the termination of any Extension
Period and the payment of all amounts then due, the Debenture
Issuer  may commence a new Extension Period; provided that such
Extension Period together with all such previous and further
extensions thereof may not exceed beyond the maturity date of the
Debenture.

     The Capital Securities shall be redeemable as provided in
the Declaration.
                   OPTION TO ELECT REPAYMENT

     The undersigned hereby irrevocably requests and instructs
the Trust to repay $_____ stated liquidation amount of the within
Capital Security, pursuant to its terms, on the "Put Option
Exercise Date," together with distributions thereon accrued but
unpaid to the date of repayment, to the undersigned at:
                                        
(Please print or type Name and Address of the Undersigned)

and to issue to the undersigned, pursuant to the terms of the
Declaration, a new Capital Security or Capital Securities
representing the remaining stated liquidation amount of this
Capital Security.

For this Option to Elect Repayment to be effective, the within
Capital Security with this Option to Elect Repayment duly
completed must be received by the Trust at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Institutional Trustee at The First National Bank of
Chicago, One First National Plaza, Suite 0126, Chicago, IL 60670-
0126, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.

Dated:                        Signature:_________________________

                              Signature Guarantee: ______________


Note: The signature to this Option to Elect Repayment must
correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within
Capital Security in every particular without alternation or
enlargement or any change whatsoever.

                           ASSIGNMENT


FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers  this
Capital Security Certificate to:
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________

(Insert assignee's social security or tax identification number)
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________

           (Insert address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoints
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
agent  to transfer this Capital Security Certificate on the books
of  the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or
her.

Date: ____________________________________

                              Signature: __________________________

                              Signature Guarantee: ________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this  Cap
ital Security Certificate)
                           EXHIBIT A-2
               FORM OF COMMON SECURITY CERTIFICATE


          THE  COMMON SECURITIES MAY ONLY BE TRANSFERRED  BY  THE
DEBENTURE ISSUER AND ANY RELATED PARTY TO THE DEBENTURE ISSUER OR
A  RELATED PARTY OF THE DEBENTURE ISSUER; PROVIDED THAT, ANY SUCH
TRANSFER   IS  SUBJECT  TO  THE  CONDITION  PRECEDENT  THAT   THE
TRANSFEROR  OBTAIN  THE WRITTEN OPINION OF NATIONALLY  RECOGNIZED
INDEPENDENT  COUNSEL  EXPERIENCED  IN  SUCH  MATTERS  THAT   SUCH
TRANSFER WOULD NOT CAUSE:

          (I)   THE  TRUST  TO  BE CLASSIFIED FOR  UNITED  STATES
     FEDERAL  INCOME TAX PURPOSES AS OTHER THAN A GRANTOR  TRUST;
     AND

          (II)   THE  TRUST  TO BE AN INVESTMENT COMPANY  OR  THE
     TRANSFEREE TO BECOME AN INVESTMENT COMPANY.

Certificate Number________________ Number of Common Securities
           Certificate Evidencing Common Securities
                               of
                   Ingersoll-Rand Financing I

                    6.22%  Common Securities
          (liquidation amount $25 per Common Security)

     Ingersoll-Rand  Financing  I,  a  statutory  business  trust
created   under the laws of the State of Delaware (the  "Trust"),
hereby  certifies that Ingersoll-Rand Company (the  "Holder")  is
the  registered owner of 497,939 common securities of  the  Trust
representing  undivided  beneficial ownership  interests  in  the
assets  of  the  Trust designated as the 6.22% Common  Securities
(liquidation  amount  $25  per  common  security)  (the   "Common
Securities"). The Common Securities are transferable on the books
and  records  of  the Trust, in person or by  a  duly  authorized
attorney, upon surrender of this certificate duly endorsed and in
proper  form  for transfer. The designation, rights,  privileges,
restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions  of  the
Common Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in  all
respects be subject to the provisions of the Amended and Restated
Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of March 23_, 1998, as
the  same  may  be amended from time to time (the "Declaration").
Capitalized  terms  used herein but not defined  shall  have  the
meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled  to
the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein. The
Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee and
the Indenture to a Holder without charge upon written request  to
the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

     Upon  receipt of this certificate, the Sponsor is  bound  by
the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

     By acceptance, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States
federal  income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness  and
the   Common   Securities  as  evidence  of  indirect  beneficial
ownership in the Debentures.

     IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has executed this certificate
this 23rd day of March, 1998.

                              INGERSOLL-RAND FINANCING I


                              By: ________________________
                              Name: ______________________
                              Title:  Regular Trustee

                 [FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

     Distributions payable on each Common Security will be  fixed
at  a  rate per annum of 6.22% until ________, 2001, and  at  the
Reset   Rate  thereafter  (the  "Coupon  Rate")  of  the   stated
liquidation  amount of $25 per Common Security, such  rate  being
the  rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the
Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears for more than one
quarter  will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly  at  the
rate  of  6.22%  until  May  15, 2001,  and  at  the  Reset  Rate
thereafter (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The  term
"Distributions"  as used herein includes such cash  distributions
and  any  such  interest  payable  unless  otherwise  stated.   A
Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made
in  respect  of the Debentures held by the Institutional  Trustee
and  to  the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available
therefor. The amount of Distributions payable for any period will
be  computed  for any full quarterly Distribution period  on  the
basis  of  a  360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and  for  any
period  shorter  than  a full quarterly Distribution  period  for
which  Distributions are computed, Distributions will be computed
on  the  basis  of the actual number of days elapsed  per  30-day
month.

     Except  as otherwise described below, distributions  on  the
Common  Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the  date
of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears, on
February  16,  May 16, August 16 and November 16, of  each  year,
commencing on May 16, 1998, to Holders of record one Business Day
prior to such payment dates, which payment dates shall correspond
to  the  interest payment dates on the Debentures. The  Debenture
Issuer  has  the right under the Indenture to defer  payments  of
interest  by extending the interest payment period from  time  to
time on the Debentures for a period not exceeding beyond the date
of  maturity of the Debentures (each an "Extension Period")  and,
as  a  consequence of such deferral, Distributions will  also  be
deferred.  Despite  such deferral, quarterly  Distributions  will
continue to accrue with interest thereon (to the extent permitted
by  applicable law) at the rate of 6.22% until May 15, 2001,  and
at  the  Reset Rate thereafter, compounded quarterly  during  any
such Extension Period. Payments of accrued Distributions will  be
payable to Holders as they appear on the books and records of the
Trust  on  the  first record date after the end of the  Extension
Period.  Upon  the termination of any Extension  Period  and  the
payment  of  all  amounts  then due,  the  Debenture  Issuer  may
commence  a  new Extension Period; provided, that such  Extension
Period  together  with all such previous and  further  extensions
thereof  may  not  exceed  beyond  the  maturity  date   of   the
Debentures.

     The Common Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the
Declaration.
                   OPTION TO ELECT REPAYMENT

     The  undersigned hereby irrevocably requests  and  instructs
the Trust to repay $_____ stated liquidation amount of the within
Common  Security,  pursuant  to its terms,  on  the  "Put  Option
Exercise  Date," together with distributions thereon accrued  and
unpaid to the date of repayment, to the undersigned at:
_________________________________________________
(Please print or type Name and Address of the Undersigned)

and  to  issue to the undersigned, pursuant to the terms  of  the
Declaration,   a   new  Common  Security  or  Common   Securities
representing  the  remaining stated liquidation  amount  of  this
Common Security.

For  this  Option to Elect Repayment to be effective, the  within
Common  Security  with  this  Option  to  Elect  Repayment   duly
completed  must  be received by the Trust at the Corporate  Trust
Office of the Institutional Trustee at The First National Bank of
Chicago, One First National Plaza, Suite 0126, Chicago, IL 60670-
0126, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.

Dated:_______________         Signature: ________________________

                              Signature Guarantee: ________________


Note:  The  signature  to  this Option to  Elect  Repayment  must
correspond  with the name as written upon the face of the  within
Common  Security  in  every  particular  without  alternation  or
enlargement or any change whatsoever.

                           ASSIGNMENT


FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers  this
Common Security Certificate to:
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
(Insert assignee's social security or tax identification number)
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
           (Insert address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoints

___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
agent  to transfer this Common Security Certificate on the  books
of  the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or
her.

Date: ____________________________________


                              Signature: ________________________

                              Signature Guarantee: _______________


(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this  Com
mon Security Certificate)

                           EXHIBIT B

                     SPECIMEN OF DEBENTURE

                            EXHIBIT C
                                
                     UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                                
                                




          ___________________________________________


                                
                       GUARANTEE AGREEMENT
                                
                   INGERSOLL-RAND FINANCING I
                                
                   Dated as of March 23, 1998
                                
                                
           ___________________________________________


                       TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                             Page

     ARTICLE I

     DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

     SECTION 1.1Definitions and Interpretation                   1

      ARTICLE II

      TRUST INDENTURE ACT
     SECTION 2.1Trust Indenture Act: Application                 4
     SECTION 2.2List of Holders of Securities                    4
     SECTION 2.3Reports by the  Guarantee Trustee                4
     SECTION 2.4Periodic Reports to  Guarantee Trustee           4
     SECTION 2.5Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent 5
     SECTION 2.6Events of Default; Waiver                        5
     SECTION 2.7Event of Default; Notice                         5
     SECTION 2.8Conflicting Interests                            5

     ARTICLE III
                                
         POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF GUARANTEE TRUSTEE
                                
     SECTION 3.1Powers and Duties of the  Guarantee Trustee      5
     SECTION 3.2Certain Rights of the Guarantee Trustee          7
     SECTION 3.3Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance
     of Guarantee                                                8

     ARTICLE IV

      GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

     SECTION 4.1Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility                   8
     SECTION 4.2Appointment, Removal and Resignation of
     Guarantee Trustees                                          9

     ARTICLE V

     GUARANTEE
     SECTION 5.1Guarantee                                        9
     SECTION 5.2Waiver of Notice and Demand                     10
     SECTION 5.3Obligations Not Affected                        10
     SECTION 5.4Rights of Holders                               10
     SECTION 5.5Guarantee of Payment                            11
     SECTION 5.6Subrogation                                     11
     SECTION 5.7Independent Obligations                         11

     ARTICLE VI

     LIMITATION OF TRANSACTIONS; RANKING

     SECTION 6.1Limitation of Transactions                      11
     SECTION 6.2Ranking                                         12

     ARTICLE VII

     TERMINATION
     SECTION 7.1Termination                                     12

     ARTICLE VIII

     INDEMNIFICATION

     SECTION 8.1Exculpation                                     12
     SECTION 8.2Indemnification                                 13

     ARTICLE IX

     MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 9.1Successors and Assigns                          13
     SECTION 9.2Amendments                                      13
     SECTION 9.3Notices                                         14
     SECTION 9.4Benefit                                         14
     SECTION 9.5Governing Law.                                  14


                      GUARANTEE AGREEMENT
     
     This  GUARANTEE  AGREEMENT  (the  "Guarantee"),  dated  as   of
March   23,  1998,  is  executed  and  delivered  by  Ingersoll-Rand
Company,  a  New  Jersey  corporation (the  "Guarantor"),  and  "The
First  National  Bank  of  Chicago", as  trustee  (the  "  Guarantee
Trustee"),  for  the  benefit  of the Holders  (as  defined  herein)
from  time  to  time  of  the  Securities  (as  defined  herein)  of
Ingersoll-Rand   Financing  I,  a  Delaware  business   trust   (the
"Issuer").

     WHEREAS,  pursuant  to an Amended and Restated  Declaration  of
Trust  (the  "Declaration"), dated as of March 23, 1998,  among  the
trustees  of  the Issuer named therein, the Guarantor,  as  sponsor,
and   the   holders  from  time  to  time  of  undivided  beneficial
ownership  interests  in the assets of the  Issuer,  the  Issuer  is
issuing   on   the   date  hereof  16,100,000  Capital   Securities,
liquidation  amount  $25 per capital security, having  an  aggregate
liquidation  amount  of $402,500,000 designated  the  6.22%  Capital
Securities   (the   "Capital   Securities")   and   497,939   common
securities,  liquidation amount $25 per common security,  having  an
aggregate  liquidation  amount  $12,448,475,  designated  the  6.22%
Common  Securities (the "Common Securities" and, together  with  the
FELINE PRIDES, the "Securities");

     WHEREAS,   as  incentive  for  the  Holders  to  purchase   the
Securities,  the  Guarantor desires irrevocably and  unconditionally
to  agree,  to  the extent set forth in this Guarantee,  to  pay  to
the  Holders  the  Guarantee Payments (as  defined  herein)  and  to
make  certain other payments on the terms and conditions  set  forth
herein; and

     WHEREAS,   if   an  Event  of  Default  (as  defined   in   the
Declaration),  has  occurred  and  is  continuing,  the  rights   of
holders  of  the  Common  Securities to receive  Guarantee  Payments
under  this  Guarantee  are  subordinated  to  the  rights  of   the
holders  of  the  Capital Securities to receive  Guarantee  Payments
under this Guarantee.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of  the  purchase  by  each
Holder,  which  purchase the Guarantor hereby agrees  shall  benefit
the  Guarantor,  the Guarantor executes and delivers this  Guarantee
for the benefit of the Holders.



                           ARTICLE I
                DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

SECTION 1.1    Definitions and Interpretation

     In this Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:

     (a)  capitalized   terms  used  in  this  Guarantee   but   not
          defined   in   the  preamble  above  have  the  respective
          meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1;

     (b)  a  term  defined anywhere in this Guarantee has  the  same
          meaning throughout;

     (c)  all  reference  to  "the Guarantee"  or  "this  Guarantee"
          are  to  this  Guarantee  as  modified,  supplemented   or
          amended from time to time;

     (d)  all   references  in  this  Guarantee  to   Articles   and
          Sections   are   to   Articles  and   Sections   of   this
          Guarantee, unless otherwise specified;
     (e)  a  term  defined in the Trust Indenture Act has  the  same
          meaning  when  used  in this Guarantee,  unless  otherwise
          defined   in   this  Guarantee  or  unless   the   context
          otherwise requires; and

     (f)  a  reference  to  the  singular includes  the  plural  and
          vice versa.

     "Affiliate"  has  the same meaning as given  to  that  term  in
Rule  405  of  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended,  or  any
successor rule thereunder.

     "Authorized  Officer"  of a Person means  any  Person  that  is
authorized to bind such Person.

     "Business  Day"  means any day other than Saturday,  Sunday  or
any  day  on  which banking institutions in the City  of  New  York,
New  York  are  authorized  or required by  any  applicable  law  to
close.

     "Corporate  Trust  Office" means the office of  the   Guarantee
Trustee  at  which  the corporate trust business of  the   Guarantee
Trustee    shall,   at   any   particular   time,   be   principally
administered,  which  office  at  the  date  of  execution  of  this
Agreement  is  located at The First National Bank  of  Chicago,  One
First   National   Plaza,  Suite  0126,  Chicago,  IL    60670-0126,
Attention: Corporate Services Division

     "Covered  Person"  means  any Holder  or  beneficial  owner  of
Securities.

     "Debentures"  means  the  series  of  debt  securities  of  the
Guarantor  designated the     % Debentures due               ,  2003
held  by  the  Institutional Trustee (as defined in the Declaration)
of the Issuer.

     "Direction"  by  a  person  means a written  direction  signed:
(a)  if  the Person is a natural person, by that Person; or  (b)  in
any  other  case  in  the  name  of  such  Person  by  one  or  more
Authorized Officers of that Person.

     "Event  of  Default" means a default by the  Guarantor  on  any
of its payment or other obligations under this Guarantee.

     "Guarantee   Payments"   means  the   following   payments   or
distributions,   without   duplication,   with   respect   to    the
Securities,  to the extent not paid or made by the Issuer:  (i)  any
accrued  and  unpaid Distributions (as defined in  the  Declaration)
that  are  required  to be paid on such  Securities  to  the  extent
the   Issuer   shall  have  funds  available  therefor,   (ii)   the
redemption  price,  including all accrued and  unpaid  distributions
to  the  date  of redemption (the "Redemption Price")  with  respect
to   Securities  in  respect of which the  related  Debentures  have
been  redeemed  by the Company upon the occurrence of  a  Tax  Event
Redemption,   to   the  extent  the  Issuer  has   funds   available
therefor,  and  (iii)  upon a voluntary or involuntary  dissolution,
winding-up  or  termination of the Issuer (other than in  connection
with  the  distribution  of Debentures to the  Holders  in  exchange
for  the  Securities as provided in the Declaration), the lesser  of
(a)  the  aggregate of the liquidation amount and  all  accrued  and
unpaid  Distributions on the Securities to the date of  payment,  to
the  extent  the  Issuer  shall have funds available  therefor,  and
(b)  the  amount  of  assets of the Issuer remaining  available  for
distribution  to  Holders in liquidation of the  Issuer  (in  either
case,  the  "Liquidation  Distribution"). If  an  event  of  default
under  the  Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the rights  of
holders  of  the  Common Securities to receive payments  under  this
Guarantee  Agreement are subordinated to the rights  of  holders  of
Capital   Securities  to  receive  Guarantee  Payments  under   this
Guarantee.

     "Holder"  shall  mean any holder, as registered  on  the  books
and  records  of the Issuer, of any  Securities; provided,  however,
that,   in   determining  whether  the  holders  of  the   requisite
percentage  of   Securities have given any request, notice,  consent
or  waiver  hereunder, "Holder" shall not include the  Guarantor  or
any Affiliate of the Guarantor.
     
     "Indemnified   Person"  means  the   Guarantee   Trustee,   any
Affiliate  of  the   Guarantee Trustee, or any officers,  directors,
shareholders,   members,   partners,   employees,   representatives,
nominees, custodians or agents of the  Guarantee Trustee.

     "Indenture"   means the Indenture dated as of March  23,  1998,
among  the  Guarantor (the "Debenture Issuer") and The Bank  of  New
York,  as  trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto  pursuant
to  which  certain debt securities of the Debenture  Issuer  are  to
be issued to the Institutional Trustee of the Issuer.

     "Majority  in  liquidation  amount of  the  Securities"  means,
except   as  provided  by  the  Trust  Indenture  Act,  a  vote   by
Holder(s)  of   Securities, voting separately as a  class,  of  more
than  50%  of  the  aggregate  liquidation  amount  (including   the
stated  amount  that  would  be paid on redemption,  liquidation  or
otherwise,  plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the  date  upon
which the voting percentages are determined) of all  Securities.

     "Officers'  Certificate" means, with respect to any  Person,  a
certificate  signed by two Authorized Officers of such  Person.  Any
Officers'  Certificate delivered with respect to compliance  with  a
condition   or  covenant  provided  for  in  this  Guarantee   shall
include:

          (a)    a   statement   that  each  officer   signing   the
     Officers'  Certificate has read the covenant or  condition  and
     the definition relating thereto;

          (b)   a  brief  statement of the nature and scope  of  the
     examination  or  investigation undertaken by  each  officer  in
     rendering the Officers' Certificate;

          (c)   a  statement that each such officer  has  made  such
     examination  or  investigation as, in such  officer's  opinion,
     is  necessary  to  enable such officer to express  an  informed
     opinion  as  to  whether or not such covenant or condition  has
     been complied with; and

          (d)   a  statement as to whether, in the opinion  of  each
     such  officer,  such condition or covenant  has  been  complied
     with.

     "Person"  means  a  legal  person,  including  any  individual,
corporation,   estate,  partnership,  joint  venture,   association,
joint    stock   company,   limited   liability   company,    trust,
unincorporated   association  or  government  or   any   agency   or
political  subdivision  thereof, or any  other  entity  of  whatever
nature.

     "Guarantee   Trustee"  means  The  First   National   Bank   of
Chicago,  until  a Successor  Guarantee Trustee has  been  appointed
and  has  accepted such appointment pursuant to the  terms  of  this
Guarantee  and  thereafter  means  each  such  Successor   Guarantee
Trustee.

     "Responsible  Officer" means, with respect  to  the   Guarantee
Trustee,  any  officer  within the Corporate  Trust  office  of  the
Guarantee  Trustee,  including  any  vice-president,  any  assistant
vice-president,   any  assistant  secretary,  the   treasurer,   any
assistant  treasurer  or  other  officer  of  the  Corporate   Trust
Office  of  the  Guarantee Trustee customarily performing  functions
similar   to   those  performed  by  any  of  the  above  designated
officers  and  also  means, with respect to a  particular  corporate
trust  matter,  any  other officer to whom such matter  is  referred
because  of  that  officer's knowledge of and familiarity  with  the
particular subject.

     "Successor   Guarantee  Trustee" means a  successor   Guarantee
Trustee   possessing  the  qualifications  to  act   as    Guarantee
Trustee under Section 4.1.

     "Tax  Event  Redemption" has the same  meaning  as  defined  in
Annex I to the Declaration.

     "Trust  Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act  of  1939,
as amended.

                            ARTICLE II
                       TRUST INDENTURE ACT

SECTION 2.1    Trust Indenture Act: Application

     (a)   This  Guarantee  is  subject to  the  provisions  of  the
Trust   Indenture  Act  that  are  required  to  be  part  of   this
Guarantee  and  shall,  to  the extent applicable,  be  governed  by
such provisions; and

     (b)    If  and  to  the  extent  that  any  provision  of  this
Guarantee  limits,  qualifies or conflicts with the  duties  imposed
by  Section  310  to  317, inclusive, of the  Trust  Indenture  Act,
such imposed duties shall control.

SECTION 2.2    List of Holders of Securities

     (a)   The  Guarantor shall provide the  Guarantee Trustee  with
a  list,  in  such  form  as the  Guarantee Trustee  may  reasonably
require,  of  the  names  and addresses of  the  Holders  ("List  of
Holders")  as  of  such  date,  (i)  within  1  Business  Day  after
January  1  and  July 1 of each year, and (ii)  at  any  other  time
within  30  days  of receipt by the Guarantor of a  written  request
for  a  List  of  Holders as of a date no more than 14  days  before
such  List  of Holders is given to the  Guarantee Trustee  provided,
that  the Guarantor shall not be obligated to provide such  List  of
Holders  at  any time the List of Holders does not differ  from  the
most  recent  List  of  Holders given to the  Guarantee  Trustee  by
the  Guarantor.  The   Guarantee Trustee may  destroy  any  List  of
Holders  previously  given  to  it on  receipt  of  a  new  List  of
Holders.

     (b)    The    Guarantee   Trustee   shall   comply   with   its
obligations  under  Section 311(a), 311(b)  and  Section  312(b)  of
the Trust Indenture Act.

SECTION 2.3    Reports by the  Guarantee Trustee

     Within  60  days  after  May 15 of each  year,  the   Guarantee
Trustee  shall provide to the Holders such reports as  are  required
by  Section  313  of the Trust Indenture Act, if any,  in  the  form
and  in  the  manner provided by Section 313 of the Trust  Indenture
Act.   The    Guarantee   Trustee  shall  also   comply   with   the
requirements of Section 313(d) of the Trust Indenture Act.

SECTION 2.4    Periodic Reports to  Guarantee Trustee
     
     The  Guarantor  shall  provide to the  Guarantee  Trustee  such
documents,  reports and information as required by Section  314  (if
any)  and  the  compliance certificate required by  Section  314  of
the  Trust  Indenture  Act in the form, in the  manner  and  at  the
times required by Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act.

SECTION 2.5    Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent

     The  Guarantor  shall  provide to the  Guarantee  Trustee  such
evidence  of  compliance  with  any conditions  precedent,  if  any,
provided  for in this  Securities Guarantee that relate  to  any  of
the  matters  set  forth in Section 314(c) of  the  Trust  Indenture
Act.  Any  certificate  or  opinion  required  to  be  given  by  an
officer  pursuant to Section 314(c)(1) may be given in the  form  of
an Officers' Certificate.

SECTION 2.6    Events of Default; Waiver

     The   Holders   of   a  Majority  in  liquidation   amount   of
Securities  may, by vote, on behalf of all Holders, waive  any  past
Event  of  Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any  such
Event  of  Default  shall cease to exist, and any Event  of  Default
arising  therefrom  shall be deemed to have been  cured,  for  every
purpose  of this Guarantee, but no such waiver shall extend  to  any
subsequent  or  other  default or Event of  Default  or  impair  any
right consequent thereon.

SECTION 2.7    Event of Default; Notice

     (a)   The   Guarantee Trustee shall, within 90 days  after  the
occurrence   of  an  Event  of  Default,   actually   known   to   a
Responsible  Officer  of  the Guarantee Trustee  transmit  by  mail,
first  class  postage prepaid, to the Holders, notices of  all  such
Events  of  Default, unless such defaults have been cured or  waived
before  the  giving of such notice, provided, that,  the   Guarantee
Trustee  shall  be protected in withholding such notice  if  and  so
long  as  a  Responsible Officer of the  Guarantee Trustee  in  good
faith  determines  that the withholding of such  notice  is  in  the
interests of the Holders.

     (b)   The   Guarantee  Trustee shall  not  be  deemed  to  have
knowledge  of  any  Event of Default unless the   Guarantee  Trustee
shall  have  received  written  notice  thereof,  or  a  Responsible
Officer  of  the   Guarantee Trustee charged with the administration
of the Declaration shall have obtained actual knowledge thereof.

SECTION 2.8    Conflicting Interests

     The  Declaration  and  the Indenture  shall  be  deemed  to  be
specifically  described  in  this  Guarantee  for  the  purposes  of
clause  (i)  of  the  first proviso contained in Section  310(b)  of
the Trust Indenture Act.

                           ARTICLE III
                  POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF
                        GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

SECTION 3.1    Powers and Duties of the  Guarantee Trustee

     (a)   This  Guarantee shall be held by the   Guarantee  Trustee
for  the  benefit of the Holders, and the  Guarantee  Trustee  shall
not   transfer  this  Guarantee  to  any  Person  except  a   Holder
exercising  his  or her rights pursuant to Section 5.4(b)  or  to  a
Successor    Guarantee  Trustee  on  acceptance  by  such  Successor
Guarantee   Trustee  of  its  appointment  to   act   as   Successor
Guarantee   Trustee.   The  right,  title  and   interest   of   the
Guarantee   Trustee  shall  automatically  vest  in  any   Successor
Guarantee  Trustee, and such vesting and cessation  of  title  shall
be  effective  whether  or  not  conveyancing  documents  have  been
executed  and  delivered  pursuant  to  the  appointment   of   such
Successor  Guarantee Trustee.

     (b)   If  an  Event of Default actually known to a  Responsible
Officer  of  the  Guarantee Trustee has occurred and is  continuing,
the    Guarantee  Trustee  shall  enforce  this  Guarantee  for  the
benefit of the Holders.

     (c)   The   Guarantee  Trustee, before the  occurrence  of  any
Event  of  Default and after the curing or waiver of all  Events  of
Default  that  may have occurred, shall undertake  to  perform  only
such  duties  as  are specifically set forth in this Guarantee,  and
no  implied  covenants  shall be read into  this  Guarantee  against
the   Guarantee  Trustee. In case an Event of Default  has  occurred
(that  has  not  been cured or waived pursuant to Section  2.6)  and
is  actually  known  to  a  Responsible Officer  of  the   Guarantee
Trustee,  the  Guarantee Trustee shall exercise such of  the  rights
and  powers  vested  in  it  by this Guarantee,  and  use  the  same
degree  of  care  and skill in its exercise thereof,  as  a  prudent
person  would  exercise  or  use  under  the  circumstances  in  the
conduct of his or her own affairs.

     (d)   No  provision  of this Guarantee shall  be  construed  to
relieve   the   Guarantee  Trustee  from  liability  for   its   own
negligent  action,  its own negligent failure to  act,  or  its  own
willful misconduct, except that:

          (i)   prior  to  the  occurrence of any Event  of  Default
     and  after  the  curing or waiving of such  Events  of  Default
     that may have occurred:
     
               (A)   the  duties and obligations of  the   Guarantee
     Trustee  shall  be determined solely by the express  provisions
     of  this  Guarantee, and the  Guarantee Trustee  shall  not  be
     liable   except  for  the  performance  of  such   duties   and
     obligations  as  are specifically set forth in this  Guarantee,
     and  no  implied covenants or obligations shall  be  read  into
     this Guarantee against the  Guarantee Trustee; and

               (B)   in  the  absence of bad faith on  the  part  of
     the     Guarantee   Trustee,   the    Guarantee   Trustee   may
     conclusively  rely, as to the truth of the statements  and  the
     correctness  of  the  opinions  expressed  therein,  upon   any
     certificates  or  opinions furnished to the  Guarantee  Trustee
     and  conforming to the requirements of this Guarantee;  but  in
     the  case  of  any such certificates or opinions  that  by  any
     provision  hereof  are specifically required  to  be  furnished
     to  the   Guarantee  Trustee, the  Guarantee Trustee  shall  be
     under  a duty to examine the same to determine whether  or  not
     they conform to the requirements of this Guarantee;

          (ii)  the  Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable  for  any
     error   of  judgment  made  in  good  faith  by  a  Responsible
     Officer  of the  Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall  be  proved
     that  the   Guarantee  Trustee was negligent  in   ascertaining
     the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made;

          (iii)  the   Guarantee Trustee shall not  be  liable  with
     respect  to any action taken or omitted to be taken  by  it  in
     good  faith  in  accordance with the direction of  the  Holders
     of  not  less  than  a Majority in liquidation  amount  of  the
     Securities   relating  to  the  time,  method  and   place   of
     conducting  any  proceeding for any  remedy  available  to  the
     Guarantee   Trustee,   or  exercising  any   trust   or   power
     conferred  upon  the  Guarantee Trustee under  this  Guarantee;
     and

          (iv)  no  provision  of this Guarantee shall  require  the
     Guarantee  Trustee  to  expend  or  risk  its  own   funds   or
     otherwise   incur   personal   financial   liability   in   the
     performance  of  any of its duties or in the  exercise  of  any
     of  its  rights  or  powers, if the   Guarantee  Trustee  shall
     have  reasonable  grounds for believing that the  repayment  of
     such  funds  or  liability  is not  reasonably  assured  to  it
     under  the  terms  of  this Guarantee or indemnity,  reasonably
     satisfactory  to the  Guarantee Trustee, against such  risk  or
     liability is not reasonably assured to it.

SECTION 3.2    Certain Rights of the Guarantee Trustee

     (a)  Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1:

          (i)   The   Guarantee Trustee may conclusively  rely,  and
     shall  be  fully protected in acting or refraining from  acting
     upon,   any  resolution,  certificate,  statement,  instrument,
     opinion,  report, notice, request, direction,  consent,  order,
     bond,  debenture,  note,  other  evidence  of  indebtedness  or
     other  paper  or document believed by it to be genuine  and  to
     have  been  signed, sent or presented by the  proper  party  or
     parties.

          (ii)  Any  direction or act of the Guarantor  contemplated
     by  this  Guarantee  shall  be  sufficiently  evidenced  by   a
     Direction or an Officers' Certificate.

          (iii)       Whenever,  in  the  administration   of   this
     Guarantee,  the   Guarantee Trustee  shall  deem  it  desirable
     that   a   matter  be  proved  or  established  before  taking,
     suffering  or  omitting  any action hereunder,  the   Guarantee
     Trustee   (unless   other  evidence  is   herein   specifically
     prescribed)  may,  in the absence of bad  faith  on  its  part,
     request  and  conclusively rely upon an  Officers'  Certificate
     which,   upon  receipt  of  such  request,  shall  be  promptly
     delivered by the Guarantor.

          (iv)  The   Guarantee Trustee shall have no  duty  to  see
     to  any  recording,  filing or registration of  any  instrument
     (or any rerecording, refiling or reregistration thereof).

          (v)   The   Guarantee Trustee may consult  with  competent
     legal  counsel,  and  the written advice  or  opinion  of  such
     counsel  with  respect  to  legal matters  shall  be  full  and
     complete  authorization  and  protection  in  respect  of   any
     action  taken,  suffered or omitted by  it  hereunder  in  good
     faith  and  in  accordance with such advice  or  opinion.  Such
     counsel  may  be  counsel  to  the  Guarantor  or  any  of  its
     Affiliates   and  may  include  any  of  its  employees.    The
     Guarantee  Trustee shall have the right at  any  time  to  seek
     instructions  concerning the administration of  this  Guarantee
     from any court of competent jurisdiction.

          (vi)   The    Guarantee  Trustee   shall   be   under   no
     obligation  to exercise any of the rights or powers  vested  in
     it  by  this  Guarantee  at the request  or  direction  of  any
     Holder,  unless  such  Holder  shall  have  provided   to   the
     Guarantee  Trustee  such  security  and  indemnity,  reasonably
     satisfactory  to  the  Guarantee Trustee,  against  the  costs,
     expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees  and  expenses  and  the
     expenses  of  the   Guarantee  Trustees,  agents,  nominees  or
     custodians)  and liabilities that might be incurred  by  it  in
     complying  with  such  request  or  direction,  including  such
     reasonable  advances  as  may be requested  by  the   Guarantee
     Trustee;  provided  that,  nothing contained  in  this  Section
     3.2   (a)  (vi)  shall  be  taken  to  relieve  the   Guarantee
     Trustee,  upon  the occurrence of an Event of Default,  of  its
     obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested  in  it  by
     this Guarantee.

          (vii)      The   Guarantee Trustee shall not be  bound  to
     make  any  investigation into the facts or  matters  stated  in
     any  resolution,  certificate, statement, instrument,  opinion,
     report,  notice,  request,  direction,  consent,  order,  bond,
     debenture,  note,  other  evidence  of  indebtedness  or  other
     paper   or  document,  but  the   Guarantee  Trustee,  in   its
     discretion,  may  make  such further inquiry  or  investigation
     into such facts or matters as it may see fit.

          (viii)     The  Guarantee Trustee may execute any  of  the
     trusts  or  powers  hereunder or perform any  duties  hereunder
     either   directly   or   by   or  through   agents,   nominees,
     custodians  or  attorneys,  and the   Guarantee  Trustee  shall
     not  be  responsible for any misconduct or  negligence  on  the
     part  of  any agent or attorney appointed with due care  by  it
     hereunder.

          (ix)  Any  action taken by the  Guarantee Trustee  or  its
     agents  hereunder  shall bind the Holders,  and  the  signature
     of  the   Guarantee  Trustee  or  its  agents  alone  shall  be
     sufficient  and  effective  to  perform  any  such  action.  No
     third  party  shall be required to inquire as to the  authority
     of  the   Guarantee Trustee to so act or as to  its  compliance
     with  any  of the terms and provisions of this Guarantee,  both
     of  which  shall  be conclusively evidenced by  the   Guarantee
     Trustee's or its agent's taking such action.

          (x)   Whenever  in  the administration of  this  Guarantee
     the   Guarantee  Trustee  shall deem it  desirable  to  receive
     instructions  with  respect to enforcing any  remedy  or  right
     or  taking  any other action hereunder, the  Guarantee  Trustee
     (i)  may  request instructions from the Holders of  a  Majority
     in  liquidation  amount of the  Securities,  (ii)  may  refrain
     from  enforcing  such  remedy or right  or  taking  such  other
     action  until such instructions are received, and  (iii)  shall
     be   protected  in  conclusively  relying  on  or   acting   in
     accordance with such instructions.

     (b)   No  provision  of  this  Guarantee  shall  be  deemed  to
impose  any  duty  or  obligation  on  the   Guarantee  Trustee   to
perform  any  act  or  acts or exercise any right,  power,  duty  or
obligation  conferred  or  imposed on  it  in  any  jurisdiction  in
which  it  shall  be  illegal, or in which  the   Guarantee  Trustee
shall  be  unqualified or incompetent in accordance with  applicable
law,  to  perform  any  such act or acts or  to  exercise  any  such
right,   power,   duty  or  obligation.  No  permissive   power   or
authority  available to the  Guarantee Trustee  shall  be  construed
to be a duty.

SECTION   3.3     Not  Responsible  for  Recitals  or  Issuance   of
Guarantee

     The  recitals  contained in this Guarantee shall  be  taken  as
the  statements  of the Guarantor, and the  Guarantee  Trustee  does
not   assume   any   responsibility  for  their   correctness.   The
Guarantee  Trustee  makes no representation as to  the  validity  or
sufficiency of this Guarantee.

                           ARTICLE IV
                        GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

SECTION 4.1     Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility

     (a)   There  shall at all times be a  Guarantee  Trustee  which
shall:

          (i)  not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor; and

          (ii)   be  a  corporation  organized  and  doing  business
     under  the  laws of the United States of America or  any  State
     or  Territory  thereof or of the District  of  Columbia,  or  a
     corporation   or   Person  permitted  by  the  Securities   and
     Exchange  Commission to act as an institutional  trustee  under
     the  Trust  Indenture  Act,  authorized  under  such  laws   to
     exercise  corporate  trust powers, having  a  combined  capital
     and   surplus   of   at   least  750   million   U.S.   dollars
     ($750,000,000),  and subject to supervision or  examination  by
     Federal,   State,   Territorial   or   District   of   Columbia
     authority.   If   such   corporation   publishes   reports   of
     condition  at  least  annually,  pursuant  to  law  or  to  the
     requirements   of   the  supervising  or  examining   authority
     referred  to  above,  then, for the purposes  of  this  Section
     4.1   (a)(ii),  the  combined  capital  and  surplus  of   such
     corporation  shall  be  deemed to be its combined  capital  and
     surplus  as  set forth in its most recent report  of  condition
     so published.

     (b)   If at any time the  Guarantee Trustee shall cease  to  be
eligible  to  so  act under Section 4.1(a), the   Guarantee  Trustee
shall  immediately  resign in the manner and  with  the  effect  set
out in Section 4.2(c).

     (c)   If  the   Guarantee  Trustee has  or  shall  acquire  any
"conflicting  interest"  within the meaning  of  Section  310(b)  of
the  Trust  Indenture  Act,  the  Guarantee  Trustee  and  Guarantor
shall  in  all  respects  comply  with  the  provisions  of  Section
310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

SECTION  4.2     Appointment, Removal and Resignation of   Guarantee
Trustees

     (a)   Subject  to  Section 4.2(b), the  Guarantee  Trustee  may
be   appointed  or  removed  without  cause  at  any  time  by   the
Guarantor.

     (b)    The    Guarantee  Trustee  shall  not  be   removed   in
accordance   with  Section  4.2(a)  until  a  Successor    Guarantee
Trustee  has  been  appointed and has accepted such  appointment  by
written  instrument  executed by such Successor   Guarantee  Trustee
and delivered to the Guarantor.

     (c)   The   Guarantee  Trustee appointed to office  shall  hold
office  until  a  Successor   Guarantee  Trustee  shall  have   been
appointed  or  until  its  removal or  resignation.  The   Guarantee
Trustee   may  resign  from  office  (without  need  for  prior   or
subsequent  accounting)  by an instrument  in  writing  executed  by
the   Guarantee  Trustee  and  delivered  to  the  Guarantor,  which
resignation  shall  not  take effect until  a  Successor   Guarantee
Trustee  has  been  appointed and has accepted such  appointment  by
instrument   in  writing  executed  by  such  Successor    Guarantee
Trustee   and   delivered  to  the  Guarantor  and   the   resigning
Guarantee Trustee.

     (d)   If  no  Successor   Guarantee  Trustee  shall  have  been
appointed  and  accepted  appointment as provided  in  this  Section
4.2   within  60  days  after  delivery  to  the  Guarantor  of   an
instrument  of  resignation, the resigning   Guarantee  Trustee  may
petition  any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment  of  a
Successor   Guarantee  Trustee.  Such  court  may  thereupon,  after
prescribing  such notice, if any, as it may deem proper,  appoint  a
Successor  Guarantee Trustee.

     (e)   No   Guarantee Trustee shall be liable for  the  acts  or
omissions to act of any Successor  Guarantee Trustee.

     (f)    Upon  termination  of  this  Guarantee  or  removal   or
resignation  of  the   Guarantee Trustee pursuant  to  this  Section
4.2,  the  Guarantor  shall  pay  to  the   Guarantee  Trustee   all
amounts  accrued  to  the  date  of  such  termination,  removal  or
resignation.

                            ARTICLE V
                            GUARANTEE

SECTION 5.1    Guarantee

     The  Guarantor  irrevocably and unconditionally agrees  to  pay
in   full   to   the   Holders  the  Guarantee   Payments   (without
duplication  of  amounts theretofore paid by  the  Issuer),  as  and
when   due,   regardless  of  any  defense,  right  of  set-off   or
counterclaim  that  the Issuer may have or assert.  The  Guarantor's
obligation  to make a Guarantee Payment may be satisfied  by  direct
payment  of  the  required amounts by the Guarantor to  the  Holders
or by causing the Issuer to pay such amounts to the Holders.

SECTION 5.2    Waiver of Notice and Demand

     The  Guarantor  hereby  waives notice  of  acceptance  of  this
Guarantee  and  of any liability to which it applies or  may  apply,
presentment,   demand  for  payment,  any   right   to   require   a
proceeding  first  against the Issuer or  any  other  Person  before
proceeding  against  the Guarantor, protest, notice  of  nonpayment,
notice  of  dishonor,  notice of redemption and  all  other  notices
and demands.

SECTION 5.3    Obligations Not Affected

     The  obligations,  covenants,  agreements  and  duties  of  the
Guarantor  under  this  Guarantee shall in no  way  be  affected  or
impaired  by  reason of the happening from time to time  of  any  of
the following:

     (a)    the   release  or  waiver,  by  operation  of   law   or
otherwise,  of  the performance or observance by the Issuer  of  any
express   or   implied  agreement,  covenant,  term   or   condition
relating to the to be performed or observed by the Issuer;

     (b)   the  extension of time for the payment by the  Issuer  of
all   or   any  portion  of  the  Distributions,  Redemption  Price,
Liquidation  Distribution  or  any  other  sums  payable  under  the
terms  of  the   Securities  or  the  extension  of  time  for   the
performance  of any other obligation under, arising out  of,  or  in
connection  with, the  Securities (other than an extension  of  time
for   payment   of  Distributions,  Redemption  Price,   Liquidation
Distribution  or other sum payable that results from  the  extension
of  any  interest payment period on the Debentures or any  extension
of   the   maturity  date  of  the  Debentures  permitted   by   the
Indenture);

     (c)   any  failure,  omission, delay or lack  of  diligence  on
the  part  of the Holders to enforce, assert or exercise any  right,
privilege,  power  or  remedy conferred on the Holders  pursuant  to
the  terms  of  the  Securities, or any action on the  part  of  the
Issuer granting indulgence or extension of any kind;

     (d)   the  voluntary  or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution,
sale   of  any  collateral,  receivership,  insolvency,  bankruptcy,
assignment   for   the   benefit   of   creditors,   reorganization,
arrangement,  composition  or readjustment  of  debt  of,  or  other
similar  proceedings affecting, the Issuer or any of the  assets  of
the Issuer;

     (e)   any  invalidity  of,  or defect  or  deficiency  in,  the
Securities;

     (f)    the   settlement  or  compromise   of   any   obligation
guaranteed hereby or hereby incurred; or

     (g)   any  other  circumstance whatsoever that might  otherwise
constitute  a  legal  or  equitable  discharge  or  defense   of   a
guarantor,  it  being  the  intent of  this  Section  5.3  that  the
obligations  of  the  Guarantor  hereunder  shall  be  absolute  and
unconditional under any and all circumstances.

     There  shall  be  no obligation of the Holders to  give  notice
to,  or  obtain  the consent of, the Guarantor with respect  to  the
happening of any of the foregoing.

SECTION 5.4    Rights of Holders

     (a)   The  Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount  of  the
Securities  have the right to direct the time, method and  place  of
conducting  of  any  proceeding for  any  remedy  available  to  the
Guarantee  Trustee  in respect of this Guarantee or  exercising  any
trust  or  power  conferred upon the  Guarantee Trustee  under  this
Guarantee.

     (b)    If   the   Guarantee  Trustee  fails  to  enforce   this
Guarantee,  any  Holder  may institute a legal  proceeding  directly
against  the  Guarantor to enforce its rights under this  Guarantee,
without  first  instituting a legal proceeding against  the  Issuer,
the   Guarantee  Trustee  or any other Person.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  if  the  Guarantor  has  failed  to  make  a   Guarantee
Payment,  a  Holder may directly institute a proceeding against  the
Guarantor  for  enforcement of the Guarantee for such  payment.  The
Guarantor  waives  any right or remedy to require  that  any  action
on  this  Guarantee  be  brought first against  the  Issuer  or  any
other  person  or  entity  before proceeding  directly  against  the
Guarantor.

SECTION 5.5    Guarantee of Payment

     This  Guarantee  creates a guarantee  of  payment  and  not  of
collection.

SECTION 5.6    Subrogation

     The  Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights,  if  any,  of
the  Holders  against the Issuer in respect of any amounts  paid  to
such  Holders  by  the  Guarantor under  this  Guarantee;  provided,
however,  that  the  Guarantor  shall  not  (except  to  the  extent
required  by  mandatory provisions of law) be  entitled  to  enforce
or  exercise  any  right that it may acquire by way  of  subrogation
or  any  indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in  all  cases
as  a  result  of payment under this Guarantee, if, at the  time  of
any  such  payment,  any  amounts are  due  and  unpaid  under  this
Guarantee.  If  any  amount  shall  be  paid  to  the  Guarantor  in
violation  of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor agrees  to  hold
such  amount  in trust for the Holders and to pay over  such  amount
to the Holders.

SECTION 5.7    Independent Obligations

     The  Guarantor  acknowledges  that  its  obligations  hereunder
are  independent  of the obligations of the Issuer with  respect  to
the   Securities,  and  that  the  Guarantor  shall  be  liable   as
principal  and  as  debtor  hereunder  to  make  Guarantee  Payments
pursuant  to  the  terms  of  this  Guarantee  notwithstanding   the
occurrence  of  any  event  referred to in subsections  (a)  through
(g), inclusive, of Section 5.3 hereof.

                           ARTICLE VI
               LIMITATION OF TRANSACTIONS; RANKING

SECTION 6.1    Limitation of Transactions

     So  long  as  any   Securities  remain  outstanding,  if  there
shall  have  occurred  an Event of Default or an  Event  of  Default
under  the  Declaration and written notice of such Event of  Default
has  been  given to the Guarantor, then (a) the Guarantor shall  not
declare  or  pay  any  dividend  on,  make  any  distribution   with
respect  to,  or  redeem, purchase, acquire or  make  a  liquidation
payment  with respect to, any of its capital stock (other  than  (i)
purchases  or  acquisitions of capital stock  of  the  Guarantor  in
connection   with   the  satisfaction  by  the  Guarantor   of   its
obligations  under  any  employee or  agent  benefit  plans  or  the
satisfaction  by  the Guarantor of its obligations pursuant  to  any
contract  or  security  outstanding  on  the  date  of  such   event
requiring   the  Guarantor  to  purchase  capital   stock   of   the
Guarantor,   (ii)  as  a  result  of  a  reclassification   of   the
Guarantor's  capital  stock or the exchange  or  conversion  of  one
class  or  series  of  the  Guarantor's capital  stock  for  another
class  or  series  of  the  Guarantor's  capital  stock,  (iii)  the
purchase  of  fractional  interests in  shares  of  the  Guarantor's
capital  stock  pursuant  to the conversion or  exchange  provisions
of   such   capital  stock  or  the  security  being  converted   or
exchanged,  (iv)  dividends or distributions  in  capital  stock  of
the  Guarantor  (or rights to acquire capital stock) or  repurchases
or  redemptions  of  capital  stock  solely  from  the  issuance  or
exchange  of  capital stock or (v) redemptions or purchases  of  any
rights   outstanding  under  a  shareholder  rights  plan  (or   the
declaration  thereunder  of a dividend of  rights  in  the  future),
(b)   the   Guarantor  shall  not  make  any  payment  of  interest,
principal  or  premium, if any, on or repay,  repurchase  or  redeem
any  debt  securities issued by the Guarantor that  rank  junior  to
the   Debentures,  and  (c)  the  Guarantor  shall  not   make   any
guarantee  payments  with  respect  to  the  foregoing  (other  than
payments pursuant to the Guarantee).

SECTION 6.2    Ranking

     This  Guarantee  will constitute a senior unsecured  obligation
of  the  Guarantor and, at all times when an Event  of  Default  has
occurred and is continuing under the Declaration, will rank:

            (i)       pari passu with all of the Guarantor's  senior
     unsecured  obligations  except those  made  subordinate  hereto
     by their terms; and

           (ii)      senior to the Guarantor's common stock.

     If  an  event  of default under the Indenture has occurred  and
is  continuing,  the rights of the holders of the Common  Securities
will  be  subordinate and junior in right of payment and  shall  not
be  paid  until  the prior payment in full of, all amounts  due  and
owing to the holders of the Capital Securities.

                           ARTICLE VII
                           TERMINATION

SECTION 7.1    Termination

     This  Guarantee  shall terminate upon (i) full payment  of  the
Repayment  Price  of all  Securities, (ii) upon the distribution  of
the  Debentures  to all Holders or (iii) upon full  payment  of  the
amounts   payable   in   accordance  with   the   Declaration   upon
liquidation  of  the  Issuer. Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  this
Guarantee  will  continue to be effective or will be reinstated,  as
the  case  may  be, if at any time any Holder must  restore  payment
of any sums paid under the Securities or under this Guarantee.

                          ARTICLE VIII
                         INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 8.1    Exculpation

     (a)   No  Indemnified  Person shall be liable,  responsible  or
accountable  in  damages  or  otherwise  to  the  Guarantor  or  any
Covered  Person  for  any loss, damage or claim incurred  by  reason
of  any  act  or  omission performed or omitted by such  Indemnified
Person  in  good faith in accordance with this Guarantee  and  in  a
manner  that  such  Indemnified Person  reasonably  believed  to  be
within  the  scope  of the authority conferred on  such  Indemnified
Person  by  this  Guarantee or by law, except  that  an  Indemnified
Person  shall  be  liable  for  any  such  loss,  damage  or   claim
incurred  by  reason  of  such Indemnified  Person's  negligence  or
willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.

     (b)   An  Indemnified  Person  shall  be  fully  protected   in
relying  in  good faith upon the records of the Guarantor  and  upon
such  information,  opinions, reports  or  statements  presented  to
the  Guarantor  by  any Person as to matters the Indemnified  Person
reasonably  believes  are  within such other  Person's  professional
or  expert  competence  and  who has been selected  with  reasonable
care  by  or  on  behalf  of the Guarantor,  including  information,
opinions,  reports or statements as to the value and amount  of  the
assets,   liabilities,  profits,  losses,   or   any   other   facts
pertinent  to  the  existence  and  amount  of  assets  from   which
Distributions to Holders might properly be paid.

SECTION 8.2    Indemnification

     (a)   To  the fullest extent permitted by applicable  law,  the
Guarantor   shall  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  each  Indemnified
Person  from  and  against any loss, damage  or  claim  incurred  by
such   Indemnified  Person  by  reason  of  any  act   or   omission
performed  or  omitted by such Indemnified Person in good  faith  in
accordance  with  this  Guarantee and in a manner  such  Indemnified
Person  reasonably  believed to be within  the  scope  of  authority
conferred  on  such  Indemnified Person by  this  Guarantee,  except
that  no  Indemnified Person shall be entitled to be indemnified  in
respect  of  any loss, damage or claim incurred by such  Indemnified
Person  by  reason of negligence or willful misconduct with  respect
to such acts or omissions.

     (b)   To  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  applicable  law,
reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses (including legal  fees)  incurred
by  an  Indemnified Person in defending any claim,  demand,  action,
suit  or  proceeding shall, from time to time, be  advanced  by  the
Guarantor  prior  to  the final disposition of such  claim,  demand,
action,  suit  or  proceeding upon receipt by the  Guarantor  of  an
undertaking  by  or  on behalf of the Indemnified  Person  to  repay
such  amount  if it shall be determined that the Indemnified  Person
is   not  entitled  to  be  indemnified  as  authorized  in  Section
8.2(a).

     (c)   The  provisions  set  forth in  this  Section  8.2  shall
survive  the  termination of the Guarantee  or  the  resignation  or
removal of the  Guarantee Trustee.

                           ARTICLE IX
                          MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.1    Successors and Assigns

     All  guarantees  and  agreements contained  in  this  Guarantee
shall   bind  the  successors,  assigns,  receivers,  trustees   and
representatives  of  the Guarantor and shall inure  to  the  benefit
of the Holders of the  Securities then outstanding.

SECTION 9.2    Amendments

     Except  with  respect  to any changes  that  do  not  adversely
affect  the  rights of Holders (in which case no consent of  Holders
will  be  required),  this Guarantee may only be  amended  with  the
prior   approval  of  the  Holders  of  at  least  a   Majority   in
liquidation  amount  (including the  stated  amount  that  would  be
paid  on  redemption,  liquidation or otherwise,  plus  accrued  and
unpaid   Distributions   to  the  date   upon   which   the   voting
percentages  are  determined)  of all the  outstanding   Securities.
The  provisions of Section 12.2 of the Declaration with  respect  to
meetings of Holders apply to the giving of such approval.

SECTION 9.3    Notices

     All  notices  provided  for  in  this  Guarantee  shall  be  in
writing,  duly  signed by the party giving such  notice,  and  shall
be  delivered,  telecopied  or mailed  by  registered  or  certified
mail, as follows:

     (a)   If  given  to the  Guarantee Trustee, at  the   Guarantee
Trustee's  mailing  address set forth below (or such  other  address
as  the   Guarantee  Trustee may give notice of to  the  Holders  of
the  Securities):

               The First National Bank of Chicago
               One First National Plaza
               Suite 0126
               Chicago, IL  60670-0126
                              
               Attention:  Corporate Trust
                        Services Division

     (b)   If  given  to  the Guarantor, at the Guarantor's  mailing
address  set  forth below (or such other address  as  the  Guarantor
may give notice of to the Holders):

               Ingersoll-Rand Company
               200 Chestnut Ridge Road
               Woodcliff Lake, New Jersey 07675

               Attn:  Corporate Secretary

     (c)   If  given to any Holder, at the address set forth on  the
books and records of the Issuer.

     All  such  notices  shall be deemed to  have  been  given  when
received  in  person, telecopied with receipt confirmed,  or  mailed
by  first  class mail, postage prepaid except that if  a  notice  or
other  document  is refused delivery or cannot be delivered  because
of  a  changed address of which no notice was given, such notice  or
other  document shall be deemed to have been delivered on  the  date
of such refusal or inability to deliver.

SECTION 9.4    Benefit

     This  Guarantee is solely for the benefit of the  Holders  and,
subject  to  Section  3.1(a),  is not separately  transferable  from
the  Securities.

SECTION 9.5    Governing Law.

     THIS  GUARANTEE  SHALL  BE  GOVERNED  BY,  AND  CONSTRUED   AND
INTERPRETED  IN  ACCORDANCE WITH, THE  LAWS  OF  THE  STATE  OF  NEW
YORK.
     
     THIS  GUARANTEE  is  executed as of  the  day  and  year  first
above written.
                                                  
                              INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY,
                              as Guarantor


                              By:_____________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:

                              By: ____________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:


                              THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                              as Guarantee Trustee

                              By: _____________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:





                                                 EXHIBIT 10(iii)(c)




TO:      VICE PRESIDENT AND/OR GROUP PRESIDENT

1. Worldwide Operating Income

If the Worldwide Operating Income (WWOI) of your operating Group 
exceeds the initial threshold of $________, which is ____% above the 
1998 actual for your Group and is your PGP target for 1999, you
will receive a bonus of ____% of your annual salary rate in effect
on December 31, 1999.

For each additional $________ of WWOI above that level, up to
$________ (which is ____% above last year's actual) you will receive 
additional ____% of your annual salary rate.

For each additional $_______ of WWOI above $__________, up to 
$_________, you will receive an additional ___% of your annual
salary rate, resulting in a maximum bonus opportunity of ___%
of your salary for operating income results.

2.  Operating Productivity

For improvement in operational proudctivity of ____%, you will
receive an additional ___% of your annual salary rate.

3.  Asset Management

If you attain _____% of accounts receivable and inventory as a
percent of sales, you will receive ___% of your salary rate.
For each additional ___% reduction, you will receive an 
additional ____% of your annual salary rate, up to a maximum of
____% of your salary for improvements in accounts receivable and
inventory as a percent of sales of ___%.  This represents a ____%
improvement over your 1999 PGP target of ____%.

4.  Achievement of Individual Objectives

You will receive an additional award of up to __% of your salary rate,
based on the achievement of individual and unit objectives, such as
process reengineering objectives, strategic sourcing initiatives and
other assigned objectives specific to your business unit.  Awards
in this category are also dependent upon the company's overall
performance.

5.  Corporate Performance

Your are elgible for an additional award based on Company performance
measured by earnings per share (EPS).  If the comapny achieves or 
exceeds an EPS level of $______, the total bonus percentage earned by
you under the previous paragraphs (1 through 4) will be increased
according to the following table:

           EPS Performance         Bonus Increase Factor
               ____                        10%
               ____                        15%
               ____                        20%
               ____                        25%

6.  Scorecard Adjustments

Acquisitions, divestitures, changes in assignment, changes in
accounting procedures or tax law, abnormal deviations to plan
in other income and expenses in your financial income
statements, and/or corrections in historical data during 1999
may necessitate pro rata adjustments in the above goals and/or
actual operating results.  Any such changes will be advised as
soon as possible.

7.  Calculation Authority

The results will be tabulated by the Corporate Controller's
Office and reflected on Operating Income and Accounts
Receivable and Inventory Reports. It is the present intention
of the Company to decide the amount of bonus for 1999 in
February 2000.  If the above objectives are not attained, any
bonus award made will be at the sole discretion of the Company.
The Company will be the final arbiter of interpretation of the
above arrangements.

                                   J. E. Perrella
                                   Chairman, President and
                                   Chief Executive Officer



                                                 EXHIBIT 10(iii)(d)


TO:       EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT

1.  Worldwide Operating Income

If the Worldwide Operating Income (WWOI) of your operating Segments 
exceeds the initial threshold of $_________, which is ____% above
the 1998 actual for your Segments, you will receive a bonus of ____%
of your annual salary rate in effect on December 31, 1999.

For each additional $______ of WWOI above that level, up to $_______,
(which is ___% above last year's actual) you will receive an 
additional ___% of your annual salary rate.

For each additional $______ of WWOI above $_______, up to $________,
you wil receive an additional ____% of your annual salary rate, 
resulting in a maximum bonus opportunity of ____% of your salary
for operating income results.

2.  Operational Productivity

For improvement in operational productivity of ___%, you will receive
an additional ____% of your annual salary rate.

3.  Asset Management

If you attain ____% of accounts receivable and inventory as a
percent of sales, you will receive____% of your salary rate.
For each additional ____% reduction, you will receive an
additional ____% of your annual salary rate, up to a maximum of
___% of your salary for improvements in accounts receivable and
inventory as a percent of sales of ___%.  This represents a ____%
improvement over our 1999 PGP target of ____%

4.  Achievement of Individual Objectives

You will receive an additional award of up to ___% of your annual
salary rate, based on the achievement of individual and unit
objectives, such as process reengineering objectives, strategic
sourcing initiatives and other assigned objectives specific to
your business unit.  Awards in this category are also dependent
upon the company's overall perforance.

5.  Corporate Performance

You are eligible for an additional award based on Company
performance measured by earnings per share (EPS).  If the
company achieves or exceeds an EPS level of $_____, the total
bonus percentage earned by you under the previous paragraphs
(1 through 4) will be increased according to the following table:

          EPS Performance       Bonus Increase Factor
                ____                   10%
                ____                   15%
                ____                   20%
                ____                   25%


6.  Scorecard Adjustments

Acquisitions, divestitures, changes in assignment, changes in
accounting procedures or tax law, abnormal deviations to plan
in other income and expenses in your financial income
statements, and/or corrections in historical data during 1999
may necessitate pro rata adjustments in the above goals and/or
actual operating results.  Any such changes will be advised as
soon as possible.

7.  Calculation Authority

The results will be tabulated by the Corporate Controller's
Office and reflected on Operating Income and Accounts
Receivable and Inventory Reports. It is the present intention
of the Company to decide the amount of bonus for 1999 in
February 2000.  If the above objectives are not attained, any
bonus award will be made at the sole discretion of the Company.
The Company will be the final arbiter of interpretation of the
above arrangements.




                                            J. E. Perrella
                                            Chairman, President and
                                            Chief Executive Officer



                                                               

                 AMENDED AND RESTATED FORM OF CHANGE OF
         CONTROL WITH CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                
     This AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT is made as of March 1,
1999, between INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY, a New Jersey corporation
(the "Company"), and ________________ (the "Employee").  Unless
otherwise indicated, terms used herein and defined in Schedule A
hereto shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Schedule.

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee have previously
entered into an Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1996, and
hereby wish to amend and restate in its entirety such Agreement;

          NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Employee agree as
follows:

          1.   OPERATION OF AGREEMENT.

          This Agreement shall be effective immediately upon its
execution and shall continue thereafter from year to year prior
to a Change of Control Event unless terminated as of any
anniversary of the date hereof by either party upon written
notice to the other party given at least 60 days, but not more
than 90 days, prior to such anniversary date.   Notwithstanding
the foregoing, this Agreement may not be terminated after the
occurrence of a Change of Control Event.

          2.   AGREEMENT TERM.

          The term of this Agreement shall begin on the date
hereof and, unless terminated pursuant to paragraph 1 prior to a
Change of Control Event, shall end on the fifth anniversary of
the occurrence of a Change of Control Event.

          3.   EMPLOYEE'S POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

          (a)     The Employee will continue to serve the Company
upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Event as the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company.  In addition, the Company
shall, upon the occurrence of such event, make its best efforts
to insure the election and retention of the Employee as Chairman
of the Board of the Company and any successor or parent company.

          (b)      During the term of this Agreement the Employee
shall devote his entire business time and attention exclusively
to the business and affairs of the Company and shall use his best
efforts to promote the interests of the Company.  The partici-
pation of the Employee in outside directorships and civic
activities not otherwise inconsistent with Company policy and the
management of the Employee's personal investments in public
companies in which the Employee holdings do not exceed 5% of the
voting power or value of such companies shall not be deemed a
violation of this paragraph 3.

          4.   COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFITS UPON CHANGE OF
CONTROL EVENT.

          The Company and the Employee agree that, upon the
occurrence of any Change of Control Event, the Employee shall
receive basic annual salary, bonus and fringe and other benefits
as follows:

               (a)  Basic Annual Salary and Bonus.  The
     Employee's basic annual salary shall be at a rate not less
     than the rate of annual salary, which has been paid to the
     Employee immediately prior to the Change of Control Event,
     with such annual increases (but not decreases) equal to the
     greater of (i) salary increases as may be contemplated by
     any salary adjustment programs of the Company in effect
     immediately prior to the Change of Control Event and
     applicable to the Employee and such further increases as
     shall be determined from time to time by the Board or (ii) a
     percentage equal to the percentage increase (if any) in the
     "Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers" published by
     the United States Department of Labor's Bureau of Labor
     Statistics for the then most recently ended 12-month period.
     In addition, the Employee shall be entitled to receive an
     annual bonus in an amount not less than the highest annual
     bonus received by, or accrued on behalf of, the Employee
     during the lesser of (i) the five full Fiscal Years
     immediately preceding the Change of Control Event, or (ii)
     the number of full Fiscal Years immediately preceding the
     Change of Control Event during which the Employee has been
     employed by the Company (whether such bonus is paid to, is
     accrued on behalf of, is a Deferral Amount (as such term is
     defined in the Ingersoll-Rand Executive Deferred
     Compensation and Stock Bonus Plan) or is foregone by the
     Employee pursuant to the Ingersoll-Rand Company Estate
     Enhancement Program).
     
               (b)  Fringe Benefits; Business Expenses.  The
     Employee shall be entitled to receive benefits, including
     but not limited to pension (and supplemental pension),
     savings and stock investment plan (and supplemental savings
     and stock investment and retirement account plans),
     leveraged employee stock ownership plan, stock award, stock
     option, deferred compensation, and welfare benefit plans and
     programs including, but not limited to, life, medical,
     prescription drugs, dental, disability, accidental death and
     travel accident coverage plans, post-retirement welfare
     benefits, and an estate enhancement program on terms no less
     favorable than those in effect under each such plan
     immediately prior to the Change of Control Event, and at no
     less than the same benefit levels (and no more than the same
     employee contribution levels) then in effect under each such
     plan and to receive all other fringe benefits and
     perquisites (or their equivalent) from time to time in
     effect for the benefit of any executive, management or
     administrative group for which the employment position then
     held by the Employee entitles the Employee to participate.
     The Company shall provide for the payment of, or reimburse
     the Employee for, all travel and other out-of-pocket
     expenses reasonably incurred by him in the performance of
     his duties hereunder.

               (c)  Management Incentive Unit Award Plan.  The
     Company and the Employee further agree that immediately upon
     the occurrence of any Change of Control Event, all amounts
     theretofore credited to the Employee under the Company's
     Management Incentive Unit Award Plan, as amended (the "MIU
     Plan"), shall become fully vested and all such amounts
     thereafter credited shall become fully vested immediately
     upon such crediting.

          5.   PAYMENTS AND BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION.

          The Employee shall be entitled to the following
payments and benefits upon Termination:

               (a)    Salary and Bonus.  The Company shall pay to
     the Employee, in a cash lump sum on the Termination Date, an
     amount equal to the sum of (i) the basic annual salary and
     any annual bonus in respect of a completed fiscal year,
     which have not yet been paid to, the Employee through the
     Termination Date; (ii) an amount equal to the last annual
     bonus received by, or awarded to, the Employee for the full
     Fiscal Year immediately preceding the Termination Date
     multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the
     number of full months the Employee was employed by the
     Company during the Fiscal Year containing the Employee's
     Termination Date and the denominator of which shall be 12;
     and (iii) an amount equal to the number of unused vacation
     days to which the Employee is entitled as of the Termination
     Date and any other amounts normally paid to an employee by
     the Company upon termination of employment.  For these
     purposes, any partial month during which the Employee is
     employed shall be deemed a full month.

              (b)   Severance.  The Company shall pay to the
     Employee, in a cash lump sum not more than 30 days following
     the Termination Date, an amount equal to three times the sum
     of (i) the highest basic annual salary in effect at any time
     during the period beginning immediately prior to the Change
     of Control Event and ending on the Termination Date; and
     (ii) the highest annual bonus received by, or accrued on
     behalf of, the Employee during the period beginning five
     full Fiscal Years immediately preceding the Change of
     Control Event and ending on the Termination Date (whether
     such bonus is paid to, is accrued on behalf of, is a
     Deferral Amount (as such term is defined in the Ingersoll-
     Rand Executive Deferred Compensation and Stock Bonus Plans)
     or is foregone by the Employee pursuant to the Ingersoll-
     Rand Company Estate Enhancement Program).
     
              (c)   Employee Benefit Plans.  For the three-year
     period following the Termination Date (or, if sooner, until
     the Employee is covered under a comparable plan offered by a
     subsequent employer), the Company shall continue to cover
     the Employee under those employee welfare benefit plans and
     programs (including, but not limited to, life, medical,
     prescription drugs, dental, accidental death and travel
     accident and disability coverage, but not including any
     severance pay plan or program other than that provided
     pursuant to this Agreement or any pension plan) applicable
     to the Employee on the Termination Date at the same benefit
     levels then in effect (or shall provide their equivalent);
     provided, however, that if the Employee becomes employed by
     a new employer that maintains any welfare plan that either
     (i) does not cover the Employee with respect to a pre-
     existing condition which was covered under the applicable
     Company welfare plan, or (ii) does not cover the Employee
     for a designated waiting period, the Employee's coverage
     hereunder under the applicable Company welfare plan (or the
     equivalent) shall continue (but shall be limited in the
     event of noncoverage due to a preexisting condition, to the
     preexisting condition itself) until the earlier of the end
     of the applicable period of noncoverage under the new
     employer's plan or the third anniversary of the Termination
     Date.

              (d)   Deferred Compensation,Savings and Leveraged
     Employee Stock Ownership Plans.  As soon as practicable
     following the determination thereof (but in any event no
     later than 30 days following the Termination Date), the
     Company shall pay the Employee an amount (in one lump sum
     cash payment) equal to the value of the sum of:  (i) the
     number of stock units credited to the Employee's Deferred
     Compensation Accounts under the Ingersoll-Rand Executive
     Deferred Compensation and Stock Bonus Plan at the
     Termination Date multiplied by the Company Stock Value (as
     defined in Section 5(g) below; (ii) the number of Common
     Stock equivalents credited to the Employee's account under
     the Supplemental Savings and Stock Investment Plan at the
     Termination Date multiplied by the Company Stock Value (as
     defined in Section 5(g) below); (iii) the amount credited to
     the Employee's account under the Supplemental Retirement
     Account Plan at the Termination Date; (iv) all contributions
     to, or amounts credited to, the Company's  Savings and Stock
     Investment Plan, IR/Clark Leveraged Employee Stock Ownership
     Plan, Supplemental Savings and Stock Investment Plan and
     Supplemental Retirement Account Plan (and earnings and
     appreciation attributable thereto) that theretofore were
     made by the Company on behalf of the Employee and are
     forfeited as a result of the Employee's Termination; and
     (v) three percent of the aggregate amount payable pursuant
     to subparagraphs 5(a) and 5(b) for each of the Savings and
     Stock Investment Plan and the Supplemental Savings and Stock
     Investment Plan and two percent for the Supplemental
     Retirement Account Plan.
     
          (e)  Pension Benefits.

               (i)       No later than 30 days following the
     Termination Date, the Company shall pay the Employee an
     amount (in one lump sum cash payment) equal to the Present
     Value of the sum of the pension benefits the Employee is
     entitled to receive under (A) the Restated Ingersoll-Rand
     Company Supplemental Pension Plan (the "Section 415 Excess
     Plan"), (B) the Ingersoll-Rand Company Elected Officers
     Supplemental Program (the "Elected Officer Supplemental
     Program" or the "Program"), and (C) the Executive
     Supplementary Retirement Agreement (the "Ten Year Annuity"),
     all as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control
     Event (collectively the "Pension Benefit").

               (ii)      In calculating the portion of the
     Pension Benefit under section 1.1 of the Section 415 Excess
     Plan the Company shall credit the Employee with five
     additional years of Credited Service (within the meaning of
     the Plan and including wage, vesting and age credit) and
     five additional years of age for purposes of the Section 415
     Excess Plan but not the Qualified Pension Plan.  (If, after
     crediting five years of age, the Employee is less than fifty-
     five years old, it will be assumed that the benefit
     commencement age is fifty-five).

               (iii)     In calculating the portion of the
     Pension Benefit under the Elected Officer Supplemental
     Program, the Company shall: (A) credit the Employee with an
     additional five Years of Service and an additional five
     years of age for purposes of computing the amount of the
     Pension Benefit; and (B) define "Final Average Salary" in
     Section 1.8 of the Program as 1/3 of the severance amount
     determined pursuant to Section 5(b) of this Agreement.
     
               (iv)      In calculating the portion of the
     Pension Benefit under the Ten-Year Annuity the Company shall
     credit the Employee with five additional years of age but to
     an age no greater than 65.

               (v)       The Present Value of the Pension Benefit
     shall be calculated using (A) an interest rate equal to the
     product of (I) the 10-year Treasury Note rate as used in the
     Elected Officer Supplemental Program's definition of
     Actuarial Equivalent and (II) 1 minus the federal income tax
     rate at the highest bracket of income for individuals in
     effect for the year containing the date of payment, (B) the
     mortality rate used to determine lump sum values in the
     Elected Officer Supplemental Program, and (C) actual age
     without the five year addition to age except that the Ten-
     Year Annuity Present Value shall be calculated using no
     mortality assumption and actual age plus the additional five
     years but to an age no greater than 65.
     
               (vi)      Calculation of all pension benefits
     amounts hereunder shall be made, at the expense of the
     Company, by the Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts office of
     Watson Wyatt (or the Company's then actuary immediately
     prior to the Change of Control Event).

               (f)  Retiree Welfare Benefits.  For purposes of
     determining the Employee's eligibility for post-retirement
     benefits under any welfare benefit plan (as defined in
     Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
     of 1974, as amended) maintained by the Company prior to the
     occurrence of a Change of Control Event, the Employee shall
     be credited with an additional five years of service and
     five years of age (or any combination of years of service
     and age not exceeding 10 years, to the extent necessary to
     qualify for benefits).  If, after taking into account such
     additional age and service, the Employee is eligible for the
     Company's post-retirement welfare benefits (or would have
     been eligible under the terms of such plans as in effect
     prior to the occurrence of the Change of Control Event), the
     Employee shall receive, commencing on the third anniversary
     of the Termination Date, post-retirement welfare benefits no
     less favorable than the benefits the Employee would have
     received under the terms and conditions of the applicable
     plans in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the
     Change of Control Event.

               (g)  Employee Stock Awards, Options, SARs and
     MIUs.  No later than 30 days following the Termination Date,
     the Company shall pay the Employee an amount (in one lump
     sum cash payment) equal to the aggregate Company Stock Value
     (defined below) of 100% of the Employee's then outstanding
     and unpaid stock and stock based awards under the Company's
     Incentive Stock Plans, the MIU Plan and any similar plans of
     the Company (or any other company) hereafter adopted (at
     which time such stock and stock based awards shall be
     cancelled and be of no further force or effect).  In
     addition, all options to purchase shares of Common Stock of
     the Company (or the stock of any company in respect of which
     options have been granted to the Employee) ("Company Stock")
     and all stock appreciation rights held by the Employee
     immediately prior to Termination shall become exercisable at
     any time on and after the Termination Date, whether or not
     otherwise exercisable in accordance with the terms of the
     employee benefit plans pursuant to which such options and
     stock appreciation rights were granted.  For purposes of
     this Agreement, Company Stock Value shall be deemed to be
     the highest of: (i) the closing sale price of the Company
     Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the Change of
     Control Event; (ii) the closing sale price of the Company
     Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the Termination
     Date; and (iii) the highest closing sale price of the
     Company Stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the 30
     trading days immediately preceding the acquisition of more
     than 50% of the outstanding Company Stock by any person or
     group (including affiliates of such person or group).  If,
     as of any valuation date, the Company Stock is not traded on
     the New York Stock Exchange, the Company Stock Value shall
     be the closing sale price of the Company Stock on the
     principal national securities exchange on which the Common
     Stock is traded or, if the Common Stock is not traded on any
     national securities exchange, the closing bid price of the
     Common Stock in the over-the-counter market.

               (h)  Valuation of MIU Plan Common Stock
     Equivalents.  The Employee's Common Stock Equivalents under
     the MIU Plan shall, for purposes of payments pursuant
     thereto, be valued at the Company Stock Value.

               (i)  Estate Enhancement Program. If the Employee
     participates in the Ingersoll-Rand Estate Enhancement
     Program, the terms of the Program shall apply.

               (j)  Outplacement Expenses.  For the three year
     period following the Termination Date, the Company shall
     reimburse the Employee for all reasonable expenses (up to a
     maximum of $15,000 per 12 month period) incurred by the
     Employee for professional outplacement services by qualified
     consultants selected by the Employee.

          6.   PARACHUTE EXCISE TAX GROSS-UP.

               (a)  If, as a result of any payment or benefit
     provided under this Agreement, either alone or together with
     other payments and benefits which the Employee receives or
     is then entitled to receive from the Company, the Employee
     becomes subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999
     of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
     "Code"), (together with any income, employment or other
     taxes, interest and penalties thereon an "Excise Tax"), the
     Company shall pay the Employee an amount (the "Gross-Up
     Payment") sufficient to place the Employee in the same after-
     tax financial position that he would have been in if he had
     not incurred any tax liability under Section 4999 of
     the Code.  For purposes of determining whether the Employee
     is subject to an Excise Tax, (i) any payments or benefits
     received by the Employee (whether pursuant to the terms
     hereof or pursuant to any plan, arrangement or other
     agreement with the Company or any entity affiliated with the
     Company) which payments ("Contingent Payments") are deemed
     to be contingent on a change described in Section
     280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code shall be taken into account,
     (ii) the amount of payments or benefits under this Agreement
     treated as subject to the Excise Tax shall be equal to the
     lesser of (A) the total amount of all such payments and
     benefits hereunder as are Contingent Payments and (B) the
     amount of excess parachute payments within the meaning of
     280G(b)(1) of the Code payable to the Employee, and (iii)
     the Employee shall be deemed to pay the taxes at the highest
     marginal applicable rates of such taxation for the calendar
     year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, net of the
     maximum deduction in federal income taxes which could be
     obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

               (b)   The determination of whether the Employee
     is subject to Excise Tax and the amounts of such Excise Tax
     and Gross-Up Payment, as well as other calculations
     hereunder, shall be made at the expense of the Company by
     the independent auditors of the Company immediately prior to
     the Change of Control Event, which shall provide the
     Employee with prompt written notice (the "Company Notice")
     setting forth their determinations and calculations.  Within
     30 days following the receipt by the Employee of the Company
     Notice, the Employee may notify the Company in writing (the
     "Employee Notice") if the Employee disagrees with such
     determinations or calculations, setting forth the reasons
     for any such disagreement.  If the Company and the Employee
     do not resolve such disagreement within 10 business days
     following receipt by the Company of the Employee Notice, the
     Company and the Employee shall agree upon a nationally
     recognized accounting or compensation firm (the "Resolving
     Firm") to make a determination with respect to such
     disagreement.  If the Employee and the Company are unable to
     agree upon the Resolving Firm within 20 business days
     following the Employee Notice, the New York office of
     Towers, Perrin shall be the Resolving Firm.  Within 30
     business days following the Employee Notice, if the
     disagreement is not resolved by such time, each of the
     Employee and the Company shall submit its position to the
     Resolving Firm, which shall make a determination as to all
     such disagreements within 30 days following the last of such
     submissions, which determination shall be binding upon the
     Employee and the Company.  The Company shall pay all
     reasonable expenses incurred by either party in connection
     with the determinations, calculations, disagreements or
     resolutions pursuant to this paragraph, including, but not
     limited to, reasonable legal, consulting or other similar
     fees.

               (c)  The Employee shall notify the Company in
     writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that,
     if successful, would require the payment by the Company of a
     Gross-Up Payment.  Such notification shall be given as soon
     as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the
     Employee is informed in writing of such claim and shall
     apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date
     on which such claim is requested to be paid.  The Employee
     shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30
     day period following the date on which the Employee gives
     such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on
     the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such
     claim is due).  If the Company notifies the Employee in
     writing prior to the expiration of such period that it
     desires to contest such claim, the Employee shall:

                    (i)  give the Company any information
          reasonably requested by the Company relating to such
          claim;
          
                    (ii) take such action in connection with
          contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably
          request in writing from time to time, including,
          without limitation, accepting legal representation with
          respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably
          selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to
          the Employee;

                    (iii)cooperate with the Company in good
          faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and

                    (iv) permit the Company to participate in any
          proceedings relating to such claim;

     provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay
     directly all costs and expenses (including, but not limited
     to, additional interest and penalties and related consulting
     or other similar  fees) incurred in connection with such
     contest and shall indemnify and hold the Employee harmless,
     on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or other tax
     (including interest and penalties with respect thereto)
     imposed as a result of such representation and payment of
     costs and expenses.

               (d)  The Company shall control all proceedings
     taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole
     option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative
     appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the
     taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its
     sole option, either direct the Employee to pay the tax
     claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any
     permissible manner, and the Employee agrees to prosecute
     such contest to a determination before any administrative
     tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or
     more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine;
     provided, however, that if the Company directs the Employee
     to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall
     advance the amount of such payment to the Employee on an
     interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and hold the
     Employee harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise
     Tax or other tax (including interest or penalties with
     respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or
     with respect to any imputed income with respect to such
     advance; and provided, further, that if the Employee is
     required to extend the statute of limitations to enable the
     Company to contest such claim, the Employee may limit this
     extension solely to such contested amount.  The Company's
     control of the contest shall be limited to issues with
     respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable
     hereunder and the Employee shall be entitled to settle or
     contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the
     Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.  In
     addition, no position may be taken nor any final resolution
     be agreed to by the Company without the Employee's consent
     if such position or resolution could reasonably be expected
     to adversely affect the Employee (including any other tax
     position of the Employee unrelated to the matters covered
     hereby).

               (e)    As a result of the uncertainty in the
     application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the
     initial determination by the Company or the Resolving Firm
     hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will
     not have been made by the Company should have been made
     ("Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required
     to be made hereunder.  In the event that the Company
     exhausts its remedies and the Employee thereafter is
     required to pay to the Internal Revenue Service an
     additional amount in respect of any Excise Tax, the Company
     or the Resolving Firm shall determine the amount of the
     Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment
     shall promptly be paid by the Company to or for the benefit
     of the Employee.

               (f)  If, after the receipt by Employee of an
     amount advanced by the Company in connection with the
     contest of Excise Tax claim, the Employee becomes entitled
     to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the
     Employee shall promptly pay to the Company the amount of
     such refund (together with any interest paid or credited
     thereon after taxes applicable thereto).  If, after the
     receipt by the Employee of an amount advanced by the Company
     in connection with an Excise Tax claim, a determination is
     made that Employee shall not be entitled to any refund with
     respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the
     Employee in writing of its intent to contest the denial of
     such refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such
     determination, such advance shall be forgiven and shall not
     be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance
     shall be offset, to the extent thereof, by the amount of the
     Gross-Up Payment.

          7.   EFFECT ON OTHER ARRANGEMENTS.

          Except to the extent expressly provided herein, no
provision of this Agreement shall affect or limit any interests
or rights vested in the Employee under any other agreement or
arrangement with the Employee or under any pension, profit-
sharing, medical or other insurance or other benefit plans of the
Company which may be in effect and in which the Employee may be
participating at any time.

          8.   CONFIDENTIALITY.

          The Employee agrees to hold in confidence any and all
confidential information known to him concerning the Company and
its businesses so long as such information is not otherwise
publicly disclosed.

          9.   MISCELLANEOUS.

               (a)  Legal Expenses.  The Company shall pay all
     costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees, of the
     Company and, at least quarterly, the Employee, in connection
     with any legal proceedings, whether or not instituted by the
     Company, relating to the interpretation or enforcement of
     this Agreement.  In the event that the provisions of this
     paragraph shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable
     in any respect, such declaration shall not affect the
     remaining provisions of this Agreement, which shall continue
     in full force and effect.

               (b)  Mitigation.  All payments or benefits
     required by the terms of this Agreement shall be made or
     provided without offset, deduction, or mitigation on account
     of income the Employee may receive from other employment or
     otherwise and the Employee shall not have any obligation or
     duty to seek any other employment or otherwise earn any
     amounts to reduce or mitigate any payments required
     hereunder.

               (c)  Death of the Employee.  In the event of the
     Employee's death subsequent to Termination, all payments
     called for hereunder shall be paid to the Employee's
     designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, or to his estate if
     he has not designated a beneficiary or beneficiaries.
     
               (d)  Notices.  Any notice or other communication
     provided for in this Agreement or contemplated hereby shall
     be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered by
     certified mail, return receipt requested, and addressed, in
     the case of the Company, to the Company at:

               200 Chestnut Ridge Road
               Woodcliff Lake, New Jersey  07675
               Attention:  Chairman of the Board
                           of Directors

     and, in the case of the Employee, to the Employee at:

               _______________________
               _______________________
     

     Either party may designate a different address by giving
     notice of change of address in the manner provided above.

               (e)  Waiver.  No waiver or modification in whole
     or in part of this Agreement, or any term or condition
     hereof, shall be effective against any party unless in
     writing and duly signed by the party sought to be bound.
     Any waiver of any breach of any provision hereof or any
     right or power by any party on one occasion shall not be
     construed as a waiver of, or a bar to, the exercise of such
     right or power on any other occasion or as a waiver of any
     subsequent breach.

               (f)  Binding Effect; Successors.  This Agreement
     shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the
     Company and the Employee and their respective heirs, legal
     representatives, successors and assigns.  If the Company
     shall be merged into or consolidated with another entity,
     the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and
     inure to the benefit of the entity surviving such merger or
     resulting from such consolidation.  The Company will require
     any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,
     merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially
     all of the business or assets of the Company, by agreement
     in form and substance satisfactory to the Employee, to
     expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the
     same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be
     required to perform it if no such succession had taken
     place.  The provisions of this paragraph shall continue to
     apply to each subsequent employer of the Employee hereunder
     in the event of any subsequent merger, consolidation or
     transfer of assets of such subsequent employer.

               (g)  Plan Limitations.  In the event the Company
     is unable to provide any benefit required to be provided
     under this Agreement through a plan sponsored by the Company
     or its Affiliates, the Company shall, at its own cost and
     expense, take appropriate actions to insure that alternative
     arrangements are made so that equivalent benefits can be
     provided to the Employee, including to the extent
     appropriate purchasing for the benefit of the Employee (and
     if applicable the Employee's dependents) individual policies
     of insurance providing benefits, which on an after-tax
     basis, are equivalent to the benefits required to be
     provided hereunder.

               (h)  Controlling Law.  This Agreement shall be
     governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
     State of New Jersey applicable to contracts made and to be
     performed therein.
     
          10.  EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS.

               This Agreement contains the entire understanding
between the parties hereto and supersedes in all respects any
prior employment or severance agreement or understanding between
the Company (or any affiliate thereof) and the Employee.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have
executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above
written.

                                   INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

                                   By




                                   _______________________
                                   Employee

                                                       Schedule A

                      CERTAIN DEFINITIONS


          As used in this Agreement, and unless the context
requires a different meaning, the following terms have the
meanings indicated:

          "Affiliate", used to indicate a relationship with a
specified person, means a person that directly, or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled
by, or is under common control with, such a specified person.

          "Associate", used to indicate a relationship with a
specified person, means (i) any corporation, partnership, or
other organization of which such specified person is an officer
or partner; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such
specified person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to
which such specified person serves as trustee or in a similar
fiduciary capacity; (iii) any relative or spouse of such
specified person, or any relative of such spouse who has the same
home as such specified person, or who is a director or officer of
the Company or any of its parents or subsidiaries; and (iv) any
person who is a director, officer, or partner of such specified
person or of any corporation (other than the Company or any
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), partnership or other
entity which is an Affiliate of such specified person.

          "Beneficial Owner" means the same as such term is
defined by Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (or any successor provision at the time in effect);
provided, however, that any individual, corporation, partnership,
group, association, or other person or entity which has the right
to acquire any of the Company's outstanding securities entitled
to vote generally in the election of directors at any time in the
future, whether such right is contingent or absolute, pursuant to
any agreement, arrangement, or understanding or upon exercise of
conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, shall be
deemed the Beneficial Owner of such securities.

          "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company
(or, if the Company is then a subsidiary of any other company, of
the ultimate parent company).

          "Cause" means (i) any action by the Employee involving
willful malfeasance or willful gross misconduct having a
demonstrable adverse effect on the Company; (ii) substantial and
continuing refusal by the Employee in willful breach of this
Agreement to perform his employment duties hereunder; or
(iii) the Employee being convicted of a felony under the laws of
the United States or any state.

          Termination of the Employee for Cause shall be
communicated by a Notice of Termination given within one year
after the Board (i) has knowledge of conduct or an event
allegedly constituting Cause; and (ii) has reason to believe that
such conduct or event could be grounds for Cause.  For purposes
of this Agreement a "Notice of Termination" shall mean delivery
to the Employee of a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the
affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire
membership of the Company's Board at a meeting of that Board
called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the
Employee ("Preliminary Notice") and reasonable opportunity for
the Employee, together with the Employee's counsel, to be heard
before the Board prior to such vote) of finding, in the good
faith opinion of the Board, that the Employee has engaged in the
conduct constituting Cause and specifying the particulars thereof
in detail.  Upon the receipt of the Preliminary Notice, the
Employee shall have 30 days in which to appear with counsel or
take such other action as he desires on his behalf, and such 30-
day period is hereby agreed to by the parties as a reasonable
opportunity for the Employee to be heard.  The Board shall no
later than 45 days after the receipt of the Preliminary Notice by
the Employee communicate its findings to Employee.  A failure by
the Board to make its finding of Cause or to communicate its
conclusion within such 45-day period shall be deemed to be a
finding that the Employee has not engaged in the conduct
described herein.  Any termination of the Employee's employment
(other than by death or Permanent Disability) within 45 days
after the date that the Preliminary Notice has been given to the
Employee shall be deemed to be a termination for Cause; provided,
however, that if during such period the Employee voluntarily
terminates other than for Good Reason or the Company terminates
the Employee other than for Cause, and the Employee is found (or
is deemed to be found) not to have engaged in the conduct
described herein, such termination shall not be deemed to be for
Cause.

          "Change of Control Event" means the date (i) any
individual, corporation, partnership, group, association or other
person or entity, together with its Affiliates and Associates
(other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under
an employee benefit plan of the Company), is or becomes the
Beneficial Owner of securities of the Company representing 20% or
more of the combined voting power of the Company's then
outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election
of directors; (ii) the Continuing Directors fail to constitute a
majority of the members of the Board; (iii) of consummation of
any transaction or series of transactions under which the Company
is merged or consolidated with any other company, other than a
merger or consolidation which would result in the shareholders of
the Company immediately prior thereto continuing to own (either
by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
securities of the surviving entity) more than 70% of the combined
voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such
surviving entity or its parent corporation outstanding
immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (iv) of any
sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, in one transaction or a
series of related transactions, of all, or substantially all, of
the assets of the Company, other than any sale, lease, exchange
or other transfer to any person or entity where the Company owns,
directly or indirectly, at least 80% of the outstanding voting
securities of such person or entity or its parent corporation
after any such transfer.

          "Continuing Director" means a director who either was a
member of the Board on the date hereof or who became a member of
the Board subsequent to such date and whose election, or
nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was Duly
Approved by the Continuing Directors on the Board at the time of
such nomination or election, either by a specific vote or by
approval of the proxy statement issued by the Company on behalf
of the Board in which such person is named as nominee for
director, without due objection to such nomination, but ex-
cluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial
assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or
threatened election contest with respect to the election or
removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation
of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person or entity
other than the Board.

          "Duly Approved by the Continuing Directors" means an
action approved by the vote of at least two-thirds of the
Continuing Directors then on the Board.

          "Fiscal Year" means the fiscal year of the Company.

          "Good Reason" means (i) a material adverse change in
the Employee's job responsibilities, title or status from those
in effect prior to the Change of Control Event which change
continues for a period of at least 15 days after written notice
from the Employee; (ii) a reduction of the Employee's base salary
or target bonus, the failure to pay Employee's salary or bonus
when due, or the failure to maintain on behalf of the Employee
(and his or her dependents) benefits which are at least as
favorable in the aggregate to those provided for in paragraph
4(b); (iii) the relocation of the principal place of the
Employee's employment to a location that is more than 35 miles
further from the Employee's residence than such principal place
of employment immediately prior to the Change of Control Event,
or the imposition of travel requirements on the Employee not
substantially consistent with such travel requirements existing
immediately prior to the Change of Control Event; (iv) the
failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of, and the
agreement to perform, this Agreement by any successor as
contemplated in paragraph 8(f); (v) any voluntary resignation of
employment by Employee following a Change of Control Event or
(vi) the failure of the Company to perform any of its other
material obligations under this Agreement and the continuation of
such failure for a period of 15 days after written notice from
the Employee.

          "Permanent Disability", as applied to the Employee,
means that (i) he has been totally incapacitated by bodily injury
or disease so as to be prevented thereby from performing his
duties hereunder; (ii) such total incapacity shall have continued
for a period of six consecutive months; and (iii) such total
incapacity will, in the opinion of a qualified physician, be
permanent and continuous during the remainder of the Employee's
life.

          "Termination" means (i) following the occurrence of a
Change of Control Event, (A) the termination of the Employee's
employment without Cause or (B) the resignation by an Employee
for Good Reason upon ten days' prior written notice (or such
shorter period as may be agreed upon between the Employee and the
Company), and (ii) prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control
Event, the termination of the Employee's employment or a material
adverse change in the Employee's job responsibilities, title or
status, at the request of any individual or entity acquiring
ownership and control of the Company; provided, that such term
shall not include any termination of employment for Cause, any
resignation without Good Reason, or any termination of employment
on account of an Employee's death or Permanent Disability.

          "Termination Date" shall mean the effective date of an
Employee's Termination; provided, that with respect to a
Termination that occurs prior to a Change of Control Event, the
effective date of such Termination shall be deemed to be the date
immediately following the Change of Control Event.







                 AMENDED AND RESTATED FORM OF CHANGE OF
           CONTROL AGREEMENT WITH SELECTED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

          This AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT is made as of
March 1, 1999, between INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY, a New Jersey
corporation (the "Company"), and              , the "Employee").
Unless otherwise indicated, terms used herein and defined in
Schedule A hereto shall have the meanings assigned to them in
said Schedule.

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee have previously
entered into an Agreement, dated December 3, 1997, and hereby
wish to amend and restate in its entirety such Agreement;

          NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Employee agree as
follows:

          1.   OPERATION OF AGREEMENT.

          This Agreement shall be effective immediately upon its
execution and shall continue thereafter from year to year prior
to a Change of Control Event unless terminated as of any
anniversary of the date hereof by either party upon written
notice to the other party given at least 60 days, but not more
than 90 days, prior to such anniversary date.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, this Agreement may not be terminated after the
occurrence of a Change of Control Event.

          2.   AGREEMENT TERM.

          The term of this Agreement shall begin on the date
hereof and, unless terminated pursuant to paragraph 1 prior to a
Change of Control Event, shall end on the fifth anniversary of
the occurrence of a Change of Control Event.

          3.   EMPLOYEE'S POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

          (a)  The Employee will continue to serve the Company
upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Event in the same
capacity as he serves the Company immediately prior thereto, or
in such other comparable executive, administrative or management
capacities, requiring substantially equivalent expertise and
responsibility, as the Board or Chief Executive Officer of the
Company shall determine and deem suitable and in the best
interests of the Company in accordance with the Employee's
experience, expertise and capabilities.

          (b)  During the term of this Agreement the Employee
shall devote his entire business time and attention exclusively
to the business and affairs of the Company and shall use his best
efforts to promote the interests of the Company.  The partici-
pation of the Employee in outside directorships and civic
activities not otherwise inconsistent with Company policy and the
management of the Employee's personal investments in public
companies in which the Employee holdings do not exceed 5% of the
voting power or value of such companies shall not be deemed a
violation of this paragraph 3.

          4.   COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFITS UPON CHANGE OF
CONTROL EVENT.

          The Company and the Employee agree that, upon the
occurrence of any Change of Control Event, the Employee shall
receive basic annual salary, bonus and fringe and other benefits
as follows:

          (a)  Basic Annual Salary and Bonus.  The Employee's
     basic annual salary shall be at a rate not less than the
     rate of annual salary, which has been paid to the Employee
     immediately prior to the Change of Control Event, with such
     annual increases (but not decreases) equal to the greater of
     (i) salary increases as may be contemplated by any salary
     adjustment programs of the Company in effect immediately
     prior to the Change of Control Event and applicable to the
     Employee and such further increases as shall be determined
     from time to time by the Board or (ii) a percentage equal to
     the percentage increase (if any) in the "Consumer Price
     Index for All Urban Consumers" published by the United
     States Department of Labor's Bureau of Labor Statistics for
     the then most recently ended 12-month period.  In addition,
     the Employee shall be entitled to receive an annual bonus in
     an amount not less than the highest annual bonus received
     by, or accrued on behalf of, the Employee during the lesser
     of (i) the five full Fiscal Years immediately preceding the
     Change of Control Event, or (ii) the number of full Fiscal
     Years immediately preceding the Change of Control Event
     during which the Employee has been employed by the Company
     (whether the bonus is paid to, is accrued on behalf of, is a
     Deferral Amount (as such term is defined in the Ingersoll-
     Rand Executive Deferred Compensation and Stock Bonus Plan)
     or is foregone by the Employee pursuant to the Ingersoll-
     Rand Company Estate Enhancement Program).

          (b)  Fringe Benefits; Business Expenses.  The Employee
     shall be entitled to receive benefits, including but not
     limited to pension (and supplemental pension), savings and
     stock investment plan (and supplemental savings and stock
     investment and retirement plans), leveraged employee stock
     ownership plan, stock award, stock option, deferred
     compensation, and welfare benefit plans and programs
     including, but not limited to, life, medical, prescription
     drugs, dental, disability, accidental death and travel
     accident coverage plans, post-retirement welfare benefits,
     and an estate enhancement program on terms no less favorable
     than those in effect under each such plan immediately prior
     to the Change of Control Event, and at no less than the same
     benefit levels (and no more than the same employee
     contribution levels) then in effect under each such plan and
     to receive all other fringe benefits and perquisites (or
     their equivalent) from time to time in effect for the
     benefit of any executive, management or administrative group
     for which the employment position then held by the Employee
     entitles the Employee to participate.  The Company shall
     provide for the payment of, or reimburse the Employee for,
     all travel and other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably
     incurred by him in the performance of his duties hereunder.

          (c)  Management Incentive Unit Award Plan.  The Company
     and the Employee further agree that immediately upon the
     occurrence of any Change of Control Event, all amounts
     theretofore credited to the Employee under the Company's
     Management Incentive Unit Award Plan, as amended (the "MIU
     Plan"), shall become fully vested and all such amounts
     thereafter credited shall become fully vested immediately
     upon such crediting.

          5.   PAYMENTS AND BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION.

          The Employee shall be entitled to the following
payments and benefits upon Termination:

          (a)  Salary and Bonus.  The Company shall pay to the
     Employee, in a cash lump sum on the Termination Date, an
     amount equal to the sum of (i) the basic annual salary and
     any annual bonus in respect of a completed fiscal year,
     which have not yet been paid to the Employee through the
     Termination Date; (ii) an amount equal to the last annual
     bonus received by, or awarded to, the Employee for the full
     Fiscal Year immediately preceding the Termination Date
     multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the
     number of full months the Employee was employed by the
     Company during the Fiscal Year containing the Employee's
     Termination Date and the denominator of which shall be 12;
     and (iii) an amount equal to the number of unused vacation
     days to which the Employee is entitled as of the Termination
     Date and any other amounts normally paid to an employee by
     the Company upon termination of employment.  For these
     purposes, any partial month during which the Employee is
     employed shall be deemed a full month.

          (b)  Severance.  The Company shall pay to the Employee,
     in a cash lump sum not more than 30 days following the
     Termination Date, an amount equal to three times the sum of
     (i) the highest basic annual salary in effect at any time
     during the period beginning immediately prior to the Change
     of Control Event and ending on the Termination Date; and
     (ii) the highest annual bonus received by, or accrued on
     behalf of, the Employee during the period beginning five
     full Fiscal Years immediately preceding the Change of
     Control Event and ending on the Termination Date (whether
     the bonus is paid to, is accrued on behalf of, is a Deferral
     Amount (as such term is defined in the Ingersoll-Rand
     Executive Deferred Compensation and Stock Bonus Plan) or is
     foregone by the Employee pursuant to the Ingersoll-Rand
     Company Estate Enhancement Program).

          (c)  Employee Benefit Plans.  For the three-year period
     following the Termination Date (or, if sooner, until the
     Employee is covered under a comparable plan offered by a
     subsequent employer), the Company shall continue to cover
     the Employee under those employee welfare benefit plans and
     programs (including, but not limited to, life, medical,
     prescription drugs, dental, accidental death and travel
     accident and disability coverage, but not including any
     severance pay plan or program other than that provided
     pursuant to this Agreement or any pension plan) applicable
     to the Employee on the Termination Date at the same benefit
     levels then in effect (or shall provide their equivalent);
     provided, however, that if the Employee becomes employed by
     a new employer that maintains any welfare plan that either
     (i) does not cover the Employee with respect to a pre-
     existing condition which was covered under the applicable
     Company welfare plan, or (ii) does not cover the Employee
     for a designated waiting period, the Employee's coverage
     hereunder under the applicable Company welfare plan (or the
     equivalent) shall continue (but shall be limited in the
     event of noncoverage due to a preexisting condition, to the
     preexisting condition itself) until the earlier of the end
     of the applicable period of noncoverage under the new
     employer's plan or the third anniversary of the Termination
     Date.
     
          (d)  Deferred Compensation, Savings and Leveraged
     Employee Stock Ownership Plans.  As soon as practicable
     following the determination thereof (but in any event no
     later than 30 days following the Termination Date), the
     Company shall pay the Employee an amount (in one lump sum
     cash payment) equal to the value of the sum of:  (i) the
     number of stock units credited to the Employee's Deferred
     Compensation Accounts under the Executive Deferred
     Compensation and Stock Bonus Plan at the Termination Date
     multiplied by the Company Stock Value (as defined in Section
     5(g) below); (ii) the number of Common Stock equivalents
     credited to the Employee's account under the Supplemental
     Savings and Stock Investment Plan at the Termination Date
     multiplied by the Company Stock Value (as defined in Section
     5(g) below); (iii) the amount credited to the Employee's
     account under the Supplemental Retirement Account Plan at
     the Termination Date; (iv) all contributions to, or amounts
     credited to, the Company's  Savings and Stock Investment
     Plan, IR/Clark Leveraged Employee Stock Ownership Plan,
     Supplemental Savings and Stock Investment Plan, and
     Supplemental Retirement Account Plan (and earnings and
     appreciation attributable thereto) that theretofore were
     made by the Company on behalf of the Employee and are
     forfeited as a result of the Employee's Termination; and
     (v) five percent of the aggregate amount payable pursuant to
     subparagraphs 5(a) and 5(b) for the Savings and Stock
     Investment Plan, three percent of such amount for the
     Supplemental Savings and Stock Investment Plan and two
     percent of such amount for the Supplemental Retirement
     Account Plan.
     
          (e)  Pension Benefits.

               (i)       No later than 30 days following the
     Termination Date, the Company shall pay the Employee an
     amount (in one lump sum cash payment) equal to the Present
     Value of the sum of the pension benefits the Employee is
     entitled to receive under (A) the Restated Ingersoll-Rand
     Company Supplemental Pension Plan (the "Section 415 Excess
     Plan"), (B) the Ingersoll-Rand Company Elected Officers
     Supplemental Program (the "Elected Officer Supplemental
     Program" or the "Program"), and (C) the Executive
     Supplementary Retirement Agreement (the "Ten Year Annuity),
     all as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control
     Event (collectively the "Pension Benefit").

              (ii)      In calculating the portion of the
     Pension Benefit under section 1.1 of the Section 415 Excess
     Plan the Company shall credit the Employee with five
     additional years of Credited Service (within the meaning of
     the Plan and including wage, vesting and age credit) and
     five additional years of age for purposes of the Section 415
     Excess Plan but not the Qualified Pension Plan.  (If, after
     crediting five years of age, the Employee is less than fifty-
     five years old, it will be assumed that the benefit
     commencement date is the first date on which the Employee
     becomes eligible to begin receiving payment of benefits
     under the Qualified Pension Plan).

             (iii)     In calculating the portion of
     the Pension Benefit under the Elected Officer Supplemental
     Program, the Company shall: (A) credit the Employee with an
     additional five Years of Service and an additional five
     years of age for purposes of computing the amount of the
     Pension Benefit; and (B) define "Final Average Salary" in
     Section 1.8 of the Program as 1/3 of the severance amount
     determined pursuant to Section 5(b) of this Agreement.

             (iv)      In calculating the portion of
     the Pension Benefit under the Ten-Year Annuity the Company
     shall credit the Employee with five additional years of age
     but to an age no greater than 62.

             (v)       The Present Value of the
     Pension Benefit shall be calculated using (A) an interest
     rate equal to the product of (I) the 10-year Treasury Note
     rate as used in the Elected Officer Supplemental Program's
     definition of Actuarial Equivalent and (II) 1 minus the
     federal income tax rate at the highest bracket of income for
     individuals in effect for the year containing the date of
     payment, (B) the mortality rate used to determine lump sum
     values in the Elected Officer Supplemental Program, and
     (C) actual age without the five year addition to age except
     that the Ten-Year Annuity Present Value shall be calculated
     using no mortality assumption and actual age plus the
     additional five years but to an age no greater than 62.

            (vi)      Calculation of all pension benefits
     amounts hereunder shall be made, at the expense of the
     Company, by the Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts office of
     Watson Wyatt (or the Company's then actuary immediately
     prior to the Change of Control Event).

          (f)  Retiree Welfare Benefits.  For purposes of
     determining the Employee's eligibility for post-retirement
     benefits under any welfare benefit plan (as defined in
     section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
     of 1974, as amended) maintained by the Company prior to the
     occurrence of a Change of Control Event, the Employee shall
     be credited with an additional five years of service and
     five years of age (or any combination of years of service
     and age not exceeding 10 years, to the extent necessary to
     qualify for benefits).  If, after taking into account such
     additional age and service, the Employee is eligible for the
     Company's post-retirement welfare benefits (or would have
     been eligible under the terms of such plans as in effect
     prior to the occurrence of the Change of Control Event), the
     Employee shall receive, commencing on the third anniversary
     of the Termination Date, post-retirement welfare benefits no
     less favorable than the benefits the Employee would have
     received under the terms and conditions of the applicable
     plans in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the
     Change of Control Event.

          (g)  Employee Stock Awards, Options, SARs and MIUs.  No
     later than 30 days following the Termination Date, the
     Company shall pay the Employee an amount (in one lump sum
     cash payment) equal to the aggregate Company Stock Value
     (defined below) of 100% of the Employee's then outstanding
     and unpaid stock and stock based awards under the Company's
     Incentive Stock Plans, the MIU Plan and any similar plans of
     the Company (or any other company) hereafter adopted (at
     which time such stock and stock based awards shall be
     cancelled and be of no further force or effect).  In
     addition, all options to purchase shares of Common Stock of
     the Company (or the stock of any company in respect of which
     options have been granted to the Employee) ("Company Stock")
     and all stock appreciation rights held by the Employee
     immediately prior to Termination shall become exercisable at
     any time on and after the Termination Date, whether or not
     otherwise exercisable in accordance with the terms of the
     employee benefit plans pursuant to which such options and
     stock appreciation rights were granted.  For purposes of
     this Agreement, Company Stock Value shall be deemed to be
     the highest of: (i) the closing sale price of the Company
     Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the Change of
     Control Event; (ii) the closing sale price of the Company
     Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the Termination
     Date; and (iii) the highest closing sale price of the
     Company Stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the 30
     trading days immediately preceding the acquisition of more
     than 50% of the outstanding Company Stock by any person or
     group (including affiliates of such person or group).  If,
     as of any valuation date, the Company Stock is not traded on
     the New York Stock Exchange, the Company Stock Value shall
     be the closing sale price of the Company Stock on the
     principal national securities exchange on which the Common
     Stock is traded or, if the Common Stock is not traded on any
     national securities exchange, the closing bid price of the
     Common Stock in the over-the-counter market.

          (h)  Valuation of MIU Common Stock Equivalents.  The
     Employee's Common Stock Equivalents under the MIU Plan
     shall, for purposes of payments pursuant thereto, be valued
     at the Company Stock Value.

          (i)  Estate Enhancement Program. If the Employee
     participates in the Ingersoll-Rand Estate Enhancement
     Program, the terms of the Program shall apply.

          (j)  Outplacement Expenses.  For the three year period
     following the Termination Date, the Company shall reimburse
     the Employee for all reasonable expenses (up to a maximum of
     $15,000 per 12 month period) incurred by the Employee for
     professional outplacement services by qualified consultants
     selected by the Employee.

     6.   PARACHUTE EXCISE TAX GROSS-UP.

          (a)  If, as a result of any payment or benefit provided
     under this Agreement, either alone or together with other
     payments and benefits which the Employee receives or is then
     entitled to receive from the Company, the Employee becomes
     subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
     (together with any income, employment or other taxes,
     interest and penalties thereon an "Excise Tax"), the Company
     shall pay the Employee an amount (the "Gross-Up Payment")
     sufficient to place the Employee in the same after-tax
     financial position that he would have been in if he had not
     incurred any tax liability under Section 4999 of the Code.
     For purposes of determining whether the Employee is subject
     to an Excise Tax, (i) any payments or benefits received by
     the Employee (whether pursuant to the terms hereof or
     pursuant to any plan, arrangement or other agreement with
     the Company or any entity affiliated with the Company) which
     payments ("Contingent Payments") are deemed to be contingent
     on a change described in Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the
     Code shall be taken into account, (ii) the amount of
     payments or benefits under this Agreement treated as subject
     to the Excise Tax shall be equal to the lesser of (A) the
     total amount of all such payments and benefits hereunder as
     are Contingent Payments and (B) the amount of excess
     parachute payments within the meaning of 280G(b)(1) of the
     Code payable to the Employee, and (iii) the Employee shall
     be deemed to pay the taxes at the highest marginal
     applicable rates of such taxation for the calendar year in
     which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, net of the maximum
     deduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained
     from deduction of such state and local taxes.

          (b)  The determination of whether the Employee is
     subject to Excise Tax and the amounts of such Excise Tax and
     Gross-Up Payment, as well as other calculations hereunder,
     shall be made at the expense of the Company by the
     independent auditors of the Company immediately prior to the
     Change of Control Event, which shall provide the Employee
     with prompt written notice (the "Company Notice") setting
     forth their determinations and calculations.  Within 30 days
     following the receipt by the Employee of the Company Notice,
     the Employee may notify the Company in writing (the
     "Employee Notice") if the Employee disagrees with such
     determinations or calculations, setting forth the reasons
     for any such disagreement.  If the Company and the Employee
     do not resolve such disagreement within 10 business days
     following receipt by the Company of the Employee Notice, the
     Company and the Employee shall agree upon a nationally
     recognized accounting or compensation firm (the "Resolving
     Firm") to make a determination with respect to such
     disagreement.  If the Employee and the Company are unable to
     agree upon the Resolving Firm within 20 business days
     following the Employee Notice, the New York office of
     Towers, Perrin shall be the Resolving Firm.  Within 30
     business days following the Employee Notice, if the
     disagreement is not resolved by such time, each of the
     Employee and the Company shall submit its position to the
     Resolving Firm, which shall make a determination as to all
     such disagreements within 30 days following the last of such
     submissions, which determination shall be binding upon the
     Employee and the Company.  The Company shall pay all
     reasonable expenses incurred by either party in connection
     with the determinations, calculations, disagreements or
     resolutions pursuant to this paragraph, including, but not
     limited to, reasonable legal, consulting or other similar
     fees.

          (c)  The Employee shall notify the Company in writing
     of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if
     successful, would require the payment by the Company of a
     Gross-Up Payment.  Such notification shall be given as soon
     as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the
     Employee is informed in writing of such claim and shall
     apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date
     on which such claim is requested to be paid.  The Employee
     shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30
     day period following the date on which the Employee gives
     such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on
     the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such
     claim is due).  If the Company notifies the Employee in
     writing prior to the expiration of such period that it
     desires to contest such claim, the Employee shall:

                (i)  give the Company any information
          reasonably requested by the Company relating to such
          claim;

                (ii) take such action in connection with
          contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably
          request in writing from time to time, including,
          without limitation, accepting legal representation with
          respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably
          selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to
          the Employee;

               (iii) cooperate with the Company in
          good faith in order to effectively contest such claim;
          and

               (iv)  permit the Company to participate
          in any proceedings relating to such claim;

     provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay
     directly all costs and expenses (including, but not limited
     to, additional interest and penalties and related legal,
     consulting or other similar fees) incurred in connection
     with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Employee
     harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or other
     tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto)
     imposed as a result of such representation and payment of
     costs and expenses.

          (d)  The Company shall control all proceedings taken in
     connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may
     pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals,
     proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing
     authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole
     option, either direct the Employee to pay the tax claimed
     and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible
     manner, and the Employee agrees to prosecute such contest to
     a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a
     court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate
     courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however,
     that if the Company directs the Employee to pay such claim
     and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount
     of such payment to the Employee on an interest-free basis,
     and shall indemnify and hold the Employee harmless, on an
     after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or other tax (including
     interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with
     respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed
     income with respect to such advance; and provided, further,
     that if the Employee is required to extend the statute of
     limitations to enable the Company to contest such claim, the
     Employee may limit this extension solely to such contested
     amount.  The Company's control of the contest shall be
     limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment
     would be payable hereunder and the Employee shall be
     entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other
     issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other
     taxing authority.  In addition, no position may be taken nor
     any final resolution be agreed to by the Company without the
     Employee's consent if such position or resolution could
     reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Employee
     (including any other tax position of the Employee unrelated
     to the matters covered hereby).

          (e)  As a result of the uncertainty in the application
     of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial
     determination by the Company or the Resolving Firm
     hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will
     not have been made by the Company should have been made
     ("Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required
     to be made hereunder.  In the event that the Company
     exhausts its remedies and the Employee thereafter is
     required to pay to the Internal Revenue Service an
     additional amount in respect of any Excise Tax, the Company
     or the Resolving Firm shall determine the amount of the
     Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment
     shall promptly be paid by the Company to or for the benefit
     of the Employee.

          (f)  If, after the receipt by Employee of an amount
     advanced by the Company in connection with the contest of
     Excise Tax claim, the Employee becomes entitled to receive
     any refund with respect to such claim, the Employee shall
     promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund
     (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after
     taxes applicable thereto).  If, after the receipt by the
     Employee of an amount advanced by the Company in connection
     with an Excise Tax claim, a determination is made that
     Employee shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to
     such claim and the Company does not notify the Employee in
     writing of its intent to contest the denial of such refund
     prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination,
     such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to
     be repaid and the amount of such advance shall be offset, to
     the extent thereof, by the amount of the Gross-Up Payment.

          7.   EFFECT ON OTHER ARRANGEMENTS.

          Except to the extent expressly provided herein, no
provision of this Agreement shall affect or limit any interests
or rights vested in the Employee under any other agreement or
arrangement with the Employee or under any pension, profit-
sharing, medical or other insurance or other benefit plans of the
Company which may be in effect and in which the Employee may be
participating at any time.

          8.   CONFIDENTIALITY.

          The Employee agrees to hold in confidence any and all
confidential information known to him concerning the Company and
its businesses so long as such information is not otherwise
publicly disclosed.

          9.   MISCELLANEOUS.

          (a)  Legal Expenses.  The Company shall pay all costs
and expenses, including attorneys' fees, of the Company and, at
least quarterly, the Employee, in connection with any legal
proceedings, whether or not instituted by the Company, relating
to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement.  In the
event that the provisions of this paragraph shall be determined
to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such declaration
shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement,
which shall continue in full force and effect.

          (b)  Mitigation.  All payments or benefits required by
the terms of this Agreement shall be made or provided without
offset, deduction, or mitigation on account of income the
Employee may receive from other employment or otherwise and the
Employee shall not have any obligation or duty to seek any other
employment or otherwise earn any amounts to reduce or mitigate
any payments required hereunder.

          (c)  Death of the Employee.  In the event of the
Employee's death subsequent to Termination, all payments called
for hereunder shall be paid to the Employee's designated
beneficiary or beneficiaries, or to his estate if he has not
designated a beneficiary or beneficiaries.

          (d)  Notices.  Any notice or other communication
provided for in this Agreement or contemplated hereby shall be
sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered by certified
mail, return receipt requested, and addressed, in the case of the
Company, to the Company at:

               200 Chestnut Ridge Road
               Woodcliff Lake, New Jersey  07675
               Attention:  Chairman of the Board
                           of Directors

and, in the case of the Employee, to the Employee at:

Either party may designate a different address by giving notice
of change of address in the manner provided above.

          (e)  Waiver.  No waiver or modification in whole or in
part of this Agreement, or any term or condition hereof, shall be
effective against any party unless in writing and duly signed by
the party sought to be bound.  Any waiver of any breach of any
provision hereof or any right or power by any party on one
occasion shall not be construed as a waiver of, or a bar to, the
exercise of such right or power on any other occasion or as a
waiver of any subsequent breach.

          (f)  Binding Effect; Successors.  This Agreement shall
be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and
the Employee and their respective heirs, legal representatives,
successors and assigns.  If the Company shall be merged into or
consolidated with another entity, the provisions of this
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
entity surviving such merger or resulting from such
consolidation.  The Company will require any successor (whether
direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or
otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets
of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory
to the Employee, to expressly assume and agree to perform this
Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the
Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had
taken place.  The provisions of this paragraph shall continue to
apply to each subsequent employer of the Employee hereunder in
the event of any subsequent merger, consolidation or transfer of
assets of such subsequent employer.

          (g)  Plan Limitations.  In the event the Company is
unable to provide any benefit required to be provided under this
Agreement through a plan sponsored by the Company or its
Affiliates, the Company shall, at its own cost and expense, take
appropriate actions to insure that alternative arrangements are
made so that equivalent benefits can be provided to the Employee,
including to the extent appropriate purchasing for the benefit of
the Employee (and if applicable the Employee's dependents)
individual policies of insurance providing benefits, which on an
after-tax basis, are equivalent to the benefits required to be
provided hereunder.

          (h)  Controlling Law.  This Agreement shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New
Jersey applicable to contracts made and to be performed therein.

          10.  EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS.

          This Agreement contains the entire understanding
between the parties hereto and supersedes in all respects any
prior employment or severance agreement or understanding between
the Company (or any affiliate thereof) and the Employee.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have
executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above
written.


                                   INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY


                                   By


                                   Employee

                                                       Schedule A


                      CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

          As used in this Agreement, and unless the context
requires a different meaning, the following terms have the
meanings indicated:

          "Affiliate", used to indicate a relationship with a
specified person, means a person that directly, or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled
by, or is under common control with, such a specified person.

          "Associate", used to indicate a relationship with a
specified person, means (i) any corporation, partnership, or
other organization of which such specified person is an officer
or partner; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such
specified person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to
which such specified person serves as trustee or in a similar
fiduciary capacity; (iii) any relative or spouse of such
specified person, or any relative of such spouse who has the same
home as such specified person, or who is a director or officer of
the Company or any of its parents or subsidiaries; and (iv) any
person who is a director, officer, or partner of such specified
person or of any corporation (other than the Company or any
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), partnership or other
entity which is an Affiliate of such specified person.

          "Beneficial Owner" means the same as such term is
defined by Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (or any successor provision at the time in effect);
provided, however, that any individual, corporation, partnership,
group, association, or other person or entity which has the right
to acquire any of the Company's outstanding securities entitled
to vote generally in the election of directors at any time in the
future, whether such right is contingent or absolute, pursuant to
any agreement, arrangement, or understanding or upon exercise of
conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, shall be
deemed the Beneficial Owner of such securities.

          "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company
(or, if the Company is then a subsidiary of any other company, of
the ultimate parent company).

          "Cause" means (i) any action by the Employee involving
willful malfeasance or willful gross misconduct having a
demonstrable adverse effect on the Company; (ii) substantial and
continuing refusal by the Employee in willful breach of this
Agreement to perform his employment duties hereunder; or
(iii) the Employee being convicted of a felony under the laws of
the United States or any state.

          Termination of the Employee for Cause shall be
communicated by a Notice of Termination given within one year
after the Board (i) has knowledge of conduct or an event
allegedly constituting Cause; and (ii) has reason to believe that
such conduct or event could be grounds for Cause.  For purposes
of this Agreement a "Notice of Termination" shall mean delivery
to the Employee of a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the
affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire
membership of the Company's Board at a meeting of that Board
called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the
Employee ("Preliminary Notice") and reasonable opportunity for
the Employee, together with the Employee's counsel, to be heard
before the Board prior to such vote) of finding, in the good
faith opinion of the Board, that the Employee has engaged in the
conduct constituting Cause and specifying the particulars thereof
in detail.  Upon the receipt of the Preliminary Notice, the
Employee shall have 30 days in which to appear with counsel or
take such other action as he desires on his behalf, and such 30-
day period is hereby agreed to by the parties as a reasonable
opportunity for the Employee to be heard.  The Board shall no
later than 45 days after the receipt of the Preliminary Notice by
the Employee communicate its findings to Employee.  A failure by
the Board to make its finding of Cause or to communicate its
conclusion within such 45-day period shall be deemed to be a
finding that the Employee has not engaged in the conduct
described herein.  Any termination of the Employee's employment
(other than by death or Permanent Disability) within 45 days
after the date that the Preliminary Notice has been given to the
Employee shall be deemed to be a termination for Cause; provided,
however, that if during such period the Employee voluntarily
terminates other than for Good Reason or the Company terminates
the Employee other than for Cause, and the Employee is found (or
is deemed to be found) not to have engaged in the conduct
described herein, such termination shall not be deemed to be for
Cause.

          "Change of Control Event" means the date (i) any
individual, corporation, partnership, group, association or other
person or entity, together with its Affiliates and Associates
(other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under
an employee benefit plan of the Company), is or becomes the
Beneficial Owner of securities of the Company representing 20% or
more of the combined voting power of the Company's then
outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election
of directors; (ii) the Continuing Directors fail to constitute a
majority of the members of the Board; (iii) of consummation of
any transaction or series of transactions under which the Company
is merged or consolidated with any other company, other than a
merger or consolidation which would result in the shareholders of
the Company immediately prior thereto continuing to own (either
by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
securities of the surviving entity) more than 70% of the combined
voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such
surviving entity or its parent corporation outstanding
immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (iv) of any
sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, in one transaction or a
series of related transactions, of all, or substantially all, of
the assets of the Company, other than any sale, lease, exchange
or other transfer to any person or entity where the Company owns,
directly or indirectly, at least 80% of the outstanding voting
securities of such person or entity or its parent corporation
after any such transfer.

          "Continuing Director" means a director who either was a
member of the Board on the date hereof or who became a member of
the Board subsequent to such date and whose election, or
nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was Duly
Approved by the Continuing Directors on the Board at the time of
such nomination or election, either by a specific vote or by
approval of the proxy statement issued by the Company on behalf
of the Board in which such person is named as nominee for
director, without due objection to such nomination, but
excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial
assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or
threatened election contest with respect to the election or
removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation
of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person or entity
other than the Board.

          "Duly Approved by the Continuing Directors" means an
action approved by the vote of at least two-thirds of the
Continuing Directors then on the Board.

          "Fiscal Year" means the fiscal year of the Company.

          "Good Reason" means (i) a material adverse change in
the Employee's job responsibilities, title or status from those
in effect on the date hereof or as enhanced from time to time
which change continues for a period of at least 15 days after
written notice from the Employee; (ii) a reduction of the
Employee's base salary or target bonus, the failure to pay
Employee's salary or bonus when due, or the failure to maintain
on behalf of the Employee (and his or her dependents) benefits
which are at least as favorable in the aggregate to those
provided for in paragraph 4(b); (iii) the relocation of the
principal place of the Employee's employment to a location that
is more than 35 miles further from the Employee's residence than
such principal place of employment immediately prior to the
Change of Control Event, or the imposition of travel requirements
on the Employee not substantially consistent with such travel
requirements existing immediately prior to the Change of Control
Event; (iv) the failure of the Company to obtain the assumption
of, and the agreement to perform, this Agreement by any successor
as contemplated in paragraph 8(f); or (v) the failure of the
Company to perform any of its other material obligations under
this Agreement and the continuation of such failure for a period
of 15 days after written notice from the Employee.

          "Permanent Disability", as applied to the Employee,
means that (i) he has been totally incapacitated by bodily injury
or disease so as to be prevented thereby from performing his
duties hereunder; (ii) such total incapacity shall have continued
for a period of six consecutive months; and (iii) such total
incapacity will, in the opinion of a qualified physician, be
permanent and continuous during the remainder of the Employee's
life.

          "Termination" means (i) following the occurrence of a
Change of Control Event, (A) the termination of the Employee's
employment without Cause or (B) the resignation by an Employee
for Good Reason upon ten days' prior written notice (or such
shorter period as may be agreed upon between the Employee and the
Company), and (ii) prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control
Event, the termination of the Employee's employment or a material
adverse change in the Employee's job responsibilities, title or
status at the request of any individual or entity acquiring
ownership and control of the Company; provided, that such term
shall not include any termination of employment for Cause, any
resignation without Good Reason, or any termination of employment
on account of an Employee's death or Permanent Disability.

          "Termination Date" shall mean the effective date of an
Employee's Termination; provided, that with respect to a
Termination that occurs prior to a Change of Control Event, the
effective date of such Termination shall be deemed to be the date
immediately following the Change of Control Event.




















                     INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY
                                
              ELECTED OFFICERS SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM
                                
        (As Amended and Restated Effective March 3, 1999)
Introduction

Ingersoll-Rand Company (the "Company") adopted the Ingersoll-Rand
Company  Elected  Officers Supplemental Program  (the  "Program")
effective June 30, 1995 to provide retirement benefits to certain
individuals  employed by the Company in addition to the  benefits
provided  from other qualified and non-qualified plans maintained
by the Company.  This amendment and restatement of the Program is
effective as of March 3, 1999 and supersedes the prior provisions
of the Program.

The Program is intended to be treated as a plan which is unfunded
and  maintained  primarily for the purpose of providing  deferred
compensation  for  a  select  group  of  management   or   highly
compensated   employees  within  the  meaning  of  the   Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Generally,  the  provisions of the Program as  set  forth  herein
shall  apply only to an Employee who terminates employment on  or
after  March  3, 1999.  The rights and benefits, if  any,  of  an
Employee  who terminated employment prior to March 3, 1999  shall
be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Program in
effect on the date he terminated employment.

                     INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY
              ELECTED OFFICERS SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM
                                
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                
                                
                                                    Page

INTRODUCTION                                          i

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS

  1.1    Actuarial Equivalent                         1
  1.2    Board                                        1
  1.3    Change in Control                            1
  1.4    Company                                      1
  1.5    Committee                                    1
  1.6    Deferral Plan                                1
  1.7    Elected Officer                              1
  1.8    Employee                                     1
  1.9    Estate Program                               1
  1.10   Final Average Pay                            1
  1.11   Pension Pla                                  2
  1.12   Program                                      2
  1.13   Year of Service                              2

ARTICLE 2 - PARTICIPATION

  2.1    Commencement of Participation                3
  2.2    Duration of Participation                    3

ARTICLE 3 - AMOUNT OF BENEFIT

  3.1    Amount of Benefit                            4

ARTICLE 4 - VESTING

  4.1    Vesting                                      5
  4.2    Forfeiture for Cause                         5

ARTICLE 5 - DISTRIBUTIONS

  5.1    Retirement                                   6
  5.2    Form of Distribution                         7
  5.3    Disability                                   7
  5.4    Death                                        8
  5.5    Payment of Benefits                          8

ARTICLE 6 - FUNDING

  6.1    Funding                                      9
  6.2    Company Obligation                           9

ARTICLE 7 - CHANGE IN CONTROL

  7.1    Contributions to Trust                      10
  7.2    Amendments                                  10

ARTICLE 8 - MISCELLANEOUS

  8.1    Amendment and Termination                   11
  8.2    No Contract of Employment                   11
  8.3    Withholding                                 11
  8.4    Loans                                       11
  8.5    Compensation and Nominating Committee       11
  8.6    Entire Agreement; Successors                12
  8.7    Severability                                12
  8.8    Governing Law                               12
  8.9    Participant as General Creditor             12
  8.10   Nonassignability                            12

APPENDIX A                                           14

                            ARTICLE 1
                                
                           DEFINITIONS

1.1  "Actuarial  Equivalent" means an amount having  equal  value
     when  computed  on  the  basis of  the  1983  Group  Annuity
     Mortality Table (blended) and an interest rate equal to  the
     average   of   the  monthly  rates  for  ten-year   Constant
     Maturities  for US Treasury Securities for the  twelve-month
     period immediately preceding the month prior to the month in
     which  a  determination  of benefit  occurs,  such  rate  as
     published in Federal Reserve statistical release H.15(519).

1.2   "Board"  means  the  Board of Directors  of  Ingersoll-Rand
      Company.

1.3  "Change in Control" shall have the same meaning as such term
     is  defined in the most recent Company Incentive Stock Plan,
     unless  a  different definition is used for  purposes  of  a
     change  in  control  event  in any severance  or  employment
     agreement  between  an Employer and an  Employee,  in  which
     event as to such Employee such definition shall apply.

1.4   "Company" means Ingersoll-Rand Company, and its  successors 
      or assigns.

1.5   "Committee" means the Compensation and Nominating Committee
      of the Board.

1.6  "Deferral  Plan" means the Ingersoll-Rand Company  Executive
     Deferred Compensation and Stock Bonus Plan.

1.7  "Elected  Officer" means an individual elected by the  Board
     as an officer of the Company.

1.8  "Employee"  means an individual eligible to  participate  in
     the Program as provided in Section 2.1.

1.9   "Estate  Program" means the Ingersoll-Rand  Company  Estate
      Enhancement Program.

1.10 "Final Average Pay" means, except as provided in Section 5.3
     for purposes of disability, the sum of the following:
     
     (a)  the  average  of each of the five highest bonus  awards
          (whether  the  awards are paid to the Employee,  are  a
          Deferral  Amount  (as  such  term  is  defined  in  the
          Deferral Plan) or the Employee has elected to forego  a
          bonus award pursuant to the Estate Program) during  the
          six  most  recent  calendar years, including  the  year
          during which the Employee's retirement or death occurs,
          or   a   Change   in  Control  occurs,  but   excluding
          Supplemental Contributions (as such term is defined  in
          the  Deferral  Plan)  or  any  amounts  paid  from  the
          Deferred Compensation Account (as such term is  defined
          in  the  Deferral Plan) or any other account under  the
          Deferral  Plan including, but not limited  to,  amounts
          paid  consisting  of Deferral Amounts and  Supplemental
          Contributions and their earnings, and any amounts  paid
          by the Company pursuant to the Estate Program, and
          
     (b)  the Employee's annualized base salary in effect
          immediately prior to the date of determination.

1.11 "Pension Plan" means the Ingersoll-Rand Pension Plan  Number
     One  as in effect on March 3, 1999 and as amended from  time
     to time.

1.12 "Program" means the Ingersoll-Rand Company Elected  Officers
     Supplemental Program as stated herein and as may be  amended
     from time to time.

1.13 "Year of Service" shall be determined in accordance with the
     provisions of the qualified defined benefit pension  plan(s)
     (as defined below) in which an individual participates while
     an  Employee  that  are applicable to determining  years  of
     vesting  service  under such plan.   For  purposes  of  this
     Section  a  qualified defined benefit pension plan  means  a
     plan  (a)  sponsored by the Company, any domestic entity  in
     which  the Company owns (directly or indirectly)  a  50%  or
     more interest, or any other entity designated by the Company
     and  (b)  which is defined in Section 414(j) of the Internal
     Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as amended.   Notwithstanding  any
     provision  of the Program to the contrary, in the  event  an
     Employee  earns  one  or  more hours  of  service  during  a
     calendar  year, he shall be credited with a Year of  Service
     with respect to such year for purposes of the Program.
     Whenever  the  word "he", "his," or "him"  is  used  in  the
     Program, such word is intended to embrace within its purview
     the word "she" or "her", as may be appropriate.
                                
                            ARTICLE 2
                                
                          PARTICIPATION
                                
2.1  Commencement of Participation

    An   individual  employed  by  the  Company  shall   commence
    participation  in  the  Program  upon  becoming  an   Elected
    Officer of the Company.

2.2  Duration of Participation

    An  Employee  shall continue to participate  in  the  Program
    until  the  earlier of his termination of employment,  death,
    or election to waive the benefit provided under the Program.
                                
                            ARTICLE 3
                                
                        AMOUNT OF BENEFIT

3.1  Amount of Benefit

    An  Employee shall be entitled to receive a benefit under the
    Program equal to (a) minus (b) minus (c) below:
    
     (a)  the product of:

          (i)  his Final Average Pay,

          (ii) his Years of Service (up to a maximum of 35 Years of
               Service), and

          (iii)1.9%

     (b)the amount set forth in Appendix A as attached hereto
     
     (c)the  benefit  he  would  be  entitled  to  receive  under
        Section  5.2  of  the  Program but for  his  election  to
        forego such benefit pursuant to the Estate Program.
                                
                                
                            ARTICLE 4
                                
                             VESTING

4.1 Vesting

     An  Employee  shall  become vested in the  benefit  provided
     under the Program upon the earlier of (i) the attainment  of
     age  55 and the completion of 15 Years of Service, (ii)  the
     attainment  of  age 62, (iii) death, or  (iv)  a  Change  in
     Control.

4.2 Forfeiture for Cause

     All  benefits  for  which  an Employee  would  otherwise  be
     eligible  hereunder may be forfeited, at the  discretion  of
     the  Committee,  prior  to the occurrence  of  a  Change  in
     Control under the following circumstances:

     (a)  The  Employee is discharged by the Company  for  cause,
          which  shall be a breach of the standards set forth  in
          the Ingersoll-Rand Company Code of Conduct; or

     (b)  Determination by the Committee no later than 12  months
          after  termination of employment that the Employee  has
          engaged  in serious or willful misconduct in connection
          with his employment with the Company; or

     (c)  The  Employee (whether while employed or for two  years
          thereafter) without the written consent of the  Company
          is   employed  by,  becomes  associated  with,  renders
          service to, or owns an interest in any business that is
          competitive  with the Company or with any  business  in
          which  the  Company  has  a  substantial  interest   as
          determined by the Committee; provided, however, that an
          Employee may own up to 1% of the publicly traded equity
          securities   of   any  business,  notwithstanding   the
          foregoing.
                                
                            ARTICLE 5
                                
                          DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1  Retirement
     Employee retirement distributions under the Program shall be
     as follows:

     (a)  Normal  Retirement  -  An  Employee  shall  retire  and
          receive  the  benefit under Section 3.1 upon  attaining
          age  62,  provided that the Chief Executive Officer  of
          the  Company  (or  in the case of the  Chief  Executive
          Officer,  the Board) may request an Employee to  remain
          in  the  employ of the Company after the  Employee  has
          attained age 62.
     
     (b)  Early  Retirement  - An Employee may retire  under  the
          Program  at  any  time  after  he  becomes  vested   in
          accordance  with Section 4.1.  In the event he  retires
          before  age  62,  he will receive a benefit  under  the
          Program  in accordance with Section 5.5.  Such  benefit
          shall be equal to the benefit he would have received at
          age 62 under Section 3.1, provided however that:

            (i) the  amount determined under Section 3.1(a)  shall
                be  reduced  by  0.429% for each month  that  the
                benefit commences prior to age 62,

            (ii)the  benefit  offset amount derived from  defined
                contribution  account  balances,   if   any,   as
                identified in the applicable Appendix,  shall  be
                converted   to  immediate  annuities  using   the
                Actuarial  Equivalent as defined in Section  1.1,
                and  shall be based on the Employee's age at date
                of retirement,

           (iii)the benefit offset amount derived from  defined
                benefit plans, as identified in Appendix  A  and
                as  adjusted for retirement at the earliest date
                on  which  the  Employee may  retire  and  begin
                receiving  a benefit under such defined  benefit
                plans and as further adjusted, if necessary,  to
                the  Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit payable
                on   the   date   benefits  under  the   Program
                commence,  shall  be  as  determined  under  the
                applicable  plans irrespective  of  whether  the
                Employee elects to receive a benefit under  such
                plans, and

            (iv)for   years  prior  to  Social  Security   normal
                retirement  age,  the  Social  Security   Primary
                Insurance  Amount shall be reduced  by  the  same
                factors    used    by    the   Social    Security
                Administration to adjust benefits payable at  age
                62  or  later,  and by .3% for  each  month  that
                benefits under the Program commence prior to  age
                62.

     (c)  Late  Retirement - If an Employee retires after age  62
          as  provided under (a) above, he will receive a benefit
          equal to the greater of:
            
            (i) the  benefit determined under Section  3.1  as  of
                his date of retirement, or
            
            (ii)the  benefit  he  would  have  received  had   he
                retired  at  age 62, credited with interest  from
                the  date  he attained age 62 until his  date  of
                retirement.  For  purposes  of  this   subsection
                (ii),  the  interest rate will be  equal  to  the
                rate  of  return earned by the Fixed Income  Fund
                of  the Ingersoll-Rand Company Savings and  Stock
                Investment Plan during such period.

5.2  Form of Distribution

     Benefits  under  the Program shall be payable  solely  in  a
     single lump sum.  The lump sum amount, determined as of  the
     Employee's  date  of  retirement,  shall  be  the  Actuarial
     Equivalent  value of a single life annuity  of  the  benefit
     under  Section 3.1 adjusted, if applicable, to  reflect  the
     provisions  of  Section  5.1.   The  lump  sum  distribution
     determined  under  this Section 5.2 shall be  credited  with
     interest at a rate equal to the rate of return earned by the
     Fixed Income Fund of the Ingersoll-Rand Company Savings  and
     Stock Investment Plan from the Employee's date of retirement
     until the date of distribution.
     
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who retires under
     the  Program  and  receives a lump sum  payment  under  this
     Section  5.2  may elect within the 30-day period immediately
     preceding  his  date  of  retirement  to  have  his  benefit
     determined as of his date of retirement using an alternative
     interest  rate.  The  alternative  interest  rate  used   to
     determine the Actuarial Equivalent benefit payable in a lump
     sum shall be the interest rate equal to the 10-Year Treasury
     Note rate as published in The New York Times in the Key Rate
     Table  under the Credit Market Section, or, if such rate  is
     unavailable, as provided by Telerate, in both  cases  as  of
     the  business day immediately preceding the date payment  is
     made  to  the Employee.  In the event an Employee elects  to
     have  his  benefit  determined  under  this  paragraph,   no
     interest  will  be  payable  from  the  Employee's  date  of
     retirement until the date of distribution.

5.3  Disability
     
     An   Employee   who   becomes  disabled  and   who   remains
     continuously disabled until attaining age 65 shall  continue
     to  accrue benefits under the Program as if he continued  to
     be  employed by the Company.  Such Employee shall receive an
     immediate lump sum payment determined under Section  5.2  of
     the Program as of the Employee's 65th birthday.
     
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the  Program  to  the
     contrary, when determining Final Average Pay for an Employee
     who  is disabled under the provisions of this Section, Final
     Average Pay means the sum of:
     
     (a)  the  average  of each of the five highest bonus  awards
          (whether  the  awards are paid to the Employee,  are  a
          Deferral  Amount  (as  such  term  is  defined  in  the
          Deferral Plan) or the Employee has elected to forego  a
          bonus award pursuant to the Estate Program) during  the
          six  most  recent  calendar years, including  the  year
          during which the Employee's disability occurs, (or,  if
          the  average of the five highest bonus awards would  be
          greater,  the six most recent calendar years  prior  to
          the  year  in which the Employee's disability  occurs),
          but  excluding Supplemental Contributions (as such term
          is  defined  in the Deferral Plan) or any amounts  paid
          from the Deferred Compensation Account (as such term is
          defined  in  the  Deferral Plan) or any  other  account
          under the Deferral Plan including, but not limited  to,
          amounts   paid  consisting  of  Deferral  Amounts   and
          Supplemental Contributions and their earnings, and  any
          amounts  paid  by the Company pursuant  to  the  Estate
          Program, and
     
     (b)  the  Employee's annualized base salary in effect as  of
          the date he becomes disabled.
     
     An Employee who is no longer disabled under this Section and
     who  returns  to the employ of the Company or an  affiliated
     company,  shall  be entitled to accrue benefits  under  this
     Section for the period of his disability.
     
     An Employee who is no longer disabled under this Section and
     who  does  not  return to the employ of the  Company  or  an
     affiliated  company,  shall not be entitled  to  accrue  any
     benefits under this Section for any portion of the period of
     his disability.
     
     For  purposes of the Program, an Employee shall be  disabled
     if  he  is unable to continue to perform the duties  of  his
     position due to a physical or mental impairment.

5.4  Death

     In  the event that an Employee dies prior to retirement, his
     beneficiary  shall  receive a lump  sum  payment  determined
     under  Section  5.2 of the Program as of  the  date  of  the
     Employee's death as if the Employee retired on the  date  of
     his  death;  provided  that if the Employee's  death  occurs
     prior  to  his  attainment of age 55, his benefit  shall  be
     reduced  by  .3%  for each month that the benefit  commences
     before  the  Employee  would  have  reached  age  65.    The
     Employee's  beneficiary  under  the  Program  shall  be  the
     beneficiary  under  the Ingersoll-Rand Company  Savings  and
     Stock Investment Plan unless the Employee designates another
     beneficiary  in  writing, and such written  designation  has
     been  received by the Committee prior to the date of  death.
     An  Employee may change the designated beneficiary under the
     Program at any time by providing such designation in writing
     to the Committee.

5.5  Payment of Benefits

     The benefit under the Program shall be paid on the later  of
     (i)  the first business day of the sixth month following the
     Employee's  retirement or death, or (ii) the first  business
     day   of   the   calendar  year  following  the   Employee's
     retirement.
     In  the  event  an  Employee is disabled in accordance  with
     Section 5.3, his benefit shall be paid on the first  day  of
     the  month following the date that the Employee attains  age
     65.
                            ARTICLE 6
                                
                             FUNDING

6.1  Funding

     Except as provided in Section 8.9 hereof, the Company  shall
     have  no  obligation to fund the benefit  that  an  Employee
     earns under the Program.

6.2  Company Obligation

     Notwithstanding  the provisions of any  trust  agreement  or
     similar  funding vehicle to the contrary, the Company  shall
     remain obligated to pay benefits under the Program.  Nothing
     in  the  Program  or any trust agreement shall  relieve  the
     Company of its liabilities to pay benefits under the Program
     except  to the extent that such liabilities are met  by  the
     distribution of trust assets.
                                
                            ARTICLE 7
                                
                        CHANGE IN CONTROL

7.1  Contributions to Trust

     In  the  event  that a Change in Control has  occurred,  the
     Company  shall  be obligated to establish  a  trust  and  to
     contribute  to  the trust an amount necessary  to  fund  the
     accrued  benefit  earned by the Employee under  the  Program
     (assuming immediate benefit commencement) as of the last day
     of  the  calendar month immediately preceding the  date  the
     Board determines that a Change in Control has occurred.   If
     the  Employee  shall not have attained age  55,  his  annual
     benefit  shall  be  determined on the  same  basis  used  to
     determine  his  accrued benefit in  the  case  of  death  as
     specified in Section 5.4.

7.2  Amendments

     Following  a Change in Control of the Company, any amendment
     modifying or terminating the Program shall have no force  or
     effect.
                            ARTICLE 8
                                
                          MISCELLANEOUS

8.1  Amendment and Termination

     Except  as provided in Section 7.2 hereof, the Program  may,
     at  any time and from time to time, be amended or terminated
     without the consent of any Employee or beneficiary,  (a)  by
     the  Board,  or (b) in the case of amendments which  do  not
     materially  modify the provisions hereof, the  Committee  or
     such  other  committee  appointed by  the  Board;  provided,
     however, that no such amendment or termination shall  reduce
     any benefits accrued under the terms of the Program prior to
     the date of termination or amendment.

8.2  No Contract of Employment

     The  establishment of the Program or any modification hereof
     shall  not  give any Employee or other person the  right  to
     remain  in  the  service  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its
     subsidiaries,  and  all Employees and  other  persons  shall
     remain  subject to discharge to the same extent  as  if  the
     Program had never been adopted.

8.3  Withholding

     The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any payment
     due under the Program any and all taxes of any nature
     required by any government to be withheld from such payment.

8.4  Loans

     No loans to Employees shall be permitted under the Program.

8.5  Compensation and Nominating Committee

     The Program shall be administered by the Committee (or any
     successor committee) of the Board.  The primary
     responsibility of the Committee is to administer the Program
     for the exclusive benefit of the Employees and their
     beneficiaries, subject to the specific terms of the Program.
     The Committee shall administer the Program in accordance
     with its terms to the extent consistent with applicable law,
     and shall have the power to determine all questions arising
     in connection with the administration, interpretation, and
     application of the Program.  Any such determination by the
     Committee shall be conclusive and binding upon all affected
     parties. Any denial by the Committee of a claim for benefits
     under the Program by an Employee or beneficiary shall be
     stated in writing by the Committee and delivered or mailed
     to the Employee or beneficiary.  Such notice shall set forth
     the specific reasons for the Committee's decision.  In
     addition, the Committee shall afford a reasonable
     opportunity to any Employee or beneficiary whose claim for
     benefits has been denied for a review of the decision
     denying this claim.

8.6  Entire Agreement; Successors

     The  Program, including any subsequently adopted amendments,
     shall  constitute  the entire agreement or contract  between
     the  Company and any Employee regarding the Program.   There
     are  no  covenants,  promises,  agreements,  conditions   or
     understandings, either oral or written, between the  Company
     and  any  Employee  relating to the subject  matter  hereof,
     other  than  those set forth herein.  The  Program  and  any
     amendment  hereof shall be binding on the  Company  and  the
     Employees   and   their  respective  heirs,  administrators,
     trustees, successors and assigns, including but not  limited
     to,  any  successors of the Company by merger, consolidation
     or  otherwise  by  operation of law, and on  all  designated
     beneficiaries of the Employee.

8.7  Severability

     If  any  provisions of the Program shall, to any extent,  be
     invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Program shall
     not  be  affected thereby, and each provision of the Program
     shall  be  valid  and  enforceable  to  the  fullest  extent
     permitted by law.

8.8  Governing Law

     The  laws  of  the  State  of New Jersey  shall  govern  the
     Program.

8.9  Participant as General Creditor

     Benefits  under the Program shall be payable by the  Company
     out  of its general funds. The Company shall have the  right
     to  establish  a  reserve  or make any  investment  for  the
     purposes of satisfying its obligations hereunder for payment
     of  benefits at its discretion, provided, however,  that  no
     Employee  eligible to participate in the Program shall  have
     any  interest in such investment or reserve.  To the  extent
     that  any person acquires a right to receive benefits  under
     the  Program, such rights shall be no greater than the right
     of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

8.10      Nonassignability

     To the extent permitted by law, the right of any Employee or
     any  beneficiary  in  any  benefit hereunder  shall  not  be
     subject  to  attachment or any other legal process  for  the
     debts  of  such Employee or beneficiary nor shall  any  such
     benefit  be  subject  to  anticipation,  alienation,   sale,
     transfer, assignment or encumbrance.
                                
                           APPENDIX A

Unless  otherwise specified in another Appendix attached  hereto,
the  sum  of the following shall be used for purposes of  Section
3.1(b) of the Program:

     (a)  All  employer-paid benefits under any qualified defined
          benefit plan (as defined in Section 414(j) of the Internal
          Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) and associated supplemental
          plans sponsored by the Company, Ingersoll-Dresser Pump Company,
          and Dresser Industries, Inc., provided that the Employee's
          intervening employment between employment with  Dresser
          Industries, Inc. and the Company is solely with Ingersoll
          -Dresser Pump Company.  For purposes of this Paragraph
          (a), the amount of any pension payable under the Clark
          Equipment Company Retirement Program for Salaried
          Employees shall be determined without reduction by the
          lifetime pension equivalent of the Employee's vested
          interest in his PPOA Account (as such term is defined in
          the I-R/Clark Leveraged Employee Stock Ownership Plan).
    
          For  purposes of determining the benefit under  Section
          3.1  of  the Program, the Employee's benefit,  if  any,
          under any qualified defined benefit plan and associated
          supplemental plans described in the previous paragraph,
          shall  be determined as a life annuity at the  date  of
          determination.

     (b)  The Social Security Primary Insurance Amount as defined
          in the Pension Plan estimated at age 65, multiplied by a
          fraction, the numerator of which is his Years of Service
          (up to a maximum of 35 Years of Service), and the
          denominator of which is 35.
    
          For  purposes of the Program, "Social Security  Primary
          Insurance  Amount" means the amount of  the  Employee's
          annual  primary old age insurance determined under  the
          Social   Security  Act  in  effect  at  the   date   of
          determination  and payable in accordance  with  (i)  or
          (ii) below.
        
            (i) For  benefits  determined  on  or  after  age  65,
                payable  for  the  year  following  his  date  of
                retirement.
    
            (ii)For benefits  determined  before  the  Employee
                attains  age  65, payable for the year  following
                his  retirement  or  death  (or  which  would  be
                payable  when he first would have become eligible
                if  he  were then unemployed), assuming  he  will
                not  receive  after  retirement  (or  death)  any
                income  that  would  be  treated  as  wages   for
                purposes of the Social Security Act.
    
          For purposes of determining the Social Security Benefit
          under  paragraphs  (i)  and (ii) above,  an  Employee's
          covered earnings under said Act for each calendar  year
          preceding  the Employee's first full calendar  year  of
          employment  shall  be  determined  by  multiplying  his
          covered   earnings  subsequent  to   the   year   being
          determined by the ratio of the average per worker total
          wages as reported by the Social Security Administration
          for  the calendar year being determined to such average
          for  the  calendar year subsequent to  the  year  being
          determined.

     (c)  An  Employee's  accrued  benefit  under  any  qualified
          defined  benefit  pension plan (as defined  in  Section
          414(j)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as
          amended) and any nonqualified pension plan with respect
          to  any  business  that  was acquired  by  the  Company
          ("Acquired Business"), (each such pension plan shall be
          referred to in this Paragraph (c) as a "Former  Plan"),
          shall  be  used for purposes of Section 3.1(b)  of  the
          Program if the Employee:
        
            (i) was  an  employee of the Acquired Business on  the
                date it was acquired by the Company,
            
            (ii)became an employee of the Company as a result  of
                the acquisition of the Acquired Business, and
            
           (iii)was  granted vesting service under any qualified
                defined  benefit  pension plan  (as  defined  in
                Section  414(j) of the Internal Revenue Code  of
                1986, as amended) sponsored by the Company,  any
                domestic  entity  in  which  the  Company   owns
                (directly   or  indirectly)  a   50%   or   more
                interest,  and  any other entity  designated  by
                the  Company  for  service  performed  while  an
                employee of the Acquired Business.

          The  Employee's accrued benefit under the  Former  Plan
          shall be determined as a life annuity payable as of the
          date  of  determination, using the Former Plan's  early
          retirement factors, if applicable.
        
          Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in   this
          Paragraph  (c),  if the Committee determines  that  the
          accrued  benefit under a Former Plan cannot  reasonably
          be  calculated  due  to lack of information  about  the
          Former  Plan  or  otherwise,  the  provisions  of  this
          Paragraph  (c)  shall not apply with  respect  to  such
          Former Plan.


<TABLE>
                                                                                     EXHIBIT 11

                                INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY
                          COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
            (In millions of dollars except for shares and per share amounts)

                                                      Years  ended  December 31,
                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
                                        1998          1997          1996          1995           1994

Net earnings applicable                 
  <S>                                 <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
  to common stock.............        $509.1        $380.5        $358.0        $270.3         $211.1

Average number of common
  shares outstanding..........   163,669,777   163,206,932   161,238,547   159,103,617    158,187,174

Number of common shares
  issuable assuming exercise
  under incentive stock plans..    1,812,035     1,617,803     1,031,137       495,479        542,153
Average number of outstanding
  shares for diluted
  earnings per
  share calculations...........  165,481,812   164,824,735   162,269,684   159,599,096    158,729,327

Basic earnings per
  share.......................         $3.11         $2.33         $2.22         $1.70          $1.33

Diluted earnings per
    share........................      $3.08         $2.31         $2.21         $1.69          $1.33

Note:  All common share and per share amounts have been adjusted for the 3-for-2
stock split which was made in the form of a stock dividend in August of 1997.
</Table)



</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                                        INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY                       EXHIBIT 12
                         COMPUTATIONS OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                                     (Dollar Amounts in Millions)

                                                      Years Ended December 31,
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Fixed charges:                                    1998       1997       1996        1995       1994
  <S>                                           <C>        <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>
  Interest expense...........................   $227.5     $138.8    $ 122.4      $ 90.0     $ 46.9
  Amortization of debt discount and expense..      7.0        2.0        1.5         0.8        0.4
  Rentals (one-third of rentals).............     25.0       25.5       22.4        21.6       18.8
  Capitalized interest.......................      4.0        3.3        4.6         3.6        3.2
  Equity-linked security charges............      19.7        --         --          --         --
Total fixed charges..........................   $283.2     $169.6     $150.9     $ 116.0     $ 69.3

Net earnings ..........................         $509.1     $380.5     $358.0      $270.3     $211.1
Add:   Minority income of majority-
         owned subsidiaries..................     54.2       17.3       18.9        14.5       15.1
       Taxes on income.......................    280.1      233.2      210.3       158.9      118.8
       Fixed charges.........................    283.2      169.6      150.9       116.0       69.3
Less:  Capitalized interest..................      4.0        3.3        4.6         3.6        3.2
       Undistributed earnings (losses) from
         less than 50% owned affiliates......     33.7       16.2      (23.1)       33.3       33.3
Earnings available for fixed charges .......  $1,088.9     $781.1     $756.6      $522.8     $377.8

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges ..........     3.84       4.61       5.01        4.51       5.46
Undistributed earnings (losses) from less
    than 50% owned affiliates:
  Equity in earnings (losses)...............    $ 37.3     $ 19.4     $ 36.4       $ 36.6     $ 36.6
    Less:  Amounts distributed..............       3.6        3.2       59.5          3.3     $  3.3
  Undistributed earnings (losses) from
    less-than 50% owned affiliates...........   $ 33.7      $16.2    $ (23.1)     $ 33.3     $ 33.3
</TABLE>


                        








                                              Exhibit 13                      
<TABLE>
                                                                   
Consolidated Statement of Income

In millions except per share amounts
<S>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>
For the years ended December 31     1998         1997         1996
<S>                             <C>          <C>          <C>
Net sales                       $8,291.5     $7,103.3     $6,702.9
Cost of goods sold               6,046.6      5,263.7      5,029.9
Administrative, selling and
  service engineering
  expenses                       1,200.5      1,079.3        989.5
Operating income                 1,044.4        760.3        683.5
Interest expense                  (225.8)      (136.6)      (119.9)
Other income (expense), net        (22.0)       (21.5)       (18.8)
Equity in earnings of
 partially-owned affiliates         46.8         28.8         42.4
Minority interests                 (54.2)       (17.3)       (18.9)
Earnings before income taxes       789.2        613.7        568.3
Provision for income taxes         280.1        233.2        210.3
Net earnings                     $ 509.1     $  380.5     $  358.0
Basic earnings per share           $3.11        $2.33        $2.22
Diluted earnings per share         $3.08        $2.31        $2.21
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>

Consolidated Balance Sheet

In millions except share amounts
December 31                                     1998         1997
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents                   $   71.9    $   104.9
Marketable securities                            5.7          6.9
Accounts and notes receivable, less
  allowance for doubtful accounts of
  $42.0 in 1998 and $33.9 in 1997            1,177.1      1,281.5
Inventories                                    940.8        854.8
Prepaid expenses                                88.7        136.0
Deferred income taxes                          143.4        160.8
                                             2,427.6      2,544.9
Investments in and advances with
 partially-owned equity affiliates             344.7        328.0
Property, plant and equipment, at cost:
Land and buildings                             683.3        682.7
Machinery and equipment                      1,733.0      1,592.5
                                             2,416.3      2,275.2
Less-accumulated depreciation                1,068.7        992.0
                                             1,347.6      1,283.2
Intangible assets, net                       3,774.3      3,833.0
Deferred income taxes                          235.9        214.9
Other assets                                   179.4        211.6
                                            $8,309.5     $8,415.6
Liabilities and Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accruals               $1,488.6     $1,370.5
Loans payable                                  318.7        925.1
Customers' advance payments                     13.3         14.5
Income taxes                                    28.2         17.7
                                             1,848.8      2,327.8
Long-term debt                               2,166.0      2,528.0
Postemployment liabilities                     897.1        937.1
Minority interests                             133.6        127.9
Other liabilities                              154.0        153.4
                                             5,199.5      6,074.2
Company obligated mandatorily redeemable
  preferred securities of subsidiary trust
  holding solely debentures of the company     402.5           -
Shareholders' equity:
Common stock, $2 par value, authorized
  600,000,000 shares; issued:
  1998-168,883,779; 1997-167,410,183           337.8        334.8
Capital in excess of par value                 133.4         92.4
Retained earnings                            2,567.3      2,156.5
                                             3,038.5      2,583.7
Unallocated LESOP shares, at cost              (27.0)       (41.4)
Treasury stock, at cost                       (150.9)       (44.5)

Accumulated other comprehensive income        (153.1)      (156.4)
Shareholders' equity                         2,707.5      2,341.4
                                            $8,309.5     $8,415.6
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                                                   
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity

In millions
 <TABLE>

                                                    <S>                                                <S> 
                                                    Capital in                                         Accumulated        
                                Total                   excess                                               other    
                         <S>            <S>    <S>      <S>       <S>        <S>           <S>       <S>              <S> 
                         shareholders'  Common stock    of par    Retained   Unallocated   Treasury  comprehensive    Comprehensive 
                               equity  Amount  Shares    value    earnings         LESOP      stock         income           income

Balance at December 31,
 1995
                             <C>       <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>             <C>        <C>            <C>
                             $1,795.5  $219.4   109.7   $121.6    $1,595.5        $(70.2)    $(11.5)        $(59.3)
Net earnings                    358.0                                358.0                                                   $358.0
Foreign currency translation    (16.5)                                                                       (16.5)           (16.5)
Reclassification adjustment                                                                                                     6.3
 Total comprehensive income                                                                                                  $347.8
Exercise of stock options        18.6     1.1     0.5     17.5
Issuance of shares under
  stock plans                     1.9     0.1     0.1      1.8
Allocation of LESOP shares       17.2                      2.6                      14.6
Cash dividends                  (83.9)                               (83.9)
Balance at December 31,
 1996                         2,090.8   220.6   110.3    143.5     1,869.6         (55.6)     (11.5)         (75.8)
Net earnings                    380.5                                380.5                                                     380.5
Foreign currency translation    (80.6)                                                                       (80.6)           (80.6)
Reclassification adjustment                                                                           3.1
 Total comprehensive income                                                                        $303.0
Issuance of shares under
  stock plans                     2.8     0.1     0.1      2.7
Exercise of stock options        52.6     2.7     1.3     49.9
Stock split 3-for-2                -    111.4    55.7   (111.4)
Allocation of LESOP shares       21.9                      7.7                      14.2
Purchase of treasury shares     (33.0)                                                       (33.0)
Cash dividends                  (93.6)                              (93.6)
Balance at December 31,
 1997                         2,341.4   334.8   167.4     92.4    2,156.5          (41.4)    (44.5)         (156.4)
Net earnings                    509.1                               509.1                                                      509.1
Foreign currency translation      3.3                                                                          3.3              3.3
 Total comprehensive income                                                                                                  $512.4
Issuance of shares under
  stock plans                     2.2     0.1     0.1      2.1
Exercise of stock options        45.8     2.9     1.4     42.9
Issuance of equity-linked
  securities                    (16.4)                   (16.4)
Allocation of LESOP shares       26.8                     12.4                      14.4
Purchase of treasury shares    (106.4)                                                      (106.4)
Cash dividends                  (98.3)                             (98.3)
Balance at December 31, 
 1998                        $2,707.5  $337.8   168.9   $133.4  $2,567.3          $(27.0)  $(150.9)       $(153.1)
</TABLE>

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

In millions
For the years ended December 31              1998         1997       1996
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net earnings                             $ 509.1     $  380.5    $ 358.0
 Adjustments to arrive at net cash
   provided by operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization            282.6        212.3      202.6
   Gain on sale of businesses                (6.6)        (7.7)     (58.0)
   Gain on sale of property, plant
     and equipment                           (9.6)        (3.2)     (10.3)
   Minority interests, net of dividends      31.4         14.9       18.0
   Equity earnings/losses,
     net of dividends                       (38.3)       (19.9)     (35.6)
   Deferred income taxes                      1.6          8.2       (4.5)
   Other items                               26.7         27.1       12.3
   Restructure of operations                    -         38.7       42.4
 Changes in assets and liabilities
   (Decrease) increase in:
     Accounts and notes receivable           98.2        (21.5)      (1.0)
     Inventories                            (76.8)        48.7       (5.3)
     Other current and noncurrent
       assets                                22.7         (5.2)     (36.8)
(Increase) decrease in:
     Accounts payable and accruals           91.7         53.8      (17.8)
     Other current and noncurrent
        liabilities                         (33.7)       (23.2)     (78.3)
   Net cash provided by operating
      activities                            899.0        703.5      385.7

Cash flows from investing activities:
 Capital expenditures                      (221.0)      (186.0)    (195.0)
 Proceeds from sales of property,
   plant and equipment                       24.6         34.8       33.3
 Proceeds from business dispositions         58.0        252.8      183.8
 Acquisitions, net of cash*                 (55.6)    (2,891.3)    (133.5)
 Decrease (increase) in marketable
    securities                                1.4         (0.4)      (3.6)
 Cash (invested in) or advances (to)
    from equity companies                     9.2         47.6      (34.9)
    Net cash used in investing
      activities                           (183.4)    (2,742.5)    (149.9)

Cash flows from financing activities:
 (Decrease) increase in short-term
   borrowings                              (712.4)       685.8      (24.3)
 Debt issuance costs                            -        (19.1)         -
 Proceeds from long-term debt                 0.2      1,508.6        0.1
  Payments of long-term debt               (261.2)      (133.8)    (104.7)
  Net change in debt                       (973.4)     2,041.5     (128.9)
  Issuance of equity-linked securities      402.5           -          -
  Equity-linked securities issuance costs
    and fees                                (12.9)          -          -
  Net proceeds from issuance of equity-
    linked securities                       389.6           -           -
 Proceeds from exercise of stock
   options                                   36.1         43.3       16.3
 Purchase of treasury stock                (106.4)       (33.0)         -
  Dividends paid                            (98.3)       (93.6)     (83.9)
   Net cash (used in) provided by
      financing activities                 (752.4)     1,958.2     (196.5)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
  and cash equivalents                        3.8          1.6        7.5
 Net (decrease) increase in cash
   and cash equivalents                     (33.0)       (79.2)      46.8
 Cash and cash equivalents-
    beginning of year                       104.9        184.1      137.3
Cash and cash equivalents-end of year    $   71.9    $   104.9    $ 184.1

*Acquisitions:
 Working capital, other than cash        $  (13.5)   $  (113.8)   $ (22.1)
 Property, plant and equipment              (14.5)      (186.6)     (33.1)
 Intangibles and other assets               (34.9)    (2,739.5)     (81.7)
  Long-term debt and other liabilitie         7.3        148.6        3.4
    Net cash used to acquire businesses  $  (55.6)   $(2,891.3)   $(133.5)

Cash paid during the year for:
 Interest, net of amounts capitalized     $ 207.4    $   136.1    $ 120.2
  Income taxes                              272.0        227.0      262.3
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
Ingersoll-Rand is a multinational manufacturer of primarily
nonelectrical industrial equipment and components.  The company's
principal lines of business are air compressors, architectural
hardware products, automotive parts and components, construction
equipment, golf cars and utility vehicles, pumps, tools and
transport temperature control systems. The company's broad product
line has applications in numerous industries including automotive,
construction, utilities, housing, recreational and transportation,
as well as the general industrial market. A summary of significant
accounting policies used in the preparation of the accompanying
financial statements follows:

Principles of Consolidation:  The consolidated financial statements
include the accounts of all wholly-owned and majority-owned
subsidiaries.  Intercompany transactions and balances have been
eliminated.  Partially-owned equity affiliates companiesare
accounted for under the equity method.  In conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles, management has used
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities.  Actual results could differ
from those estimates.

Reclassifications:  Certain amounts in the financial statements and
notes have been reclassified to conform to the 1998 presentation.

Cash Equivalents:  The company considers all highly liquid
investments, consisting primarily of time deposits and commercial
paper with maturities of three months or less when purchased, to be
cash equivalents.  Cash equivalents were $10.8 million and $16.2
million at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

Inventories:  Inventories are generally stated at cost, which is
not in excess of market.  Domestically manufactured inventories of
standard products are valued on the last-in, first-out (LIFO)
method and all other inventories are valued using the first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method.

Property and Depreciation:  The company principally uses
accelerated depreciation methods for assets placed in service prior
to December 31, 1994, and the straight-line method for assets
acquired subsequent to that date.

Intangible Assets:  Intangible assets primarily represent the
excess of the purchase price of acquisitions over the fair value of
the net assets acquired.  Such excess costs are being amortized on
a straight-line basis generally over 40 years.  Goodwill at
December 31, 1998 and 1997, was $3.7 billion and $3.8 billion,
respectively. Intangible assets are evaluated for impairment
whenever circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not
be recoverable.  Intangible assets also represent costs allocated
to patents, tradenames and other specifically identifiable assets
arising from business acquisitions.  These assets are amortized on
a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 1998 and 1997, was $248.2
million and $137.7 million, respectively. Amortization of
intangible assets was $110.5 million, $54.7 million and $38.0
million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Income Taxes:  Deferred taxes are provided on temporary differences
between assets and liabilities for financial reporting and tax
purposes as measured by enacted tax rates expected to apply when
temporary differences are settled or realized.  A valuation
allowance is established for deferred tax assets for which
realization is not likely.

Environmental Costs:  Environmental expenditures relating to
current operations are expensed or capitalized as appropriate.
Expenditures relating to existing conditions caused by past
operations, which do not contribute to current or future revenues,
are expensed.  Costs to prepare environmental site evaluations and
feasibility studies are accrued when the company commits to perform
them.  Liabilities for remediation costs are recorded when they are
probable and reasonably estimable, generally no later than the
completion of feasibility studies or the company's commitment to a
plan of action.  The assessment of this liability is calculated
based on existing technology, does not reflect any offset for
possible recoveries from insurance companies and is not discounted.
There were no material changes in the liability for all periods
presented.

Revenue Recognition:  Sales of products are recorded for financial
reporting purposes generally when the products are shipped.

Research, Engineering and Development Costs:  Research and
development expenditures, including engineering costs, are expensed
when incurred and amounted to $258.6 million in 1998, $215.5
million in 1997 and $209.3 million in 1996.

Comprehensive Income:  As of January 1, 1998, the company adopted
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 130
"Reporting Comprehensive Income."  The statement establishes new
rules for the reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components.  Comprehensive income includes net income, and
currently in the case of the company, only foreign currency
translation adjustments.  The amounts shown as reclassification
adjustments relate to the accumulated foreign currency translation
adjustment of entities that had been sold, and thus included in net
earnings of the current period.  Prior year financial statements
have been reclassified to conform with the requirements of SFAS
130.  These disclosure requirements had no impact on financial
position or results of operations.

Foreign Currency:  Assets and liabilities of foreign entities,
where the local currency is the functional currency, have been
translated at year-end exchange rates, and income and expenses have
been translated using weighted average-for-the-year exchange rates.
Adjustments resulting from translation have been recorded in
accumulated other comprehensive income and are included in net
earnings only upon sale or liquidation of the underlying foreign
investment.

For foreign entities where the U.S. dollar is the functional
currency, inventory and property balances and related income
statement accounts have been translated using historical exchange
rates, and resulting gains and losses have been credited or charged
to net earnings.

Foreign currency transactions and translations recorded in the
income statement decreased net earnings by $8.8 million, $0.5
million and $3.5 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Accumulated other comprehensive income was increased in 1998 by
$3.3 million, and decreased in 1997 and 1996 by $80.6 million and
$16.5 million, respectively, due to foreign currency equity
adjustments related to translation and dispositions.

The company hedges certain foreign currency transactions and firm
foreign currency commitments by entering into forward exchange
contracts (forward contracts).  Gains and losses associated with
currency rate changes on forward contracts hedging foreign currency
transactions are recorded currently in income.  Gains and losses on
forward contracts hedging firm foreign currency commitments are
deferred off-balance sheet and included as a component of the
related transaction, when recorded; however, a loss is not deferred
if deferral would lead to the recognition of a loss in future
periods.  Cash flows resulting from forward contracts accounted for
as hedges of identifiable transactions or events are classified in
the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged.

During 1998, the company also purchased forward contracts to
mitigate the exposure of forecasted future cash flows of foreign
subsidiaries.  These contracts range in duration from one to 12
months.  Gains and losses associated with the change in fair market
value of these contracts are recorded in other income.

Earnings Per Share: Basic earnings per share is based on the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding.  Diluted
earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding as well as dilutive potential common
shares, which in the company's case comprise shares issuable under
stock benefit plans.  The weighted average number of common shares
outstanding for basic earnings per share calculations were
163,669,777, 163,206,932 and 161,238,547 for 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.  For diluted earnings per share purposes, these
balances increased by 1,812,035, 1,617,803 and 1,031,137 shares for
1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, due to the effect of common
equivalent shares which were issuable under the company's stock
benefit plans.

Stock-based Compensation:  SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-
Based Compensation," requires companies to measure employee stock
compensation plans based on the fair value method of accounting or
to continue to apply APB No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees," and provide pro forma footnote disclosures under the
fair value method in SFAS No. 123.  The company continues to apply
the principles of APB No. 25 and has provided pro forma fair value
disclosures in Note 13.

New Accounting Standard: In June 1998, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities."  This Statement will become
effective beginning January 1, 2000.  The company is currently
evaluating the impact of adopting the standard and will comply as
required.

NOTE 2 - ACQUISITIONS OF BUSINESSES: In the first quarter of 1998,
the company acquired for approximately $15.4 million in cash,
substantially all the assets of Johnstone Pump Company (Johnstone).
Johnstone manufactures industrial piston pumps, automated
dispensing systems and related products for use primarily in the
automotive industry.  Also in the first quarter of 1998, the
company acquired for approximately $18 million in cash, the door
hardware technology and intellectual property relating to
residential door locksets from the Master Lock unit of Fortune
Brands, Inc.  The Master Lock transaction covers patents and
certain manufacturing assets used to produce residential locks,
excluding padlocks. In the third quarter of 1998, the company
acquired full ownership of GHH-RAND Schraubenkompressoren GmbH &
Co. KG (GHH-RAND), a manufacturer of air ends for air compressors.
The company previously owned 50 percent of GHH-RAND
Schraubenkompressoren GmbH & Co. KG (GHH-RAND).  In addition,
during 1998, the company purchased several smaller businesses. Pro
forma results, assuming the acquisitions had occurred at the
beginning of the year, would not have been significantly different
than those reported.

On October 31, 1997, the company acquired Thermo King Corporation
(Thermo King), from Westinghouse Electric Corporation, for
approximately $2.56 billion in cash.  Thermo King is the world
leader in the transport temperature-control business for trailers,
truck bodies, seagoing containers, buses and light-rail cars.  The
following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations
for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, reflect the
acquisition as though it occurred at the beginning of the periods
after adjustments for the impact of interest on acquisition debt,
depreciation and amortization of assets, including goodwill, to
reflect the purchase price allocation:
                                                (Unaudited)
In millions except per share amounts       1997            1996
Sales                                  $7,965.4        $7,698.4
Net earnings                              390.1           342.2
Basic earnings per share                  $2.39           $2.12
Diluted earnings per share                 2.37            2.11

The above pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of what
the actual results would have been had the acquisition occurred at
the beginning of the period.  Further, the pro forma results are
not intended to be a projection of future results of the combined
companies.

On April 3, 1997, the company completed the acquisition of Newman
Tonks Group PLC (Newman Tonks), a producer of architectural
hardware, for approximately $370 million.  Newman Tonks is a
leading manufacturer, specifier and supplier of branded
architectural hardware products.

On August 27, 1996, the company acquired for $34.3 million in
cash and the assumption of certain liabilities, substantially all
of the assets of Zimmerman International Corporation (Zimmerman).
Zimmerman manufactures equipment and systems that assist in
handling or lifting tools, components and materials for a variety
of industrial operations. On January 31, 1996, the company
acquired for $95.4 million in cash and the assumption of certain
liabilities, the Steelcraft Division of MascoTech, Inc.
Steelcraft manufactures a wide range of cold-rolled and
galvanized steel doors for use primarily in nonresidential
construction.

These transactions have been accounted for as purchases and
accordingly, each purchase price was allocated to the acquired
assets and assumed liabilities based on their estimated fair
values.  The company has classified as intangible assets the costs
in excess of the fair value of the net assets of companies
acquired.  The results of all acquired operations have been
included in the consolidated financial statements from their
respective acquisition dates.

NOTE 3 - DISPOSITIONS AND RESTRUCTURE OF OPERATIONS: In the first
quarter of 1998, the company completed the sale of Ing. G. Klemm
Bohrtechnik GmbH.  Also, during 1998, the company sold certain
assets of Ingersoll-Rand Architectural Hardware Group Limited
(formerly Newman Tonks Group PLC).  Sale proceeds approximated the
book value of these assets. In the third quarter of 1998, the
company sold the Spra-Coupe product line, which was reported as
part of the Specialty Vehicles Segment. The sale price of
approximately $35 million resulted in a $9 million gain.
On February 14, 1997, the company sold the Clark-Hurth
Components Group (Clark-Hurth) to Dana Corporation for
approximately $241.5 million of net cash. This group's 1997
results, inclusive of the sale transaction, produced operating
income for the first quarter of approximately $2.7 million, but on
an after-tax basis, reduced net earnings by approximately $3.6
million.

In the fourth quarter of 1997, the company's 51-percent owned joint
venture, Ingersoll-Dresser Pump Company (IDP), recorded a
restructuring charge of $24 million.  The charge included the costs
of personnel reductions in administrative and sales support and the
consolidation of repair and service operations.  An additional
charge of $14.7 million was recorded in 1997 for the writedown of
assets held for sale by the Specialty Vehicles Segment.

During 1996, the company sold the assets of the Pulp Machinery
Division (the largest unit in the Process Systems Group) for
approximately $122.3 million for a pretax gain of $45 million.
Also, the company sold the remaining assets of the Process Systems
Group.  The sale was completed during the fourth quarter of 1996 at
a price of approximately $58 million in cash for a pretax gain of
approximately $10 million.

In the first and fourth quarters of 1996, the company accrued for
the realignment of its foreign operations, principally in Europe.
These accruals were primarily for severance payments and pension
benefits associated with work force reductions.  Also in the first
quarter of 1996, accruals were established for the exit or
abandonment of selected European product lines and the closing of a
steel foundry.  These accruals totalled $42.4 million and were
charged to operating income.

NOTE 4 - INVENTORIES:  At December 31, inventories were as follows:

In millions                                  1998           1997
Raw materials and supplies               $  186.2       $  174.1
Work-in-process                             246.5          218.6
Finished goods                              653.5          613.8
                                          1,086.2        1,006.5
Less-LIFO reserve                           145.4          151.7
Total                                    $  940.8       $  854.8

Work-in-process inventories are stated after deducting customer
progress payments of $17.8 million in both 1998 and 1997.  At
December 31, 1998 and 1997, LIFO inventories comprised
approximately 43 percent and 40 percent, respectively, of
consolidated inventories.

During the current year, there were no liquidations of LIFO layers.
However, during 1997 and 1996 certain inventory quantities were
reduced, resulting in partial liquidations of LIFO layers.  This
decreased cost of goods sold by $4.1 million in 1997 and $4.8
million in 1996.  These liquidations increased net earnings in 1997
and 1996 by approximately $2.5 million and $2.9 million,
respectively.

NOTE 5 - INVESTMENTS IN PARTIALLY-OWNED EQUITY AFFILIATES:  The
company has numerous investments, ranging from 20 percent to 50
percent, in companies that operate in similar lines of business.

The company's investments in and amounts due to partially-owned
equity affiliates amounted to $380.9 million and $36.2 million,
respectively, at December 31, 1998, and $354.2 million and $26.2
million, respectively, at December 31, 1997.  The company's equity
in the net earnings of its partially-owned equity affiliates was
$46.8 million, $28.8 million and $42.4 million in 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively. The company's 1997 earnings were reduced by
$13.9 million due to a restructuring charge at one of its partially-
owned equity affiliates.

The company received dividends based on its equity interests in
these companies of $8.5 million, $8.7 million and $6.8 million in
1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Summarized financial information for these partially-owned equity
affiliates at December 31, and for the years then ended:

In millions                                  1998           1997
Current assets                           $  985.1       $  959.6
Property, plant and equipment, net          490.5          506.7
Other assets                                 57.7           73.7
Total assets                             $1,533.3       $1,540.0
Current liabilities                      $  526.5       $  610.8
Long-term debt                               65.9           75.3
Other liabilities                           170.0          227.1
Total shareholders' equity                  770.9          626.8
Total liabilities and equity             $1,533.3       $1,540.0

In millions                    1998          1997           1996
Net sales                  $1,996.2      $2,048.4       $2,070.4
Gross profit                  353.6         382.4          391.7
Net earnings                   90.6          59.4           89.5

NOTE 6 - ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUALS:  Accounts payable and
accruals at December 31, were:

In millions                                  1998           1997
Accounts payable                         $  470.2       $  411.1
Accrued:
  Payrolls and benefits                     272.2          253.1
  Taxes other than income                    48.2           41.4
  Insurance and claims                      111.0          114.5
  Postemployment benefits                    70.2           68.7
  Warranties                                 80.7           76.2
  Interest                                   48.6           41.5
Other accruals                              387.5          364.0
                                         $1,488.6       $1,370.5

NOTE 7 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:  The company, as a large
multinational company, maintains significant operations in foreign
countries.  As a result of these global activities, the company is
exposed to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which affect
the results of operations and financial condition.  The company
manages exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates
through its normal operating and financing activities, as well as
through the use of financial instruments.

Generally, the only financial instruments the company utilizes are
forward exchange contracts.

The purpose of the company's hedging activities is to mitigate the
impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.  The company
attempts to hedge transaction exposures through natural offsets. To
the extent that this is not practicable, major exposure areas
considered for hedging include foreign currency denominated
receivables and payables, intercompany loans, firm committed
transactions, anticipated sales and purchases, and dividends
relating to foreign subsidiaries.  The following table summarizes
by major currency the contractual amounts of the company's forward
contracts in U.S. dollars.  Foreign currency amounts are translated
at year-end rates at the respective reporting date.  The "buy"
amounts represent the U.S. equivalent of commitments to purchase
foreign currencies, and the "sell" amounts represent the U.S.
equivalent of commitments to sell foreign currencies.  Some of the
forward contracts involve the exchange of two foreign currencies
according to local needs in foreign subsidiaries.

At December 31, the contractual amounts were:

In millions                      1998                 1997
                             Buy      Sell        Buy      Sell
Australian dollars        $  2.4    $ 11.5     $ 19.5    $  0.5
Brazilian reais               -       13.8          -         -
British pounds              26.3     163.0       37.0     113.7
Canadian dollars             2.0      42.9       20.3      12.4
Czech koruna                   -      10.9          -      16.2
Danish krona                 5.9       5.9          -         -
Deutsche marks              17.6     216.4       27.1     194.0
Dutch guilders               1.0      10.3          -       0.8
French francs                7.8      64.9        2.7      64.0
Irish punts                  7.6       0.2       71.7         -
Italian lire                68.6      33.9       47.0      32.9
Japanese yen                 2.8      20.5       20.4       4.9
New Zealand dollars          3.0       6.4          -         -
Singapore dollars             -       12.0        4.3         -
Spanish pesetas             10.3      20.2        5.5      18.9
Other                        6.0       9.1        6.0       7.5
  Total                   $161.3    $641.9     $261.5    $465.8

Forward contracts utilized by the company have maturities of one to
12 months.

The company's forward contracts that hedge transactions or firm
commitments do not subject the company to risk due to foreign
exchange rate movement, since gains and losses on these contracts
generally offset losses and gains on the assets, liabilities or
other transactions being hedged.  Contracts purchased to mitigate
the variability of future cash flows of foreign subsidiaries bear
market risk to the extent actual transacted amounts vary from the
forecasted amounts.  All gains and losses on these contracts have
been included in earnings.

The counterparties to the company's forward contracts consist of a
number of major international financial institutions.  The credit
ratings and concentration of risk of these financial institutions
are monitored on a continuing basis and present no significant
credit risk to the company.

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, marketable
securities, accounts receivable, short-term borrowings and accounts
payable are a reasonable estimate of their fair value due to the
short-term nature of these instruments.  The following table
summarizes the estimated fair value of the company's remaining
financial instruments at December 31:

In millions                                  1998           1997
Long-term debt:
Carrying value                           $2,166.0       $2,528.0
Estimated fair value                      2,299.7        2,587.4
Forward contracts:
Contract (notional) amounts:
  Buy contracts                          $  161.3       $  261.5
  Sell contracts                            641.9          465.8
Fair (market) values:
  Buy contracts                             164.2          260.9
  Sell contracts                            649.8          461.6

Fair value of long-term debt was determined by reference to the
December 31, 1998 and 1997, market values of comparably rated debt
instruments.  Fair values of forward contracts are based on dealer
quotes at the respective reporting dates.

NOTE 8 - LONG-TERM DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES:
At December 31, long-term debt consisted of:

In millions                                 1998            1997
6 7/8% Notes Due 2003                     $100.0        $  100.0
6.255% Notes Due 2001                      400.0           400.0
9% Debentures Due 2021                     125.0           125.0
7.20% Debentures Due 2025                  150.0           150.0
6.48% Debentures Due 2025                  150.0           150.0
6.391% Debentures Due 2027                 200.0           200.0
6.443% Debentures Due 2027                 200.0           200.0
Medium-term Notes Due 2000-2028, at
  an average rate of 6.45%                 679.9         1,039.9
9.75% Clark Debentures Due 2001            100.0           100.0
Clark Medium-term Notes Due 2023,
  at an average rate of 8.22%               50.2            50.2
Other domestic and foreign
  loans and notes, at end-
  of-year average interest
  rates of 6.278% in 1998
  and 7.321% in 1997, maturing
  in various amounts to 2013                10.9           12.9
                                        $2,166.0       $2,528.0

Debt retirements for the next five years are as follows:
$251.8 million in 1999, $71.7 million in 2000, $734.8 million in
2001, $82.4 million in 2002 and $196.5 million in 2003.

In December 1998, the company repurchased $110.0 million of its
medium-term notes for $116.9 million including accrued interest.
The average coupon of the notes repurchased was 6.53% with
maturities ranging from 2000 to 2005.

In November 1997, the company issued $400.0 million of notes at
6.255% per annum due 2001.  In addition, the company issued two
series of debentures for $200.0 million each at 6.391% per annum
and 6.443% per annum, respectively, due in 2027.  The 6.391%
debentures and the 6.443% debentures may be repaid at the option of
the holder on November 15, 2004 and November 15, 2007,
respectively, and each November 15 thereafter.  During November and
December 1997, the company also issued medium-term notes totalling
$706.4 million at an average annual rate of 6.30% with maturities
ranging from 1999 to 2028.  Some of the medium-term notes may be
repaid at the option of the holder prior to the stated maturity.
The proceeds from these financings were used to refinance short-
term borrowings related to the acquisition of Thermo King.

At December 31, 1998, the company had a 364-day and a five-year
committed revolving credit line totalling $1.0 billion, both of
which were unused.  These lines provide support for commercial
paper and indirectly provide support for other financing
instruments, such as letters of credit and comfort letters, as
required in the normal course of business.  The company compensates
banks for these lines with fees equal to a weighted average of
0.065% per annum.  Available foreign lines of credit were $454.2
million, of which $395.8 million were unused at December 31, 1998.
No major cash balances were subject to withdrawal restrictions.  At
December 31, 1998, the average rate of interest for loans payable,
excluding the current portion of long-term debt, was 8.306%.

Capitalized interest on construction and other capital projects
amounted to $4.0 million, $3.2 million and $4.6 million in 1998,
1997 and 1996, respectively.  Interest income, included in other
income (expense), net, was $11.8 million, $14.9 million and $10.3
million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

NOTE 9 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:  The company is involved in
various litigations, claims and administrative proceedings,
including environmental matters, arising in the normal course of
business.  In assessing its potential environmental liability, the
company bases its estimates on current technologies and does not
discount its liability or assume any insurance recoveries.  Amounts
recorded for identified contingent liabilities are estimates, which
are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional
information when it becomes available.  Subject to the
uncertainties inherent in estimating future costs for contingent
liabilities, management believes that recovery or liability with
respect to these matters would not have a material effect on the
financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows
of the company for any year.

During 1997, the company established two wholly-owned special
purpose subsidiaries to purchase accounts and notes receivable at a
discount from the company on a continuous basis.  These special
purpose subsidiaries simultaneously sell an undivided interest in
these accounts and notes receivable to a financial institution up
to a maximum of $170 million.  The agreements between the special
purpose corporations and the financial institution will expire in
one-year periods.  These agreements will be renewed with either the
current or another financial institution.  The company is retained
as the servicer of the pooled receivables.  Prior to 1997, the
company had sold an undivided interest in the accounts and notes
receivable directly to financial institutions.  During 1998, 1997
and 1996, such sales of receivables amounted to $723.7 million,
$614.0 million and $593.7 million, respectively.  At December 31,
1998 and 1997, $170 million and $150 million, respectively, of such
sold receivables remained uncollected.

Receivables, excluding the designated pool of accounts and notes
receivable, sold during 1998, 1997 and 1996 with recourse, amounted
to $63.2 million, $56.9 million and $147.4 million, respectively.
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, $13.1 million and $13.3 million,
respectively, of such receivables sold remained uncollected.

As of December 31, 1998, the company had no significant
concentrations of credit risk in trade receivables due to the large
number of customers which comprised its receivables base and their
dispersion across different industries and countries.

In the normal course of business, the company has issued several
direct and indirect guarantees, including performance letters of
credit, totalling approximately $91.7 million at December 31, 1998.
The company has also guaranteed the residual value of leased
product in the aggregate amount of $28.9 million.  Upon the
termination of a dealer, a newly selected dealer generally acquires
the assets of the prior dealer and assumes any related financial
obligation.  Accordingly, the risk of loss to the company is
minimal, and historically, only immaterial losses have been
incurred relating to these arrangements.  Management believes these
guarantees will not adversely affect the consolidated financial
statements.

Certain office and warehouse facilities, transportation vehicles
and data processing equipment are leased.  Total rental expense was
$75.0 million in 1998, $76.2 million in 1997 and $66.9 million in
1996.  Minimum lease payments required under noncancellable
operating leases with terms in excess of one year
for the next five years and thereafter, are as follows: $42.9
million in 1999, $31.1 million in 2000, $19.0 million in 2001,
$11.8 million in 2002, $8.6 million in 2003 and $6.6 million
thereafter.

NOTE 10 - EQUITY-LINKED SECURITIES: In March 1998, the company,
together with Ingersoll Financing I, a Delaware statutory business
trust of the company (Finance Trust), issued an aggregate of (a)
16,100,000 equity-linked securities, and (b) 1,610,000 Finance
Trust 6.22% capital securities, each with a $25 stated liquidation
amount (the capital securities). The equity-linked securities
consisted of (a) 14,490,000 income equity-linked securities (income
securities), and (b) 1,610,000 growth equity-linked securities
(growth securities).

Each equity-linked security consists of a unit comprised of (a) a
contract to purchase from the company no later than May 16, 2001, a
number of shares of the company's common stock determined in
accordance with a specified formula and to receive an annual
contract adjustment payment until May 15, 2001 of 0.53%, (in the
case of an income security), or 0.78% (in the case of a growth
security), and (b) either beneficial ownership of a capital
security (in the case of an income security), or a 1/40 undivided
beneficial interest in a zero coupon U.S. Treasury Security
maturing May 15, 2001 (in the case of a growth security). Under the
terms of the stock purchase contracts, the company will issue
between 6.9 million and 8.3 million common shares by May 16, 2001.
The capital securities associated with the income securities and
the U.S. Treasury Securities associated with the growth securities
have been pledged as collateral to secure the holders' obligations
in respect of the common stock purchase contracts.

The capital securities were issued by the Finance Trust and are
entitled to a distribution rate of 6.22% per annum of their $25
stated liquidation amount.  The Finance Trust utilized the proceeds
from the issuance of the equity-linked and capital securities to
purchase $402.5 million of the company's 6.22% Debentures due May
16, 2003.  The Debentures are the sole asset of the Finance Trust.
The interest rate on the 6.22% Debentures and the distribution rate
on the capital securities and common securities of the Finance
Trust are to be reset, subject to certain limitations, effective
May 16, 2001.

The company has recorded the present value of the contract
adjustment payments, totalling $6.4 million, as a liability and a
reduction of shareholders' equity.  The liability will be reduced
as the contract adjustment payments are made.  The company has the
right to defer the contract adjustment payments and the payment of
interest on the 6.22% Debentures, but any such election will
subject the company to restrictions on the payment of dividends on,
and redemption of, its outstanding shares of common stock, and on
the payment of interest on, or redemption of, debt securities of
the company junior in rank to the 6.22% Debentures.

The company paid costs of approximately $12.9 million in connection
with the issuance of the equity-linked securities and the capital
securities.  The portion of such costs which relate to the issuance
of the stock purchase contracts has been recorded as a reduction of
shareholders' equity.

NOTE 11 - COMMON STOCK: In May 1997, the board of directors
authorized the repurchase of up to 15.0 million shares of the
company's common stock at management's discretion.  Shares
repurchased will be used to replenish the company's treasury
shares, which were substantially depleted by a transfer of shares
to the Leveraged Employee Stock Ownership Plan, and for general
corporate purposes.  The number of treasury shares at December 31,
1998, and December 31, 1997, were 4,494,930 and 2,001,432,
respectively.

In August 1997, the board of directors declared a three-for-two
stock split of the company's common stock.  The stock split was
made in the form of a stock dividend, and was paid on September 2,
1997, to shareholders of record on August 19, 1997. All prior year
per share amounts have been restated to reflect the stock split.

In November 1998, the company adopted a new shareholder rights plan
to replace the plan which expired on December 22, 1998. Under the
new plan, one right was distributed for each share of Ingersoll-
Rand common stock outstanding at the close of business on December
22, 1998.

Initially, the rights are attached to the common stock and are not
exercisable.  The rights become exercisable and will trade
separately from the common stock 10 days following the first
public announcement that any person or group has acquired at least
15 percent of the company's outstanding common stock, or on the
10th day following the commencement or the announcement of an
intention to commence a tender offer, which would result in that
person or group acquiring beneficial ownership of att least 15
percent of the outstanding shares of common stock.  Each right
would entitle the holder to purchase one-thousandth of a share of
Series A Preference Stock at an exercise price of $200.

If any person or group acquires 15 percent or more of the company's
common stock, the rights not held by the 15-percent shareholder
would become exercisable to purchase the company's common stock at
a 50-percent discount.  The plan provides that, at any time after a
person or group becomes an acquiring person and prior to the
acquisition by that person or group of 50 percent or more of the
outstanding common stock, the board may exchange the rights (other
than the rights held by the acquiring person, which will have
become void), at an exchange ratio of one share of common stock per
right.

The new rights will expire on December 22, 2008, unless earlier
redeemed or exchanged by the company, as provided in the rights
plan.  The company may elect to redeem the rights at $0.01 per
right.

NOTE 12 - LEVERAGED EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN:  The company's
sponsors a Leveraged Employee Stock Ownership Plan (LESOP) for
eligible employees.  The LESOP is used to fund certain employee
benefit plans. At December 31, 1998, and December 31, 1997, the
LESOP held approximately 1.1 million and 1.7 million shares,
respectively, which are unallocated. The carrying value0 offor the
unallocated shares was $27.0 million and $41.4 million at December
31, 1998, and December 31, 1997, respectively, and is classified as
a reduction of shareholders' equity pending allocation to
participants. At December 31, 1998, the LESOP owed the company
$15.6 million payable in monthly installments through 2001.
Company contributions to the LESOP and dividends on unallocated
shares are used to make loan principal and interest payments. With
each principal and interest payment, the LESOP allocates a portion
of the common stock to participating employees.

NOTE 13 - INCENTIVE STOCK PLANS:  Under the company's Incentive
Stock Plans, key employees have been granted options to purchase
common shares at prices not less than the fair market value at the
date of the grant.  Options become exercisable one year after the
date of the grant and expire at the end of ten years.  The plans,
approved in 1985, 1990, 1995 and 1998, also authorize stock
appreciation rights (SARs) and stock awards.

As permitted by SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation," the company continues to account for its stock plans
in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and its related
interpretations.  Accordingly, compensation expense has been
recognized for SARs (which were generally settled for cash) and for
stock awards. Under SFAS No. 123, compensation cost for the
applicable provisions of the company's incentive stock plans would
be determined based upon the fair value at the grant date for
awards issued since 1996.  Applying this methodology would have
reduced net earnings and diluted earnings per share by
approximately $14.7 million and nine cents per share for 1998;
$10.0 million and six cents per share for 1997 and $6.7 million and
four cents per share for 1996.  On December 15, 1996, the company
cancelled SARs which were previously attached to 2,758,500 stock
options. Included in the SFAS No. 123 expense figures for 1997 and
1996 were approximately $1.5 million (or one cent per share) and
$2.9 million (or two cents per share), respectively, for the cost
of this revocation.  The average fair values of the options granted
during 1998, 1997 and 1996, were estimated at $8.06, $8.55 and
$7.31, respectively, on the date of grant, using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model, which included the following assumptions:

                                   1998           1997           1996
Dividend yield                     1.42%          1.61%          1.86%
Volatility                        25.76%         22.59%         22.52%
Risk-free interest rate            5.39%          6.52%          6.17%
Forfeiture rate                     --              --             --
Expected life                    4 years        4 years        4 years

Changes in options outstanding under the plans were as follows:

                               Shares subject       Option price
                                    to option    range per share
January 1, 1997                     5,955,150       $13.83-31.13
Granted                             2,031,000        30.33-41.28
Exercised                          (1,905,250)       13.83-28.54
Cancelled                             (37,500)       26.21-26.63
December 31, 1997                   6,043,400       $13.83-41.28
Granted                             2,280,250        37.03-47.03
Exercised                          (1,419,525)       13.83-40.47
Cancelled                             (69,600)       24.08-41.28
December 31, 1998                   6,834,525       $13.83-47.03
                                                                   
At December 31, 1998, there were 387,800 SARs outstanding with no
stock options attached.  The company has reserved 13,320,672 shares
for future awards at December 31, 1998.  In addition, 554,875
654,875 shares of common stock were reserved for future issue,
contingent upon attainment of certain performance goals and future
service.

 The following table summarizes information concerning currently outstanding
 and exercisable options:

                                     Options                Options
                                   outstanding            exercisable
                               Weighted    Weighted               Weighted
                     Number     average     average    Number      average
     Range of     outstanding  remaining   exercise  exercisable  exercise
  exercise price  at 12/31/98    life       price    at 12/31/98    price

  $14.77-$15.00        15,750     0.4      $14.77         15,750   $14.77
   15.01- 20.00       166,275     2.3       16.32        166,275    16.32
   20.01- 25.00     1,749,700     5.2       22.91      1,749,700    22.91
   25.01- 30.00       982,500     7.3       26.31        982,500    26.31
   30.01- 35.00     1,515,800     8.3       33.62      1,515,800    33.62
   35.01- 40.00        30,000     9.0       37.03              -        -
   40.01- 45.00     2,264,100     9.1       42.23        131,000    40.51
   45.01- 47.03       110,400     9.4       46.18              -        -
  $14.77-$47.03     6,834,525                          4,561,025

The company also maintains a shareholder-approved Management
Incentive Unit Award Plan. Under the plan, qualifying executives
are awarded incentive units.  When dividends are paid on common
stock, dividends are awarded to unit holders, one-half of which is
paid in cash, the remaining half of which is credited to the
participant's account in the form of so-called common stock
equivalents.  The fair value of accumulated common stock
equivalents is paid in cash upon the participant's retirement.  The
number of common stock equivalents credited to participants'
accounts at December 31, 1998 and 1997, are 513,470 and
552,828 respectively.

NOTE 14 - INCOME TAXES:  Earnings before income taxes for the years
ended December 31, were taxed within the following jurisdictions:

In millions                    1998          1997           1996
United States                $593.8        $463.2         $467.3
Foreign                       195.4         150.5          101.0
Total                        $789.2        $613.7         $568.3

The provision for income taxes was as follows:

In millions                    1998          1997           1996
Current tax expense:
  United States              $194.0        $179.2         $186.6
  Foreign                      78.2          66.3           49.5
  Total current               272.2         245.5          236.1
Deferred tax expense:
  United States                13.1          (0.9)         (16.4)
  Foreign                      (5.2)        (11.4)          (9.4)
  Total deferred                7.9         (12.3)         (25.8)
  Total provision for
    income taxes             $280.1        $233.2         $210.3

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income
taxes determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory income
tax rate to pretax income, as a result of the following differences:

                                       Percent of pretax income
                                     1998       1997       1996
Statutory U.S. rates                 35.0%      35.0%      35.0%
Increase (decrease) in rates
  resulting from:
  Amortization of goodwill            2.2        2.0        1.7
  Foreign operations                  0.6        0.4        0.8
 Foreign sales corporation           (1.8)      (0.9)      (0.8)
  Earnings/losses of equity
   companies                         (0.7)      (0.5)      (0.8)
  State and local income taxes,
    net of U.S. tax                   2.0        1.3        1.5
  Puerto Rico - Sec 936 Credit       (2.0)      (0.5)       --
  Other                              (0.2)       1.2       (0.4)
Effective tax rate                   35.5%      38.0%      37.0%

A summary of the deferred tax accounts at December 31, follows:

In millions                                    1998      1997       1996
Current deferred assets and (liabilities):
  Differences between book and tax bases
    of inventories and receivables           $ 37.8    $ 35.7     $ 37.9
  Differences between book and tax
    expense for other employee related
    benefits and allowances                    57.0      44.2       39.3
  Provisions for restructure of
    operations and plant closings
    not yet deductible for tax purposes          -       12.5       11.1
  Other reserves and valuation
    allowances in excess of tax deductions     38.9      60.4       61.6
  Other differences between tax and
    financial statement values                  9.7       8.0       12.5
    Gross current deferred net tax assets     143.4     160.8      162.4
Noncurrent deferred tax assets and
  (liabilities):
  Tax items associated with equity companies   13.0      10.9       10.7
  Postretirement and postemployment
    benefits other than pensions in
    excess of tax deductions                  267.0     266.1      246.7
  Other reserves in excess of tax expense     106.3     112.2       80.5
  Tax depreciation in excess of book
    depreciation                              (67.2)    (66.8)     (60.2)
  Pension contributions in excess of
    book expense                              (35.8)    (36.9)     (52.0)
  Taxes provided for unrepatriated
    foreign earnings                          (22.5)    (28.5)     (28.5)
    Gross noncurrent deferred net tax
     assets                                   260.8     257.0      197.2
    Less:  deferred tax valuation
     allowances                               (24.9)    (42.1)     (34.6)
      Total net deferred tax assets          $379.3    $375.7     $325.0

A total of $22.5 million of deferred taxes have been provided for a portion
of the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries operating outside of the
United States.  As to the remainder, these earnings have been, and under
current plans, will continue to be reinvested.  Therefore, it is not
practicable to estimate the amount of additional taxes which may be payable
upon repatriation.

NOTE 15 - POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS:  The company
sponsors several postretirement plans that cover most domestic
employees. These plans provide for health care benefits and in some
instances, life insurance benefits.  Postretirement health plans
are contributory and are adjusted annually.  Life insurance plans
are noncontributory.  When full-time employees retire from the
company between age 55 and 65, most are eligible to receive, at a
cost to the retiree, certain health care benefits identical to
those available to active employees.  After attaining age 65, an
eligible retiree's health care benefit coverage becomes coordinated
with Medicare.  The company funds the benefit costs principally on
a pay-as-you-go basis.  The following disclosure is provided in
accordance with SFAS No. 132 "Employers Disclosure about Pensions
and other Postretirement Benefits", which was adopted January 1,
1998.

Summary information on the company's plans at December 31, was as
follows:

In millions                                 1998           1997
Change in benefit obligations:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year  $ 597.5        $ 588.3
Service cost                                10.4            7.9
Interest cost                               41.4           38.3
Plan participants' contributions             3.4            2.8
Acquisitions                                   -           30.0
Actuarial losses/(gains)                    36.2          (21.3)
Benefits paid                              (50.2)         (49.0)
Other                                        9.6            0.5
Benefit obligation at end of year        $ 648.3        $ 597.5

Funded status:
Plan assets less than benefit
 obligations                             $(648.3)       $(597.5)
Unrecognized:
 Prior service gains                       (66.7)         (71.8)
 Plan net gains                            (25.6)         (62.0)
Accrued costs in the balance sheet       $(740.6)       $(731.3)

Weighted-average assumptions:
Discount rate                               6.75%          7.00%
Current year medical inflation              7.60%          8.30%
Ultimate inflation rate (2003)              4.50%          4.50%

The components of net periodic postretirement benefits cost for the
years ended December 31, were as follows:

In millions                 1998            1997           1996
Service cost               $10.4           $ 7.9          $ 6.4
Interest cost               41.4            38.3           40.6
Net amortization of
 unrecognized:
Prior service gains         (5.1)           (5.1)          (5.3)
Plan net gains              (0.2)           (1.6)          (0.4)
Net periodic postretirement
  benefits cost            $46.5           $39.5          $41.3

A 1% change in the medical trend rate assumed for postretirement
benefits would have the following effects at December 31, 1998:

In millions                          1% Increase   1% Decrease
Effect on total of service and
  interest cost components                 $ 3.8        $ (3.5)
Effect on postretirement
  benefit obligation                        49.8         (46.7)

NOTE 16 - PENSION PLANS:  The company has noncontributory
pension plans covering substantially all domestic employees.  In
addition, certain employees in other countries are covered by
pension plans. The company's domestic salaried plans principally
provide benefits based on a career average earnings formula.
The company's hourly pension plans provide benefits under flat
benefit formulas.  Foreign plans provide benefits based on
earnings and years of service.  Most of the foreign plans
require employee contributions based on the employee's earnings.
In addition, the company maintains other supplemental benefit
plans for officers and other key employees.  The company's
policy is to fund an amount which could be in excess of the
pension cost expensed, subject to the limitations imposed by
current statutes or tax regulations.

Information regarding the company's pension plans in accordance
with SFAS No. 132 is as follows:

In millions                                     1998          1997
Change in benefit obligations:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year     $1,929.3      $1,633.7
Service cost                                    44.3          39.7
Interest cost                                  136.3         123.1
Employee contributions                           6.3           4.9
Amendments                                      20.2           3.8
Acquisitions                                     5.6         215.6
Expenses paid                                   (2.9)         (5.0)
Actuarial losses                                89.5          50.2
Benefits paid                                 (147.4)       (128.9)
Foreign exchange impact                         (3.4)         (8.0)
Other                                            0.5           0.2
Benefit obligation at end of year           $2,078.3      $1,929.3

In millions                                     1998          1997
Change in plan assets:
Fair value at beginning of year             $2,031.5      $1,689.4
Actual return on assets                        285.8         316.0
Company contributions                           30.1          21.0
Employee contributions                           6.3           4.9
Acquisitions                                     0.8         132.7
Expenses paid                                   (2.9)         (5.0)
Benefits paid                                 (143.0)       (125.9)
Foreign exchange impact                         (7.3)         (1.6)
Fair value of assets at end of year         $2,201.3      $2,031.5

Funded status:
Plan assets in excess of benefit
 obligations                                $  123.0      $  102.2
Unrecognized:
 Net transition asset                           11.8          12.7
 Prior service costs                            62.9          47.4
 Plan net gains                               (194.3)       (170.6)
Net amount recognized                       $    3.4       $  (8.3)

Prepaid/(accrued) costs included
  in the balance sheet:
Prepaid benefit cost                        $   92.8      $   64.4
Accrued benefit liability                      (91.0)        (75.1)
Intangible asset                                 1.6           2.4
Net amount recognized                       $    3.4      $   (8.3)

Weighted-average assumptions:
Discount rate:
  U.S. plans                                    6.75%         7.00%
  International plans                           6.75%         8.00%
Rate of compensation increase:
  U.S. plans                                    4.50%         4.75%
  International plans                           4.50%         5.50%
Expected return on plan assets:
  U.S. plans                                    9.00%         9.00%
  International plans                           8.00%         8.75%

The components of the company's pension costs for the years ended
December 31, include the following:

In millions                       1998          1997          1996
Service cost                   $  44.3       $  39.7       $  38.7
Interest cost                    136.3         123.1         113.5
Expected return on plan assets  (175.4)       (152.2)       (134.3)
Net amortization of unrecognized:
  Prior service costs              4.8           4.6           3.5
  Transition amount                1.4           1.4           1.4
  Plan net losses                  2.1           0.8           1.5
Net pension cost               $  13.5       $  17.4       $  24.3


The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation,
and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with accumulated
benefit obligations more than plan assets were $239.2 million,
$196.7 million and $101.0 million, respectively, as of December 31,
1998, and $286.3 million, $234.7 million and $105.5 million,
respectively, as of December 31, 1997.

Plan investment assets of domestic plans are balanced between
equity securities and cash equivalents or debt securities.  Assets
of foreign plans are invested principally in equity securities.

Most of the company's domestic employees are covered by savings and
other defined contribution plans.  Employer contributions and costs
are determined based on criteria specific to the individual plans
and amounted to approximately $32.4 million, $28.3 million and
$27.4 million in 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively.

The company's costs relating to foreign defined contribution plans,
insured plans and other foreign benefit plans were $7.8 million,
$11.0 million and $8.2 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.

NOTE 17 - BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION:  Effective January 1, 1998,
the company adopted SFAS No. 131 "Disclosures About Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information."  SFAS No. 131 requires
disclosure of certain financial and descriptive information about
operating segments.  In addition, SFAS No. 131 requires disclosures
about products and services, and geographic areas.  Operating
segments are defined as components of a company engaging in
business activities for which separate financial information is
available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision
maker in assessing performance and allocating resources.

The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as
those described in the summary of significant accounting policies
except that the operating segments results are prepared on a
management basis that is consistent with the manner in which the
company disaggregates financial information for internal review and
decision making.  The company evaluates performance based on
operating income contribution rates.  Intercompany sales
transactions are entirely contained within each segment and are
eliminated at the segment level.  Segment information from previous
years has been restated to conform to the current year
presentation.

A description of the company's reportable segments and operations
by reportable segment and geographic area for the three years ended
December 31, 1998, follows:

Specialty Vehicles - The Specialty Vehicle Segment designs,
manufactures and markets powered vehicles that play a niche role in
such fields as infrastructure development, commercial construction
and material movement. Specialty Vehicles includes Bobcat skid-
steer loaders and compact hydraulic excavators; Club Car golf
cars; Blaw-Knox pavers; and Ingersoll-Rand compactors, drilling
equipment and rough-terrain material handlers.

Air and Temperature Control
The Air and Temperature Control Segment focuses on markets
requiring air and refrigerant-gas compression technology and
services to provide gas pressure for distribution to end users or
to maintain a refrigeration cycle.  Air and Temperature Control
includes Thermo King transport temperature-control equipment and
Ingersoll-Rand air compressors.

Hardware and Tools
The Hardware and Tools Segment concentrates on manufacturing,
marketing, and managing the distribution channels required to reach
end user customers seeking products that enhance productivity and
security in the industrial, construction, and do-it-yourself
markets.  Hardware and Tools includes architectural hardware
products, such as Schlage locks, Von Duprin exit devices, door-
control hardware, steel doors, power-operated doors and
architectural columns, and tools and related industrial-production
equipment.

Engineered Products
The Engineered Products Segment is composed of highly engineered
specific application products that are sold on a contract basis.
Engineered Products includes Torrington and Fafnir bearings and
components, and pumps used in industrial, commercial and municipal
applications.

Geographic sales by destination for the years ended December 31
were as follows:

In millions                  1998           1997
Sales
United States            $5,114.5       $4,295.6
Foreign                   3,177.0        2,807.7
Total                    $8,291.5       $7,103.3

Prior to 1997, sales information by geographic area was maintained
only on an origination basis, whereas management now reviews
geographic sales on a destination basis. Foreign sales on an
origination basis for 1998, 1997 and 1996 were $2,782.9 million,
$2,483.9 million and $2,468.4 million, respectively.

Long-lived asset information by geographic area as of December 31
was as follows:

In millions                  1998           1997
Long-lived assets
United States            $4,271.9       $4,252.0
Foreign                   1,029.4        1,075.8
Total                    $5,301.3       $5,327.8

A summary of operation by reportable segments for the years ended
December 31, was as follows:

Dollar amounts in millions   1998           1997          1996

Specialty Vehicles
Sales                    $2,180.4       $2,011.8      $1,883.7
Operating income            333.3          226.7         183.8
Operating income as %
  of sales                   15.3%          11.3%          9.8%
Depreciation and
  amortization               59.7           63.3          63.5

Air and Temperature Control
Sales                     2,236.0        1,256.6       1,042.3
Operating income            262.5          133.7         114.3
Operating income as %
   of sales                  11.7%          10.6%         11.0%
Depreciation and
  amortization              105.4           35.7          18.6

Hardware and Tools
Sales                     1,724.2        1,652.1       1,245.0
Operating income            288.3          254.8         189.4
Operating income as %
  of sales                   16.7%          15.4%         15.2%
Depreciation and
  amortization               44.8           39.7          28.6

Engineered Products
Sales                     2,150.9        2,182.8       2,531.9
Operating income            212.2          193.9         239.8
Operating income as %
  of sales                    9.9%           8.9%          9.5%
Depreciation and
  amortization               70.1           72.2          89.5
Total
Sales                    $8,291.5       $7,103.3      $6,702.9
Operating income from
  reportable segments     1,096.3          809.1         727.3
Unallocated corporate
  expenses                  (51.9)         (48.8)        (43.8)
Total operating income   $1,044.4      $   760.3      $  683.5
Total operating income as
  % of sales                 12.6%          10.7%         10.2%
Depreciation and
  amortization from
  reportable segments       280.0          210.9         200.2
Unallocated  depreciation
 and amortization             2.6            1.4           2.4
Total depreciation and
      amortization      $   282.6     $    212.3     $   202.6

Report of Management

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been
prepared by the company.  They conform with generally accepted
accounting principles and reflect judgments and estimates as to the
expected effects of incomplete transactions and events being
accounted for currently.  The company believes that the accounting
systems and related controls that it maintains are sufficient to
provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded,
transactions are appropriately authorized and recorded, and the
financial records are reliable for preparing such financial
statements.  The concept of reasonable assurance is based on the
recognition that the cost of a system of internal accounting
controls must be related to the benefits derived.  The company
maintains an internal audit function that is responsible for
evaluating the adequacy and application of financial and operating
controls, and for testing compliance with company policies and
procedures.

The Audit Committee of the board of directors is comprised entirely
of individuals who are not employees of the company.  This committee
meets periodically with the independent accountants, the internal
auditors and management to consider audit results and to discuss
significant internal accounting controls, auditing and financial
reporting matters.  The Audit Committee recommends the selection of
the independent accountants, who are then appointed by the board of
directors, subject to ratification by the shareholders.

The independent accountants are engaged to perform an audit of the
consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards.  Their report follows.

/S/ David W. Devonshire
David W. Devonshire
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


Report of Independent Accountants

                                         PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
                                                   400 Campus Drive
                                             Florham Park, NJ 07932


February 2, 1999

To the Board of Directors and
Shareholders of Ingersoll-Rand Company:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the
related consolidated statements of income, of shareholders' equity
and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of Ingersoll-Rand Company and its subsidiaries
at December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their operations
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.  These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is
to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our
audits.  We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance
with generally accepted auditing standards which require that we
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.
An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for the opinion expressed above.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP





                                                           EXHIBIT 21
                                     
              LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

   The following list represents the principal subsidiaries of the
company all of which (except as otherwise indicated) are deemed to
be 100% owned, directly or indirectly, and whose financial
statements are included in the consolidated statements. The
subsidiaries of Ingersoll-Dresser Pump Company (IDP), a general
partnership owned 51% by the company, are deemed to be 100% owned
by IDP directly or indirectly.  The names of particular
subsidiaries omitted, if considered in the aggregate as a single
subsidiary, would not constitute a significant subsidiary.

SUBSIDIARIES OF INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

Aro de Venezuela, C.A.                                 Venezuela
Aro International Corporation                          Delaware
Clark Equipment Company                                Delaware
     Bobcat Corporation                                Japan
     Blaw-Knox Construction Equipment
               Corporation                             Delaware
          Clark Industries Company                     Delaware
               Blaw-Knox Company                       England
     Clark Business Services Corporation               Michigan
          Clark Distribution Services Inc.             Michigan
          Clark Foreign Sales Corporation              Barbados
          Clark-Hurth Components Marketing
               Company                                 Delaware
             Checker Flag Parts, Inc.                  Minnesota
          Ingersoll-Rand Italiana S.p.A.               Italy
          Ingersoll-Rand Services &
               Engineering Company                     Switzerland
             Ingersoll-Rand Acceptance
               Company S.A.                            Switzerland
             Ingersoll-Rand Construction
               Services Inc.                           Delaware
             Ingersoll-Rand Investment
               Company S.A.                            Switzerland
                    Ingersoll-Rand
        Melroe Equipment Limited                       Canada
        Melroe Parts Trading GmbH                      Germany
     Club Car Inc.                                     Delaware
        Club Car International Inc.                    Guam
        Club Car Limited                               New Zealand
Compagnie Ingersoll-Rand                               France
     Ingersoll-Rand Equipements de
          Construction                                 France
          Etablissements Montabert, S.A.               France
               Montabert GmbH                          Germany
               Montabert Tramac, S.A.                  Belgium
        Ingersoll-Rand Equipements
        de Production, S.A.                            France
     S.A. Etablissements Charles Maire                 France
     Torrington France S.A.R.L.                        France
Compressed Air Magazine Company                        New Jersey
Crossgar                                               Ireland
     Spanashview                                       Ireland
          Thermo King Ireland Limited                  Ireland
          Thermo King Czech Republic                   Czech Republic
Imperial Heights Realty Corporation                    New York
Improved Machinery, Inc.                               Delaware
Industria e Comercio Aro do Brasil Ltda.               Brazil
Ingersoll-Rand AB                                      Sweden
Ingersoll-Rand Argentina S.A.I.C.                      Argentina
Ingersoll-Rand Asia Pacific Inc.                       Delaware
Ingersoll-Rand (Australia) Ltd.                        Australia
     Ingersoll-Rand South East Asia
     (Pte.) ltd.                                       Singapore
Ingersoll-Rand Benelux, N.V.                           Belgium
     Thermo King Belgium N.V.                          Belgium
Ingersoll-Rand Beteiligungs GmbH                       Germany
     ABG Allgemeine Baumaschinen
      Gesellschaft mbh                                 Germany
     ABG Verwaltungs GmbH                              Germany
          ABG France S.A.R.L.                          France
          ABG Iberica S.A.                             Spain
     I-R Beteiligungs und
       Grundstucksverwaltungs GmbH                     Germany
     Ingersoll-Rand GmbH                               Germany
          GHH-Rand Schraubenkompressoren
           GmbH & Co. KG                               Germany
          GHH-Rand Schraubenkompressoren
            Verwaltungs GmbH                           Germany
          Thermo King Deutschland GmbH                 Germany
Ingersoll-Rand China Limited                           Delaware
     Ingersoll-Rand China Investment
          Company Limited                              China
        Ingersoll-Rand (Wuxi) Road
          Machinery Company Limited                    China
          (92% owned by the company)
          Thermo King-Dalian Transport                 China
            Refrigeration Company, Limited
          (70% owned by the company)
          Torrington-Wuxi Bearings Company             China
            Limited
          (78% owned by the company)
     Shanghai Ingersoll-Rand Compressor                China
       Limited (80& owned by the company)
Ingersoll-Rand Company (Chile) y Cia Ltda.             Chile
Ingersoll-Rand Company of Peru S.A.                    Peru
Ingersoll-Rand de Colombia S.A.                        Colombia
Ingersoll-Rand de Puerto Rico, Inc.                    Puerto Rico
Ingersoll-Rand Enhanced Recovery Company               Delaware
Ingersoll-Rand Europe                                  France
Ingersoll-Rand GesmbH                                  Austria
Ingersoll-Rand (India) Limited                         India
(74% owned by the company)
Ingersoll-Rand International Foreign
     Sales Corporation                                 Guam
Ingersoll-Rand International Holding
     Corporation                                       New Jersey
          Ingersoll-Rand S.A.                          Switzerland
          Ingersoll-Rand Equipment &
            Consulting S.A.R.L.                        Switzerland
          Ingersoll-Rand Machinery &
            Services S.A.R.L.                          Switzerland
          Ingersoll-Rand Technical &
                Services S.A.R.L.                      Switzerland
     Ingersoll-Rand Trading S.A.                       Switzerland
Ingersoll-Rand International, Inc.                     Delaware
Ingersoll-Rand International Sales Inc.                Delaware
Ingersoll-Rand Japan Limited                           Japan
Ingersoll-Rand Manufacturing Co.                       Delaware
Ingersoll-Rand Nova Scotia                             Nova Scotia
     Ingersoll-Rand Canada Inc.                        Canada
          Torrington Beteiligungs GmbH                 Germany
               Torrington GmbH                         Germany
               Torrington Nadellager GmbH              Germany
     Ingersoll-Rand (Barbados) Corporation             Barbados
     Ingersoll-Rand World Trade (Ltd.)                 Bermuda
     Torrington Inc.                                   Canada
          Ingersoll-Rand do Brasil Ltda.               Brazil
Ingersoll-Rand Philippines, Inc.                       Philippines
Ingersoll-Rand S.A. de C.V.                            Mexico
Ingersoll-Rand Sales Company Limited                   Delaware
     Ingersoll-Rand European Sales Ltd.                England
     Ingersoll-Rand Holdings Limited                   England
          Ingersoll-Rand European Sales
               Limited                                 England
          Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited               England
               A/S Parts Limited                       England
               Ingersoll-Rand Company
                (Ireland) Limited                      Ireland
               Ingersoll-Rand (New Zealand)
                Limited                                New Zealand
               Ingersoll-Rand Company
                 South Africa (Pty.) Limited           South Africa
               Longrigg Engineering Limited            England
               Roconeco Limited                        England
          The Aro Corporation (UK) Limited             England
          The Torrington Company Limited               England
     NT Acquisition Limited                            England
          Ingersoll-Rand Architectural
            Hardware Group Limited                     England
               Newman Tonks Management
                 Services Limited                      England
               Newman Tonks (Overseas
                Holdings) Limited                      England
               NT Access Limited                       England
               NT Architectural Hardware
                 Limited                               England
               NT Architectural Products
                 Limited                               England
               NT Brassart Limited                     England
               NT Door and Window Fittings
                 Limited                               England
               NT Door Controls Limited                England
               NT Group Properties Limited             England
               NT Laidlaw Limited                      England
               NT Legge Limited                        England
               NT Locking Systems Limited              England
               NT Martin Roberts Limited               England
               NT Partition Systems Limited            England
               NT Projects Limited                     England
               NT Railing Systems Limited              England
               NT Security Limited                     England
               NT Shapland & Petter Limited            England
               NT Testing Services Limited             England
               NT Worcester Parsons Limited            England
               NT Yannedis Limited                     England
          Newman Tonks Investments, Inc.               Delaware
               Newman Tonks Holdings, Inc.             Delaware
                      Monarch Hardware
                         and Mfg.Co.  Inc.             Delaware
                              MFP,Inc.                 Kentucky
          Newman Tonks, USA, Inc.                      Delaware
               Dixie Pacific Manufacturing
                Company, Inc.                          Alabama
               NT Falcon Lock, Inc.                    California
               ARMORO, Inc.                            California
               NT Dor-O-Matic Inc.                     Illinois
                    NT Dor-O-Matic Limited             England
                    NT Dor-O-Matic Chicago Inc.        Illinois
               NT Dor-O-Matic Detroit Inc.             Michigan
               Dor-O-Matic of Mid
                 Atlantic States, Inc.                 New Jersey
          NT USA FSC INC.                              Barbados
     NT Randi A/S                                      Denmark
     NT South Africa                                   South Africa
     Newman Tonks Brussels NV                          Belgium
     Newman Tonks Holdings GmbH                        Germany
          NT Normbau Beschlage and
            Ausstattungs GmbH                          Germany
               NT Normbau Iberica                      Spain
          Newman Tonks Europe GmbH                     Germany
     NT Asia (Hong Kong) Limited                       Hong Kong
          NT Asia (Singapore) Limited                  Singapore
          NT Dalco Pty Limited                         Australia
          Newman Tonks France SA                       France
          NT Mustad SA                                 France
Ingersoll-Rand Services Company                        Delaware
Ingersoll-Rand Transportation Services
  Company                                              Delaware
Ingersoll-Rand Wadco Tools Ltd.                        India
(74% owned by the company)
Ingersoll-Rand Western Hemisphere
 Trade Corporation                                     Delaware
Ingersoll-Rand Worldwide, Inc.                         Delaware
IR Receivables Funding I Corporation                   Delaware
IR Receivables Funding II Corporation                  Delaware
McCartney Manufacturing Company, Inc.                  Kansas
Northern Research and Engineering
  Corporation                                          Massachusetts
Roconeco Corporation                                   South Carolina
S&S Corporation                                        Virginia
SBG Holding Corp.                                      Delaware
Schlage Lock Company                                   California
     Ingersoll-Rand Architectural
       Hardware Limited                                New Zealand
     Touch-Plate International, Inc.                   California
     Von Duprin, Inc.                                  Indiana
Schlage de Mexico S.A. de C.V.                         Mexico
Silver Holding Corp.                                   Colorado
     Woodcliff Insurance Ltd.                          Bermuda
Sonna B.V.                                             Netherlands
     Sonna Rail B.V.                                   Netherlands
Steelcraft Holding Company                             Delaware
     Terry Corporation of Connecticut                  Connecticut
The Torrington Company (Delaware)                      Delaware
     Industrias del Rodamiento, S.A.                   Spain
          Ingersoll-Rand Iberica S.L.                  Spain
          Reftrans, S.A.(85% owned by the company)     Spain
     Ingersoll-Rand Liability
       Management Company                              Michigan
       Kilian Manufacturing Corp.                      Delaware
     Torrington Holdings, Inc.                         Delaware
     Torrington Sales Limited                          Switzerland
Thermo King Corporation                                Delaware
     Thermo King Container-Denmark A/S                 Denmark
     Thermo King de Puerto Rico, Inc.                  Delaware
     Thermo King do Brasil, Ltda.                      Brazil
     (99.99% owned by the company)
     Thermo King SVC, Inc.                             Delaware
     Thermo King Trading Company                       Delaware
Tokyo Ryuki Seizo Co. Ltd.                             Japan

SUBSIDIARIES OF INGERSOLL-DRESSER PUMP COMPANY

Ingersoll-Dresser Pumps de Argentina, S.A.             Argentina
Ingersoll-Dresser Pumps (Australia) Pty., Ltd.         Australia
Ingersoll-Dresser Pumps GmbH                           Austria
Ingersoll-Dresser Pumps do Brazil                      Brazil
  Industria e Comercio Ltda.                           Brazil
Ingersoll-Dresser Pump Canada, Inc.                    Canada
Ingersoll-Dresser Pumps de Colombia, S.A.              Colombia
Worthington Centroamericana Ltda.                      Costa Rica
Ingersoll-Dresser Pompes                               France
  IDP Pleuger                                          France
  IDP International                                    France
Deutsche Ingersoll-Dresser Pumpen GmbH                 Germany
  Ingersoll-Dresser Pump GmbH                          Germany
  Pleuger Worthington GmbH                             Germany
  Deutsche Worthington GmbH                            Germany
Ingersoll-Dresser Pumps S.p.A.                         Italy
  Worthington S.p.A.                                   Italy
Ingersoll-Dresser Pump (Asia) Pte., Ltd.               Singapore
Ingersoll-Dresser Pump, S.A.                           Switzerland
  Ingersoll-Dresser Pump Services Sarl                 Switzerland
ID Pump AG                                             Switzerland
  Ingersoll-Dresser Pump Nederland B.V.                Netherlands
Ingersoll-Dresser Pumps (UK), Ltd.                     England
  Ingersoll-Dresser Pumps Newark, Ltd.                 England
IDP Alternate Energy Company                           Delaware
  Pump Investments, Inc.                               Delaware
  Energy Hydro, Inc.                                   Delaware
    Compania Ingersoll-Dresser Pump, S.A.              Spain
Ingersoll-Dresser Pumps (Thailand), Ltd.               Thailand





<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED
FROM THE DECEMBER 31, 1998 FINANCIAL STATMENTS AND IS QUALIFIED
IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                              72
<SECURITIES>                                         6
<RECEIVABLES>                                    1,219
<ALLOWANCES>                                        42
<INVENTORY>                                        941
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 2,428
<PP&E>                                           2,416
<DEPRECIATION>                                   1,069
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   8,310
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            1,849
<BONDS>                                          2,166
                              403
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           338
<OTHER-SE>                                       2,370
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     8,310
<SALES>                                          8,292
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 8,292
<CGS>                                            6,047
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    6,047
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 226
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                    789
<INCOME-TAX>                                       280
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                509
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                       509
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     3.11
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     3.08
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission